- Commands
- acknowledge chassis
- acknowledge fex
- acknowledge fault
- acknowledge primary fabric-interconnect reboot
- acknowledge server
- acknowledge slot
- activate firmware
- activate firmware (fabric)
- activate firmware (/management-extension)
- activate internal firmware
- add alertgroups
- add backup action
- add privilege
- apply pending-changes immediate
- associate server
- associate server-pool
- backup sel
- cancel install infra
- cd
- clear-unmanaged-fc-zones-all
- clear alertgroups
- clear auth-server-group
- clear backup action
- clear cores
- clear file
- clear license
- clear message
- clear password-history
- clear sel (/chassis/server)
- clear sel (/chassis/server)
- clear sshkey
- cluster force primary
- cluster lead
- commit-buffer
- connect adapter
- connect bmc
- connect clp
- connect iom
- connect local-mgmt
- connect nxos
- copy
- create adapter
- create auth-domain
- create auth-profile
- create auth-server-group
- create auto-target-if
- create backup
- create bios-policy
- create bladeserver-disc-policy
- create block
- create boot-definition
- create boot-policy
- create boot-target
- create cap-qual
- create certreq
- create chassis
- create class chassis-stats
- create class cmc-stats
- create class cpu-env-stats
- create class dimm-env-stats
- create class dimm-stats
- create class env-stats
- create class ether-error-stats
- create class ether-if-stats
- create class ether-loss-stats
- create class ether-pause-stats
- create class ethernet-port-err-stats
- create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- create class ether-rx-stats
- create class ether-tx-stats
- create class fan-module-stats
- create class fan-stats
- create class fc-error-stats
- create class fc-if-event-stats
- create class fc-if-fc4-counters
- create class fc-if-frame-stats
- create class fc-port-stats
- create class fc-stats
- create class fex-env-stats
- create class fex-power-summary
- create class fex-psu-input-stats
- create class io-card-stats
- create class mb-power-stats
- create class mb-temp-stats
- create class memory-array-env-stats
- create class memory-runtime
- create class menlo-dce-port-stats
- create class menlo-eth-error-stats
- create class menlo-eth-stats
- create class menlo-fc-error-stats
- create class menlo-fc-stats
- create class menlo-host-port-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-stats
- create class menlo-net-eg-stats
- create class menlo-net-in-stats
- create class menlo-q-error-stats
- create class menlo-q-stats
- create class motherboard-temp-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- create class processor-runtime
- create class psu-input-stats
- create class psu-stats
- create class rack-unit-fan-stats
- create class rack-unit-psu-stats
- create class system-stats
- create class vnic-stats
- create client
- create cluster
- create control-ep policy
- create cpu
- create data-center
- create default-auth
- create default-behavior
- create destination
- create dest-interface
- create dhcp-ip-params
- create distributed-virtual-switch
- create dns
- create dynamic-vnic-conn
- create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- create egress-policy
- create eth-if
- create eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- create eth-mon-session
- create eth-policy
- create eth-target
- create ext-static-ip
- create fault-suppress-task
- create fc-mon-session
- create fcoe-if
- create fcoe-member-port
- create fcoe-port-channel
- create fcoeinterface
- create fc-policy
- create folder
- create fw-host-pack
- create fw-mgmt-pack
- create hv-conn
- create import-config
- create initiator (/wwn-pool)
- create initiator (/initiator-group)
- create initiator-group
- create interface
- create interface fc
- create interface fcoe
- create ip-if
- create ip-pool
- create ipmi-access-profile
- create ipmi-user
- create iqn-pool
- create iscsi-policy
- create iscsi
- create keyring
- create lan
- create lan-connectivity-policy
- create ldap-group
- create ldap-group-rule
- create local
- create local-disk-config
- create local-disk-config-policy
- create local-schedule
- create locale
- create local-user
- create lun
- create mac-pool
- create mac-security
- create maint-policy
- create mcast-policy
- create member-fcoe-port-channel
- create member-port
- create member-port fc
- create member-port fcoe
- create member-port (/port-channel)
- create member-port-channel
- create member-vlan
- create memory
- create mon-src
- create network (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
- create network (/profile-set/port-profile)
- create ntp-server
- create nw-ctrl-policy
- create occurrence one-time
- create occurrence recurring
- create occurrence (/local-schedule)
- create org
- create org-ref
- create pack-image
- create path
- create path (iscsi)
- create physical-qual
- create pin-group
- create policy
- create pooled-ip-params
- create pooling-policy
- create port-channel
- create port-profile (/eth-uplink)
- create port-profile (/profile-set)
- create power-control-policy
- create power-group
- create processor
- create profile
- create qos-policy
- create rack
- create role
- create san-connectivity-policy
- create san-image
- create schedule
- create scrub-policy
- create server
- create server (/org/server-pool)
- create server-autoconfig-policy
- create server-disc-policy
- create server-inherit-policy
- create server-pool
- create server-qual
- create server-ref
- create service-profile
- create slot
- create snmp-trap
- create snmp-user
- create sol-config
- create sol-policy
- create static-ip-params
- create static-target-if
- create stats-threshold-policy
- create storage-connection-def
- create storage-connection-policy
- create storage
- create storage-target
- create threshold-value
- create trustpoint
- create uuid-suffix-pool
- create vcenter
- create vcon
- create vcon-assign
- create vcon-policy
- create vhba
- create vhba-templ
- create virtual-media
- create vlan
- create vlan (/port-profile)
- create vlan-group
- create vlan-group-permit
- create vlan-permit
- create vnic
- create vnic-egress-policy
- create vnic-iscsi
- create vnic-templ
- create vsan
- create wwn-pool
- cycle
- decommission chassis
- decommission fex
- decommission server
- decommission server (chassis)
- delete adapter
- delete auth-domain
- delete auth-profile
- delete auth-server-group
- delete auto-target-if
- delete backup
- delete bladeserver-disc-policy
- delete block
- delete boot-definition
- delete boot-policy
- delete boot-target
- delete cap-qual
- delete certreq
- delete chassis
- delete class chassis-stats
- delete class cpu-env-stats
- delete class dimm-env-stats
- delete class dimm-stats
- delete class env-stats
- delete class ether-error-stats
- delete class ether-if-stats
- delete class ether-loss-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- delete class ether-pause-stats
- delete class ether-rx-stats
- delete class ether-tx-stats
- delete class fan-module-stats
- delete class fan-stats
- delete class fc-error-stats
- delete class fc-port-stats
- delete class fc-stats
- delete class fex-env-stats
- delete class fex-power-summary
- delete class fex-psu-input-stats
- delete class io-card-stats
- delete class mb-power-stats
- delete class mb-temp-stats
- delete class memory-array-env-stats
- delete class motherboard-temp-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- delete class psu-input-stats
- delete class psu-stats
- delete class rack-unit-fan-stats
- delete class rack-unit-psu-stats
- delete class system-stats
- delete class vnic-stats
- delete client
- delete cluster
- delete control-ep policy
- delete cpu
- delete data-center
- delete default-auth
- delete default-behavior
- delete destination
- delete dest-interface
- delete dhcp-ip-params
- delete distributed-virtual-switch
- delete dns
- delete download-task
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- delete egress-policy
- delete eth-if
- delete eth-mon-session
- delete eth-policy
- delete eth-target
- delete ext-static-ip
- delete fault-suppress-task
- delete fc-mon-session
- delete fc-policy
- delete fcoe-member-port
- delete fcoe-port-channel
- delete fcoeinterface
- delete folder
- delete fw-host-pack
- delete fw-mgmt-pack
- delete image
- delete import-config
- delete initiator
- create initiator (/initiator-group)
- delete initiator-group
- delete interface
- delete interface fc
- delete interface fcoe
- delete ip-if
- delete ipmi-access-profile
- delete ipmi-user
- delete iqn-pool
- delete iscsi-policy
- delete iscsi
- delete keyring
- delete lan
- delete lan-connectivity-policy
- delete ldap-group
- delete ldap-group-rule
- delete local
- delete locale
- delete local-disk-config
- delete local-disk-config-policy
- delete local-schedule
- delete local-user
- delete lun
- delete mac-pool
- delete mac-security
- delete maint-policy
- delete mcast-policy
- delete member-fcoe-port-channel
- delete member-port
- delete member-port fc
- delete member-port fcoe
- delete member-port-channel
- delete member-vlan
- delete memory
- delete mon-src
- delete network
- delete network (/profile-set/port-profile)
- delete ntp-server
- delete nwctrl-policy
- delete occurrence one-time
- delete occurrence recurring
- delete org
- delete org-ref
- delete pack-image
- delete path
- delete path (iscsi)
- delete pending-deletion
- delete physical-qual
- delete pin-group
- delete policy
- delete pooled-ip-params
- delete pooling-policy
- delete port-channel
- delete port-profile (profile-set)
- delete power-control-policy
- delete power-group
- delete processor
- delete profile
- delete qos-policy
- delete rack
- delete remote-user
- delete role
- delete san-connectivity-policy
- delete san-image
- delete scheduler
- delete scrub-policy
- delete server
- delete server (/security)
- delete server-autoconfig-policy
- delete server-disc-policy
- delete server-inherit-policy
- delete server-pool
- delete server-qual
- delete server-ref
- delete service-profile
- delete slot
- delete snmp-trap
- delete snmp-user
- delete sol-config
- delete sol-policy
- delete static-ip-params
- delete static-target-if
- delete stats-threshold-policy
- delete storage
- delete storage-connection-def
- delete storage-connection-policy
- delete storage-target
- delete target
- delete threshold-value
- delete trustpoint
- delete user-sessions
- delete user-sessions local
- delete user-sessions remote
- delete uuid-suffix-pool
- delete vcenter
- delete vcon
- delete vcon-policy
- delete vhba
- delete vhba-templ
- delete virtual-media
- delete vlan
- delete vlan-group-permit
- delete vlan-group
- delete vlan-permit
- delete vnic
- delete vnic-iscsi
- delete vnic-templ
- delete vsan
- delete wwn-pool
- diagnostic-interrupt
- dir
- disable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- disable cdp
- disable cimxml
- disable core-export-target
- disable http
- disable http-redirect
- disable https
- disable locator-led
- disable (port-channel)
- disable snmp
- disable syslog
- disable telnet-server
- disassociate
- discard-buffer
- download image
- download license
- enable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- enable cdp
- enable cimxml
- enable cluster
- enable core-export-target
- enable http
- enable http-redirect
- enable https
- enable locator-led
- enable (port-channel)
- enable snmp
- enable syslog
- enable telnet-server
- end
- enter adapter
- enter auth-domain
- enter auth-profile
- enter auth-server-group
- enter auto-target-if
- enter backup
- enter bladeserver-disc-policy
- enter block
- enter boot-definition
- enter boot-policy
- enter boot-target
- enter cap-qual
- enter chassis
- enter class chassis-stats
- enter class cpu-env-stats
- enter class dimm-env-stats
- enter class env-stats
- enter class ether-error-stats
- enter class ether-loss-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- enter class ether-pause-stats
- enter class ether-rx-stats
- enter class ether-tx-stats
- enter class fan-module-stats
- enter class fan-stats
- enter class fc-error-stats
- enter class fc-port-stats
- enter class fc-stats
- enter class fex-env-stats
- enter class fex-power-summary
- enter class fex-psu-input-stats
- enter class io-card-stats
- enter class mb-power-stats
- enter class mb-temp-stats
- enter class memory-array-env-stats
- enter class motherboard-temp-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- enter class psu-input-stats
- enter class rack-unit-fan-stats
- enter class rack-unit-psu-stats
- enter class system-stats
- enter class vnic-stats
- enter client
- enter cluster
- enter control-ep policy
- enter cpu
- enter data-center
- enter default-auth
- enter default-behavior
- enter destination
- enter dest-interface
- enter dhcp-ip-params
- enter distributed-virtual-switch
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- enter egress-policy
- enter eth-if
- enter eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- enter eth-mon-session
- enter eth-policy
- enter eth-target
- enter ext-static-ip
- enter fault-suppress-task
- enter fc-mon-session
- enter fc-policy
- enter fcoe-member-port
- enter fcoe-port-channel
- enter fcoeinterface
- enter folder
- enter fw-host-pack
- enter fw-mgmt-pack
- enter import-config
- enter initiator
- enter initiator-group
- enter interface
- enter interface fc
- enter interface fcoe
- enter ip-if
- enter ipmi-access-profile
- enter ipmi-user
- enter iqn-pool
- enter iscsi-policy
- enter iscsi
- enter keyring
- enter lan
- enter lan-connectivity-policy
- enter ldap-group
- enter ldap-group-rule
- enter local
- enter local-disk-config
- enter local-disk-config-policy
- enter local-schedule
- enter locale
- enter local-user
- enter lun
- enter mac-pool
- enter mac-security
- enter mcast-policy
- enter maint-policy
- enter member-fcoe-port-channel
- enter member-port
- enter member-port fc
- enter member-port fcoe
- enter member-port (/fc-storage/vsan)
- enter member-port (/port-channel)
- enter member-port-channel
- enter member-vlan
- enter memory
- enter mon-src
- enter network
- enter nwctrl-policy
- enter occurrence one-time
- enter occurrence recurring
- enter org
- enter pack-image
- enter path
- enter path (iscsi)
- enter pin-group
- enter policy
- enter pooled-ip-params
- enter pooling-policy
- enter port-channel
- enter port-profile (profile-set)
- enter power-control-policy
- enter power-group
- enter processor
- enter qos-policy
- enter rack
- enter san-connectivity-policy
- enter scheduler
- enter server
- enter server-ref
- enter static-ip-params
- enter static-target-if
- enter storage
- enter storage-connection-def
- enter storage-connection-policy
- enter storage-target
- enter threshold-value
- enter vcenter
- enter vcon
- enter vcon-policy
- enter vlan
- enter vlan (port-profile)
- enter vlan-group-permit
- enter vlan-group
- delete vlan-permit
- enter vnic
- enter vnic-iscsi
- enter vsan
- erase configuration
- erase-log-config
- install-license
- install infra infra-version
- install file
- ls
- mkdir
- move
- ping
- power
- power down soft-followed-by-hard
- power down soft-shut-down
- pwd
- reboot
- recommission chassis
- recommission fex
- recommission server
- recover-bios
- remove alertgroups
- remove backup action
- remove fex
- remove privilege
- remove server
- rename-to
- reset
- reset-cmos
- reset-errors
- reset-kvm
- reset pers-bind
- restart
- rmdir
- run-script
- save
- scope adapter
- scope auth-domain
- scope auth-profile
- scope auth-server-group
- scope auto-install
- scope auto-target-if
- scope backup
- scope backup-policy
- scope banner
- scope beacon-led
- scope bios-settings
- scope bios
- scope bladeserver-disc-policy
- scope block
- scope bmc
- scope boardcontroller
- scope boot-definition
- scope boot-policy
- scope boot-target
- scope callhome
- scope capability
- scope cap-qual
- scope card
- scope cat-updater
- scope cert-store
- scope cfg-export-policy
- scope chassis
- scope chassis (/capability)
- scope chassis-conn-policy
- scope chassis-disc-policy
- scope cimc
- scope class chassis-stats
- scope class cpu-env-stats
- scope class dimm-env-stats
- scope class ether-error-stats
- scope class ether-loss-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- scope class ether-pause-stats
- scope class ether-rx-stats
- scope class ether-tx-stats
- scope class fan-module-stats
- scope class fan-stats
- scope class fc-error-stats
- scope class fc-stats
- scope class fex-env-stats
- scope class fex-power-summary
- scope class fex-psu-input-stats
- scope class io-card-stats
- scope class memory-array-env-stats
- scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats
- scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats
- scope class memory-sparing-error-stats
- scope class motherboard-temp-stats
- scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- scope class rack-unit-fan-stats
- scope class rack-unit-psu-stats
- scope client
- scope cluster-set
- scope cluster
- scope console-auth
- scope control-ep policy
- scope cpu
- scope cpu (/system/capability)
- scope data-center
- scope default-auth
- scope default-behavior
- scope dest-interface
- scope dhcp-ip-params
- scope diag
- scope dimm
- scope distributed-virtual-switch
- scope download-task
- scope dynamic-vnic-conn
- scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- scope egress-policy
- scope eth-best-effort
- scope eth-classified
- scope eth-if
- scope eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- scope eth-mon-session
- scope eth-policy
- scope eth-server
- scope eth-storage
- scope eth-target
- scope eth-traffic-mon
- scope eth-uplink
- scope ext-eth-if
- scope extension-key
- scope ext-pooled-ip
- scope ext-static-ip
- scope fabric
- scope fabric-if
- scope fabric-interconnect
- scope fabric-port-channel
- scope fan
- scope fan-module
- scope fault-suppress-task
- scope fc
- scope fc-group-def
- scope fc-mon-session
- scope fc-policy
- scope fc-storage
- scope fc-traffic-mon
- scope fc-uplink
- scope fcoe-member-port
- scope fcoe-port-channel
- scope fcoeinterface
- scope fex
- scope firmware
- scope flow-control
- scope folder
- scope fw-host-pack
- scope fw-mgmt-pack
- scope host-eth-if
- scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac
- scope host-fc-if
- scope host-fc-if wwn
- scope host-iscsi-if
- scope host-port-channel
- scope import-config
- scope initiator-group
- scope instance
- scope interface
- scope interface fc
- scope interface fcoe
- scope inventory
- scope iom (/chassis)
- scope iom (/capability)
- scope iom (/fex)
- scope ip-if
- scope ipmi-access-profile
- scope ipmi-user
- scope iqn-pool
- scope iscsi-policy
- scope iscsi
- scope lan
- scope lan-connectivity-policy
- scope ldap
- scope ldap-group
- scope ldap-group-rule
- scope license
- scope locale
- scope local-disk-config
- scope local-schedule
- scope lun
- scope lun (static-target-if)
- scope mac-security
- scope maint-policy
- scope mcast-policy
- scope management-extension
- scope member-fcoe-port-channel
- scope member-port-channel
- scope member-port
- scope member-port fc
- scope member-port fcoe
- scope member-vlan
- scope memory-array
- scope mon-flt
- scope monitoring
- scope mon-src
- scope network
- scope nwctrl-policy
- scope occurrence one-time
- scope occurrence recurring
- scope org
- scope password-profile
- scope path (iscsi)
- scope policy
- scope pooled-ip-params
- scope port-channel
- scope port-profile
- scope post-code-reporter
- scope post-code-template
- scope power-cap-mgmt
- scope power-control-policy
- scope power-group
- scope pre-login-banner
- scope priority-weight
- scope profile
- scope profile-set
- scope psu
- scope psu-policy
- scope qos
- scope qos-policy
- scope rack
- scope rack-mount
- scope rackserver-disc-policy
- scope radius
- scope raid-controller
- scope role
- scope san-connectivity-policy
- scope scheduler
- scope security
- scope server
- scope server (/ldap)
- scope server (vm-mgmt)
- scope server-if
- scope server-qual
- scope server-ref
- scope services
- scope service-profile
- scope service-profile (/org)
- scope snmp-user
- scope static-ip-params
- scope static-target-if
- scope stats-threshold-policy
- scope storage-controller
- scope storage-connection-def
- scope storage-connection-policy
- scope storage-target
- scope sys-defaults
- scope system
- scope tacacs
- scope target-vsan
- scope threshold-value
- scope update
- scope vcenter
- scope vcon-assign
- scope vcon-policy
- scope vhba
- scope vhba-beh-policy
- scope vhba-templ
- scope virtual-machine
- scope virtual-machine (vm-mgmt)
- scope vlan
- scope vlan (port-profile)
- scope vlan-group
- scope vm-life-cycle-policy
- scope vm-mgmt
- scope vmware
- scope vnic
- scope vnic-beh-policy
- scope vnic-iscsi
- scope vnic-templ
- scope vsan
- scope web-session-limits
- scope wwn-pool
- send
- send-syslog
- send-test-alert
- set account-status
- set action
- set ackstate
- set action (/vnic-beh-policy and /vhba-beh-policy)
- set adapter-policy
- set adapter-policy
- set addr
- set adminspeed
- set adminstate
- set admin-state
- set admin-state (beacon-led)
- set admin-vcon
- set admin-vcon (/service-profile/vcon-assign)
- set aes-128
- set agent-policy
- set alertgroups
- set all
- set arch
- set assignmentorder
- set attribute
- set auth
- set authentication console
- set authentication default
- set authport
- set authorization
- set auth-server-group
- set backup-policy-ctrl
- set backup action
- set backup clear-on-backup
- set backup destination
- set backup format
- set backup hostname
- set backup interval
- set backup password
- set backup protocol
- set backup remote-path
- set backup user
- set basedn
- set binddn
- set bios-settings-scrub
- set blocksize
- set boot-option-retry-config retry
- set boot-policy
- set cap-policy
- set cert
- set certchain
- set certificate
- set change-count
- set change-during-interval
- set change-interval
- set cimxml port
- set clear-action
- set clear password-history
- set cli suppress-field-spillover
- set cli suppress-headers
- set cli table-field-delimiter
- set clock (memory)
- set clock (system)
- set cluster
- set collection-interval
- set communication-policy-ctrl
- set community
- set comp-queue count
- set concur-tasks
- set console-redir-config baud-rate
- set console-redir-config console-redir
- set console-redir-config flow-control
- set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir
- set console-redir-config terminal-type
- set contact
- set contract-id
- set core-export-target path
- set core-export-target port
- set core-export-target server-description
- set core-export-target server-name
- set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config
- set cos
- set country
- set cpu-performance-config cpu-performance
- set customer-id
- set data-center
- set data-center-folder
- set data-center (/client)
- set date
- set datetime-policy-ctrl
- set day
- set deescalating
- set default-gw
- set default-net
- set defaultzoning
- set descr
- set description
- set descr (vcon-policy)
- set destination org
- set dhcp-vendor-id
- set direct-cache-access-config access
- set direction
- set diskless
- set disk-scrub
- set dns-policy-ctrl
- set dns
- set domain-name
- set drop
- set dvs
- set dynamic-eth
- set email
- set e-mail (/keyring)
- set enforce-vnic-name
- set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config
- set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery
- set error-recovery link-down-timeout
- set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count
- set error-recovery port-down-timeout
- set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout
- set escalating
- set execute-disable bit
- set expiration
- set expire-warn-interval
- set ext-mgmt-ip-state
- set fabric
- set failover timeout
- set fault-policy-ctrl
- set fault-suppress-policy
- set fc-if name
- set fcoe-vlan
- set fcoe-storage-native-vlan
- set fc-zoning
- set file size
- set filter
- set firstname
- set flap-interval
- set flow-control-policy
- set folder
- set folder (/client)
- set forged-transmit
- set format
- set from-email
- set front-panel-lockout-config
- set history-count
- set host
- set host-cos-control
- set host-fw-policy
- set host-nwio-perf
- set hostname
- set hostname
- set hour
- set http port
- set https cipher-suite-mode
- set https cipher-suite
- set https keyring
- set https port
- set hyper-threading-config
- set id
- set identity dynamic-mac
- set identity dynamic-uuid
- set identity dynamic-wwnn
- set identity dynamic-wwpn
- set identity mac-pool
- set identity uuid-suffix-pool
- set identity wwnn-pool
- set identity wwpn-pool
- set infra-pack-ctrl
- set intel-turbo-boost-config
- set intel-vt-config
- set intel-vt-directed-io-config
- set interrupt coalescing-time
- set interrupt coalescing-type
- set interrupt count
- set interrupt mode
- set interval-days
- set ip
- set ipmi-access-profile
- set iqn-prefix
- set iscsi-adapter-policy
- set iscsi-identity initiator-name
- set iscsi-identity initiator-pool-name
- set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget
- set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout
- set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout
- set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode
- set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount
- set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp
- set iscsi-targetname
- set iscsivnicname
- set isnative
- set key (server)
- set key (extension-key)
- set lastname
- set level
- set link-aggregation-pref
- set link-aggregation-pref (/chassis-disc-policy)
- set local-disk-policy
- set locality
- set lun
- set lv-dimm-support-config
- set macaddress
- set mac-aging
- set mac-pool
- set maint-policy
- set mapping-scheme
- set maxcap
- set maxcores
- set max-duration
- set max-duration (/fault-suppress-task)
- set max-field-size
- set max-http-user-sessions
- set maximum
- set max-ports
- set max-ports-per-node
- set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory
- set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr
- set maxprocs
- set maxsize
- set maxthreads
- set mcastpolicy
- set member-of-attribute
- set memory-mirroring-mode
- set memory-ras-config
- set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode
- set message
- set mep-policy-ctrl
- set mgmt-fw-policy
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval
- set mincap
- set mincores
- set min-interval
- set minprocs
- set minthreads
- set minute
- set mode (eth-uplink)
- set mode (fc-uplink)
- set mode (fw-pack)
- set mode (local-disk)
- set model-regex
- set module
- set modulus
- set monitoring-policy-ctrl
- set mtu
- set mtu (eth-best-effort)
- set mtu (vnic)
- set multicast-optimize
- set multicastoptimize (eth-best-effort)
- set name
- set native
- set no-change-interval
- set normal-value
- set notificationtype
- set numa-config
- set numberofblocks
- set nw-control-policy
- set offload large-receive
- set offload tcp-rx-checksum
- set offload tcp-segment
- set offload tcp-tx-checksum
- set onboard-scu-storage-support
- set order
- set order (device boot order)
- set order (vhba pci scan order)
- set order (vnic relative order)
- set org-unit-name
- set org-name
- set out-of-band
- set overlay-vnic-name
- set password
- set password (auth-profile)
- set password (snmp-user)
- set path
- set peak
- set per-user
- set perdiskcap
- set pers-bind
- set phone
- set phone-contact
- set pid-regex
- set pin-group
- set pingroupname
- set policy-owner
- set pool
- set port
- set port io-throttle-count
- set port max-field-size
- set port max-luns
- set port-f-logi retries
- set port-f-logi timeout
- set portmode
- set port-p-logi retries
- set port-p-logi timeout
- set post-error-pause-config port-error-pause
- set power-budget committed
- set power-control-policy
- set powermgmt-policy-ctrl
- set preserve-pooled-values
- set prio
- set priority
- set privilege
- set priv-password
- set proc-cap
- set processor-c-state-config c-state
- set processor-c1e-config c1e
- set processor-c3-report-config
- set processor-c6-report-config
- set protect
- set protocol
- set psu-policy-ctrl
- set pubnwname
- set qos-policy
- set qualifier
- set querier
- set querierip
- set quiet-boot-config
- set rate
- set realloc
- set realm
- set realm
- set reboot-on-update
- set reboot-policy
- set receive
- set recv-queue count
- set recv-queue ring-size
- set redundancy
- set refresh-period
- set regenerate
- set remote-file
- set reply-to-email
- set reporting-interval
- set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config
- set retention-interval
- set retries
- set rootdn
- set rss receivesidescaling
- set shared-secret
- set schedule (/org)
- set schedule (/fault-suppress-task)
- set scheduler
- set scrub-policy
- set scsi-io count
- set scsi-io ring-size
- set security-policy-ctrl
- set send
- set send-periodically
- set server
- set session-timeout
- set sharing
- set site-id
- set size
- set snmp community
- set snooping
- set sol-policy
- set speed
- set speed (/eth-mon-session)
- set speed (/fc-mon-session)
- set speed (Uplink Ethernet Port)
- set src-templ-name
- set sshkey
- set ssl
- set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video
- set state
- set stats-policy
- set stepping
- set storage-conn-policy-name
- set street-address
- set subject-name
- set subnet
- set suspendstate
- set switch-priority
- set syslog console
- set syslog file
- set syslog min-level
- set syslog monitor
- set syslog remote-destination
- set target
- set target (/pin-group)
- set target-path
- set target-vsan
- set template
- set template-name
- set throttling
- set timeofday-hour
- set timeofday-minute
- set timeout
- set timezone
- set total
- set trans-queue count
- set trans-queue ring-size
- set trustpoint
- set type (backup)
- set type (partition)
- set type (template)
- set units
- set uplink-fail-action
- set uplink-trunking
- set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable
- set usb-front-panel-access-lock-config usb-front-panel-lock
- set usb-system-idle-power-optimizing-setting-config usb-idle-power-optimizing
- set user
- set user-id
- set userid
- set user-label
- set uuid-prefix
- set v3privilege
- set vcon
- set vcon (/vnic and /vhba)
- set vcon-profile
- set version
- set version (snmp-trap)
- set vhba
- set virtual-ip
- set vlan-id
- set vlan-port-count-optimization
- set vlanname
- set vmretention
- set vnic
- set vnicretention
- set weight
- set width
- set work-queue count
- set work-queue ring-size
- set wwn
- set wwpn-pool
- set zoning-type
- show activate status
- show adapter
- show assoc
- show audit-logs
- show auth-domain
- show authentication
- show auth-server-group
- show backup
- show backup (ep-log-policy)
- show backup-policy-ctrl
- show backup-policy
- show backup-policy fsm status
- show beacon-led
- show beacon-led fsm status
- show bios
- show bladeserver-disc-policy
- show block
- show bmc
- show boot-definition
- show boot-order
- show boot-option-retry-config
- show boot-policy
- show boot-target
- show callhome
- show cap-qual
- show cap-policy
- show card Command
- show cat-updater
- show certreq
- show cfg-export-policy
- show cfg-export-policy fsm status
- show chassis-conn-policy
- show chassis
- show cimc
- show cimxml
- show class cpu-stats
- show class dimm-env-stats
- show class env-stats
- show class ethernet-port-err-stats
- show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- show class ether-pause-stats
- show class io-card-stats
- show class memory-array-env-stats
- show class motherboard-temp-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- show cli
- show cli history
- show clock (system)
- show cluster
- show communication-policy-ctrl
- show connectivity
- show console-auth
- show control-ep
- show core-export-target
- show cores
- show cpu
- show datetime-policy-ctrl
- show default-auth
- show destination
- show disk
- show distributed-virtual-switch
- show dns-policy-ctrl
- show dns
- show download-task
- show dynamic-conn-policy
- show egress-policy
- show environment
- show error-recovery
- show eth-classified
- show eth-if
- show eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- show eth-mon-session
- show eth-profile
- show eth-target
- show eth-uplink
- show event
- show execute-disable
- show extension-key
- show ext-eth-if
- show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
- show fabric
- show fabric-interconnect
- show fabric-interconnect inventory
- show fabric-interconnect mode
- show fabric-port-channel
- show failover
- show fan
- show fan-module
- show fault-policy-ctrl
- show fault policy
- show fault-suppress-task
- show fc
- show fcoeinterface
- show fc-if
- show fc-profile
- show fc-storage
- show fc-zone
- show fcoe-member-port
- show fcoe-port-channel
- show fcoeinterface
- show feature
- show file
- show host-port-channel
- show identity iqn
- show identity (server)
- show identity (service-profile)
- show identity mac-addr
- show identity uuid
- show identity wwn
- show infra-pack-ctrl
- show initiator-group
- show interface
- show inventory
- show inventory (fabric-interconnect)
- show ipmi-user
- show iqn-pool
- show iscsi-policy
- show iscsi-protocol-profile
- show iscsi
- show lan-connectivity-policy
- show ldap-group
- show ldap-group-rule
- show license brief
- show license default
- show license file
- show license host-id
- show license usage
- show local-disk
- show local-disk-config-policy
- show maint-policy
- show mcast-policy
- show member-fcoe-port-channel
- show member-port-channel
- show member-port
- show member-port fc
- show member-port fcoe
- show mep-policy-ctrl
- show mgmt-if-mon-policy
- show mon-src
- show monitoring-policy-ctrl
- show nw-ctrl-policy
- show occurrence one-time
- show occurrence recurring
- show password-profile
- show pending-changes
- show pooled
- show port-channel
- show ports
- show power-budget
- show power-control-policy
- show power-group
- show powermgmt-policy-ctrl
- show pre-login-banner
- show psu-policy-ctrl
- show psu-policy
- show rackserver-disc-policy
- show raid-battery
- show scheduler
- show security-policy-ctrl
- show security fsm status
- show sel
- show server actual-boot-order
- show server adapter
- show server adapter identity
- show server adapter inventory
- show server adapter layer2
- show server adapter status
- show server boot-order
- show server cpu
- show server identity
- show server-host-id
- show server status
- show service-profile assoc
- show service-profile circuit
- show service-profile detail
- show service-profile expand
- show service-profile fsm
- show service-profile identity
- show service-profile inventory
- show service-profile status
- show snmp-user
- show sol-policy
- show sshkey
- show static-target-if
- show stats
- show storage-connection-def
- show storage-connection-policy
- show storage-controller
- show storage-target
- show tech-support
- show usage
- show vcenter
- show vcon
- show vcon (/service-profile)
- show vhba-beh-policy
- show vcon-assign
- show vcon-mapping
- show vcon-policy
- show vif-ns
- show virtual-machine
- show vlan
- show vlan-group
- show vlan-group-permit
- show vlan-permit
- show vnic-beh-policy
- show vlan-port-count
- show vm-life-cycle-policy
- show vnic-beh-policy
- show web-session-limits
- ssh
- tail-mgmt-log
- telnet
- terminal length
- terminal monitor
- terminal session-timeout
- terminal width
- top
- traceroute
- up
- update catalog
- update firmware
- where
Commands
- acknowledge chassis
- acknowledge fex
- acknowledge fault
- acknowledge primary fabric-interconnect reboot
- acknowledge server
- acknowledge slot
- activate firmware
- activate firmware (fabric)
- activate firmware (/management-extension)
- activate internal firmware
- add alertgroups
- add backup action
- add privilege
- apply pending-changes immediate
- associate server
- associate server-pool
- backup sel
- cancel install infra
- cd
- clear-unmanaged-fc-zones-all
- clear alertgroups
- clear auth-server-group
- clear backup action
- clear cores
- clear file
- clear license
- clear message
- clear password-history
- clear sel (/chassis/server)
- clear sel (/chassis/server)
- clear sshkey
- cluster force primary
- cluster lead
- commit-buffer
- connect adapter
- connect bmc
- connect clp
- connect iom
- connect local-mgmt
- connect nxos
- copy
- create adapter
- create auth-domain
- create auth-profile
- create auth-server-group
- create auto-target-if
- create backup
- create bios-policy
- create bladeserver-disc-policy
- create block
- create boot-definition
- create boot-policy
- create boot-target
- create cap-qual
- create certreq
- create chassis
- create class chassis-stats
- create class cmc-stats
- create class cpu-env-stats
- create class dimm-env-stats
- create class dimm-stats
- create class env-stats
- create class ether-error-stats
- create class ether-if-stats
- create class ether-loss-stats
- create class ether-pause-stats
- create class ethernet-port-err-stats
- create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- create class ether-rx-stats
- create class ether-tx-stats
- create class fan-module-stats
- create class fan-stats
- create class fc-error-stats
- create class fc-if-event-stats
- create class fc-if-fc4-counters
- create class fc-if-frame-stats
- create class fc-port-stats
- create class fc-stats
- create class fex-env-stats
- create class fex-power-summary
- create class fex-psu-input-stats
- create class io-card-stats
- create class mb-power-stats
- create class mb-temp-stats
- create class memory-array-env-stats
- create class memory-runtime
- create class menlo-dce-port-stats
- create class menlo-eth-error-stats
- create class menlo-eth-stats
- create class menlo-fc-error-stats
- create class menlo-fc-stats
- create class menlo-host-port-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-stats
- create class menlo-net-eg-stats
- create class menlo-net-in-stats
- create class menlo-q-error-stats
- create class menlo-q-stats
- create class motherboard-temp-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- create class processor-runtime
- create class psu-input-stats
- create class psu-stats
- create class rack-unit-fan-stats
- create class rack-unit-psu-stats
- create class system-stats
- create class vnic-stats
- create client
- create cluster
- create control-ep policy
- create cpu
- create data-center
- create default-auth
- create default-behavior
- create destination
- create dest-interface
- create dhcp-ip-params
- create distributed-virtual-switch
- create dns
- create dynamic-vnic-conn
- create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- create egress-policy
- create eth-if
- create eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- create eth-mon-session
- create eth-policy
- create eth-target
- create ext-static-ip
- create fault-suppress-task
- create fc-mon-session
- create fcoe-if
- create fcoe-member-port
- create fcoe-port-channel
- create fcoeinterface
- create fc-policy
- create folder
- create fw-host-pack
- create fw-mgmt-pack
- create hv-conn
- create import-config
- create initiator (/wwn-pool)
- create initiator (/initiator-group)
- create initiator-group
- create interface
- create interface fc
- create interface fcoe
- create ip-if
- create ip-pool
- create ipmi-access-profile
- create ipmi-user
- create iqn-pool
- create iscsi-policy
- create iscsi
- create keyring
- create lan
- create lan-connectivity-policy
- create ldap-group
- create ldap-group-rule
- create local
- create local-disk-config
- create local-disk-config-policy
- create local-schedule
- create locale
- create local-user
- create lun
- create mac-pool
- create mac-security
- create maint-policy
- create mcast-policy
- create member-fcoe-port-channel
- create member-port
- create member-port fc
- create member-port fcoe
- create member-port (/port-channel)
- create member-port-channel
- create member-vlan
- create memory
- create mon-src
- create network (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
- create network (/profile-set/port-profile)
- create ntp-server
- create nw-ctrl-policy
- create occurrence one-time
- create occurrence recurring
- create occurrence (/local-schedule)
- create org
- create org-ref
- create pack-image
- create path
- create path (iscsi)
- create physical-qual
- create pin-group
- create policy
- create pooled-ip-params
- create pooling-policy
- create port-channel
- create port-profile (/eth-uplink)
- create port-profile (/profile-set)
- create power-control-policy
- create power-group
- create processor
- create profile
- create qos-policy
- create rack
- create role
- create san-connectivity-policy
- create san-image
- create schedule
- create scrub-policy
- create server
- create server (/org/server-pool)
- create server-autoconfig-policy
- create server-disc-policy
- create server-inherit-policy
- create server-pool
- create server-qual
- create server-ref
- create service-profile
- create slot
- create snmp-trap
- create snmp-user
- create sol-config
- create sol-policy
- create static-ip-params
- create static-target-if
- create stats-threshold-policy
- create storage-connection-def
- create storage-connection-policy
- create storage
- create storage-target
- create threshold-value
- create trustpoint
- create uuid-suffix-pool
- create vcenter
- create vcon
- create vcon-assign
- create vcon-policy
- create vhba
- create vhba-templ
- create virtual-media
- create vlan
- create vlan (/port-profile)
- create vlan-group
- create vlan-group-permit
- create vlan-permit
- create vnic
- create vnic-egress-policy
- create vnic-iscsi
- create vnic-templ
- create vsan
- create wwn-pool
- cycle
- decommission chassis
- decommission fex
- decommission server
- decommission server (chassis)
- delete adapter
- delete auth-domain
- delete auth-profile
- delete auth-server-group
- delete auto-target-if
- delete backup
- delete bladeserver-disc-policy
- delete block
- delete boot-definition
- delete boot-policy
- delete boot-target
- delete cap-qual
- delete certreq
- delete chassis
- delete class chassis-stats
- delete class cpu-env-stats
- delete class dimm-env-stats
- delete class dimm-stats
- delete class env-stats
- delete class ether-error-stats
- delete class ether-if-stats
- delete class ether-loss-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- delete class ether-pause-stats
- delete class ether-rx-stats
- delete class ether-tx-stats
- delete class fan-module-stats
- delete class fan-stats
- delete class fc-error-stats
- delete class fc-port-stats
- delete class fc-stats
- delete class fex-env-stats
- delete class fex-power-summary
- delete class fex-psu-input-stats
- delete class io-card-stats
- delete class mb-power-stats
- delete class mb-temp-stats
- delete class memory-array-env-stats
- delete class motherboard-temp-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- delete class psu-input-stats
- delete class psu-stats
- delete class rack-unit-fan-stats
- delete class rack-unit-psu-stats
- delete class system-stats
- delete class vnic-stats
- delete client
- delete cluster
- delete control-ep policy
- delete cpu
- delete data-center
- delete default-auth
- delete default-behavior
- delete destination
- delete dest-interface
- delete dhcp-ip-params
- delete distributed-virtual-switch
- delete dns
- delete download-task
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- delete egress-policy
- delete eth-if
- delete eth-mon-session
- delete eth-policy
- delete eth-target
- delete ext-static-ip
- delete fault-suppress-task
- delete fc-mon-session
- delete fc-policy
- delete fcoe-member-port
- delete fcoe-port-channel
- delete fcoeinterface
- delete folder
- delete fw-host-pack
- delete fw-mgmt-pack
- delete image
- delete import-config
- delete initiator
- create initiator (/initiator-group)
- delete initiator-group
- delete interface
- delete interface fc
- delete interface fcoe
- delete ip-if
- delete ipmi-access-profile
- delete ipmi-user
- delete iqn-pool
- delete iscsi-policy
- delete iscsi
- delete keyring
- delete lan
- delete lan-connectivity-policy
- delete ldap-group
- delete ldap-group-rule
- delete local
- delete locale
- delete local-disk-config
- delete local-disk-config-policy
- delete local-schedule
- delete local-user
- delete lun
- delete mac-pool
- delete mac-security
- delete maint-policy
- delete mcast-policy
- delete member-fcoe-port-channel
- delete member-port
- delete member-port fc
- delete member-port fcoe
- delete member-port-channel
- delete member-vlan
- delete memory
- delete mon-src
- delete network
- delete network (/profile-set/port-profile)
- delete ntp-server
- delete nwctrl-policy
- delete occurrence one-time
- delete occurrence recurring
- delete org
- delete org-ref
- delete pack-image
- delete path
- delete path (iscsi)
- delete pending-deletion
- delete physical-qual
- delete pin-group
- delete policy
- delete pooled-ip-params
- delete pooling-policy
- delete port-channel
- delete port-profile (profile-set)
- delete power-control-policy
- delete power-group
- delete processor
- delete profile
- delete qos-policy
- delete rack
- delete remote-user
- delete role
- delete san-connectivity-policy
- delete san-image
- delete scheduler
- delete scrub-policy
- delete server
- delete server (/security)
- delete server-autoconfig-policy
- delete server-disc-policy
- delete server-inherit-policy
- delete server-pool
- delete server-qual
- delete server-ref
- delete service-profile
- delete slot
- delete snmp-trap
- delete snmp-user
- delete sol-config
- delete sol-policy
- delete static-ip-params
- delete static-target-if
- delete stats-threshold-policy
- delete storage
- delete storage-connection-def
- delete storage-connection-policy
- delete storage-target
- delete target
- delete threshold-value
- delete trustpoint
- delete user-sessions
- delete user-sessions local
- delete user-sessions remote
- delete uuid-suffix-pool
- delete vcenter
- delete vcon
- delete vcon-policy
- delete vhba
- delete vhba-templ
- delete virtual-media
- delete vlan
- delete vlan-group-permit
- delete vlan-group
- delete vlan-permit
- delete vnic
- delete vnic-iscsi
- delete vnic-templ
- delete vsan
- delete wwn-pool
- diagnostic-interrupt
- dir
- disable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- disable cdp
- disable cimxml
- disable core-export-target
- disable http
- disable http-redirect
- disable https
- disable locator-led
- disable (port-channel)
- disable snmp
- disable syslog
- disable telnet-server
- disassociate
- discard-buffer
- download image
- download license
- enable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- enable cdp
- enable cimxml
- enable cluster
- enable core-export-target
- enable http
- enable http-redirect
- enable https
- enable locator-led
- enable (port-channel)
- enable snmp
- enable syslog
- enable telnet-server
- end
- enter adapter
- enter auth-domain
- enter auth-profile
- enter auth-server-group
- enter auto-target-if
- enter backup
- enter bladeserver-disc-policy
- enter block
- enter boot-definition
- enter boot-policy
- enter boot-target
- enter cap-qual
- enter chassis
- enter class chassis-stats
- enter class cpu-env-stats
- enter class dimm-env-stats
- enter class env-stats
- enter class ether-error-stats
- enter class ether-loss-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- enter class ether-pause-stats
- enter class ether-rx-stats
- enter class ether-tx-stats
- enter class fan-module-stats
- enter class fan-stats
- enter class fc-error-stats
- enter class fc-port-stats
- enter class fc-stats
- enter class fex-env-stats
- enter class fex-power-summary
- enter class fex-psu-input-stats
- enter class io-card-stats
- enter class mb-power-stats
- enter class mb-temp-stats
- enter class memory-array-env-stats
- enter class motherboard-temp-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- enter class psu-input-stats
- enter class rack-unit-fan-stats
- enter class rack-unit-psu-stats
- enter class system-stats
- enter class vnic-stats
- enter client
- enter cluster
- enter control-ep policy
- enter cpu
- enter data-center
- enter default-auth
- enter default-behavior
- enter destination
- enter dest-interface
- enter dhcp-ip-params
- enter distributed-virtual-switch
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- enter egress-policy
- enter eth-if
- enter eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- enter eth-mon-session
- enter eth-policy
- enter eth-target
- enter ext-static-ip
- enter fault-suppress-task
- enter fc-mon-session
- enter fc-policy
- enter fcoe-member-port
- enter fcoe-port-channel
- enter fcoeinterface
- enter folder
- enter fw-host-pack
- enter fw-mgmt-pack
- enter import-config
- enter initiator
- enter initiator-group
- enter interface
- enter interface fc
- enter interface fcoe
- enter ip-if
- enter ipmi-access-profile
- enter ipmi-user
- enter iqn-pool
- enter iscsi-policy
- enter iscsi
- enter keyring
- enter lan
- enter lan-connectivity-policy
- enter ldap-group
- enter ldap-group-rule
- enter local
- enter local-disk-config
- enter local-disk-config-policy
- enter local-schedule
- enter locale
- enter local-user
- enter lun
- enter mac-pool
- enter mac-security
- enter mcast-policy
- enter maint-policy
- enter member-fcoe-port-channel
- enter member-port
- enter member-port fc
- enter member-port fcoe
- enter member-port (/fc-storage/vsan)
- enter member-port (/port-channel)
- enter member-port-channel
- enter member-vlan
- enter memory
- enter mon-src
- enter network
- enter nwctrl-policy
- enter occurrence one-time
- enter occurrence recurring
- enter org
- enter pack-image
- enter path
- enter path (iscsi)
- enter pin-group
- enter policy
- enter pooled-ip-params
- enter pooling-policy
- enter port-channel
- enter port-profile (profile-set)
- enter power-control-policy
- enter power-group
- enter processor
- enter qos-policy
- enter rack
- enter san-connectivity-policy
- enter scheduler
- enter server
- enter server-ref
- enter static-ip-params
- enter static-target-if
- enter storage
- enter storage-connection-def
- enter storage-connection-policy
- enter storage-target
- enter threshold-value
- enter vcenter
- enter vcon
- enter vcon-policy
- enter vlan
- enter vlan (port-profile)
- enter vlan-group-permit
- enter vlan-group
- delete vlan-permit
- enter vnic
- enter vnic-iscsi
- enter vsan
- erase configuration
- erase-log-config
- install-license
- install infra infra-version
- install file
- ls
- mkdir
- move
- ping
- power
- power down soft-followed-by-hard
- power down soft-shut-down
- pwd
- reboot
- recommission chassis
- recommission fex
- recommission server
- recover-bios
- remove alertgroups
- remove backup action
- remove fex
- remove privilege
- remove server
- rename-to
- reset
- reset-cmos
- reset-errors
- reset-kvm
- reset pers-bind
- restart
- rmdir
- run-script
- save
- scope adapter
- scope auth-domain
- scope auth-profile
- scope auth-server-group
- scope auto-install
- scope auto-target-if
- scope backup
- scope backup-policy
- scope banner
- scope beacon-led
- scope bios-settings
- scope bios
- scope bladeserver-disc-policy
- scope block
- scope bmc
- scope boardcontroller
- scope boot-definition
- scope boot-policy
- scope boot-target
- scope callhome
- scope capability
- scope cap-qual
- scope card
- scope cat-updater
- scope cert-store
- scope cfg-export-policy
- scope chassis
- scope chassis (/capability)
- scope chassis-conn-policy
- scope chassis-disc-policy
- scope cimc
- scope class chassis-stats
- scope class cpu-env-stats
- scope class dimm-env-stats
- scope class ether-error-stats
- scope class ether-loss-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- scope class ether-pause-stats
- scope class ether-rx-stats
- scope class ether-tx-stats
- scope class fan-module-stats
- scope class fan-stats
- scope class fc-error-stats
- scope class fc-stats
- scope class fex-env-stats
- scope class fex-power-summary
- scope class fex-psu-input-stats
- scope class io-card-stats
- scope class memory-array-env-stats
- scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats
- scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats
- scope class memory-sparing-error-stats
- scope class motherboard-temp-stats
- scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- scope class rack-unit-fan-stats
- scope class rack-unit-psu-stats
- scope client
- scope cluster-set
- scope cluster
- scope console-auth
- scope control-ep policy
- scope cpu
- scope cpu (/system/capability)
- scope data-center
- scope default-auth
- scope default-behavior
- scope dest-interface
- scope dhcp-ip-params
- scope diag
- scope dimm
- scope distributed-virtual-switch
- scope download-task
- scope dynamic-vnic-conn
- scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- scope egress-policy
- scope eth-best-effort
- scope eth-classified
- scope eth-if
- scope eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- scope eth-mon-session
- scope eth-policy
- scope eth-server
- scope eth-storage
- scope eth-target
- scope eth-traffic-mon
- scope eth-uplink
- scope ext-eth-if
- scope extension-key
- scope ext-pooled-ip
- scope ext-static-ip
- scope fabric
- scope fabric-if
- scope fabric-interconnect
- scope fabric-port-channel
- scope fan
- scope fan-module
- scope fault-suppress-task
- scope fc
- scope fc-group-def
- scope fc-mon-session
- scope fc-policy
- scope fc-storage
- scope fc-traffic-mon
- scope fc-uplink
- scope fcoe-member-port
- scope fcoe-port-channel
- scope fcoeinterface
- scope fex
- scope firmware
- scope flow-control
- scope folder
- scope fw-host-pack
- scope fw-mgmt-pack
- scope host-eth-if
- scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac
- scope host-fc-if
- scope host-fc-if wwn
- scope host-iscsi-if
- scope host-port-channel
- scope import-config
- scope initiator-group
- scope instance
- scope interface
- scope interface fc
- scope interface fcoe
- scope inventory
- scope iom (/chassis)
- scope iom (/capability)
- scope iom (/fex)
- scope ip-if
- scope ipmi-access-profile
- scope ipmi-user
- scope iqn-pool
- scope iscsi-policy
- scope iscsi
- scope lan
- scope lan-connectivity-policy
- scope ldap
- scope ldap-group
- scope ldap-group-rule
- scope license
- scope locale
- scope local-disk-config
- scope local-schedule
- scope lun
- scope lun (static-target-if)
- scope mac-security
- scope maint-policy
- scope mcast-policy
- scope management-extension
- scope member-fcoe-port-channel
- scope member-port-channel
- scope member-port
- scope member-port fc
- scope member-port fcoe
- scope member-vlan
- scope memory-array
- scope mon-flt
- scope monitoring
- scope mon-src
- scope network
- scope nwctrl-policy
- scope occurrence one-time
- scope occurrence recurring
- scope org
- scope password-profile
- scope path (iscsi)
- scope policy
- scope pooled-ip-params
- scope port-channel
- scope port-profile
- scope post-code-reporter
- scope post-code-template
- scope power-cap-mgmt
- scope power-control-policy
- scope power-group
- scope pre-login-banner
- scope priority-weight
- scope profile
- scope profile-set
- scope psu
- scope psu-policy
- scope qos
- scope qos-policy
- scope rack
- scope rack-mount
- scope rackserver-disc-policy
- scope radius
- scope raid-controller
- scope role
- scope san-connectivity-policy
- scope scheduler
- scope security
- scope server
- scope server (/ldap)
- scope server (vm-mgmt)
- scope server-if
- scope server-qual
- scope server-ref
- scope services
- scope service-profile
- scope service-profile (/org)
- scope snmp-user
- scope static-ip-params
- scope static-target-if
- scope stats-threshold-policy
- scope storage-controller
- scope storage-connection-def
- scope storage-connection-policy
- scope storage-target
- scope sys-defaults
- scope system
- scope tacacs
- scope target-vsan
- scope threshold-value
- scope update
- scope vcenter
- scope vcon-assign
- scope vcon-policy
- scope vhba
- scope vhba-beh-policy
- scope vhba-templ
- scope virtual-machine
- scope virtual-machine (vm-mgmt)
- scope vlan
- scope vlan (port-profile)
- scope vlan-group
- scope vm-life-cycle-policy
- scope vm-mgmt
- scope vmware
- scope vnic
- scope vnic-beh-policy
- scope vnic-iscsi
- scope vnic-templ
- scope vsan
- scope web-session-limits
- scope wwn-pool
- send
- send-syslog
- send-test-alert
- set account-status
- set action
- set ackstate
- set action (/vnic-beh-policy and /vhba-beh-policy)
- set adapter-policy
- set adapter-policy
- set addr
- set adminspeed
- set adminstate
- set admin-state
- set admin-state (beacon-led)
- set admin-vcon
- set admin-vcon (/service-profile/vcon-assign)
- set aes-128
- set agent-policy
- set alertgroups
- set all
- set arch
- set assignmentorder
- set attribute
- set auth
- set authentication console
- set authentication default
- set authport
- set authorization
- set auth-server-group
- set backup-policy-ctrl
- set backup action
- set backup clear-on-backup
- set backup destination
- set backup format
- set backup hostname
- set backup interval
- set backup password
- set backup protocol
- set backup remote-path
- set backup user
- set basedn
- set binddn
- set bios-settings-scrub
- set blocksize
- set boot-option-retry-config retry
- set boot-policy
- set cap-policy
- set cert
- set certchain
- set certificate
- set change-count
- set change-during-interval
- set change-interval
- set cimxml port
- set clear-action
- set clear password-history
- set cli suppress-field-spillover
- set cli suppress-headers
- set cli table-field-delimiter
- set clock (memory)
- set clock (system)
- set cluster
- set collection-interval
- set communication-policy-ctrl
- set community
- set comp-queue count
- set concur-tasks
- set console-redir-config baud-rate
- set console-redir-config console-redir
- set console-redir-config flow-control
- set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir
- set console-redir-config terminal-type
- set contact
- set contract-id
- set core-export-target path
- set core-export-target port
- set core-export-target server-description
- set core-export-target server-name
- set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config
- set cos
- set country
- set cpu-performance-config cpu-performance
- set customer-id
- set data-center
- set data-center-folder
- set data-center (/client)
- set date
- set datetime-policy-ctrl
- set day
- set deescalating
- set default-gw
- set default-net
- set defaultzoning
- set descr
- set description
- set descr (vcon-policy)
- set destination org
- set dhcp-vendor-id
- set direct-cache-access-config access
- set direction
- set diskless
- set disk-scrub
- set dns-policy-ctrl
- set dns
- set domain-name
- set drop
- set dvs
- set dynamic-eth
- set email
- set e-mail (/keyring)
- set enforce-vnic-name
- set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config
- set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery
- set error-recovery link-down-timeout
- set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count
- set error-recovery port-down-timeout
- set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout
- set escalating
- set execute-disable bit
- set expiration
- set expire-warn-interval
- set ext-mgmt-ip-state
- set fabric
- set failover timeout
- set fault-policy-ctrl
- set fault-suppress-policy
- set fc-if name
- set fcoe-vlan
- set fcoe-storage-native-vlan
- set fc-zoning
- set file size
- set filter
- set firstname
- set flap-interval
- set flow-control-policy
- set folder
- set folder (/client)
- set forged-transmit
- set format
- set from-email
- set front-panel-lockout-config
- set history-count
- set host
- set host-cos-control
- set host-fw-policy
- set host-nwio-perf
- set hostname
- set hostname
- set hour
- set http port
- set https cipher-suite-mode
- set https cipher-suite
- set https keyring
- set https port
- set hyper-threading-config
- set id
- set identity dynamic-mac
- set identity dynamic-uuid
- set identity dynamic-wwnn
- set identity dynamic-wwpn
- set identity mac-pool
- set identity uuid-suffix-pool
- set identity wwnn-pool
- set identity wwpn-pool
- set infra-pack-ctrl
- set intel-turbo-boost-config
- set intel-vt-config
- set intel-vt-directed-io-config
- set interrupt coalescing-time
- set interrupt coalescing-type
- set interrupt count
- set interrupt mode
- set interval-days
- set ip
- set ipmi-access-profile
- set iqn-prefix
- set iscsi-adapter-policy
- set iscsi-identity initiator-name
- set iscsi-identity initiator-pool-name
- set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget
- set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout
- set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout
- set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode
- set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount
- set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp
- set iscsi-targetname
- set iscsivnicname
- set isnative
- set key (server)
- set key (extension-key)
- set lastname
- set level
- set link-aggregation-pref
- set link-aggregation-pref (/chassis-disc-policy)
- set local-disk-policy
- set locality
- set lun
- set lv-dimm-support-config
- set macaddress
- set mac-aging
- set mac-pool
- set maint-policy
- set mapping-scheme
- set maxcap
- set maxcores
- set max-duration
- set max-duration (/fault-suppress-task)
- set max-field-size
- set max-http-user-sessions
- set maximum
- set max-ports
- set max-ports-per-node
- set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory
- set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr
- set maxprocs
- set maxsize
- set maxthreads
- set mcastpolicy
- set member-of-attribute
- set memory-mirroring-mode
- set memory-ras-config
- set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode
- set message
- set mep-policy-ctrl
- set mgmt-fw-policy
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests
- set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval
- set mincap
- set mincores
- set min-interval
- set minprocs
- set minthreads
- set minute
- set mode (eth-uplink)
- set mode (fc-uplink)
- set mode (fw-pack)
- set mode (local-disk)
- set model-regex
- set module
- set modulus
- set monitoring-policy-ctrl
- set mtu
- set mtu (eth-best-effort)
- set mtu (vnic)
- set multicast-optimize
- set multicastoptimize (eth-best-effort)
- set name
- set native
- set no-change-interval
- set normal-value
- set notificationtype
- set numa-config
- set numberofblocks
- set nw-control-policy
- set offload large-receive
- set offload tcp-rx-checksum
- set offload tcp-segment
- set offload tcp-tx-checksum
- set onboard-scu-storage-support
- set order
- set order (device boot order)
- set order (vhba pci scan order)
- set order (vnic relative order)
- set org-unit-name
- set org-name
- set out-of-band
- set overlay-vnic-name
- set password
- set password (auth-profile)
- set password (snmp-user)
- set path
- set peak
- set per-user
- set perdiskcap
- set pers-bind
- set phone
- set phone-contact
- set pid-regex
- set pin-group
- set pingroupname
- set policy-owner
- set pool
- set port
- set port io-throttle-count
- set port max-field-size
- set port max-luns
- set port-f-logi retries
- set port-f-logi timeout
- set portmode
- set port-p-logi retries
- set port-p-logi timeout
- set post-error-pause-config port-error-pause
- set power-budget committed
- set power-control-policy
- set powermgmt-policy-ctrl
- set preserve-pooled-values
- set prio
- set priority
- set privilege
- set priv-password
- set proc-cap
- set processor-c-state-config c-state
- set processor-c1e-config c1e
- set processor-c3-report-config
- set processor-c6-report-config
- set protect
- set protocol
- set psu-policy-ctrl
- set pubnwname
- set qos-policy
- set qualifier
- set querier
- set querierip
- set quiet-boot-config
- set rate
- set realloc
- set realm
- set realm
- set reboot-on-update
- set reboot-policy
- set receive
- set recv-queue count
- set recv-queue ring-size
- set redundancy
- set refresh-period
- set regenerate
- set remote-file
- set reply-to-email
- set reporting-interval
- set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config
- set retention-interval
- set retries
- set rootdn
- set rss receivesidescaling
- set shared-secret
- set schedule (/org)
- set schedule (/fault-suppress-task)
- set scheduler
- set scrub-policy
- set scsi-io count
- set scsi-io ring-size
- set security-policy-ctrl
- set send
- set send-periodically
- set server
- set session-timeout
- set sharing
- set site-id
- set size
- set snmp community
- set snooping
- set sol-policy
- set speed
- set speed (/eth-mon-session)
- set speed (/fc-mon-session)
- set speed (Uplink Ethernet Port)
- set src-templ-name
- set sshkey
- set ssl
- set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video
- set state
- set stats-policy
- set stepping
- set storage-conn-policy-name
- set street-address
- set subject-name
- set subnet
- set suspendstate
- set switch-priority
- set syslog console
- set syslog file
- set syslog min-level
- set syslog monitor
- set syslog remote-destination
- set target
- set target (/pin-group)
- set target-path
- set target-vsan
- set template
- set template-name
- set throttling
- set timeofday-hour
- set timeofday-minute
- set timeout
- set timezone
- set total
- set trans-queue count
- set trans-queue ring-size
- set trustpoint
- set type (backup)
- set type (partition)
- set type (template)
- set units
- set uplink-fail-action
- set uplink-trunking
- set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable
- set usb-front-panel-access-lock-config usb-front-panel-lock
- set usb-system-idle-power-optimizing-setting-config usb-idle-power-optimizing
- set user
- set user-id
- set userid
- set user-label
- set uuid-prefix
- set v3privilege
- set vcon
- set vcon (/vnic and /vhba)
- set vcon-profile
- set version
- set version (snmp-trap)
- set vhba
- set virtual-ip
- set vlan-id
- set vlan-port-count-optimization
- set vlanname
- set vmretention
- set vnic
- set vnicretention
- set weight
- set width
- set work-queue count
- set work-queue ring-size
- set wwn
- set wwpn-pool
- set zoning-type
- show activate status
- show adapter
- show assoc
- show audit-logs
- show auth-domain
- show authentication
- show auth-server-group
- show backup
- show backup (ep-log-policy)
- show backup-policy-ctrl
- show backup-policy
- show backup-policy fsm status
- show beacon-led
- show beacon-led fsm status
- show bios
- show bladeserver-disc-policy
- show block
- show bmc
- show boot-definition
- show boot-order
- show boot-option-retry-config
- show boot-policy
- show boot-target
- show callhome
- show cap-qual
- show cap-policy
- show card Command
- show cat-updater
- show certreq
- show cfg-export-policy
- show cfg-export-policy fsm status
- show chassis-conn-policy
- show chassis
- show cimc
- show cimxml
- show class cpu-stats
- show class dimm-env-stats
- show class env-stats
- show class ethernet-port-err-stats
- show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- show class ether-pause-stats
- show class io-card-stats
- show class memory-array-env-stats
- show class motherboard-temp-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-error-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
- show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
- show cli
- show cli history
- show clock (system)
- show cluster
- show communication-policy-ctrl
- show connectivity
- show console-auth
- show control-ep
- show core-export-target
- show cores
- show cpu
- show datetime-policy-ctrl
- show default-auth
- show destination
- show disk
- show distributed-virtual-switch
- show dns-policy-ctrl
- show dns
- show download-task
- show dynamic-conn-policy
- show egress-policy
- show environment
- show error-recovery
- show eth-classified
- show eth-if
- show eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
- show eth-mon-session
- show eth-profile
- show eth-target
- show eth-uplink
- show event
- show execute-disable
- show extension-key
- show ext-eth-if
- show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
- show fabric
- show fabric-interconnect
- show fabric-interconnect inventory
- show fabric-interconnect mode
- show fabric-port-channel
- show failover
- show fan
- show fan-module
- show fault-policy-ctrl
- show fault policy
- show fault-suppress-task
- show fc
- show fcoeinterface
- show fc-if
- show fc-profile
- show fc-storage
- show fc-zone
- show fcoe-member-port
- show fcoe-port-channel
- show fcoeinterface
- show feature
- show file
- show host-port-channel
- show identity iqn
- show identity (server)
- show identity (service-profile)
- show identity mac-addr
- show identity uuid
- show identity wwn
- show infra-pack-ctrl
- show initiator-group
- show interface
- show inventory
- show inventory (fabric-interconnect)
- show ipmi-user
- show iqn-pool
- show iscsi-policy
- show iscsi-protocol-profile
- show iscsi
- show lan-connectivity-policy
- show ldap-group
- show ldap-group-rule
- show license brief
- show license default
- show license file
- show license host-id
- show license usage
- show local-disk
- show local-disk-config-policy
- show maint-policy
- show mcast-policy
- show member-fcoe-port-channel
- show member-port-channel
- show member-port
- show member-port fc
- show member-port fcoe
- show mep-policy-ctrl
- show mgmt-if-mon-policy
- show mon-src
- show monitoring-policy-ctrl
- show nw-ctrl-policy
- show occurrence one-time
- show occurrence recurring
- show password-profile
- show pending-changes
- show pooled
- show port-channel
- show ports
- show power-budget
- show power-control-policy
- show power-group
- show powermgmt-policy-ctrl
- show pre-login-banner
- show psu-policy-ctrl
- show psu-policy
- show rackserver-disc-policy
- show raid-battery
- show scheduler
- show security-policy-ctrl
- show security fsm status
- show sel
- show server actual-boot-order
- show server adapter
- show server adapter identity
- show server adapter inventory
- show server adapter layer2
- show server adapter status
- show server boot-order
- show server cpu
- show server identity
- show server-host-id
- show server status
- show service-profile assoc
- show service-profile circuit
- show service-profile detail
- show service-profile expand
- show service-profile fsm
- show service-profile identity
- show service-profile inventory
- show service-profile status
- show snmp-user
- show sol-policy
- show sshkey
- show static-target-if
- show stats
- show storage-connection-def
- show storage-connection-policy
- show storage-controller
- show storage-target
- show tech-support
- show usage
- show vcenter
- show vcon
- show vcon (/service-profile)
- show vhba-beh-policy
- show vcon-assign
- show vcon-mapping
- show vcon-policy
- show vif-ns
- show virtual-machine
- show vlan
- show vlan-group
- show vlan-group-permit
- show vlan-permit
- show vnic-beh-policy
- show vlan-port-count
- show vm-life-cycle-policy
- show vnic-beh-policy
- show web-session-limits
- ssh
- tail-mgmt-log
- telnet
- terminal length
- terminal monitor
- terminal session-timeout
- terminal width
- top
- traceroute
- up
- update catalog
- update firmware
- where
acknowledge chassis
To acknowledge a chassis, use the acknowledge chassis command.
acknowledge chassis id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists.
Examples
This example shows how to acknowledge a chassis:
switch-A# acknowledge chassis 10 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
acknowledge fex
To acknowledge the fabric extender module (fex), use the acknowledge fex command.
acknowledge fex id
Syntax Description
| id | The ID of the fabric extender module. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Active links between the chassis and the Fabric interconnect must exist to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to acknowledge the fabric extender module.
Switch-A # acknowledge fex 2 Switch-A * # commit-buffer Switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
acknowledge fault |
|
acknowledge server |
|
acknowledge fault
To acknowledge a fault, use the acknowledge fault command.
acknowledge fault id
Syntax Description
| id | Fault identification number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Examples
The following example shows how to acknowledge a fault:
UCS-A # acknowledge fault 1 UCS-A* # commit-buffer UCS-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cli |
|
show fault |
|
acknowledge primary fabric-interconnect reboot
To acknowledge the pending reboot process of the primary fabric-interconnect after installing the infrastructure firmware upgrades, use the acknowledge primary fabric-interconnect reboot command.
acknowledge primary fabric-interconnect reboot
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Auto Install (/firmware/auto-install)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
It is mandatory to acknowledge the reboot process of the primary fabric-interconnect after the infrastructure firmware upgrade process.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to acknowledge the reboot process of the primary fabric-interconnect.
UCS-A # scope firmware UCS-A /firmware # scope auto-install UCS-A /firmware/auto-install # acknowledge primary fabric-interconnect reboot UCS-A /firmware/auto-install* # commit-buffer UCS-A /firmware/auto-install #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
install infra |
|
cancel install infra |
|
acknowledge server
To acknowledge a server, use the acknowledge server command.
acknowledge server { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }
Syntax Description
| chassis-id / blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a server that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to acknowledge a server in /chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # acknowledge server 2
switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer
switch-A /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
acknowledge slot
To acknowledge a slot, use the acknowledge slot command.
acknowledge slot { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }
Syntax Description
| chassis-id / blade-id | Sever identification number. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned using slot -id , to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to acknowledge a slot in /chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # acknowledge slot 1
switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer
switch-A /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
show slot |
|
activate firmware
To activate firmware for a device, use the activate firmware command.
activate firmwareversion [set-startup-only] +
Syntax Description
| version | Firmware version. |
| set-startup-only | (Optional) Activates the firmware only on next startup. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Board controller (/chassis/server/boardcontroller)
BIOS (/chassis/server/bios)
Input output module (/chassis/iom)
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced in the BIOS command mode. |
| 2.1 | The ignorecompcheck option was deleted. |
Usage Guidelines
Use the set-startup-only keyword to activate the specified Input output module (IOM) firmware version only on the next startup of the IOM. The system will not restart at this time. This keyword is available only in the IOM command mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to activate a specific version of system software:
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # activate firmware 3.0 UCS-A /system* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
activate firmware (fabric)
To activate kernel or system firmware on a fabric interconnect, use the activate firmware command.
activate firmware { kernel-version kernel-version | system-version system-version } [force] +
Syntax Description
| kernel-version | Specifies switch kernel firmware. |
| kernel-version | Kernel firmware version. |
| system-version | Specifies switch system firmware. |
| system-version | System firmware version. |
| force | (Optional) Forces the upgrade. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The option ignorecompcheck was removed. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to activate a specific version of kernel software on fabric interconnect A:
UCS-A# scope fabric-interconnect a UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # activate firmware kernel-version 3.0 UCS-A /fabric-interconnect* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
activate firmware (/management-extension)
To activate the firmware version for the management extension of a system, use the activate firmware command.
activate firmware version [force-activation]
Syntax Description
| version | Version of the firmware. |
| force-activation | To forcefully activate the firmware version. Using this option could cause some servers to reboot. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Management extension (/system/management-extension)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced in the Management extension command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to activate the firmware version of the management extension of the system.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope management-extension UCS-A /system/management-extension # activate firmware 2.0(2)B UCS-A /system/management-extension* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/management-extension #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
activate internal firmware
To activate a new internal firmware version, use the activate internal firmware command.
activate internal firmware version
Syntax Description
| version | The version number of the internal firmware version that you want to upgrade the system to. The maximum length of the version string is 512 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The option ignorecompcheck was removed. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to activate the internal firmware version.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # activate internal firmware 1.4(1) Switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
activate firmware |
|
add alertgroups
To add more alert groups to a Call Home profile, use the add alertgroups command.
add alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
Syntax Description
| ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
| license | Specifies the license alert group. |
| lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
| linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
| supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
| syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
| system | Specifies the system alert group. |
| test | Specifies the test alert group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add more predefined Call Home alert groups to an existing alert group list within a Call Home profile.
Examples
This example shows how to add diagnostic and license alert groups to an existing Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # add alertgroups diagnostic license
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
remove alertgroups |
|
set alertgroups |
|
add backup action
To add an additional action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the add backup action command.
add backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
Syntax Description
| log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
| none | Specifies no action. |
| on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
| on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
| timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add an additional action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log. Previously configured actions are retained.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to add an action to trigger a backup of the system event log when the log is full:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # add backup action log-full switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
remove backup action |
|
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
add privilege
To add privileges, use the add privilege command.
add privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +
Syntax Description
| aaa | Specifies AAA privileges. |
| admin | Specifies admin privileges. |
| ext-lan-config | Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges. |
| ext-lan-policy | Specifies external LAN policy privileges. |
| ext-lan-qos | Specifies external LAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-lan-security | Specifies external LAN security privileges. |
| ext-san-config | Specifies external SAN configuration privileges. |
| ext-san-policy | Specifies external SAN policy privileges. |
| ext-san-qos | Specifies external SAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-san-security | Specifies external SAN security privileges. |
| fault | Specifies fault privileges. |
| service-profile-config | Specifies service profile configuration privileges. |
| service-profile-config-policy | Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges. |
| service-profile-network | Specifies service profile network privileges. |
| service-profile-network-policy | Specifies service profile network policy privileges. |
| service-profile-qos | Specifies service profile QoS privileges. |
| service-profile-qos-policy | Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges. |
| service-profile-security | Specifies service profile security privileges. |
| service-profile-security-policy | Specifies service profile security policy privileges. |
| service-profile-server | Specifies service profile server privileges. |
| service-profile-server-policy | Specifies service profile server policy privileges. |
| service-profile-storage | Specifies service profile storage privileges. |
| service-profile-storage-policy | Specifies service profile storage policy privileges. |
| operations | Specifies operations privileges. |
| server-equipment | Specifies server equipment privileges. |
| server-maintenance | Specifies server maintenance privileges. |
| server-policy | Specifies server policy privileges. |
| server-security | Specifies server security privileges. |
| pod-config | Specifies pod configuration privileges. |
| pod-policy | Specifies pod policy privileges. |
| pod-qos | Specifies pod QoS privileges. |
| pod-security | Specifies pod security privileges. |
| read-only | Specifies read-only privileges. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Role (/security/role)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to add privileges:
switch-A # scope security switch-A /security # scope role role1 switch-A /security/role # add privilege ext-san-config ext-san-policy ext-san-qos ext-san-security switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/role #
apply pending-changes immediate
To immediately apply pending changes to a service profile, use the apply pending-changes immediate command.
apply pending-changes immediate
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to immediately apply pending changes to a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile example Switch-A /org/service-profile # apply pending-changes immediate Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/server-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
create org |
|
associate server
To associate a server, use the associate server command.
associate server { ID | chassis-id/blade-id | restrict-migration }
Syntax Description
| ID | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
| chassis-id/blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. The range of valid values is 1 to 4294967295. |
| restrict-migration | (Optional). Use this option to ensure that the operating system boots appropriately when the service profile is moved to a new server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced with chassis-id/blade-id option. |
| 1.4(1) | The option ID has been introduced to associate a server to the service profile using the slot ID. The option restrict-migration has been introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to associate a server:
switch-A# scope org 1
switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1
switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server 1 restrict-migration
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
associate server-pool |
|
show assoc |
|
show server |
|
associate server-pool
To associate a server pool with a service profile, use the associate server-pool command.
associate server-pool server-pool [name] restrict-migration
Syntax Description
| server-pool | Server pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| name | (Optional) Qualifier. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| restrict-migration | (Optional) Qualifier. Use this option to ensure that the operating system boots appropriately when the service profile is moved to a new server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | The option restrict-migration was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to associate a server pool:
switch-A# scope org 1
switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1
switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server-pool 1 restrict-migration
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show assoc |
|
show server |
|
backup sel
To back up the system event log (SEL), use the backup sel command.
backup sel ID chassis-d / blade-id
Syntax Description
| ID | Specifies the server ID. It must be a value between 1 and 255. |
| chassis-id / blade-id | Specifies the chassis number and server number in the format A/B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was modified to include the ID chassis-id / blade-id options. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to back up the system event log (SEL) for a server.
In the command mode of a specific server (/chassis/server), you can run this command without any options.
Examples
This example shows how to back up the SEL for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# backup sel 2/4 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
cancel install infra
To cancel an infrastructure firmware upgrade, use the cancel install infra command.
cancel install infra
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Auto install (/firmware/auto-install)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You can cancel an infrastructure firmware upgrade it is scheduled to occur at a future time. You cannot cancel an infrastructure firmware upgrade that has already started.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to cancel an infrastructure firmware upgrade and commit the transaction.
UCS-A # scope firmware UCS-A /firmware # scope auto-install UCS-A /firmware/auto-install # cancel install infra UCS-A /firwmare/auto-install* # commit-buffer UCS-A /firmware/auto-install #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
install infra |
|
scope auto-install |
|
cd
To change directories, use the cd command in local management command mode.
cd { workspace: | [path] | volatile: | [path] | | [path] }
Syntax Description
| workspace: | Specifies the workspace (flash) directory. |
| volatile: | Specifies the volatile directory. |
| path | Absolute or relative path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified. The bootflash: keyword is replaced by the workspace: keyword. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
This example shows how to change directories:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# cd volatile:/temp Pubs-A(local-mgmt)# pwd volatile:temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
clear-unmanaged-fc-zones-all
To clear or remove FC zones from a fabric interconnect, use the clear-unmanaged-fc-zones-all command.
clear-unmanaged-fc-zones-all
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to remove all the FC zones from a fabric interconnect:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope vsan sample UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan # clear-unmanaged-fc-zones-all UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set fc-zoning |
|
clear alertgroups
To clear all selected alert groups in a Call Home profile, use the clear alertgroups command.
clear alertgroups
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear any previously configured alert group list within the Call Home profile.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear alert groups in a Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # clear alertgroups switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set alertgroups |
|
show policy |
|
show profile |
|
clear auth-server-group
To clear an authentication server group, use the clear auth-server-group command.
clear auth-server-group
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Console Authentication (/security/console-auth)
Default Authentication (/security/default-auth)
Default Authentication within the Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear the authentication server group from an authentication domain.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope auth-domain testing UCS-A /security/auth-domain # clear auth-server-group UCS-A /security/auth-domain* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/auth-domain #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
enter auth-server-group |
|
scope auth-server-group |
|
show auth-server-group |
|
set auth-server-group |
|
clear backup action
To clear all selected actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the clear backup action command.
clear backup action
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete any previously configured list of actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear all selected actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # clear backup action switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
clear cores
To clear core files, use the clear cores command.
clear cores
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Core files are records of core dumps. Use the clear cores command to clear information out of core dump records.
Examples
This example shows how to clear core files:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # clear cores switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show alert-groups |
|
show cores |
|
clear file
To clear a license file, use the clear file command.
clear file name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the license file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A license file must exist to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear a license file.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # clear file Sample Switch-A /license* # commit-buffer Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
clear license
To remove a license, use the clear license command in local management command mode.
clear license license-file-name [force]
Syntax Description
| license-file-name | The name of a license file. |
| force | (Optional) |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove a license in local management command mode.
This command can be executed only on local fabric interconnect and only by the user admin.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command has been deprecated. Use the clear file command in the License mode (/license).
Examples
This example shows how to remove a license:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# clear license FibreChannel.lic Clearing license FibreChannel.lic: SERVER this_host ANY VENDOR cisco Enter yes (yes is the default) to continue with the license update. Do you want to continue? (y/n) y Clearing license ..done switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license brief |
|
clear message
To clear the pre-login banner message, use the clear message command.
clear message
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pre-login banner mode (/security/banner/pre-login-banner)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A pre-login banner message must be set earlier on to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to clear the pre-login banner message.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope banner UCS-A /security/banner # scope pre-login-banner UCS-A /security/banner/pre-login-banner # clear message UCS-A /security/banner/pre-login-banner #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set message |
|
scope banner |
|
scope pre-login-banner |
|
clear password-history
To clear the password history for a local user, use the clear password-history command.
clear password-history
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local User (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be an administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
You must create a local user and set the set clear password-history command to yes before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear the password history for a user:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope local-user test UCS-A /security/local-user # clear password-history UCS-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set clear password-history |
|
set password |
|
clear sel (/chassis/server)
To clear the contents of the system event log (SEL), use the clear sel command.
clear sel
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the contents of the system event log (SEL).
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear the contents of the SEL:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # clear sel switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show sel |
|
clear sel (/chassis/server)
To clear the contents of the system event log (SEL), use the clear sel command.
clear sel
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the contents of the system event log (SEL).
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear the contents of the SEL:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # clear sel switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show sel |
|
clear sshkey
To clear from cache the SSH public key of a remote host, use the clear sshkey command in local management mode.
clear sshkey host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear from cache the SSH public key of a remote host that supports SSH.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to clear the SSH public key of a remote host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# clear sshkey 192.0.2.111 switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
cluster force primary
To force a cluster to be the primary cluster, use the cluster force primary command.
cluster force primary
Command Default
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You have to execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to force a cluster to be the primary cluster:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A# cluster force primary switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cluster |
|
show file |
|
cluster lead
To designate a cluster leader, use the cluster lead command.
cluster lead [ a | b ]
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You must first execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to designate a cluster leader:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A# cluster lead b switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cluster |
|
show files |
|
commit-buffer
To save or verify configuration changes, use the commit-buffer command.
commit-buffer [verify-only]
Syntax Description
| verify-only | (Optional) Specifies verification only. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to execute all pending configuration changes. While any configuration commands are pending, an asterisk (*) appears before the command prompt. When you enter the commit-buffer command, the pending commands are committed and the asterisk disappears.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to save configuration changes:
switch-A# create org 3
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
discard-buffer |
|
show configuration pending |
|
connect adapter
To connect to an adapter, use the connect adapter command.
connect adapter chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id
Syntax Description
| chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id | Adapter identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to connect to an adapter:
switch-A# connect adapter 1/1/1
adapter 1/1 #
connect bmc
To connect to the BMC (Baseboard Management Controller), use the connect bmc command.
connect bmc chassis-id/blade-id
Syntax Description
| chassis-id/blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to connect to the Baseboard Management Controller:
switch-A# connect bmc 1/1
Trying 127.5.1.1...
Connected to 127.5.1.1.
Escape character is '^]'.
NUOVA-IBMC login:
connect clp
To connect to DMTF CLP, use the connect clp command.
connect clp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to connect to DMTF CLP:
switch-A# connect clp /admin1 CLP ->
connect iom
To connect to an IO module, use the connect iom command.
connect iom id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. The valid range of values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to connect to a IO module:
switch-A# connect iom 1 Attaching to FEX 1 ... To exit type 'exit', to abort type '$.' fex-1#
connect local-mgmt
To connect to the local management port, use the connect local-mgmt command.
connect local-mgmt [ a | b ]
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If no switch is specified, a connection will be made to the local management port of the current active switch.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to connect to the local management port of switch B:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt b Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-B(local-mgmt)#
connect nxos
To connect to the NX-OS, use the connect nxos command.
connect nxos [a | b]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Specifies switch A. |
| b | (Optional) Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to NXOS:
switch-A-A# connect nxos b Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-B#
copy
To copy a file from one directory to another, use the copy command in local management command mode.
copy [from-filesystem:] [from-path] filename [to-filesystem:] to-path [dest-filename]
Syntax Description
| from-filesystem: | File system containing the file to be copied. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| from-path | Absolute or relative path to the file to be copied. |
| filename | The name of the source file to be copied. |
| to-filesystem: | File system to contain the copied file. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| to-path | Absolute or relative path to the copied file. |
| dest-filename | (Optional) The new name for the copied file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to copy a file in local management command mode.
If a dest-filename is specified, the copied file is renamed at the destination location.
If no file system is specified, the current working file system is assumed. If no path is specified, the current working directory is assumed.
To specify the file system location, use the appropriate syntax from the following table:
ftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
scp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
sftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
tftp: [ //server [ :port ] ]
volatile:
workspace:
Either the source or destination file system must be local; you cannot copy a file from one remote file system to another.
If a remote protocol is specified with no server name, you are prompted to enter the server name.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the cp command as an alias for this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to copy a file from the current working directory to a directory in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# copy abcdef.bin volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
create adapter
To create an adapter, use the create adapter command.
create adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an adapter:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2
switch-A /org/server-qual # create adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show chassis |
|
create auth-domain
To create an authentication domain, use the create auth-domain command.
create auth-domain name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the authentication domain. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters that the name of the authentication domain can include was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the authentication domain can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an authentication domain for the system:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # create auth-domain Default UCS-A /security/auth-domain* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/auth-domain #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete auth-domain |
|
scope auth-domain |
|
create auth-profile
To create an iSCSI authorization profile in the organization mode, use the create auth-profile command.
create auth-profile iscsi-auth-profile-name
Syntax Description
| iscsi-auth-profile-name | The name of the iSCSI authorization profile. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. The name can be alphanumeric and can include special characters as well. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters that can be included in the name of the iSCSI authorization profile was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the iSCSI authorization profile can include a maximum of 32 characters only. The name can be alphanumeric and can include special characters as well.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an iSCSI authorization profile in the organization command mode.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # create auth-profile sample UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # set user-id exampleuser UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # set password Enter password: Confirm password: UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/auth-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope auth-profile |
|
enter auth-profile |
|
show auth-profile |
|
delete auth-profile |
|
set user-id |
|
set password (auth-profile) |
|
create auth-server-group
To create an authentication server group, use the create auth-server-group command.
create auth-server-group Authentication server group
Syntax Description
| Authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. This name can include a maximum of 127 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the authentication server group can be alphanumeric, but special characters cannot be used.
Examples
Examples
This example shows to create an authentication server group:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # create auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
create auto-target-if
To configure an automatic target for the Ethernet interface of an iSCSI VNIC, use the create auto-target-if command.
create auto-target-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI VNIC, and an Ethernet interface for the iSCSI VNIC before you can use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an automatic target interface for the Ethernet interface of the iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # create auto-target-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set dhcp-vendor-id |
|
enter auto-target-if |
|
scope auto-target-if |
|
delete auto-target-if |
|
show auto-target-if |
|
create backup
To create a backup, use the create backup command.
create backup file { all-configuration | logical-configuration | system-configuration | full-state } { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| file | Managment file name. Use one of the following keywords for file type: ftp, scp, sftp, or tftp. |
| all-configuration | Specifies a server, fabric, and system-related configuration backup. |
| logical-configuration | Specifies a server and fabric backup. |
| system-configuration | Specifies a system-related configuration backup. |
| full-state | Specifies a full state backup for disaster recovery. |
| disabled | Specifies disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies enabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
No more than one backup can be created and committed.
When you specify disabled, backup functionality is disabled. When you specify enabled, backup functionality is enabled.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a backup:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled
Password:
switch-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/backup #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show image |
|
create bios-policy
To create a BIOS policy, use the create bios-policy command.
create bios-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
2.1 |
The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the BIOS policy was increased from 16 to 32 characters. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a BIOS policy and enter org BIOS policy mode.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy and enter org BIOS policy mode:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
create bladeserver-disc-policy
To create a compute blade discovery policy, use the create bladeserver-disc-policy command.
create bladeserver-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the compute blade discovery policy. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the compute blade discovery policy was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the policy can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a computer blade discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # create bladeserver-disc-policy Sample Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy* # commit buffer Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
create block
To create a block, use the create block command.
IP pool configurationcreate block from to default-gw subnet-mask
WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration create block from to
IQN pool configuration create block suffix from to
Syntax Description
| Suffix | Specify a name that acts as a suffix for the block for the IQN pool. The name can include a maximum of 64 characters, and can be alphanumeric. |
| from | From address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. For an IQN pool, you must specify a number between 0 and 65535. |
| to | To address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. For an IQN pool, you must specify a number between 0 and 65535. |
| default-gw | Default gateway. |
| subnet-mask | Subnet mask. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
IQN pool (/org/iqn-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced in the IQN pool mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create addresses, identifiers, and world-wide names.
Use IP pool configuration mode to create IP address blocks. Use WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration mode to create addresses, UUIDs, and WWNs.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a block:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # scope mac-pool mp1 UCS-A /org/mac-pool # create block 1a:2b:3c:4d:21:31 1b:2a:3c:4d:21:31 UCS-A /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/mac-pool # ------------------------------ UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope iqn-pool sample1 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool # create block test1 1 60 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iqn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooled |
|
show iqn-pool |
|
create boot-definition
To create a boot definition, use the create boot-definition command.
create boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch-A /org/service-profile # create boot-definition
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show lan |
|
create boot-policy
To create a boot policy, use the create boot-policy command.
create boot-policy name purpose { operational | utility } *
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
| purpose | Specifies the purpose of the policy. |
| operational | Specifies an operational policy. |
| utility | Specifies a utility policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the boot policy was increased from 16 to 32. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a boot policy:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create boot-policy boot1 UCS-A /org/boot-policy* #commit-buffer UCS-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show virtual-media |
|
create boot-target
To create a boot-target object, use the create boot-target command.
create boot-target { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
WWN initiator(/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a boot target for a WWN initiator.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to create a secondary boot target:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # create boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target* # commit-buffer server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete boot-target |
|
enter boot-target |
|
scope boot-target |
|
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show boot-target |
|
show initiator |
|
create cap-qual
To create a capacity qualification, use the create cap-qual command.
create cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }
Syntax Description
| fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| path-encap-consolidated | Specifies path encapsulation consolidated. |
| path-encap-virtual | Specifies path encapsulation virtual. |
| protected-eth-if | Specifies protected Ethernet interface. |
| protected-fc-if | Specifies protected Fibre Channel interface. |
| protected-fcoe | Specifies protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| virtualized-eth-if | Specifies virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| virtualized-fc-if | Specifies virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies virtualized SCSI interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates an adapter capacity qualification for the specified adapter type and enters organization server qualification adapter mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a capacity qualification:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter 1/1/1 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # create cap-qual cq10 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show server-qual |
|
create certreq
To create a keyring certificate request, use the create certreq command.
create certreq ip | subject-name | password
Syntax Description
| ip | Specifies IP address. The format is A.B.C.D. |
| subject-name | Subject name. The range of valid values is 1 to 64. |
| password | (Optional) Specifies password. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Before you create a certreq, you must set modulus.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a keyring certificate request:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring k1 UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq subject-name cr3 UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set dns |
|
set e-mail |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set password |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
show certreq |
|
show keyring |
|
create chassis
To create a chassis, use the create chassis command.
create chassis min-id max-id
Syntax Description
| min-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
| max-id | Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a chassis with the specified name, and enters organization chassis mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2
switch-A /org/server-qual # create chassis 2 2
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
create class chassis-stats
To create a chassis statistics class, use the create class chassis-stats command.
create class chassis-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for chassis statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class chassis-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show class |
|
create class cmc-stats
To create a CMC statistics class, use the create class cmc-stats command.
create class cmc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for CMC statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class cmc-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class cpu-env-stats
To create the CPU environment statistics class, use the create class cpu-env-stats command.
create class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When you create the class, you enter organization statistics threshold policy CPU environment class mode. You can then create properties for this class with the create property command in the mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class dimm-env-stats
To create a dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics class, use the create class dimm-env-stats command.
create class dimm-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
create class dimm-stats
To create a DIMM statistics class, use the create class dimm-stats command.
create class dimm-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for DIMMs.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a DIMM statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class dimm-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class env-stats
To create an environment statistics class, use the create class env-stats command.
create class env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server statistcics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an environment statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class env-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class env-stats |
|
enter class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
show class env-stats |
|
create class ether-error-stats
To create an Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class ether-error-stats command.
create class ether-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet error statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-error-stats
switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-if-stats
To create an Ethernet interface statistics class, use the create class ether-if-stats command.
create class ether-if-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet interface statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-if-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-loss-stats
To create an Ethernet loss statistics class, use the create class ether-loss-stats command.
create class ether-loss-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet loss statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet loss statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-loss-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-pause-stats
To create an Ethernet pause statistics class, use the create class ether-pause-stats command.
create class ether-pause-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.31. | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a class for Ethernet pause statistics:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
create class ethernet-port-err-stats
To create an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port error statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-err-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port multicast statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To create an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-stats
To create an Ethernet port statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-rx-stats
To create an Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the create class ether-rx-stats command.
create class ether-rx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet recieve statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet recieve statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-rx-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-tx-stats
To create an Ethernet transmission statistics class, use the create class ether-tx-stats command.
create class ether-tx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet transmission statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet transmission statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-tx-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fan-module-stats
To create a fan module statistics class, use the create class fan-module-stats command.
create class fan-module-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan module statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a fan module statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-module-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fan-module |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fan-stats
To create a fan statistics class, use the create class fan-stats command.
create class fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a fan statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fan-module |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-error-stats
To create a Fibre Channel error statistics class, use the create class fc-error-stats command.
create class fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel error statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel error statistics class:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-error-stats
Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-if-event-stats
To create Fibre Channel event statistics, use the create class fc-if-event-stats command.
create class fc-if-event-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel event statistics.
Examples
Examples
The following example
switch-A # scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-event-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-if-fc4-counters
To create Fibre Channel counters, use the create class fc-if-fc4-counters command.
create class fc-if-fc4-counters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel counter statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create Fibre Channel counters:
switch-A # scope org org3
switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-fc4-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-if-frame-stats
To create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class, use the create class fc-if-frame-stats command.
create class fc-if-frame-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel frame statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class:
switch-A # scope org org3
switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-frame-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-port-stats
To create Fibre Channel port statistics class, use the create class fc-port-stats command.
create class fc-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel port statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-port-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-stats
To create a Fibre Channel statistics class, use the create class fc-stats command.
create class fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel statistics class:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-stats
switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fex-env-stats
To create an Fex environment statistics class, use the create class fex-env-stats command.
create class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Fex environment statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-env-stats |
|
delete class fex-env-stats |
|
create class fex-power-summary
To create an Fex power summary statistics class, use the create class fex-power-summary command.
create class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Fex power summary statistics class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-power-summary |
|
delete class fex-power-summary |
|
create class fex-psu-input-stats
To create an Fex power supply input statistics class, use the create class fex-psu-input-stats command.
create class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Fex power supply input statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
delete class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
create class io-card-stats
To create an Ethernet IO card statistics class, use the create class io-card-stats command.
create class io-card-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an IO card statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
create class mb-power-stats
To create a mother board power statistics class, use the create class mb-power-stats command.
create class mb-power-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for mother board power statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a mother board power statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-power-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class mb-temp-stats
To create a temporary mother board statistics class, use the create class mb-temp-stats command.
create class mb-temp-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Mb statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a temporary mother board statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-temp-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class mb-temp-stats |
|
create class memory-array-env-stats
To create a class for memory array environment statistics, use the create class memory-array-env-stats command.
create class memory-array-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a class to store the memory array environment statistics:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
create class memory-runtime
To create a memory runtime class, use the create class memory-runtime command.
create class memory-runtime
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a memory runtime class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class memory-runtime
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show memory |
|
create class menlo-dce-port-stats
To create a Menlo port statistics class, use the create class menlo-dce-port-stats command.
create class menlo-dce-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet port statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-dce-port-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-eth-error-stats
To create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-error-stats command.
create class menlo-eth-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet error statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-error-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-eth-stats
To create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-stats command.
create class menlo-eth-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-fc-error-stats
To create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-error-stats command.
create class menlo-fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-error-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-fc-stats
To create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-stats command.
create class menlo-fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-host-port-stats
To create Menlo host port statistics, use the create class menlo-host-port-stats command.
create class menlo-host-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo host port statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create Menlo host port statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-host-port-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
To create a Menlo CPU error statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats command.
create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU error statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-mcpu-stats
To create a Menlo CPU statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-stats command.
create class menlo-mcpu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-net-eg-stats
To create a Menlo network egress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-eg-stats command.
create class menlo-net-eg-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network egress traffic statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo network egress statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-eg-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-net-in-stats
To create a Menlo network ingress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-in-stats command.
create class menlo-net-in-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network ingress traffic statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo network ingress statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-in-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-q-error-stats
To create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-error-stats command.
create class menlo-q-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic error statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-error-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-q-stats
To create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-stats command.
create class menlo-q-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class motherboard-temp-stats
To create a motherboard temperature statistics class, use the create class motherboard-temp-stats command.
create class motherboard-temp-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created in the organization mode to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a motherboard temperature statistics class.
UCS-A # scope org Test UCS-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy sample UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class motherboard-temp-stats UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
scope class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
show class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
delete class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal completion error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal errors statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
To create a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive errors statistics class, use the create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a PCIe fatal receive errors statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-statss |
|
create class processor-runtime
To create a processor runtime statistics class, use the create class processor-runtime command.
create class processor-runtime
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a processor runtime statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class processor-runtime
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-statistics |
|
create class psu-input-stats
To create a power supply input statistics class, use the create class psu-input-stats command.
create class psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply input statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a power supply input statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-input-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class psu-stats
To create a power supply statistics class, use the create class psu-stats command.
create class psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create power supply statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class rack-unit-fan-stats
To create a rack unit fan statistics class, use the create class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
create class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a rack unit fan statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
create class rack-unit-psu-stats
To create a rack unit power supply statistics class, use the create class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
create class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a rack unit power supply statistics class:
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy Default Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
create class system-stats
To create a system statistics class, use the create class system-stats command.
create class system-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for system statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a system statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class system-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show system |
|
create class vnic-stats
To create a Virtual NIC statistics class, use the create class vnic-stats command.
create class vnic-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Virtual NIC statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Virtual NIC statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class vnic-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
create client
To create a client, use the create client command in port-profile mode.
create client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the client. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a client for a port profile. It also enters you into system VM management VMware profile set port profile mode. This command is used along with other commands to configure port profiles.
Examples
This example shows how to create a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
create cluster
To create a distributed virtual switch, use the create cluster command.
create cluster name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the distributed virtual switch. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Cluster set (/system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the distributed virtual switch can include a maximum of 16 characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to a create a distributed virtual switch.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope cluster-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set # create cluster sample UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set/cluster* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set/cluster #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter cluster |
|
scope cluster |
|
show cluster |
|
delete cluster |
|
create control-ep policy
To create a control endpoint policy to connect with UCS Central, use the create control-ep policy command.
create control-ep policy Service Registry IP address
Syntax Description
| Service Registry Host name or IP address | The host name or the IP address of the service registry. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You can only create one control endpoint policy for a system.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a control endpoint policy for a system:
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # create control-ep policy 11.22.33.44 Shared secret for Registration: ****** UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
enter control-ep policy |
|
scope control-ep policy |
|
show control-ep policy |
|
delete control-ep policy |
|
create cpu
To create a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create cpu command.
create cpu
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command create a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization CPU mode.
Only one CPU qualifier can be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a CPU qualifier:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch /org/server-qual # create cpu switch /org/server-qual/cpu* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual/cpu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show server-qual |
|
create data-center
To create a data center, use the create data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also create a data center in folder mode.
create data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Data center
Examples
This example shows how to create a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
create default-auth
To create a default authentication method for an authentication domain, use the create default-auth command.
create default-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a default authentication method for an authentication domain:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain # create default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope default-auth |
|
delete default-auth |
|
create default-behavior
To create a default behavior mode, use the create default-behavior command.
create default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a default behavior, and enter organization default-behavior mode.
hw-inherit sets
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # create default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
create destination
To create an email destination, use the create destination command.
create destination email
Syntax Description
| Email destination. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an email destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile p3
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # create destination home@test.com
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show destination |
|
create dest-interface
To create a destination interface for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the create dest-interface command.
create dest-interface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slotid | The slot ID of the interface. It must be a value between 1-5 |
| portid | The port ID of the interface. It must be a value between 1-40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet traffic monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a destination interface for the Ethernet traffic monitoring session.
To create a destination interface for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session, replace eth-traffic-mon with fc-traffic-mon , and eth-mon-session with fc-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session # create dest-interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete dest-interface |
|
create dhcp-ip-params
To configure DHCP for initiator IP parameters, use the create dhcp-ip-params command.
create dhcp-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an IPv4 interface for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the DHCP for initiator IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # create dhcp-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/dhcp-ip-params* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/dhcp-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter dhcp-ip-params |
|
scope dhcp-ip-params |
|
delete dhcp-ip-params |
|
create pooled-ip-params |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
create distributed-virtual-switch
To create a distributed virtual switch, use the create distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
create distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the switch. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Distributed virtual switch
Examples
This example shows how to create a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # create distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
create dns
To create a DNS host name , use the create dns command.
create dns name
Syntax Description
| name | DNS host name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a DNS host name:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # create dns dns10
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
create dynamic-vnic-conn
To create a dynamic vNIC connection, use the create dynamic-vnic-conn command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The vNIC connection policy determines how the VN-link connectivity between VMs and dynamic vNICs is configured. This policy is required for Cisco UCS domains that include servers with Cisco UCS M81KR Virtual Interface Card adapters that host VMs and dynamic vNICs.
Each dynamic vNIC connection policy must include an adapter policy and designate the number of vNICs that can be configured for any server associated with a service profile that includes the policy.
Examples
This example shows how to create a dynamic vNIC connection:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # create dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
To create a dynamic vNIC connection policy, use the create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The vNIC connection policy determines how the VN-link connectivity between VMs and dynamic vNICs is configured. This policy is required for Cisco UCS domains that include servers with Cisco UCS M81KR Virtual Interface Card adapters that host VMs and dynamic vNICs.
Each dynamic vNIC connection policy must include an adapter policy and designate the number of vNICs that can be configured for any server associated with a service profile that includes the policy.
Examples
This example shows how to create a dynamic VNIC connection policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp10 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
create egress-policy
To create an egress policy, use the create data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also create a data center in folder mode.
create egress-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Data center
Examples
This example shows how to create a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
create eth-if
To create an Ethernet interface, use the create eth-if command.
create eth-if name
Syntax Description
| name | Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the interface name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface:
UCS-A # scope org org10
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vn10
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create eth-if if10
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
create eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
To create an Ethernet interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the create eth-if command.
create eth-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
ISCSI VNIC within a service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
ISCSI VNIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced for an iSCSI VNIC for a LAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
You must create a LAN connectivity policy and an iSCSI VNIC for the policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-isci testing UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # create eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter eth-if |
|
scope eth-if |
|
create ip-if |
|
create eth-mon-session
To create an Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode, use the create eth-mon-session command.
create eth-mon-session name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session was increased from 16 to 32 characters. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the session can include alphanumeric characters. You cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # create eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
create eth-policy
To create an Ethernet policy, use the create eth-policy command.
create eth-policy name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the Ethernet policy was increased from 16 to 32 characters. |
Examples
This example shows how to create Ethernet policy ep100 in org100 mode:
UCS-A # scope org org100 UCS-A /org # create eth-policy ep100 UCS-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
create eth-target
To create an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface, use the create eth-target command.
create eth-target name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the Ethernet target endpoint. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Port channel (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the Ethernet target endpoint was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an interface for a fabric before you use this command.
You must create a port channel for a fabric before you use this command.
The name of the Ethernet target endpoint can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface:
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # create eth-target Testing Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set macaddress |
|
scope eth-target |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
create ext-static-ip
To create an external static management IP, use the create ext-static-ip command.
create ext-static-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
You cannot use this command to set an external static management IP for a service profile that uses an initial template.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an external static management IP address for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # create ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope ext-static-ip |
|
enter ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
delete ext-static-ip |
|
create fault-suppress-task
To create a fault suppress task, use the create fault-suppress-task command.
create fault-suppress-task name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the fault. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Fabric Extender (/fex)
IOM (/chassis/iom)
Server (/chassis/server)
Organization (/org)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the fault suppress task can include a maximum of 32 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a fault suppress task for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create fault-suppress-task Sample UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set schedule |
|
set fault-suppress-policy |
|
enter fault-suppress-task |
|
scope fault-suppress-task |
|
show fault-suppress-task |
|
delete fault-suppress-task |
|
create fc-mon-session
To create a Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session, use the create fc-mon-session command.
create fc-mon-session Name
Syntax Description
| Name | Name of the monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters, and can include alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the monitoring session has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
The name of the Fibre Channel monitoring session cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # create fc-mon-session Default Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
delete fc-mon-session |
|
create fcoe-if
To create a FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet) interface, use the create fcoe-if command.
create fcoe-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an FCoE interface:
switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch /org/service-profile # scope vnic
switch /org/service-profile/vnic # create fcoe-if
switch /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vnic |
|
create fcoe-member-port
To create a specific member port from the Fibre Channel uplink port channel, use the create fcoe-member-port command.
create fcoe-member-port slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| slot-id | Slot ID for the member port. It must be a number between 1 and 5. |
| port-id | Port ID for the member port. It must be a number between 1 and 48. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
FCoE port channel (/fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE port channel must exist to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an FCoE member port channel with the slot ID 1, and port ID 22.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope fcoe-port-channel 1 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel # create fcoe-member-port 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/fcoe-member-port* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/fcoe-member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter fcoe-member-port |
|
scope fcoe-member-port |
|
show fcoe-member-port |
|
delete fcoe-member-port |
|
create fcoe-port-channel
To create an FCoE port channel, use the create fcoe-port-channel command.
create fcoe-port-channel fcoe port-channel-id
Syntax Description
| fcoe-port-channel-id | The FCoE port channel ID. It must be a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an FCoE port channel for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # create fcoe-port-channel 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel* # create fcoe-member-port 2 23 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel* # create mon-src sample_session UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src* # set direction both UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-member-port |
|
create mon-src |
|
set direction |
|
create fcoeinterface
To create a Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) interface for a fabric, use the create fcoeinterface command.
create fcoeinterface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot ID of the interface. The value must be a numeral between 1 and 5. |
| port id | The port ID of the interface. The value must be a numeral between 1 and 48. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a FCoE interface for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # create fcoeinterface 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface* # set user-label sample_interface UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter fcoeinterface |
|
scope fcoeinterface |
|
show fcoeinterface |
|
show fcoeinterface |
|
create fc-policy
To create a Fibre Channel policy, use the create fc-policy command.
create fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the policy was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a Fibre Channel policy, and enter organization fc-policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create Fibre Channel policy fcp10 in org10 mode:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # create fc-policy fcp10 UCS-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
create folder
To create a folder, use the create folder command in vcenter mode. You can also create a folder in data-center mode.
create folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Folder
Examples
This example shows how to create a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create folder folder10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show folder |
|
show vcenter |
|
create fw-host-pack
To create a host pack, use the create fw-host-pack command.
create fw-host-pack name
Syntax Description
| name | Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the pack name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.
Use this command to create a host firmware package and enter organization firmware host package mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a host pack:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create fw-host-pack hp4 UCS-A /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/fw-host-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw- host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
create fw-mgmt-pack
To create a management pack, use the create fw-mgmt-pack command.
create fw-mgmt-pack name
Syntax Description
| name | Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A pack is a collection of host firmware images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.
Use this command to create a management firmware package and enter organization firmware management package mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a management pack:
switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create fw-mgmt-pack mp4
switch /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer
switch /org/fw-host-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw- host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
create hv-conn
To create an HV connection, use the create hv-conn command.
create hv-conn protection { none | protected } *
Syntax Description
| protection | Specifies that the connection is protected. |
| none | Specifies no protection. |
| protected | Specifies protection. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a Hypervisor connection, and enter organization HV connection mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a HV connection:
switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch /org/service-profile # create hv-conn
switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show connectivity |
|
show hv-conn |
|
create import-config
To create a import configuration, use the create import-config command.
create import-config { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: } { disabled | enabled } { merge | replace }
Syntax Description
| ftp: | Specifies File Transfer Protocol. |
| scp: | Specifies Secure Copy Protocol. |
| sftp: | Specifies Secure File Transfer Protocol. |
| tftp: | Specifies Trivial File Transfer Protocol. |
| disabled | Specifies disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies enabled. |
| merge | Specifies merge. |
| replace | Specifies replace. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a configuration for importing files, and enter organization import configuration mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an import configuration:
switch# scope system
switch /system # create import-config ftp: enabled replace
switch /service/import-config* # commit-buffer
switch /service/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show import-config |
|
create initiator (/wwn-pool)
To create an initiator, use the create initiator command.
create initiator id
Syntax Description
| id | Initiator identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a WWN initiator, and enter organization initiator mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an initiator:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnpool13 UCS-A /org/wwn-pool # create initiator 2 UCS-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show initiator |
|
create initiator (/initiator-group)
To create a VHBA initiator for an initiator group in the service profile or a SAN connectivity policy command mode, use the create initiator command.
create initiator name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the initiator. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group in the SAN connectivity profile mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group in the Service profile mode (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the initiator can include a maximum of 32 characters.
You can add more than one initiator.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an initiator for an initiator group in the service profile command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # create initiator example UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator-group |
|
enter initiator-group |
|
show initiator-group |
|
create initiator-group
To create an initiator group for a service profile or a SAN connectivity profile, use the create initiator-group command.
create initiator-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the initiator group. The name of the initiator group can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an initiator group for a service profile, and set the protocol.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # create initiator-group testing UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # create initiator trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator |
|
create storage-connection-def |
|
create storage-target |
|
create interface
To create an interface, use the create interface command.
create interface slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command can be used to create unified and non-unified ports. Unified ports are supported on the 6200 series fabric interconnect with Cisco UCS Manager, version 2.0. Unified Ports are not supported on 6100 series fabric interconnects, even if they are running Cisco UCS Manager, version 2.0. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an Ethernet or Fibre Channel interface, and enter organization interface mode.
Starting with 2.0(1), use this command to configure:
- Ethernet and Fibre Channel ports on both, 6100 and 6200 Fabric Interconnect series switches.
- non-unified ports for 6100 series fabric interconnects, and unified ports for 6200 series fabric interconnects with Cisco UCS Manager, version 2. When you create a new interface for an already configured slot ID and port ID, Cisco UCS Manager deletes the previously configured interface and creates a new one. If a port mode change is required because you configured a port that previously operated in the Ethernet port mode to a port type in Fibre Channel port mode (or vice-versa), Cisco UCS Manager notes the change, and the Fabric Interconnect will reboot when the change is committed.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an interface:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # create interface 5 10 switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show switch |
|
create interface fc
To create a Fibre Channel interface for a fabric, use the create interface fc command.
create interface fc slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port id | The port identification of the interface. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # create interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope interface fc |
|
enter interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
delete interface fc |
|
create interface fcoe
To create a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric, use the create interface fcoe command.
create interface fcoe slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # create interface fcoe 3 40 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope interface fcoe |
|
enter interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
delete interface fcoe |
|
create ip-if
To create an IPv4 interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the create ip-if command.
create ip-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI VNIC for a service profile and an Ethernet interface for the ISCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an IPv4 interface for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # create ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
create pooled-ip-params |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
create ip-pool
To create an IP pool in the organization command mode, use the create ip-pool command.
create ip-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the IP Pool. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an IP pool and set the IP address block.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create ip-pool sample UCS-A /org/ip-pool* # create block 1:2:3:4 21:31:11:22 33:44:21:31 UCS-A /org/ip-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/ip-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create block |
|
set assignmentorder |
|
create ipmi-access-profile
To create an IPMI (Intelligent Platform Management Interface) access profile, use the create ipmi-access-profile command.
create ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the IPMI access profile has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an IPMI access profile, and enter organization IPMI access profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an IPMI access profile:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create ipmi-access-profile ipmiProf1 UCS-A /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
create ipmi-user
To create an end-point user, use the create ipmi-user command.
create ipmi-user name
Syntax Description
| name | End-point user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced as create epuser. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was renamed as create ipmi-user. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates the specified endpoint user and enters organization IPMI access profile endpoint user mode.
More than one endpoint user can be created within an IPMI access profile, with each endpoint user having its own password and privileges
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an IPMI user:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ap10
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # create ipmi-user user10
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
create iqn-pool
An IQN pool is a collection of iSCSI Qualified Names (IQNs) for use as initiator identifiers by iSCSI vNICs in a Cisco UCS domain. To create an IQN pool, use the create iqn-pool command.
create iqn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the IQN pool. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The IQN pool name can be alphanumeric and can include a maximum of 32 characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an IQN pool in the organization command scope.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create iqn-pool Sample1 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool* # set iqn-prefix iqn.alpha.com UCS-A /org/iqn-pool* # set descr "This is a sample iqn pool" UCS-A /org/iqn-pool* # create block beta 3 5 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool/block* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iqn-pool/block # exit UCS-A /org/iqn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter iqn-pool |
|
scope iqn-pool |
|
show iqn-pool |
|
delete iqn-pool |
|
set iqn-prefix |
|
set descr |
|
create block |
|
create iscsi-policy
To create an iSCSI adapter policy, use the create iscsi-policy command.
create iscsi-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI adapter policy. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | The maximum number of characters in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the iSCSI adapter policy can include a maximum of 32 characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an iSCSI policy in the organization mode:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # create iscsi-policy Sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope iscsi-policy |
|
enter iscsi-policy |
|
show iscsi-policy |
|
delete iscsi-policy |
|
create iscsi
To create a boot iSCSI policy for the organization mode, use the create iscsi command.
create iscsi
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot definition of a service profile (/org/service-profile/boot-definition)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a boot iSCSI policy for a service profile of an organization:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # create iscsi UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/iscsi* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope iscsi |
|
enter iscsi |
|
show iscsi |
|
delete iscsi |
|
create keyring
To create a keyring, use the create keyring command.
create keyring name
Syntax Description
| name | Keyring name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters in the name of the keyring was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a keyring to store RSA keys, and enter organization keyring mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a keyring:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # create keyring kr220 UCS-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
create lan
To create a LAN, use the create lan command.
create lan
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy under organization (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition under service-profile (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a LAN, and enter organization lan mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a LAN:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp6
switch-A /org/boot-policy # create lan
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show lan |
|
create lan-connectivity-policy
To create a vNIC LAN connectivity policy, use the create lan-connectivity-policy command.
create lan-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the vNIC LAN connectivity policy. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the vNIC LAN connectivity policy can include a maximum of 32 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC LAN connectivity policy in the Organization command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create lan-connectivity-policy Sample UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy* # set descr sample-policy UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter lan-connectivity-policy |
|
scope lan-connectivity-policy |
|
show lan-connectivity-policy |
|
create ldap-group
To create an LDAP group, use the create ldap-group command.
create ldap-group Group DN
Syntax Description
| Group DN | The group description. The name of the LDAP group can contain a maximum of 127 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The LDAP group name can include alphanumeric and special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an LDAP group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # create ldap-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
create ldap-group-rule
To create an LDAP group rule, use the create ldap-group-rule command.
create ldap-group-rule
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
While using this command in the server mode, an LDAP server must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an LDAP group rule for a server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Example Switch-A /security/ldap/server # create ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
show ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
create local
To create local storage, use the create local command.
create local
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create local storage:
switch# scope org org10
switch /org # scope boot-policy bp10
switch /org/boot-policy # scope storage
switch /org/boot-policy/storage # create local storage10
switch /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer
switch /org/boot-policy/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show storage |
|
create local-disk-config
To create a local disk configuration, use the create local-disk-config command.
create local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a local disk configuration, and enter organization local disk configuration mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a local disk configuration:
switch# scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config
switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
create local-disk-config-policy
To create a local disk configuration policy, use the create local-disk-config-policy command.
create local-disk-config-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Local disk configuration policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a local disk configuration policy, and enter organization local disk configuration policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a local disk configuration policy:
switch# scope org org3
switch /org # create local-disk-config-policy ldcp1
switch /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer
Pubs-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
create local-schedule
To create a local schedule for a fault suppress task for a chassis, use the create local-schedule command.
create local-schedule
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault Suppress Task in the chassis command mode (/chassis/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task in the FEX command mode (/fex/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task within an IOM in the chassis command mode (/chassis/iom/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task for a server within the chassis command mode (/chassis/server/fault-suppress-task)
Organization (/org)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a local schedule for a fault suppress task on chassis 1.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # create local-schedule UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule* #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence |
|
set date |
|
set max-duration |
|
create locale
To create a locale, use the create locale command.
create locale name
Syntax Description
| name | Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a locale, and enter organization local user mode.
You cannot create locales for an administrator account.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a locale:
switch# scope security
switch /security # scope local-user lu1
switch /security # create locale locale1
switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show local-user |
|
create local-user
To create a local user, use the create local-user command.
create local-user name
Syntax Description
| name | Local user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 74. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a local user, and enter organization local user mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a local user:
switch# scope security
switch /security # scope local-user lu1
switch /security # create local-user lu2
switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show local-user |
|
create lun
To create a LUN for a static target interface priority, use the create lun command.
create lun
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Static target interface (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a LUN for a configured static target interface priority:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope static-target-if 1
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if # create lun
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if/lun* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if/lun #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set id |
|
create static-target-if |
|
enter static-target-if |
|
scope static-target-if |
|
show static-target-if |
|
delete static-target-if |
|
create mac-pool
To create a MAC address pool, use the create mac-pool command.
create mac-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | MAC address pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a block of MAC addresses, and enter organization MAC pool mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a MAC pool:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create mac-pool mp1 switch /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer switch /org/mac-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show pooled |
|
create mac-security
To create MAC security, use the create mac-security command.
create mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network Control Policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Network Control Policy (/eth-storage/nw-ctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was first introduced in the port profile mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/port-profile). |
| 1.4(1) | This command is now available in the Network Control Policy mode within the Organization mode (/org/nw-ctrl-policy) and Ethernet Storage mode (/eth-storage/nw-ctrol-policy). This command is no longer available within the Port Profile mode in the Ethernet Uplink Mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create MAC security, and enter organization MAC security mode.
A network control policy for an organization must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create MAC security:
switch# scope org Testing
switch /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy sample
switch /org/nw-ctrl-policy # create mac-security
switch /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security* # commit-buffer
switch /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
create maint-policy
To create a maintenance policy, use the create maint-policy command.
create maint-policy Name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the maintenance policy. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the maintenance policy can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a maintenance policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create maint-policy Default UCS-A /org/maint-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/maint-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
create mcast-policy
To create a multicast policy, use the create mcast-policy command.
create mcast-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the multicast policy. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You can create this policy in the root organization mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a multicast policy for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create mcast-policy Sample UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querier enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querierip 1.2.3.4 UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set snooping enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/mcast-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set querier |
|
set querierip |
|
set snooping |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
delete mcast-policy |
|
create member-fcoe-port-channel
To create a member FCoE port channel, use the create member-fcoe-port-channel command.
create member-fcoe-port-channel { a | b } fcoe port channel id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fcoe port channel id | FCoE port channel ID. The value is a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a member FCoE port channel for fabric A.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric A UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # create member-fcoe-port-channel a 23 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
scope member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
show member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
delete member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
create member-port
To create a member port, use the create member-port command.
create member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. Depending on the command mode, the range of valid values is 1 to 40 or 1 to 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within the fabric interconnect mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command is not available in the Port Channel mode within /eth-uplink/switch mode. This command can be used in the VLAN mode within Ethernet Storage. (/eth-storage/vlan). |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the following command modes: |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a member port, and enter organization member port mode.
The valid values for Port ID in the VLAN mode is 1 to 40.
The valid values for Port ID in the VSAN modes is 1 to 256.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a member port for a VLAN within the Ethernet Storage command mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-storage
UCS-A /eth-storage # scope vlan sample
UCS-A /eth-storage/vlan # create member-port a 1 22
UCS-A /eth-storage/vlan/member-port* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /eth-storage/vlan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show member-port |
|
show port-channel |
|
create member-port fc
To create a fibre channel member port, use the create member-port fc command.
create member-port fc { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. It must be a value between 1 and 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. It must be a value between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre channel storage mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre channel storage mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a VSAN before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a fibre channel member port within a fabric in the Fibre Channel storage mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage
UCS-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a
UCS-A /fc-storage/fabric # scope vsan sample
UCS-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan # create member-port fc 1 223
UCS-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan/member-port* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter member-port fc |
|
scope member-port fc |
|
show member-port fc |
|
delete member-port fc |
|
create member-port fcoe
To create a Fibre Channel over Ethernet member port, use the create member-port fcoe command.
create member-port fcoe { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The value must be between 1 and 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. The value must be between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a VSAN before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel over Ethernet member port:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # create member-port fcoe a 1 233 UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter member-port fcoe |
|
scope member-port fcoe |
|
show member-port fcoe |
|
delete member-port fcoe |
|
create member-port (/port-channel)
To create a member-port within the port channel command mode, use the create member-port command.
create member-port slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slot id | Slot identification number. The value must be between 1 and 5. |
| port id | Port identification number. Depending on the command mode that you are in, the values must be between 1 and 40 or 1 and 48. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port-Channel within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within a Fabric in the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Port-Channel within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the port channel mode within a Fabric in the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create port channels before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a member port for a port channel within the Fibre Channel uplink mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel sample UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel # create member-port 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show member-port |
|
scope member-port |
|
create member-port-channel
To create a member port channel, use the create member-port-channel command.
create member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| port channel id | Specifies the ID of the port channel. It must be a value between 1- 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/vlan and /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a VSAN or a VLAN before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a member port channel for a sample VSAN within a fabric:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan Sample UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # create member-port-channel a 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope member-port-channel |
|
enter member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
delete member-port-channel |
|
create member-vlan
To add a VLAN member to the VLAN group, use the create member-vlan command.
create member-vlan network name
Syntax Description
| network name | The network name. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN group (/eth-uplink/vlan-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to add a VLAN member to a VLAN group.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan-group sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group # create member-vlan example UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan* # acknowledge fault 33 UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter member-vlan |
|
scope member-vlan |
|
show member-vlan |
|
delete member-vlan |
|
create memory
To create a memory qualifier, use the create memory command.
create memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a memory qualifier, and enter organization memory mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a memory qualifier:
Pubs-A# scope org org3
Pubs-A /org # scope server-qual sq20
Pubs-A /org/server-qual # create memory
Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer
Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
create mon-src
To create a monitor source session, use the create mon-src command.
create mon-src session name
Syntax Description
| session name | The name of the monitoring source session. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VHBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
External Ethernet interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink(/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the session name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The session of the monitoring source can include a maximum of 32 characters. The session can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a monitoring source for VNIC within a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic test Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create mon-src example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
scope mon-src |
|
enter mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
create network (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
To create a Ethernet interface, use the create network command.
create network name
Syntax Description
| name | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a network, and enter organization network mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface:
switch# scope eth-uplink
switch /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp1
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile # create network eth1
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/network* # commit-buffer
switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/network #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-uplink |
|
show network |
|
create network (/profile-set/port-profile)
To create a network, use the create network command in port-profile mode.
create network network-name
Syntax Description
| network-name | The name of the network. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the network. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Network
Examples
This example shows how to create a network:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create network n100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
create ntp-server
To create an NTP server, use the create ntp-server command.
create ntp-server name
Syntax Description
| name | Server name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an NTP server, and enter organization NTP server mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an NTP server:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # create ntp-server ntps1
switch-A /system/services/ntp-server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services/ntp-server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
create nw-ctrl-policy
To create a network control policy, use the create nw-ctrl-policy command.
create nw-ctrl-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. Enter up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Ethernet storage (/eth-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the policy was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the network control policy can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
When you create a network control policy, you can use the policy to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to create a network control policy:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # create nwctrl-policy netCtrlP10 UCS-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope nw-ctrl-policy |
|
set uplink-fail-action |
|
enter nw-ctrl-policy |
|
delete nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
create occurrence one-time
To create a one-time occurrence for a schedule, use the create occurrence one-time command.
create occurrence one-time name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the one-time occurrence for the schedule. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed for the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule must be created to use this command.
The name of the one-time occurrence of the schedule can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a one-time occurrence for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # create occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
create occurrence recurring
To create a recurring occurrence for a schedule, use the create occurrence recurring command.
create occurrence recurring Name
Syntax Description
| Name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum characters allowed in the name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule must be created to use this command.
The name of the recurring occurrence instance can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a recurring occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # create occurrence recurring Sample Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
set concur-tasks |
|
set day |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set minute |
|
set proc-cap |
|
create occurrence (/local-schedule)
To create an occurrence for a local schedule associated with a fault suppress task, use the create occurrence command.
create occurrence single-one-time
Syntax Description
| single-one-time | Indicates a single one-time occurrence. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local schedule within a fault suppress task for a fabric extender (/fex/faults-suppress-task/local-schedule)
Local schedule within a fault suppress task for a chassis (/chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule)
Local schedule within a fault suppress task for a server (/chassis/server/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule)
Local schedule within a fault suppress task for an IOM (/chassis/iom/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule)
Local schedule within a fault suppress task in the organization command mode (/org/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule)
Local schedule within a fault suppress task for a service profile (/org//service-profile/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task and a local schedule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the occurrence for a local schedule of a fault suppress task for chassis 1.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # create local schedule UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule* # create occurrence single-one-time UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence* # set date apr 22 2012 23 10 10 UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence* # set max-duration none UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set date |
|
set max-duration |
|
create org
To create an org, use the create org command.
create org name
Syntax Description
| name | Org name. The range of valid values is 1 to 80. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Organizations are logical entities that you can use to divide up large physical infrastructures into smaller infrastructures.
Use this command to create an organization, and enter organization mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an org:
Switch-A# scope org org3
Switch-A /org # create org org4
Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show org |
|
create org-ref
To create a organization reference, use the create org-ref command.
create org-ref name orgdn domain-name
Syntax Description
| name | Organization name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
| orgdn | Specifies the organization domain name. |
| domain-name | Domain name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Locale (/security/locale)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the organization has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The create org-ref command creates a an organization reference to a locale. Use this command to create a organization reference, and enter organization reference mode.
You can specify more than one org-ref-name and orgdn-name argument on the same command line to reference multiple organizations to the locale, or you can add organizations to the same locale using multiple create org-ref commands.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an organization reference to a locale:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope locale locale1 UCS-A /security/locale # create org-ref or3 orgdn or30 UCS-A /security/locale/org-ref* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/locale/org-ref #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show org |
|
create pack-image
To create an image pack, use the create pack-image command.
create pack-image hw-vendor hw-model { server-bios | adapter | raid-controller | host-nic | host-hba | host-hba-optionrom } version
Syntax Description
| hw-vendor | Hardware vendor. |
| hw-model | Hardware model number. |
| server-bios | Specifies the image for the server. |
| adapter | Specifies the image for the adapter. |
| raid-controller | Specifies the image for the RAID array. |
| host-nic | Specifies the image for the host NIC. |
| host-hba | Specifies the image for the host HBA. |
| host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the image for the host HBA optional ROM. |
| version | Hardware version. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware management package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Firmware host package (/org/fw-host-pack)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images.
Use this command to create a pack-image, and enter organization pack image mode.
Keywords found in the create pack-image command are not supported in /org/fw-mgmt-pack mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an image pack:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope fw-mgmt-pack fmp1
switch-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack # create pack-image hp 1100 bmc 1.2
switch-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw-host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
create path
To create a LAN image path, use the create path command.
create path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies a primary path. |
| secondary | Specifies a secondary path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN image under boot-definition/storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image)
LAN under boot-policy (/org/boot-policy/lan)
LAN under boot-definition /org/service-profile/boot-def/lan
SAN image under boot-policy/storage (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The LAN image path is the path the vNIC used when booting from an image on a LAN, such as a PXE boot. For each path you can specify the vNIC to use.
Use this command to create a LAN image path, and enter organization path mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a LAN image path:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # create path primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show path |
|
create path (iscsi)
To create an iSCSI image path, use the create path command.
create path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies a primary iSCSI image path. |
| secondary | Specifies a secondary iSCSI image path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI within a boot policy (/org/boot-policy/iscsi)
iSCSI within a boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-definition/iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and a boot definition before you use this command.
You must create a boot policy before you can use this command in the boot-policy command mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a primary path for an iSCSI image for a boot policy:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope boot-policy default
UCS-A /org/boot-policy # scope iscsi
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi # create path primary
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi/path* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsivnicname |
|
create physical-qual
To create a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create physical-qual command.
create physical-qual
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command create a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization physical qualifier mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a physical qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # create physical-qual switch-A /org/server-qual/physical-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/physical-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show physical-qual |
|
show server-qual |
|
create pin-group
To create a pin group, use the create pin-group command.
create pin-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Pin group name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed for the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Pinning in Cisco UCS is only relevant to uplink ports.
When you determine the optimal configuration for pin groups and pinning for an uplink port, consider the estimated bandwidth usage for the servers. If you know that some servers in the system will use a lot of bandwidth, ensure that you pin these servers to different uplink ports.
Use this command to create a pin group, and enter organization pin-group mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a pin group:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # create pin-group pg110 UCS-A /eth-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show pin-group |
|
create policy
To create a policy, use the create policy command.
callhome modecreate policy event
flow-control modecreate policy name
Syntax Description
| event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
| name | Policy name. The name can be from 1 to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types for Call Home. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a policy, and enter either organization callhome or organization flow control mode.
In Call Home configuration, use this command to create an instance of a policy for a predefined type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords for Call Home event types:
- association-failed
- chassis-seeprom-error
- configuration-failure
- connectivity-problem
- election-failure
- equipment-inaccessible
- equipment-inoperable
- equipment-problem
- fru-problem
- identity-unestablishable
- link-down
- management-services-failure
- management-services-unresponsive
- power-problem
- thermal-problem
- unspecified
- version-incompatible
- voltage-problem
In Flow Control configuration, use this command to create a named policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create and enable a Call Home policy instance for link-down events:
UCS-A # scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # create policy link-down UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
This example shows how to create a named policy for flow control:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control UCS-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # create policy policy1 UCS-A /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter policy |
|
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create pooled-ip-params
To configure a pool for initiator IP parameters, use the create pooled-ip-params command.
create pooled-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an IPv4 interface for the iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a pool for initiator IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # create pooled-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/pooled-ip-params* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/pooled-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter pooled-ip-params |
|
scope pooled-ip-params |
|
delete pooled-ip-params |
|
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
create pooling-policy
To create a pooling policy, use the create pooling-policy command.
create pooling-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the policy name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a server pooling policy, and enters organization pooling policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a pooling policy:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create pooling-policy pp110 UCS-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/pooling-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
create port-channel
To create a port channel, use the create port-channel command.
create port-channel id
Syntax Description
| id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a Fabric within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (fc-uplink/fabric) and the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage). The range of valid values was modified to 1 to 256 from 1 to 40. |
Usage Guidelines
Consider using a port channel to make best use of capacity when multiple uplinks are used on a switch.
Use this command to create a port channel, and enter organization port channel mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a port channel:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric # create port-channel 20 UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-channel |
|
set adminspeed |
|
set mon-src |
|
create port-profile (/eth-uplink)
To create a port profile, use the create port-profile command.
create port-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | Port profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a port profile, and enter organization port profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # create port-profile pp110
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show port-profile |
|
create port-profile (/profile-set)
To create a port profile, use the create port-profile command in profile-set mode.
create port-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | The name of the profile. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the profile. The range of valid values is 1 to 31. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The port profile client determines the DVSes to which a port profile is applied. By default, a port profile applies to all DVSes in the vCenter; however, you can use a port profile client to apply a port profile to all DVSes in a specific datacenter or datacenter folder, or to a specific DVS.
create port-profile creates the specified port profile and enters system VM management VMware profile set port profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # create port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show port profile |
|
create power-control-policy
To create a power policy, use the create power-control-policy command.
create power-control-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power policy. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the power policy can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a power policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create power-control-policy Sample UCS-A /org/power-control-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/power-control-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
create power-group
To create a power group, use the create power-group command.
create power-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power group. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the power group can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
The global capping policy must be set as policy-driven-chassis--group-cap to create power groups.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a power group.
UCS-A # scope power-cap-mgmt UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt # create power-group Testing UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
delete power group |
|
create processor
To create a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create processor command.
create processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was removed. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command create a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization processor mode.
Only one processor qualifier can be created.
 Note |
In later releases, this command is replaced by the create cpu command. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a processor qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # create processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show processor |
|
show server-qual |
|
create profile
To create a profile, use the create profile command.
create profile name
Syntax Description
| name | Profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a profile, and enter organization profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # create profile p210
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show profile |
|
create qos-policy
To create a QoS policy, use the create qos-policy command in org mode.
create qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the policy name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a QoS policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create qos-policy qp10 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
create rack
To create a rack qualifier, use the create rack command.
create rack minimum-slot-id maximum-slot-id
Syntax Description
| minimum-slot-id | The minimum slot ID for the rack. It must be a value between 1 and 255. |
| maximum-slot-id | The maximum slot ID for the rack. It must be a value between 1 and 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server Pool Policy Qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A server pool policy qualification must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a rack qualifier.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope server-qual sample-policy UCS-A /org/server-qual # create rack 2 45 UCS-A /org/server-qual/rack* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/server-qual/rack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter rack |
|
scope rack |
|
show rack |
|
delete rack |
|
create role
To create a role, use the create role command.
create role name
Syntax Description
| name | Role name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the role name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a role, and enter organization role mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a role:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope local-user admin UCS-A /security/local-user # create role superadmin UCS-A /security/local-user/role* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/local-user/role #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
create san-connectivity-policy
To create a vNIC SAN connectivity policy for an organization, use the create san-connectivity-policy command.
create san-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the policy. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC SAN connectivity policy for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create san-connectivity-policy Sample UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy* # set descr sample_policy UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy* # set identity dynamic-wwn pool-derived UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope san-connectivity-policy |
|
enter san-connectivity-policy |
|
show san-connectivity-policy |
|
create vhba |
|
create san-image
To create a SAN image, use the create san-image command.
create san-image { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies primary image. |
| secondary | Specifies secondary image. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Only one SAN image can be created and committed.
Use this command to create a SAN image, and enter organization SAN image mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a SAN image:
switch#
scope org org3
switch /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch /org/service-profile # scope boot-def
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def # scope storage
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage # create san-image primary
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show san-image |
|
create schedule
To create a schedule, use the create schedule command.
create schedule name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the schedule. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the schedule can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include any special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a schedule.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # create scheduler Default UCS-A /system/scheduler* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/scheduler #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
create scrub-policy
To create a scrub policy, use the create scrub-policy command.
create scrub-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a scrub policy, and enter organization scrub policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a scrub policy:
UCS-A # scope org org100 UCS-A /org # create scrub-policy scrub100 UCS-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/scrub-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
create server
To create a server, use the create server command.
create server { server-name }
Syntax Description
| server-name | The name of the server. Valid entries for this value are a name or an IP address. The range of valid values for a name is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced with two options server-name and chassis-id/slot-id. Also, this command could have been used to create a server in the VMware management mode and the server pool mode. |
| 1.4(1) | The command options have been modified. With this release, you only need to specify the name of the server, or the host IP address. The name of the server can include a maximum of 16 characters. This command is not available in the VMware management mode. The options for this command in the server pool mode have been modified. See create server server-pool command. |
Usage Guidelines
This command takes the name argument only in the /org/server-pool mode.
Use this command to create a server, and enter organization server mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a server:
switch-A#
scope security
switch-A /security # scope radius
switch-A /security/radius # create server radius 209.165.200.226
switch-A /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/radius/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create server server-pool |
|
show server |
|
create server (/org/server-pool)
To create a server in the server pool, use the create server command.
create server { rack-id | chassis-id / blade-id }
Syntax Description
| rack-id | The ID of the rack that the server will belong to. The value must be an integer between 1 and 255. |
| chassis-id / blade-id | The chassis and blade identification numbers. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server Pool (/org/server-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Server Pool mode with modified options. |
Usage Guidelines
A server pool must be created to use this command.
The ID of the rack that the server will belong to must be an integer between 1 and 255.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a server in the server-pool.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # scope server-pool default Switch-A /org/server-pool # create server 4/5 Switch-A /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/server-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create server-pool |
|
create server |
|
create server-autoconfig-policy
To create a server automatic configuration policy, use the create server-autoconfig-policy command.
create server-autoconfig-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The server-autoconfig-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server automatic configuration policy with the specified policy name, and enters organization server automatic configuration policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a server autoconfiguration policy:
UCS-A #scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create server-autoconfig-policy sap110 UCS-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
create server-disc-policy
To create a server discovery policy, use the create server-disc-policy command.
create server-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Server discovery policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
The server-disc-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server discovery policy, and enter organization server discovery policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a server discovery policy:
switch#scope org org3
switch /org # create server-disc-policy sdp110
switch /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer
switch /org/server-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
create server-inherit-policy
To create a server inherit policy, use the create server-inherit-policy command.
create server-inherit-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
The server-inherit-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server inherit policy, and enter organization server inherit policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a server inherit policy:
UCS-A #scope org / UCS-A /org # create server-inherit-policy sip110 UCS-A /org/server-inherit-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/server-inherit-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
create server-pool
To create a server pool, use the create server-pool command.
create server-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Server pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a server pool, and enter organization server pool mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a server pool:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-pool sPool10 switch /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show server-pool |
|
create server-qual
To create a server qualifier, use the create server-qual command.
create server-qual name
Syntax Description
| name | Server qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a server qualifier, and enter organization server qualification mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a server qualifier:
UCS-A #scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create server-qual sql10 UCS-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
create server-ref
To create a server reference for an authentication server group, use the create server-ref command.
create server-ref name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the server. You can enter either a name or the IP address of the server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Authentication Server Group within LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication Server Group within Radius (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication Server Group within TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication server group and a server must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to add a server reference to an authentication server group within LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # create server-ref example Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope server-ref |
|
enter server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
delete server-ref |
|
create service-profile
To create a service profile, use the create service-profile command.
create service-profile name [ initial-template | instance | updating-template ]
Syntax Description
| name | The service profile name. This name can be between 2 and 32 alphanumeric characters long. You cannot use spaces or any special characters, and you cannot change this name after the object has been saved. |
| initial-template | Specifies that instances will not automatically update if this template is updated. |
| instance | Specifies the service profile instance. |
| updating-template | Specifies that instances will automatically update if this template is updated. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | You can modify the name of the service profile. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a service profile, and enter service profile mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org org110 UCS-A /org # create service-profile spEast110 UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
rename-to |
|
create slot
To create a slot, use the create slot command.
create slot min-id max-id
Syntax Description
| min-id | Minimum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
| max-id | Maximum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/org/server-qual/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a slot with the specified ID, and enters organization slot mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a slot:
switch# scope org org10
switch /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch /org/server-qual # scope chassis 1 1
switch /org/server-qual/chassis # create slot 1 1
switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot* # commit-buffer
switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
create snmp-trap
To create an SNMP trap, use the create snmp-trap command.
create snmp-trap ip-address
Syntax Description
| ip-address | Host IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an SNMP community before you create an SNMP trap.
Examples
This example shows how to create an SNMP trap:
switch#scope monitoring
switch /monitoring # create snmp-trap 192.0.2.34
switch /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer
switch /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
create snmp-user
To create an SNMPv3 user, use the create snmp-user command.
create snmp-useruser-name
Syntax Description
| user-name | User name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create an SNMPv3 user:
UCS-A # scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # create snmp-user snmpUser10 UCS-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
create sol-config
To create a Serial over LAN (SoL) configuration, use the create sol-config command.
create sol-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a SoL configuration, and enter organization SoL configuration mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a SoL configuration:
switch-A# scope org org30
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp30a
switch-A /org/service-profile # create sol-config
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show sol-config |
|
show sol-policy |
|
create sol-policy
To create an SoL policy, use the create sol-policy command.
create sol-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the policy name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a SoL policy with the specified name, and enters organization SoL policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a SoL policy:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create sol-policy solpol1 UCS-A /org/sol-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/sol-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show sol-policy |
|
create static-ip-params
To configure static initiator IP parameters, use the create static-ip-params command.
create static-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an IPv4 interface for the iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure static initiator IP parameters for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # create static-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/static-ip-params* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/static-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set addr |
|
set default-gw |
|
set primary-dns |
|
set secondary-dns |
|
set subnet |
|
enter static-ip-params |
|
scope static-ip-params |
|
delete static-ip-params |
|
show static-ip-params |
|
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
create pooled-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
create static-target-if
To configure a static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the create static-target-if command.
create static-target-if static target priority
Syntax Description
| static target priority | Priority level of the static target interface. The value can either be 1 or 2. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface of an iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI VNIC, and an Ethernet interface for the iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # create static-target-if 1
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lun |
|
enter static-target-if |
|
scope static-target-if |
|
show static-target-if |
|
delete static-target-if |
|
create stats-threshold-policy
To create a statistics threshold policy, use the create stats-threshold-policy command.
create stats-threshold-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the policy name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a statistics threshold policy, and enter organization statistics threshold policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a statistics threshold policy:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # create stats-threshold-policy stp10 UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pooling-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create storage-connection-def
To create a storage connection definition for an initiator group, use the create storage-connection-def command.
create storage-connection-def
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group of SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group of service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a storage connection definition for an initiator group within the service profile command mode:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group default UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # create storage-connection-def UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group/storage-connection-def* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group/storage-connection-def #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator-group |
|
enter storage-connection-def |
|
scope storage-connection-def |
|
show storage-connection-def |
|
delete storage-connection-def |
|
create storage-connection-policy
To create a storage connection policy in the organization command mode, use the create storage-connection-policy command.
create storage-connection-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the storage connection policy. The name of the policy can be alphanumeric, and can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a storage connection policy in the organization command mode:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy * # create storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-target |
|
set target-path |
|
set target-vsan |
|
create storage
To create storage, use the create storage command.
create storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a storage qualification, and enter organization server qualification storage mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create storage:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def bd1
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def # create storage
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage* # commit-buffer
switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show storage |
|
create storage-target
To create a storage target endpoint, use the create storage-target command.
create storage-target wwpn
Syntax Description
| wwpn | World Wide Port Name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage connection policy (/org/storage-connection-policy)
Storage connection definition within a service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Storage connection definition within a SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a storage target endpoint for a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy* # create storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-connection-def |
|
set target-path |
|
set target-vsan |
|
create threshold-value
To create a threshold value for a property, use the create threshold-value command.
create threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command creates the specified threshold value for the class property and enters organization statistics threshold policy class property threshold value mode. You must have a class and a property created in order to execute the set threshold-value command. The command is used to set the value of the property you created.
You can configure multiple threshold values for a class property. Before you use this command, use the set normal-value command to set a baseline.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the threshold value for the bytes-rx-delta property in vnic-stats class:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # create threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
create trustpoint
To create a trustpoint, use the create trustpoint command.
create trustpoint name
Syntax Description
| name | Trustpoint name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to identify the trustpoints that will be used to validate a certificate during Internet Key Exchange (IKE) authentication, and enter organization trustpoint mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a trustpoint:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # create trustpoint tPoint10 UCS-A /security/trustpoint* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/trustpoint #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
create uuid-suffix-pool
To create a UUID suffix pool, use the create uuid-suffix-pool command.
create uuid-suffix-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | UUID suffix pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a UUID suffix pool with the specified name, and enters organization UUID suffix pool mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create uuid-suffix-pool uuidsp1 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
create vcenter
To create a VCenter, use the create vcenter command in vmware mode.
create vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the VCenter. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a VCenter:
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # create vcenter vc10 UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
create vcon
To create a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the create vcon command.
create vcon { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
| 3 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 3. |
| 4 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 4. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The additional options of 3, and 4 were introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a vCon:
UCS-A # scope org org100 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 UCS-A /org/service-profile # create vcon 2 UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
create vcon-assign
To create a virtual network interface assignment for a service profile, use the create vcon-assign command.
create vcon-assign ethernet { fc | vNIC/vHBA name } fc { ethernet | vNIC/vHBA name } ID { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | any } order { 0 - 256 | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| ethernet | The Ethernet virtual network interface. |
| fc | The Fibre Channel virtual network interface. |
| vNIC/vHBA name | The name of the virtual network interface card (vNIC) or the virtual host bus adapter (vHBA). The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
| ID | Specify an ID for the virtual network interface. It can be 1, 2, 3, 4, or any randomly selected number. |
| order | Specify an order for the network interface. Choose a number between 0-256 or select unspecified to not set a specific order. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a virtual network interface assignment for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # create vcon-assign fc ethernet test 1 unspecified UCS-A /org/service-profile/vcon-assign* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vcon-assign #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon-assign |
|
show vcon-mapping |
|
create vcon-policy
To create a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the create vcon-policy command.
create vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates the specified vCon policy and enters organization vcon-policy mode. vCon policies determine the placement and distribution of vNICs and vHBAs between the adapters for a server that has more than one adapter.
policy-name should be a unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
Examples
This example shows how to create a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # create vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
create vhba
To create a virtual HBA (vHBA), use the create vhba command.
create vhba name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fc-if } *
Syntax Description
| name | vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies a fabric. |
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fc-if | Specifies a Fibre Channel interface. |
| interface-name | Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the SAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a vHBA, and enter organization virtual HBA mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a vHBA:
UCS-A # scope org org30 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10a UCS-A /org/service-profile # create vhba 10a UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
create vhba-templ
To create a vHBA template, use the create vhba-templ command.
create vhba-templ name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fci-name } *
Syntax Description
| name | vHBA template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies fabric. |
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fc-if | Specifies a Fibre Channel interface. |
| fci-name | Fibre Channel interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
A vHBA is a virtualized host bus adapter that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical HBA to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vHBAs you can create.
Use this command to create a vHBA template, and enter organization virtual HBA template mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a vHBA template:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # create vhba-templ vhbat10 UCS-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
create virtual-media
To create virtual media, use the create virtual-media command.
create virtual-media { read-only | read-write }
Syntax Description
| read-only | Specifies read-only virtual media. |
| read-write | Specifies read and write virtual media. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create virtual media with the specified name, and enters organization virtual-media mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create virtual media:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # create virtual-media read-write
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show storage |
|
show virtual-media |
|
create vlan
To create a VLAN, use the create vlan command.
create vlan name id
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
| id | VLAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 3967 and 4049 to 4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet Storage (eth-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a fabric within the Ethernet Storage command mode. In addition, the following changes were introduced: |
| 2.0(2) | Starting with this release, overlapping Ethernet VLAN and FCoE VLAN IDs are not allowed. If Cisco UCS Manager detects an overlapping ID, it raises a critical fault. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number and enter vlan mode.
Starting with 2.0(2) release, overlapping Ethernet VLAN and FCoE VLAN IDs are not allowed. If Cisco UCS Manager detects an overlapping ID, it raises a critical fault and drops Ethernet traffic on the overlapped VLANs. Ensure that there are no overlapping Ethernet and FCoE VLAN IDs before upgrading to Cisco UCS Release 2.0.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # create vlan vlan1 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
create vlan (/port-profile)
To create a VLAN for a port profile, use the create vlan command.
create vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | The command option was modified to accept a value with a maximum of 32 characters. Prior to this release, the maximum number of characters was 16. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a VLAN with the specified name for a port profile and enter vlan mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a VLAN for a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create vlan v100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
create vlan-group
To create a VLAN group for an Ethernet uplink, use the create vlan-group command.
create vlan-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the VLAN group. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a VLAN group in the Ethernet uplink command mode.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # create vlan-group Sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group* # create member-vlan example UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan* # acknowledge fault 22 UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter vlan-group |
|
scope vlan-group |
|
show vlan-group |
|
delete vlan-group |
|
create vlan-group-permit
To create a VLAN group permit, use the create vlan-group-permit command.
create vlan-group-permit name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN group permit. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the VLAN group permit can be alphanumeric.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a VLAN group permit for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create vlan-group-permit sample1 UCS-A /org* # set descr sample_description UCS-A /org* # set policy-owner local UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter vlan-group-permit |
|
show vlan-group-permit |
|
delete vlan-group-permit |
|
set policy-owner |
|
set descr |
|
create vlan-permit
To create a VLAN permit, use the create vlan-permit command.
create vlan-permit name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the VLAN permit. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The VLAN permit name can include alphanumeric characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a VLAN permit.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create vlan-permit sample1 UCS-A /org* # set descr test_text UCS-A /org* # set policy-owner local UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter vlan-permit |
|
show vlan-permit |
|
set policy-owner |
|
delete vlan-permit |
|
create vnic
To create a VNIC (Virtual Network Interface Card), use the create vnic command.
create vnic name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | eth-if eth-if } *
Syntax Description
| name | VNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies the fabric switch identification number. |
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| a-b | Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| b-a | Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary. |
| eth-if | Specifies a Ethernet interface. |
| eth-if | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. The maximum number of characters allowed in the Ethernet interface name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a vNIC with the specified name, and enters organization virtual NIC mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC.
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 UCS-A /org/service-profile # create vnic vnic110 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vnic |
|
show lan-connectivity-policy |
|
create vnic-egress-policy
To create a VNIC egress policy, use the create vnic-egress-policy command.
create vnic-egress-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC QoS (/org/vnic-qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated. |
Use this command to create a vNIC egress policy, and enter organization virtual NIC egress policy mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC egress policy:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope vnic-qos vnicq1
switch-A /org/vnic-qos # create vnic-egress-policy
switch-A /org/vnic-qos* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/vnic-qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vnic |
|
show vnic-egress-policy |
|
create vnic-iscsi
To create an iSCSI VNIC for a service profile, use the create vnic-iscsi command.
create vnic-iscsi name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI VNIC. The name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN Connectivity Policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile before you use this command.
The name of the iSCSI VNIC cannot exceed 16 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an iSCSI VNIC for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org Test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # create vnic-iscsi Trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope vnic-iscsi |
|
enter vnic-iscsi |
|
show vnic-iscsi |
|
delete vnic-iscsi |
|
create vnic-templ
To create a VNIC template, use the create vnic-templ command.
create vnic-templ name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | target { adapter | vm } + | eth-if eth-if } *
Syntax Description
| name | vNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
| fabric | Specifies the fabric switch identification number. |
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| a-b | Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| b-a | Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary. |
| target | Specifies whether or not Cisco UCS Manager automatically creates a VM-FEX port profile with the appropriate settings for the vNIC template. The target can either be an adapter or a VM. |
| adapter | Specifies the adapter. |
| vm | Specifies the virtual machine. |
| eth-if | Specifies a Ethernet interface. |
| eth-if | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the vNIC template name and the Ethernet interface name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a vNIC template, and enters organization virtual NIC template mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC template:
UCS-A# scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create vnic-templ vnict1 eth-if 10 UCS-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
create vsan
To create a VSAN, use the create vsan command.
create vsan name id fcoe-vlan
Syntax Description
| name | VSAN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
| id | VSAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
| fcoe-vlan | Fibre Channel over Ethernet VLAN. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Fabric within Fibre Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the following command modes: Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage) Fabric within Fibre Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric) This command was obsoleted from the following mode: Switch within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/switch) The maximum number of characters of the VLAN interface name is modified from 16 to 32. |
| 2.1(1) | With this release, you can configure Fibre Channel zoning for the VSAN. The maximum number of characters in the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a VSAN with the specified name, and enters organization VSAN mode.
You can create a named VSAN with IDs from 1 to 4093. VSANs configured on different FCoE VLANs cannot share the same ID.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a VSAN:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # create vsan vs2 6 10 UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # set fc-zoning enabled UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vif |
|
show vsan |
|
create wwn-pool
To create a WWN (World Wide Name) pool, use the create wwn-pool command.
create wwn-pool name { node-and-port-wwn-assignment | node-wwn-assignment | port-wwn-assignment }
Syntax Description
| name | WWN pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
| node-and-port-wwn-assignment | Specifies world wide node and port assignment. |
| node-wwn-assignment | Specifies world wide node name assignment. |
| port-wwn-assignment | Specifies world wide node port assignment. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The option node-and-port-wwn-assignment was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a WWN pool with the specified name, and enters organization WWN pool mode.
A WWN pool can include only WWNNs or WWPNs in the 20:xx range. All other WWN ranges are reserved.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a WWN pool:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # create wwn-pool wwnp1 port-wwn-assignment UCS-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
cycle
To cycle a server, use the cycle command.
cycle { cycle-immediate | cycle-wait }
Syntax Description
| cycle-immediate | Specifies cycle immediately. |
| cycle-wait | Specifies wait to cycle. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to cycle a server:
switch-A# scope server 2/4
switch-A /chassis/server # cycle cycle-immediate
switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /chassis/server #
decommission chassis
To decommission a chassis, use the decommission chassis command.
decommission chassis id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to decommission a chassis:
switch-A# decommission chassis 2
switch-A* # commit-buffer
switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
decommission fex
To decommission a Fabric extender module, use the decommission fex command.
decommission fex id
Syntax Description
| id | The ID of the Fabric extender module. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to decommission a Fabric extender module.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # decommission fex 2 Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
remove fex |
|
decommission server
To decommission a server, use the decommission server command.
decommission server { ID | chassis-id/blade-id }
Syntax Description
| Id | Chassis identification number. It must be a value between 1 and 255. |
| chassis-id/blade-id | Server chassis and blade identification number. The values must be entered in the n/n format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced with the chassis-id/blade-id option. |
| 1.4(1) | The option to specify the chassis identification number was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to decommission a server:
switch-A# decommission server 1/1
switch-A* # commit-buffer
switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
decommission server (chassis) |
|
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
decommission server (chassis)
To decommission a server for a chassis, use the decommission server command.
decommission server slot ID
Syntax Description
| ID | The identification number of the slot. It must be a value between 1 and 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to decommission a server for a chassis.
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # decommission server 1 Switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer Switch-A /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
decommission server |
|
delete adapter
To delete the adapter, use the delete adapter command.
delete adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an adapter:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal100
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete auth-domain
To delete an authentication domain, use the delete auth-domain command.
delete auth-domain name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the authentication domain. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an authentication domain:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # delete auth-domain Default Switch-A /security* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope auth-domain |
|
create auth-domain |
|
delete auth-profile
To delete an iSCSI authorization profile for the organization mode, use the delete auth-profile command.
delete auth-profile iscsi-auth-profile-name
Syntax Description
| iscsi-auth-profile-name | The name of the iSCSI authorization profile. It is the name that you provided while creating the profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI authorization profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete an iSCSI authorization profile for the organization mode.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # delete auth-profile sample UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-profile |
|
enter auth-profile |
|
scope auth-profile |
|
show auth-profile |
|
delete auth-server-group
To delete an authentication server group, use the delete auth-server-group command.
delete auth-server-group authentication server group
Syntax Description
| authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an authentication server group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # delete auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-server-group |
|
scope auth-server-group |
|
delete auto-target-if
To delete a configured automatic target interface of the Ethernet interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the delete auto-target-if command.
delete auto-target-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI VNIC, an Ethernet interface for the iSCSI VNIC, and an automatic target interface before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an automatic target interface of the Ethernet interface for the iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # delete auto-target-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auto-target-if |
|
enter auto-target-if |
|
scope auto-target-if |
|
show auto-target-if |
|
delete backup
To delete backup, use the delete backup command.
delete backup name
Syntax Description
| name | Backup name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete backup:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # delete backup backUpFDrive
switch-A /system* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy
To delete a compute blade server discovery policy, use the delete bladeserver-disc-policy command.
delete bladeserver-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the compute blade server discovery policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a compute blade server discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # delete bladeserver-disc-policy Default Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete block
To delete a block, use the delete block command.
delete block from to
IQN Pool Configuration
delete block suffix from to
Syntax Description
| suffix | The name of the suffix for the block that you had specified for an IQN pool. |
| from | Start UUID. For an IQN pool, it is a number between 0 and 65535. |
| to | End UUID. For an IQN pool, it is a number between 0 and 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
IQN pool (/org/iqn-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced in the IQN pool command mode. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a block:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool usp10 UCS-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # delete block 1234-123412341230 1234-123412341234 UCS-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # --------------------------------------------- UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope iqn-pool Sample1 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool # delete block testing 1 34 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iqn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show pooled |
|
delete boot-definition
To delete a boot definition, use the delete boot-definition command.
delete boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete boot-definition bp10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show boot-policy |
|
delete boot-policy
To delete a boot policy, use the delete boot-policy command.
delete boot-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Boot policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete boot-policy bp110
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show chassis-disk-policy |
|
delete boot-target
To delete a boot-target object, use the delete boot-target command.
delete boot-target { primary | | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, you must create a boot target object by using the create boot-target command.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to delete a boot target:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # delete boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create boot-target |
|
enter boot-target |
|
scope boot-target |
|
show boot-target |
|
show initiator |
|
delete cap-qual
To delete a capacity qualification, use the delete cap-qual command.
delete cap-qual { fcoe | | non-virtualized-eth-if | | non-virtualized-fc-if | | path-encap-consolidated | | path-encap-virtual | | protected-eth-if | | protected-fc-if | | protected-fcoe | | virtualized-eth-if | | virtualized-fc-if | | virtualized-scsi-if }
Syntax Description
| fcoe | Specifies the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) qualification. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies the nonvirtualized Ethernet interface qualification. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies the nonvirtualized Fibre Channel (FC) interface qualification. |
| path-encap-consolidated | Specifies the path encapsulation consolidated qualification. |
| path-encap-virtual | Specifies the path encapsulation virtual qualification. |
| protected-eth-if | Specifies the protected Ethernet interface qualification. |
| protected-fc-if | Specifies the protected Fibre Channel (FC) interface qualification. |
| protected-fcoe | Specifies the protected Fcoe qualification. |
| virtualized-eth-if | Specifies the virtualized Ethernet interface qualification. |
| virtualized-fc-if | Specifies the virtualized Fibre Channel (FC) interface qualification. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies the virtualized SCSI interface qualification. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example show how to delete an FCoE capacity qualification:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope adapter server /org/server-qual/adapter # delete cap-qual fcoe server /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cap-qual |
|
enter cap-qual |
|
scope cap-qual |
|
show cap-qual |
|
delete certreq
To delete a certificate request, use the delete certreq command.
delete certreq
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete certificate request:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # scope keyring kr10
switch-A /security/keyring # delete certreq
switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show certreq |
|
showkeyring |
|
delete chassis
To delete a chassis, use the delete chassis command.
delete chassis min-id max-id
Syntax Description
| min-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
| max-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete chassis 1 1
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete class chassis-stats
To delete the chassis statistics class, use the delete class chassis-stats command.
delete class chassis-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class chassis-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class cpu-env-stats
To delete a CPU environment statistics class, use the delete class cpu-env-stats command.
delete class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class cpu-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class dimm-env-stats
To delete a dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics class, use the delete class dimm-env-stats command.
delete class dimm-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete the DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
delete class dimm-stats
To delete the DIMM statistics class, use the delete class dimm-stats command.
delete class dimm-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the DIMM statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class dimm-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class env-stats
To delete an environment statistics class, use the delete class env-stats command.
delete class env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server statistics threshold policy(eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete an environment statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class env-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete class env-stats |
|
enter class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
show class env-stats |
|
delete class ether-error-stats
To delete the Ethernet error statistics class, use the delete class ether-error-stats command.
delete class ether-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-error-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ether-if-stats
To delete the Ethernet interface statistics class, use the delete class ether-if-stats command.
delete class ether-if-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet interface statistics class:
switch-A#scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp20
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-if-stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show ether-if-stats |
|
delete class ether-loss-stats
To delete the Ethernet loss statistics class, use the delete class ether-loss-stats command.
delete class ether-loss-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet loss statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-loss-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
To delete an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-stats
To delete an Ethernet port statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ether-pause-stats
To delete an Ethernet pause statistics class, use the delete class ether-pause-stats command.
delete class ether-pause-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet pause statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
delete class ether-rx-stats
To delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the delete class ether-rx-stats command.
delete class ether-rx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-rx-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ether-tx-stats
To delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class, use the delete class ether-tx-stats command.
delete class ether-tx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-tx-stats
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class fan-module-stats
To delete a fan module statistics class, use the delete class fan-module-stats command.
delete class fan-module-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete the fan module statistics classes:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fan-module-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fan-module-stats |
|
enter class fan-module-stats |
|
scope class fan-module-stats |
|
show class fan-module-stats |
|
delete class fan-stats
To delete the fan statistics class, use the delete class fan-stats command.
delete class fan-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.31. | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a fan statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fan-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fan-stats |
|
enter class fan-stats |
|
scope class fan-stats |
|
show class fan-stats |
|
delete class fc-error-stats
To delete the Fibre Channel (FC) error statistics class, use the delete class fc-error-stats command.
delete class fc-error-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre channel uplink statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete the Fibre Channel error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fc-error-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fc-error-stats |
|
enter class fc-error-stats |
|
scope class fc-error-stats |
|
show class fc-error-stats |
|
delete class fc-port-stats
To delete the Fibre Channel (FC) port statistics class, use the delete class fc-port-stats command.
delete class fc-port-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete the Fibre Channel port statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fc-port-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fc-port-stats |
|
enter class fc-port-stats |
|
scope class fc-port-stats |
|
show class fc-port-stats |
|
delete class fc-stats
To delete the Fibre Channel (FC) statistics class, use the delete class fc-stats command.
delete class fc-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric Channel statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a Fibre Channel statistics class:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fc-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fc-stats |
|
enter class fc-stats |
|
scope class fc-stats |
|
show class fc-stats |
|
delete class fex-env-stats
To delete an Fex environment statistics class, use the delete class fex-env-stats command.
delete class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Fex environment statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-env-stats |
|
create class fex-env-stats |
|
delete class fex-power-summary
To delete an Fex power summary statistics class, use the delete class fex-power-summary command.
delete class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Fex power summary statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-power-summary |
|
create class fex-power-summary |
|
delete class fex-psu-input-stats
To delete an Fex power supply input statistics class, use the delete class fex-psu-input-stats command.
delete class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Fex power supply input statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
create class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
delete class io-card-stats
To delete an IO card statistics class, use the delete class io-card-stats command.
delete class io-card-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet IO card statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
delete class mb-power-stats
To delete a mother board power statistics class, use the delete class mb-power-stats command.
delete class mb-power-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a mother board power statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class mb-power-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class mb-power-stats |
|
enter class mb-power-stats |
|
scope class mb-power-stats |
|
show class mb-power-stats |
|
delete class mb-temp-stats
To delete a temporary mother board statistics class, use the delete class mb-temp-stats command.
delete class mb-temp-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a temporary mother board statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class mb-temp-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class mb-temp-stats |
|
enter class mb-temp-stats |
|
scope class mb-temp-stats |
|
show class mb-temp-stats |
|
delete class memory-array-env-stats
To delete the memory array environment statistics class, use the delete class memory-array-env-stats command.
delete class memory-array-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete the memory array environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
delete class motherboard-temp-stats
To delete a motherboard temperature statistics class, use the delete class motherboard-temp-stats command.
delete class motherboard-temp-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy and a motherboard temperature statistics class must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a motherboard temperature statistics class.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy sample UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class motherboard-temp-stats UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
enter class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
scope class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
show class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
To delete a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats
To delete the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a PCIe fatal error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
To delete the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
To delete the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class, use the delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
delete class psu-input-stats
To delete the power supply input statistics class, use the delete class psu-input-stats command.
delete class psu-input-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.31. | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a PSU input statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete psu-input-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class psu-input-stats |
|
enter class psu-input-stats |
|
scope class psu-input-stats |
|
show class psu-input-stats |
|
delete class psu-stats
To delete a power supply input statistics class, use the delete class psu-stats command.
delete class psu-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.31. | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a power supply input statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete psu-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class psu-stats |
|
enter class psu-stats |
|
scope class psu-stats |
|
show class psu-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-fan-stats
To delete a rack unit fan statistics class, use the delete class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
delete class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a rack unit fan statistics class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
create class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-psu-stats
To delete a rack unit power supply statistics class, use the delete class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
delete class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a rack unit power supply statistics class.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy Default Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
scope class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
delete class system-stats
To delete a system statistics class, use the delete class system-stats command.
delete class system-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.31. | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a system statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete system-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class system-stats |
|
enter class system-stats |
|
scope class system-stats |
|
show class system-stats |
|
delete class vnic-stats
To delete the virtual NIC statistics class, use the delete class vnic-stats command.
delete class vnic-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC statistics class and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class vnic-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class vnic-stats |
|
enter class vnic-stats |
|
scope class vnic-stats |
|
show class vnic-stats |
|
delete client
To delete a client, use the delete client command in port-profile mode.
delete client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # delete client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port profile |
|
delete cluster
To delete a distributed virtual switch, use the delete cluster command.
delete cluster name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the distributed virtual switch. It is the name you provided when you created the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Cluster set (/system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A distributed virtual switch must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a distributed virtual switch.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope cluster-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set # delete cluster sample UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cluster |
|
enter cluster |
|
scope cluster |
|
show cluster |
|
delete control-ep policy
To delete a control end point policy and clear the registration of the system with UCS Central, use the delete control-ep policy command.
delete control-ep policy
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Deleting a control end point policy results in clearing the system registration with UCS Central. The system will no longer receive updates for remote policies from UCS Central.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a control end point policy.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # delete control-ep policy UCS-A /system* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create control-ep policy |
|
scope control-ep policy |
|
enter control-ep policy |
|
show control-ep policy |
|
delete cpu
To delete a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete cpu command.
delete cpu
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a CPU qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete cpu switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
delete data-center
To delete a data center, use the delete data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also delete a data center in folder mode.
delete data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete data-center DC1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
delete default-auth
To delete a default authentication mechanism, use the delete default-auth command.
delete default-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a default authentication method for an authentication domain.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain # delete default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/auth-domain #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
create default-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
delete default-behavior
To delete a default behavior mode, use the delete default-behavior command.
delete default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
delete destination
To delete the destination, use the delete destination command.
delete destination email
Syntax Description
| Email destination. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile pro10
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # delete destination test@csx.com
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show destination |
|
show profile |
|
delete dest-interface
To delete a destination interface for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the delete dest-interface command.
delete dest-interface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slotid | The slot ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-5. |
| portid | The port ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the destination interface for the Ethernet monitoring session.
To delete the destination interface for the Fibre Channel monitoring session, replace eth-traffic-mon with fc-traffic-mon , and eth-mon-session with fc-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session # delete dest-interface 1 33 Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dest-interface |
|
delete dhcp-ip-params
To delete a configured DHCP for initiator IP parameters, use the delete dhcp-ip-params command.
delete dhcp-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a DHCP initiator for IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the configured DHCP for initiator IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # delete dhcp-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
enter dhcp-ip-params |
|
scope dhcp-ip-params |
|
delete distributed-virtual-switch
To delete a distributed virtual switch, use the delete distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
delete distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # delete distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
delete dns
To delete DNS service, use the delete dns command.
delete dns name
Syntax Description
| name | DNS service name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete DNS service:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # delete dns dns100
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
delete download-task
To delete a downloaded firmware image, use the delete download-task command.
delete download-task filename
Syntax Description
| filename | Firmware image filename. The filename can be a maximum of 64 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a downloaded firmware image and commit the transaction:
server# scope firmware server /firmware # delete download-task firmware-image.bin server /firmware* # commit-buffer server /firmware
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope download-task |
|
show download-task |
|
delete dynamic-vnic-conn
To delete a dynamic vNIC connection, use the delete dynamic-vnic-conn command.
delete dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a dynamic vNIC connection:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete dynamic-vnic-conn
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
To delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy, use the delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete egress-policy
To delete an egress policy, use the delete egress-policy command in egress-policy mode.
delete egress-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete data-center DC1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
delete eth-if
To delete an Ethernet interface, use the delete eth-if command.
delete eth-if name
Syntax Description
| name | Ethernet interface name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet interface:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete eth-if ethIF10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile sp10 |
|
show vnic |
|
delete eth-mon-session
To delete an Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the delete eth-mon-session command.
delete eth-mon-session name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the Ethernet monitoring session. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # delete eth-mon-session Default Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon/fabric* # commit-buffer Switch-A # /eth-traffic-mon/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-mon-session |
|
scope eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-policy
To delete an Ethernet policy, use the delete eth-policy command.
delete eth-policy name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete Ethernet policy ep100 in org100 mode:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete eth-policy ep100
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
delete eth-target
To delete an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface, use the delete eth-target command.
delete eth-target name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the Ethernet target endpoint. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An interface for a fabric and an Ethernet target endpoint for the interface must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # delete eth-target Testing Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
set macaddress |
|
scope eth-target |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete ext-static-ip
To delete an external static management IP address for the CIMC or for a service profile, use the delete ext-static-ip command.
delete ext-static-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an external static management IP address for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # delete ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc* # commit-buffer Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ext-static-ip |
|
scope ext-static-ip |
|
enter ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
delete fault-suppress-task
To delete a fault suppress task for an organization, use the delete fault-suppress-task command.
delete fault-suppress-task name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the fault suppress task |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Fabric Extender (/fex)
IOM (/chassis/iom)
Server (/chassis/server)
Organization (/org)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the fault suppress task for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete fault suppress-task Sample UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fault-suppress-task |
|
enter fault-suppress-task |
|
scope fault-suppress-task |
|
show fault-suppress-task |
|
delete fc-mon-session
To delete a Fibre Channel monitoring session, use the delete fc-mon-session command.
delete fc-mon-session Name
Syntax Description
| Name | Name of the monitoring session. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters, and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the monitoring session cannot include special characters.
A traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a Fibre Channel monitoring session:
UCS-A # scope fc-traffic-mon UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # delete fc-mon-session default UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
create fc-mon-session |
|
delete fc-policy
To delete a Fibre Channel policy, use the delete fc-policy command.
delete fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete Fibre Channel policy fcp10 in org10 mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete fc-policy fcp10
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
delete fcoe-member-port
To delete a specific member port from the Fibre Channel uplink port channel, use the delete fcoe-member-port command.
delete fcoe-member-port slot ID port ID
Syntax Description
| slot ID | Slot identification number. |
| port ID | Port identification number |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
FCoE port channel (/fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE member port must exist to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete an FCoE member port with the slot ID 1 and port ID 22.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope fcoe-port-channel 1 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel # delete fcoe-member-port 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/fcoe-member-port* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/fcoe-member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-member-port |
|
enter fcoe-member-port |
|
scope fcoe-member-port |
|
show fcoe-member-port |
|
delete fcoe-port-channel
To delete an FCoE port channel for a fabric, use the delete fcoe-port-channel command.
delete fcoe-port-channel fcoe-port-channel ID
Syntax Description
| fcoe-port-channel ID | The FCoE port channel ID. It is a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE port channel must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete an FCoE port channel for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # delete fcoe-port-channel 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-port-channel |
|
enter fcoe-port-channel |
|
scope fcoe-port-channel |
|
show fcoe-port-channel |
|
delete fcoeinterface
To delete an FCoE interface of a fabric, use the delete fcoeinterface command.
delete fcoeinterface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slotid | The slot ID of the interface. |
| portid | The port ID of the interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE interface must exist to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an FCoE interface for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # delete fcoeinterface 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoeinterface |
|
enter fcoeinterface |
|
scope fcoeinterface |
|
show fcoeinterface |
|
delete folder
To delete a folder, use the delete folder command in vcenter mode. You can also delete a folder in data-center mode.
delete folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the container. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server # delete folder F10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
delete fw-host-pack
To delete a host firmware package, use the delete fw-host-pack command.
delete fw-host-pack host-pack-name
Syntax Description
| host-pack-name | Name of the server host firmware package image. The name can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a host firmware package and commit the transaction:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete fw-host-pack app1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fw-host-pack |
|
enter fw-host-pack |
|
scope fw-host-pack |
|
show fw-host-pack |
|
delete fw-mgmt-pack
To delete a management firmware package, use the delete fw-mgmt-pack command.
delete fw-mgmt-pack mgmt-pack-name
Syntax Description
| mgmt-pack-name | Name of the management firmware package. The name can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a firmware management package and commit the transaction:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete fw-mgmt-pack cimc1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fw-mgmt-pack |
|
enter fw-mgmt-pack |
|
scope fw-mgmt-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
delete image
To delete an image, use the delete image command.
delete image { name } | { type { adapter | server-bios | bmc | host-hba | host-hba-combined | host-hba-optionrom | host-nic | iom | raid-controller | switch-kernel | switch-software | system | unspecified } | version version } +
Syntax Description
| name | Image name. |
| type | Specifies image type. |
| adapter | Specifies an adapter image. |
| server-bios | Specifies the server BIOS image. |
| bmc | Specifies the BMC image. |
| host-hba | Specifies the host HBA image. |
| host-hba-combined | Specifie the combined host HBA image. |
| host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the host optional ROM image. |
| host-nic | Specifies the host NIC image. |
| iom | Specifies the I/O module image. |
| raid-controller | Specifies the RAID controller image. |
| switch-kernel | Specifies the switch kernel image. |
| switch-software | Specifies the switch software image. |
| system | Specifies the system image. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified image. |
| version | Specifies the version number. |
| version | Version number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an image:
switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware # delete image serverImage10
switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer
switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show package |
|
delete import-config
To delete an import configuration, use the delete import-config command.
delete import-config name
Syntax Description
| name | Import configuration name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an import configuration:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # delete import-config ic10
switch-A /system* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show import-config |
|
show managed-entity |
|
delete initiator
To delete an initiator, use the delete initiator command.
delete initiator id
Syntax Description
| id | Initiator identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an initiator:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnp10
switch-A /org/wwn-pool # delete initiator init10
switch-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show initiator |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
create initiator (/initiator-group)
To delete an initiator for a service profile or a SAN connectivity policy, use the delete initiator command.
delete initiator name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the initiator. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group in the SAN connectivity profile mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group in the Service profile mode (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an initiator for an initiator group in the service profile command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # delete initiator example UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator-group |
|
create initiator |
|
enter initiator |
|
show initiator |
|
delete initiator-group
To delete an initiator group of a service profile or a SAN connectivity policy, use the delete initiator-group command.
delete initiator-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the initiator group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an initiator group of a SAN connectivity policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope san-connectivity-policy sample UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy # delete initiator-group trial UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator-group |
|
enter initiator-group |
|
scope initiator-group |
|
show initiator-group |
|
delete interface
To delete an interface, use the delete interface command.
delete interface slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an interface:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete interface 1 3
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer
switch /eth-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
delete interface fc
To delete a fibre channel interface for a fabric, use the delete interface fc command.
delete interface fc slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is between 2 and 5. |
| port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is between 1 and 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fibre channel interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # delete interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface fc |
|
scope interface fc |
|
enter interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
delete interface fcoe
To delete a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric, use the delete interface fcoe command.
delete interface fcoe slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot identification number. |
| port id | The port identification number |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # delete interface fcoe 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface fcoe |
|
scope interface fcoe |
|
enter interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
delete ip-if
To delete an IPv4 interface, use the delete ip-if command.
delete ip-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an IPv4 interface before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an IPv4 interface:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi example UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # delete ip-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
create pooled-ip-params |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
enter ip-if |
|
scope ip-if |
|
delete ipmi-access-profile
To delete an IPMI access profile, use the delete ipmi-access-profile command.
delete ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | IPMI access profile name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an IPMI access profile:
switch-A# scope org org300
switch-A /org # delete ipmi-access-profile ipmiap100
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
delete ipmi-user
To delete an IPMI user, use the delete ipmi-user command.
delete ipmi-user name
Syntax Description
| name | IPMI user name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced as delete epuser. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was renamed as delete ipmi-user. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an IPMI user:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # delete ipmi-user epuser10
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
delete iqn-pool
To delete an IQN pool, use the delete iqn-pool command.
delete iqn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the IQN pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An IQN pool must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete an IQN pool.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete iqn-pool Sample1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iqn-pool |
|
enter iqn-pool |
|
scope iqn-pool |
|
show iqn-pool |
|
delete iscsi-policy
To delete an iSCSI adapter policy, use the delete iscsi-policy command.
delete iscsi-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI adapter policy. Enter the name that you provided while creating the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should have created an iSCSI adapter policy to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete an iSCSI adapter policy:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # delete iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi-policy |
|
scope iscsi-policy |
|
enter iscsi-policy |
|
show iscsi-policy |
|
delete iscsi
To delete iSCSI devices from a boot policy, use the delete iscsi command.
delete iscsi
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot definition for a service-profile (/org/service-profile/boot-definition)
Boot policy for an organization (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete iSCSI devices from a boot policy for a service profile of an organization:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # delete iscsi UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi |
|
scope iscsi |
|
enter iscsi |
|
show iscsi |
|
delete keyring
To delete a keyring, use the delete keyring command.
delete keyring name
Syntax Description
| name | Keyring name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a keyring:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # delete keyring kr10
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
delete lan
To delete the LAN, use the delete lan command.
delete lan
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the LAN:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10
switch-A /org/boot-policy # delete lan
switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show lan |
|
delete lan-connectivity-policy
To delete a vNIC LAN connectivity policy, use the delete lan-connectivity-policy command.
delete lan-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the vNIC LAN connectivity policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A vNIC LAN connectivity policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vNIC LAN connectivity policy from the Organization command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete lan-connectivity-policy Sample UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lan-connectivity-policy |
|
scope lan-connectivity-policy |
|
enter lan-connectivity-policy |
|
show lan-connectivity-policy |
|
delete ldap-group
To delete an LDAP group, use the delete ldap-group command.
delete ldap-group Group DN
Syntax Description
| Group DN | The LDAP group name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an LDAP group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # delete ldap-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group |
|
scope ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group-rule
To delete an LDAP group rule, use the delete ldap-group-rule command.
delete ldap-group-rule
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use this command in the LDAP server mode, an LDAP server must be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an LDAP group rule for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Default Switch-A /security/ldap/server # delete ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
delete local
To delete the local storage, use the delete local command.
delete local
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the local storage:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # delete local
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show storage |
|
delete locale
To delete a locale, use the delete locale command.
delete locale name
Syntax Description
| name | Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a locale:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # delete locale dtoEngineering
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show role |
|
delete local-disk-config
To delete the local disk configuration, use the delete local-disk-config command.
delete local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the local disk configuration:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # delete local-disk-config
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
delete local-disk-config-policy
To delete a configuration policy set in the local disk, use the delete local-disk-config-policy command.
delete local-disk-config-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a configuration policy stored in the local disk and commit the transaction:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete local-disk-config-policy myPolicy1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-disk-config-policy |
|
enter local-disk-config-policy |
|
scope local-disk-config-policy |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
delete local-schedule
To delete a local schedule of a fault suppress task, use the delete local-schedule command.
delete local-schedule
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault suppress task for a chassis (/chassis/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task for a organization (/org/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task for a service-profile (/org/service-profile/fault-suppress-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task for a chassis or a service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a local schedule for a fault suppress task associated with chassis 1.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # delete local-schedule UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-schedule |
|
scope local-schedule |
|
enter local-schedule |
|
delete local-user
To delete a local user, use the delete local-user command.
delete local-user name
Syntax Description
| name | Local user name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a user account.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a local user:
switch-B# scope security
switch-B /security # delete local-user lu1
switch-B /security* # commit-buffer
switch-B /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
delete lun
To delete a target LUN for a static target interface priority of an iSCSI VNIC, use the delete lun command.
delete lun
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Static target interface priority (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a static target interface priority for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a target LUN for a static target interface priority of an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope static-target-if 1
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if # delete lun
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lun |
|
enter lun |
|
scope lun |
|
show lun |
|
delete mac-pool
To delete a MAC pool, use the delete mac-pool command.
delete mac-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | MAC pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a MAC pool:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete mac-pool mp10
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show server-pool |
|
delete mac-security
To delete MAC security, use the delete mac-security command.
delete mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete the MAC security policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete MAC security:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp10
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile # delete mac-security
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
show port-profile |
|
delete maint-policy
To delete a maintenance policy, use the delete maint-policy command.
delete maint-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the maintenance policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a maintenance policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # delete maint-policy Default Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
delete mcast-policy
To delete a multicast policy of an organization, use the delete mcast-policy command.
delete mcast-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the multicast policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A multicast policy for an organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a multicast policy for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete mcast-policy sample UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mcast-policy |
|
enter mcast-policy |
|
scope mcast-policy |
|
set querier |
|
set querierip |
|
set snooping |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
delete member-fcoe-port-channel
To delete a member FCoE port channel, use the delete member-fcoe-port-channel command.
delete member-fcoe-port-channel { a | b } fcoeportchannelid
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fcoeportchannelid | FCoE port channel ID. The value is a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a member FCoE port channel for fabric A.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric A UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # delete member-fcoe-port-channel a 23 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
enter member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
scope member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
show member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
delete member-port
To delete a member port, use the delete member-port command.
port channel configurationdelete member-port slot-id port-id
vsan configurationdelete member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel (/eth-uplink/switch/port-channel)
VSAN (/fc-uplink/switch/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a member port:
switch-A#scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan vs1
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # delete member-port a 3 3
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-uplink |
|
show port-channel |
|
delete member-port fc
To delete a Fibre Channel member port, use the delete member-port fc command.
delete member-port fc { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a Fabric in the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create Fibre Channel member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete Fibre channel member ports from the Fibre Channel storage command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # delete member-port fc 1 223 UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fc |
|
enter member-port fc |
|
scope member-port fc |
|
show member-port fc |
|
delete member-port fcoe
To delete Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports, use the delete member-port fcoe command.
delete member-port fcoe { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete Fibre Channel over Ethernet member port from the Fibre Channel storage command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage
UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # delete member-port fcoe a 1 223
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fcoe |
|
enter member-port fcoe |
|
scope member-port fcoe |
|
show member-port fcoe |
|
delete member-port-channel
To delete a member port channel, use the delete member-port-channel command.
delete member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies port A. |
| b | Specifies port B. |
| port channel id | Port channel ID. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/vlan and /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a VSAN or a VLAN and a member port channel before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a member port channel for VSAN for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # delete member-port-channel a 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port-channel |
|
scope member-port-channel |
|
enter member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
delete member-vlan
To delete a VLAN member to the VLAN group, use the delete member-vlan command.
delete member-vlan network name
Syntax Description
| network name | The name of the network VLAN member. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN group (/eth-uplink/vlan-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one VLAN group member must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a member VLAN from a VLAN group.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan-group sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group # delete member-vlan example UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-vlan |
|
enter member-vlan |
|
scope member-vlan |
|
show member-vlan |
|
delete memory
To delete memory, use the delete memory command.
delete memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete memory:
switch-A# scope org org99
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete memory
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete mon-src
To delete a monitoring source, use the delete mon-src command.
delete mon-src session name
Syntax Description
| session name | The name of the monitor source session. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port Channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within Service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A monitoring source session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a monitoring source session for a VNIC within a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # delete mon-src trial Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mon-src |
|
set direction |
|
enter mon-src |
|
scope mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
delete network
To delete an Ethernet interface under a virtual machine port profile, use the delete network command.
delete network port-profile-name
Syntax Description
| port-profile-name | Port profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VM management VMware profile set port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet interface for a virtual machine port profile and commit the transaction:
server# scope system server /system # scope vm-mgmt server /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile mprofile1 server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # delete network server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create network |
|
enter network |
|
scope network |
|
show network |
|
delete network (/profile-set/port-profile)
To delete a network, use the delete network command in port-profile mode.
delete network network-name
Syntax Description
| network-name | The name of the network. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # delete network n100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port profile |
|
delete ntp-server
To delete a Network Time Protocol (NTP) server hostname, use the delete ntp-server command.
delete ntp-server host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | NTP server hostname. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an NTP server hostname and commit the transaction:
server# scope system server /system # scope services server /system/services # delete ntp-server myNTPserver server /system/services* # commit-buffer server /system/services
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ntp-server |
|
enter ntp-server |
|
scope ntp-server |
|
show ntp-server |
|
delete nwctrl-policy
To delete a network control policy, use the delete nwctrl-policy command.
delete nwctrl-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Ethernet storage (/eth-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated from the Organization command mode. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a network control policy:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # delete nwctrl-policy netCtrlP10 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create nwctrl-policy |
|
scope nwctrl-policy |
|
enter nwctrl-policy |
|
show nwctrl-policy |
|
delete occurrence one-time
To delete a one-time occurrence instance for a schedule, use the delete occurrence one-time command.
delete occurrence one-time name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the one-time occurrence instance. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a one-time occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # delete occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence one-time |
|
scope occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence recurring
To delete a recurring occurrence instance of a schedule, use the delete occurrence recurring command.
delete occurrence recurring name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule and a recurring occurrence instance for the schedule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a recurring occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # delete occurrence recurring Trial Switch-A /system/schedule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
scope occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
delete org
To delete an organization, use the delete org command.
delete org org-name
Syntax Description
| org-name | Organization name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 120 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an organization and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete org server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create org |
|
enter org |
|
scope org |
|
show org |
|
delete org-ref
To delete an organization reference, use the delete org-ref command.
delete org-ref name
Syntax Description
| name | Organization reference name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Locale (/security/locale)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an organization reference:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope locale
switch-A /security/locale # delete org-ref marketing
switch-A /security/locale* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/locale #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show org |
|
delete pack-image
To delete a firmware host package image, use the delete pack-image command.
delete pack-image hw-vendor-name hw-model { adapter | | board-controller | | host-hba | | host-hba-optionrom | | host-nic | | raid-controller | | server-bios } version-num
Syntax Description
| hw-vendor-name | Hardware vendor name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
| hw-model | Hardware model. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
| adapter | Specifies the adapter firmware package. |
| board-controller | Specifies the mother board controller firmware package. |
| host-hba | Specifies the host HBA. |
| host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the host HBA option ROM package. |
| host-nic | Specifies the host NIC. |
| raid-controller | Specifies the RAID controller firmware package. |
| server-bios | Specifies the server BIOS firmware package. |
| version-num | Version number of the firmware being used for the package image. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Host firmware package (/org/fw-host-pack)
Management firmware package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The hw-vendor-name and hw-model values are labels that help you easily identify the package image. You can view the hardware vendor and model by using the show image detail command.
The firmware version must match the model numbers (PID) on the servers that are associated with this firmware pack.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a RAID controller firmware package and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp1 server /org/fw-host-pack # delete pack-image Cisco UCS raid-controller 2009.02.09 server /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer server /org/fw-host-pack
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pack-image |
|
enter pack-image |
|
scope pack-image |
|
show image detail |
|
show pack-image |
|
delete path
To delete the path, use the delete path command.
delete path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary path. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN image (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the path:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # delete path primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show storage |
|
delete path (iscsi)
To delete an iSCSI image path, use the delete path command.
delete path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary path of the iSCSI image. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary path of the iSCSI image. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI policy (/org/boot-policy/iscsi)
iSCSI within a boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-definition/iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI image path before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a secondary path to the iSCSI image:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope boot-policy sample
UCS-A /org/boot-policy # scope iscsi
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi # delete path secondary
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create path (iscsi) |
|
enter path (iscsi) |
|
scope path (iscsi) |
|
show path (iscsi) |
|
delete pending-deletion
To delete a virtual machine task that is pending deletion, use the delete pending-deletion command.
delete pending-deletion { task-ID | | none }
Syntax Description
| task-ID | Task ID of the task pending deletion. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. |
| none | Specifies that pending tasks should not be deleted. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a pending task and commit the transaction:
server# scope system server /system # scope vm-mgmt server /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware server /system/vm-mgm/vmware # delete pending-deletion 120 server /system/vm-mgm/vmware* # commit-buffer server /system/vm-mgm/vmware
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pending-deletion |
|
enter pending-deletion |
|
scope pending-deletion |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
delete physical-qual
To delete a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete physical-qual command.
delete physical-qual
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a physical qualifier for a server pool policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a physical qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete physical-qual switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show physical-qual |
|
delete pin-group
To delete the pin group, use the delete pin-group command.
delete pin-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Pin group name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the pin group:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # delete pin-group pg10
switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show port-profile |
|
delete policy
To delete a policy, use the delete policy command.
callhome modedelete policy { equipment-degraded | equipment-inoperable | fru-problem | identity-unestablishable | thermal-problem | voltage-problem }
flow control modedelete policy name
Syntax Description
| equipment-degraded | Specifies an equipment degraded policy. |
| equipment-inoperable | Specifies an equipment inoperable policy. |
| fru-problem | Specifies a field replaceable unit policy. |
| identity-unestablishable | Specifies an identity unestablishable policy. |
| power-problem | Specifies a power problem policy. |
| thermal-problem | Specifies a thermal problem policy. |
| voltage-problem | Specifies a voltage problem policy. |
| name | Policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a policy:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # delete policy policy1
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete pooled-ip-params
To delete a configured pool of initiator IP parameters, use the delete pooled-ip-params command.
delete pooled-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a pool of initiator IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a pool of initiator IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # delete pooled-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pooled-ip-params |
|
enter pooled-ip-params |
|
scope pooled-ip-params |
|
show pooled-ip-params |
|
delete pooling-policy
To delete a pooling policy, use the delete pooling-policy command.
delete pooling-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Pooling policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a pooling policy:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete pooling-policy pp110
switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/pooling-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
delete port-channel
To delete a port channel, use the delete port-channel command.
delete port-channel port-channel-id
Syntax Description
| port-channel-id | Port channel identification number. It is the ID specified while creating the port channel. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric within Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric within Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric mode within Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric mode within Fibre Channel mode (/fc-uplink/fabric) and Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric). |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a port channel:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete port-channel 10 UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show port-channel |
|
delete port-profile (profile-set)
To delete a port profile, use the delete port-profile command in profile-set mode.
delete port-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | The name of the profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Port profiles
Examples
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show port profile |
|
delete power-control-policy
To delete a power policy, use the delete power-control-policy command.
delete power-control-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a power control policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # delete power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
delete power-group
To delete a power group, use the delete power-group command.
delete power-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power capacity management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a power group.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # delete power-group Testing Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt* # commit-buffer Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
scope power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
delete processor
To delete a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete processor command.
delete processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was removed. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a processor qualifier for a server pool policy.
Note |
In later releases, this command is replaced by the delete cpu command. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a processor qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete processor switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show processor |
|
delete profile
To delete a Cisco Call Home profile, use the delete profile command.
delete profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | Cisco Call Home profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Call Home monitoring (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a Cisco Call Home profile, named myCHprofile, and commit the transaction:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # scope callhome server /monitoring/callhome # delete profile myCHprofile server /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer server /monitoring/callhome
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create profile |
|
enter profile |
|
scope profile |
|
show profile |
|
delete qos-policy
To delete a QoS policy, use the delete qos-policy command in org mode.
delete qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the QoS policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a QoS policy:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete qp10
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
delete rack
To delete a rack qualifier, use the delete rack command.
delete rack minimum-slot-id maximum-slot-id
Syntax Description
| minimum-slot-id | The minimum slot ID specified when you created the rack qualifier. |
| maximum-slot-id | The maximum slot ID specified when you created the rack qualifier. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server pool policy qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A server pool policy qualification and a rack qualifier within it must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a rack for a server pool policy qualification.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope server-qual sample_policy
UCS-A /org/server-qual # delete rack 1 25
UCS-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create rack |
|
enter rack |
|
scope rack |
|
show rack |
|
delete remote-user
To delete an authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) remote user, use the delete remote-user command.
delete remote-user user-name
Syntax Description
| user-name | Remote user name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an AAA remote user named RUser1 and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # delete remote-user RUser1 server /security* # commit-buffer server /security
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create remote-user |
|
enter remote-user |
|
scope remote-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
delete role
To delete a role, use the delete role command.
delete role name
Syntax Description
| name | Role name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Local user (/security/local-user)
LDAP Group (/security/ldap/ldap-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP Group mode (/security/ldap/ldap-group). |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a role:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user appsUser
switch-A /security/local-user # delete role appsUser
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
delete san-connectivity-policy
To delete a vNIC SAN connectivity policy, use the delete san-connectivity-policy command.
delete san-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the vNIC SAN connectivity policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A vNIC SAN connectivity policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vNIC SAN connectivity policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete san-connectivity-policy Sample UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create san-connectivity-policy |
|
scope san-connectivity-policy |
|
enter san-connectivity-policy |
|
show san-connectivity-policy |
|
delete san-image
To delete a SAN boot image, use the delete san-image command.
delete san-image { primary | | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary SAN boot image. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary SAN boot image. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage under boot policy (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Storage under service profile boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a secondary SAN boot image from the boot policy storage area, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy default server /org/boot-policy # scope storage server /org/boot-policy/storage # delete san-image secondary server /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer server /org/boot-policy/storage
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create san-image |
|
enter san-image |
|
scope san-image |
|
show san-image |
|
delete scheduler
To delete a scheduler, use the delete scheduler command.
delete scheduler name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the scheduler. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a scheduler.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # delete scheduler Default Switch-A /system* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
scope scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
delete scrub-policy
To delete a scrub policy, use the delete scrub-policy command.
delete scrub-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Scrub policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a scrub policy:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # delete scrub-policy scrub101
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show qos-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
delete server
To delete a server, use the delete server command.
delete server { Rack ID | chassis ID / blade ID }
Syntax Description
| Rack ID | The identification number of the rack in which the server is present. The value must be an integer between 1 and 255. |
| chassis-id / blade-id | The identification numbers of the chassis and the blade of the server. The values must be entered in the n/n format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server pool (/org/server-pool)
VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the following modes: Server pool (/org/server-pool) RADIUS (/security/radius) TACACS (/security/tacacs) LDAP (/security/ldap) VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt) The options for this command were only chassis -d and blade-id. |
| 1.4(1) | The command options were modified. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-pool spGroup10
switch-A /org/server-pool # delete server 1/1
switch-A /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete server (/security) |
|
show server |
|
show server-pool |
|
delete server (/security)
To delete a server for the security mode, use the delete server command.
delete server Host name or IP address
Syntax Description
| Host name or IP address | The name of the server, or the IP address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | The command options were modified. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a server using the server host name:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope radius Switch-A /security/radius # delete server Test Switch-A /security/radius* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/radius #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
delete server |
|
show server |
|
delete server-autoconfig-policy
To delete a server autoconfig policy, use the delete server-autoconfig-policy command.
delete server-autoconfig-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The server autoconfig policy applies only to the organization root.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server autoconfig policy and commit the transaction:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete server-autoconfig-policy autopolicy1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create server-autoconfig-policy |
|
enter server-autoconfig-policy |
|
scope server-autoconfig-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
delete server-disc-policy
To delete a server discovery policy, use the delete server-disc-policy command.
delete server-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Server discovery policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server discovery policy:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete server-disc-policy sdp100
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
show server-disc-policy |
|
delete server-inherit-policy
To delete a blade server inherit policy, use the delete server-inherit-policy command.
delete server-inherit-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Name of server inherit policy. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The blade server inherit policy applies only to the organization root.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server inherit policy named ServPolicy1, and commit the transaction:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete server-inherit-policy ServPolicy1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create server-inherit-policy |
|
enter server-inherit-policy |
|
scope server-inherit-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
delete server-pool
To delete a server pool, use the delete server-pool command.
delete server-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Server pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server pool:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete server-pool serverpool101
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show server-pool |
|
delete server-qual
To delete a server qualifier, use the delete server-qual command.
delete server-qual name
Syntax Description
| name | Server qualifier name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server qualifier:
switch-A#scope org org3
switch-A /org # delete server-qual sql10
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete server-ref
To delete a server reference for an authentication server group, use the delete server-ref command.
delete server-ref name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the server. You can enter either the name or the IP address of the server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Authentication server group within LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group within RADIUS (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group within TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication server group and a server reference must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server reference for an authentication server group within LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # delete server-group Test Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create server-ref |
|
enter server-ref |
|
scope server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
delete service-profile
To delete a service profile name, use the delete service-profile command.
delete service-profile service-profile-name
Syntax Description
| service-profile-name | Service profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a service profile named ServiceTest, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete service-profile ServiceTest server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
enter service-profile |
|
scope service-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
delete slot
To delete a chassis slot qualification, use the delete slot command.
delete slot min-id max-id
Syntax Description
| min-id | Minimum slot ID. The range is from 1 to 8. |
| max-id | Maximum slot ID. The range is from 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis under server qualification (/org/server-qual/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a chassis slot qualification and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope chassis 1 40 server /org/server-qual/chassis # delete slot 1 4 server /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer server /org/server-qual/chassis
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create slot |
|
enter slot |
|
scope slot |
|
show slot |
|
delete snmp-trap
To delete a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap host, use the delete snmp-trap command.
delete snmp-trap hostname
Syntax Description
| hostname | SNMP trap hostname or IP address. The hostname is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP trap host monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an SNMP trap host and commit the transaction:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # delete snmp-trap 10.10.10.10 server /monitoring* # commit-buffer server /monitoring
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create snmp-trap |
|
enter snmp-trap |
|
scope snmp-trap |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
delete snmp-user
To delete a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) user, use the delete snmp-user command.
delete snmp-user name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of SNMPv3 user. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an SNMP user and commit the transaction:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # delete snmp-user snmpuser1 server /monitoring* # commit-buffer server /monitoring
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create snmp-user |
|
enter snmp-user |
|
scope snmp-user |
|
show snmp-user |
|
delete sol-config
To delete a Serial over LAN (SoL) configuration, use the delete sol-config command.
delete sol-config
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a SoL configuration and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # delete sol-config server /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer server /org/service-profile
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create sol-config |
|
enter sol-config |
|
scope sol-config |
|
show sol-config |
|
delete sol-policy
To delete a Serial over LAN (SoL) policy, use the delete sol-config command.
delete sol-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | SoL policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a SoL policy named Sol9600, and commit the transaction:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete sol-policy Sol9600 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create sol-policy |
|
enter sol-policy |
|
scope sol-policy |
|
show sol-policy |
|
delete static-ip-params
To delete configured static initiator IP parameters, use the delete static-ip-params command.
delete static-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a static initiator of IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete the static initiator of IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # delete static-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create static-ip-params |
|
enter static-ip-params |
|
scope static-ip-params |
|
show static-ip-params |
|
delete static-target-if
To delete a configured static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the delete static-target-if command.
delete static-target-if static target priority
Syntax Description
| static target priority | Static target priority that you had specified when you created the static target interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface of an iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a configured static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # delete static-target-if 1
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create static-target-if |
|
enter static-target-if |
|
scope static-target-if |
|
show static-target-if |
|
delete stats-threshold-policy
To delete a statistics threshold policy, use the delete stats-threshold-policy command.
delete stats-threshold-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Statistics threshold policy name. The name can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You cannot delete a statistics threshold policy for Ethernet server ports, uplink Ethernet ports, or uplink Fibre Channel ports. You can only configure the existing default policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a statistics threshold policy named stp10, and commit the transaction:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete stats-threshold-policy stp10 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope stats-threshold-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete storage
To delete storage, use the delete storage command.
delete storage
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete storage:
switch-A# scope org org200
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sQual220
switch-A /org/server-qual # delete storage
switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
delete storage-connection-def
To delete a storage connection definition for an initiator group, use the delete storage-connection-def command.
delete storage-connection-def
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group of SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group of service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group and a storage connection definition must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a storage connection definition for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group test UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # delete storage-connection-def UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-def |
|
enter storage-connection-def |
|
scope storage-connection-def |
|
show storage-connection-def |
|
delete storage-connection-policy
To delete a storage connection policy, use the delete storage-connection-policy command.
delete storage-connection-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the storage connection policy. The name of the policy can be alphanumeric, and can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
scope storage-connection-policy |
|
enter storage-connection-policy |
|
show storage-connection-policy |
|
delete storage-target
To delete a storage target endpoint for the storage connection policy, use the delete storage-target command.
delete storage-target wwn
Syntax Description
| wwn | World Wide Name of the endpoint. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage connection policy (/org/storage-connection-policy)
Storage connection definition within a service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Storage connection definition within a SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy and a storage target endpoint must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a storage target endpoint for a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy # delete storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-target |
|
enter storage-target |
|
set target-vsan |
|
set target-path |
|
delete target
To delete a target, use the delete target command.
delete target { a | b | dual }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| dual | Specifies both switch A and B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a target:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # scope pin-group pGroup10
switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group # delete target a
switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show target |
|
delete threshold-value
To delete a threshold value for a property, use the delete threshold-value command.
delete threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the threshold value for the bytes-rx-delta property in vnic-stats class:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # delete threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
delete trustpoint
To delete a trustpoint, use the delete trustpoint command.
delete trustpoint name
Syntax Description
| name | Trustpoint name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a trustpoint:
switch# scope security
switch /security # delete trustpoint tp10
switch /security* # commit-buffer
switch /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show trustpoint |
|
delete user-sessions
To delete a user session, use the delete user-sessions command.
delete user-sessions session-id
Syntax Description
| session-id | User session ID. The ID can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and cannot includes white spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security/local-user)
Security (/security/remote-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete both local and remote user sessions.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a local user session and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # scope local-user Escalation server /security/local-user # delete user-sessions pts_25_1_31264 server /security/local-user* # commit-buffer server /security/local-user
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create user-sessions |
|
enter user-sessions |
|
scope user-sessions |
|
show user-sessions |
|
show user-sessions |
|
delete user-sessions local
To delete a local user session, use the delete user-sessions local command.
delete user-sessions local user-name session-id
Syntax Description
| user-name | User name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
| session-id | User session ID. The ID can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and cannot includes spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a local user session named pts_25_1_31264 for the user Steve, and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # delete user-sessions local steve pts_25_1_31264 server /security* # commit-buffer server /security
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create user-sessions local |
|
enter user-sessions local |
|
scope user-sessions local |
|
show user-sessions local |
|
show user-sessions |
|
delete user-sessions remote
To delete a local user session, use the delete user-sessions remote command.
delete user-sessions remote user-name session-id
Syntax Description
| user-name | User name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
| session-id | User session ID. The ID can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and cannot includes spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a remote user session and commit the transaction:
server# scope security server /security # delete user-sessions remote admin3 tty_1_28064 server /security* # commit-buffer server /security
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create user-sessions remote |
|
enter user-sessions remote |
|
scope user-sessions remote |
|
show user-sessions remote |
|
delete uuid-suffix-pool
To delete a UUID suffix pool, use the delete uuid-suffix-pool command.
delete uuid-suffix-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | UUID suffix pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete uuid-suffix-pool pool101
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
delete vcenter
To delete a VCenter, use the delete vcenter command in vmware mode.
delete vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete vcenter VC10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
delete vcon
To delete a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the delete vcon command.
delete vcon { 1 | | 2 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vcon vc100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
delete vcon-policy
To delete a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the delete vcon-policy command.
delete vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # delete vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
delete vhba
To delete a virtual HBA, use the delete vhba command.
delete vhba name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual HBA name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the SAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a virtual HBA:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile # delete vhba vHBA10 UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
delete vhba-templ
To delete a virtualized host bus adapter (vHBA) template, use the delete vhba-templ command.
delete vhba-templ template-name
Syntax Description
| template-name | vHBA template name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vHBA template and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # delete vhba-templ VhbaTempFoo server /org* # commit-buffer server /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vhba-templ |
|
enter vhba-templ |
|
scope vhba-templ |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
delete virtual-media
To delete a virtual media boot for a boot policy or a service profile boot definition, use the delete virtual-media command.
delete virtual-media { read-only | | read-write }
Syntax Description
| read-only | Specifies a physical CD-ROM disk (read-only) virtual media. |
| read-write | Specifies a floppy disk (read-write) virtual media. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Service profile boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a read-only virtual media for the default boot policy, and commit the transaction:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy default server /org/boot-policy # delete virtual-media read-only server /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer server /org/boot-policy
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create virtual-media |
|
enter virtual-media |
|
scope virtual-media |
|
show virtual-media |
|
delete vlan
To delete a VLAN, use the delete vlan command.
delete vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | Added port profile mode. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric mode within Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric). |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # delete vlan vlan1 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
delete vlan-group-permit
To delete a VLAN group permit, use the delete vlan-group-permit command.
delete vlan-group-permit name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN group permit. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN group permit must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VLAN group permit.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete vlan-group-permit Sample1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-group-permit |
|
enter vlan-group-permit |
|
show vlan-group-permit |
|
delete vlan-group
To delete a VLAN group for an Ethernet uplink, use the delete vlan-group command.
delete vlan-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the VLAN group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to delete a VLAN group for an Ethernet uplink.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # delete vlan-group Sample UCS-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-group |
|
enter vlan-group |
|
scope vlan-group |
|
show vlan-group |
|
delete vlan-permit
To delete a VLAN permit, use the delete vlan-permit command.
delete vlan-permit name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN permit. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN permit must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VLAN permit.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete vlan-permit sample1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-permit |
|
enter vlan-permit |
|
show vlan-permit |
|
delete vnic
To delete a virtual NIC, use the delete vnic command.
delete vnic name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile # delete vnic vNIC10 UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
delete vnic-iscsi
To delete an iSCSI VNIC of a service profile, use the delete vnic-iscsi command.
delete vnic-iscsi name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI VNIC. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI VNIC for a service profile or the LAN connectivity policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete an iSCSI VNIC for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # delete vnic-iscsi trial UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vnic-iscsi |
|
scope vnic-iscsi |
|
enter vnic-iscsi |
|
show vnic-iscsi |
|
delete vnic-templ
To delete a virtual NIC template, use the delete vnic-templ command.
delete vnic-templ name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC template name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete vnic-templ vnicT10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
delete vsan
To delete a VSAN, use the delete vsan command.
delete vsan name
Syntax Description
| name | VSAN name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VSAN:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # delete vsan vs110
switch-A /fc-uplink* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show vsan |
|
delete wwn-pool
To delete a WWN pool, use the delete wwn-pool command.
delete wwn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | WWN pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a WWN pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete wwn-pool wwnP10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
diagnostic-interrupt
To use Non Maskable Interrupt (NMI) to generate a stack trace or a core dump of a system that is unresponsive, use the diagnostic-interrupt command.
diagnostic-interrupt
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to interrupt the diagnostics running on the server.
UCS-A # scope server 1/7 UCS-A /chassis/server # diagnostic-interrupt UCS-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
disable locator-led |
|
enable locator-led |
|
dir
To list the contents of a directory, use the dir command in local management command mode.
dir [path]
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path of the directory. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to list the contents of a directory in local management command mode. If no path is specified, the current working directory is listed.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the ls command as an alias for this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to list the contents of a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect
TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac
Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license.
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html
switch-A(local-mgmt)# dir volatile:/temp
40 Dec 29 15:28:58 2009 src/
Usage for volatile://sup-local
0 bytes used
62914560 bytes free
62914560 bytes total
switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
disable (distributed-virtual-switch)
To disable the DVS (Distributed Virtual Switch) administrative state, use the disable command, in distributed-virtual-switch mode.
disable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Distributed Virtual Switch administrative state
Examples
This example shows how to disable the DVS administrative state:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch # disable switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
disable cdp
To disable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), use the disable cdp command.
disable cdp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated. |
Examples
This example shows how to disable CDP:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy nCP10
switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # disable cdp
switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show org |
|
disable cimxml
To disable CIM XML services, use the disable cimxml command.
disable cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
CIM XML services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable CIM XML services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable cimxml
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
disable core-export-target
To disable a core export target, use the disable core-export-target command.
disable core-export-target
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable a core export target.
Examples
This example shows how to disable a core export target:
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # disable core-export-target switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
disable http
To disable HTTP services, use the disable http command.
disable http
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTP services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable HTTP services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable http
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show https |
|
disable http-redirect
To disable directing HTTP connections as HTTPS connections, use the disable http-redirect command.
disable http-redirect
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable HTTP connections from being directions as HTTPS connections.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope services UCS-A /system/services # disable http-redirect UCS-A /system/services* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable http-redirect |
|
disable cimxml |
|
disable http |
|
disable https |
|
disable telnet-server |
|
disable xmlclconnpolicy |
|
disable https
To disable HTTPS services, use the disable https command.
disable https
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTPS services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable HTTPS services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable https
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show https |
|
show ntp |
|
disable locator-led
To deactivate a chassis or server locator LED, use the disable locator-led command.
disable locator-led
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to deactivate a chassis or server locator LED.
To activate a chassis or server locator LED, use the enable locator-led command.
Examples
This example shows how to deactivate the locator LED for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # disable locator-led switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable locator-led |
|
disable (port-channel)
To disable a port channel, use the disable command.
disable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel within a fabric in the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Member port within a fabric in the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel/member-port)
Member port within a port channel in the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port)
Member port within a port channel in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Port channels must be available in the fabric to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable a port channel within fabric A within the Ethernet storage mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-storage UCS-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope port-channel 223 UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/port-channel # disable UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/port-channel* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable (port-channel) |
|
show port-channel |
|
disable snmp
To disable SNMP services, use the disable snmp command.
disable snmp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
SNMP services are enabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable SNMP services:
switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # disable snmp
switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
disable syslog
To disable syslog services, use the disable syslog command.
disable syslog { console | file | monitor | remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } }
Syntax Description
| console | Disables the sending of syslog messages to the console. |
| file | Disables the writing of syslog messages to a file. |
| monitor | Disables the monitoring of syslog messages by the operating system. |
| remote-destination | Disables the sending of syslog messages to a remote server. |
| server- n | Specifies one of three remote servers. |
Command Default
Syslog services are disabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable monitoring of system log (syslog) messages by the operating system, or to disable the sending of syslog messages to the console, to a file, or to a remote syslog server.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable the sending of syslog messages to a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # disable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
disable telnet-server
To disable TELNET server services, use the disable telnet-server command.
disable telnet-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
TELNET server services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable TELNET server services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # disable telnet-server
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ssh-server |
|
show telnet-server |
|
disassociate
To disassociate servers, use the disassociate command.
disassociate
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disassociate servers:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # disassociate
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
show service-profile |
|
discard-buffer
To cancel pending configuration changes, use the discard-buffer command.
discard-buffer
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to cancel and discard all uncommitted configuration changes. While any configuration commands are pending, an asterisk (*) appears before the command prompt. When you enter the discard-buffer command, the commands are discarded and the asterisk disappears.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to discard pending configuration changes:
switch-1# scope chassis 1 switch-1 /chassis # enable locator-led switch-1 /chassis* # show configuration pending scope chassis 1 + enable locator-led exit switch-1 /chassis* # discard-buffer switch-1 /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
commit-buffer |
|
show configuration pending |
|
download image
To download an image, use the download image command.
download image { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: }
Syntax Description
| ftp: | Specifies FTP. |
| scp: | Specifies SCP. |
| sftp: | Specifies SFTP. |
| tftp: | Specifies TFTP. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to download an image:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # download image scp://user1@192.168.10.10/images/ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.0.988.gbin switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show package |
|
download license
To download a license, use the download license command.
download license licfileuri
Syntax Description
| licfileuri | The location of the license file. You can use either ftp, scp, sftp or tftp to download the license file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must determine the location of the license file to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to download a license file using FTP.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # download license ftp://www.sampleurl.com password: ********* Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
clear file |
|
enable (distributed-virtual-switch)
To enable the DVS (Distributed Virtual Switch) administrative state, use the enable command, in distributed-virtual-switch mode.
enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Distributed Virtual Switch administrative state
Examples
This example shows how to enable the DVS administrative state:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch # enable switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
enable cdp
To enable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) for a network control policy, use the enable cdp command.
enable cdp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
When you enable CDP, you can use it to obtain addresses of other devices in your network. You can also use it to discover the platforms of those devices.
Examples
This example shows how to enable CDP:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy nCP10
switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # enable cdp
switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show snmp |
|
enable cimxml
To CIM (Common Information Model) XML services, use the enable cimxml command.
enable cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
CIM XML services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable CIM XML services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # enable cimxml
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
enable cluster
To enable a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation, use the enable cluster command.
enable cluster clusterip
Syntax Description
| clusterip | Specifies the IP address of the standalone fabric interconnect. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation. After enabling cluster operation, you can add a second fabric interconnect to the cluster.
Examples
Examples
This example enables a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# enable cluster 192.168.1.101 This command will enable cluster mode on this setup. You cannot change it back to stand-alone. Are you sure you want to continue? (yes/no): yes switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
enable core-export-target
To enable a core export target, use the enable core-export-target command.
enable core-export-target
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Core export target services are disabled.
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable a core export target:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # enable core-export-target
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cores |
|
show core-export-target |
|
enable http
To enable HTTP services, use the enable http command.
enable http
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTP services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable HTTP services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # enable http
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
enable http-redirect
To redirect HTTP connections as HTTPS connections, use the enable http-redirect command.
enable http-redirect
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to redirect HTTP connections as HTTPS connections.
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope services
UCS-A /system/services # enable http-redirect
UCS-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable cimxml |
|
enable http |
|
enable https |
|
enable telnet-server |
|
enable xmlclconnpolicy |
|
enable https
To enable HTTPS services, use the enable https command.
enable https
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTPS services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable HTTPS services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # enable https
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show https |
|
enable locator-led
To activate a chassis or server locator LED, use the enable locator-led command.
enable locator-led
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to activate a chassis or server locator LED.
To deactivate a chassis or server locator LED, use the disable locator-led command.
Examples
This example shows how to activate the locator LED for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # enable locator-led switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
disable locator-led |
|
enable (port-channel)
To enable a port channel, use the enable command.
enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel within a fabric in the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Member port within a fabric in the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel/member-port)
Member port within a port channel in the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port)
Member port within a port channel in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Port channels must be available in the fabric to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the port channel available for fabric A within the Ethernet storage mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-storage UCS-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope port-channel 223 UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/port-channel # enable UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/port-channel* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
disable (port-channel) |
|
show port-channel |
|
enable snmp
To enable SNMP services, use the enable snmp command.
enable snmp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
SNMP services are disabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to enable SNMP services:
switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # enable snmp
switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
enable syslog
To enable syslog services, use the enable syslog command.
enable syslog { console | file | monitor | remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } }
Syntax Description
| console | Enables the sending of syslog messages to the console. |
| file | Enables the writing of syslog messages to a file. |
| monitor | Enables the monitoring of syslog messages by the operating system. |
| remote-destination | Enables the sending of syslog messages to a remote server. |
| server- n | Specifies one of three remote syslog servers. |
Command Default
Syslog services are disabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable monitoring of system log (syslog) messages by the operating system, or to enable the sending of syslog messages to the console, to a file, or to a remote syslog server.
To send syslog messages to a file or a remote syslog server, you must configure additional parameters using the set syslog file or the set syslog remote-destination command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable and configure a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog remote-destination server-1 hostname ITEast1 level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
disable syslog |
|
set syslog file |
|
set syslog remote-destination |
|
show syslog |
|
enable telnet-server
To enable TELNET server services, use the enable telnet-server command.
enable telnet-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
TELNET server services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable TELNET server services:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # enable telnet-server
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ssh-server |
|
show telnet-server |
|
end
To return to the highest-level mode of the CLI, use the end command.
end
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode.
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to return to the highest-level mode of the CLI from the service-profile mode.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope service-profile Sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # end Switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
|
enter adapter
To enter the adapter, use the enter adapter command.
enter adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter adapter capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit adapter.
If you are entering an adapter for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the adapter:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
enter auth-domain
To create, if necessary, or to enter the authentication domain mode, use the enter auth-domain command.
enter auth-domain name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the authentication domain. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command is introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the authentication domain mode.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # enter auth-domain Testing Switch-A /security/auth-domain #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
scope auth-domain |
|
create default-auth |
|
show auth-domain |
|
delete auth-domain |
|
enter auth-profile
To enter the iSCSI authorization profile mode, use the enter auth-profile command.
enter auth-profile iscsi-auth-profile-name
Syntax Description
| iscsi-auth-profile-name | The name of the iSCSI authorization profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI authorization profile must be created to use this command. The profile name can include a maximum of 32 characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the iSCSI authorization profile mode in the organization command mode.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # enter auth-profile sample UCS-A /org/auth-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-profile |
|
delete auth-profile |
|
scope auth-profile |
|
show auth-profile |
|
enter auth-server-group
To create, if necessary, and to enter the authentication server group, use the enter auth-server-group command.
enter auth-server-group authentication server group
Syntax Description
| authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the authentication server group for LDAP:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # enter auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope auth-server-group |
|
create auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
enter auto-target-if
To enter the configured automatic target interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the enter auto-target-if command.
enter auto-target-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI VNIC, an Ethernet interface for the iSCSI VNIC, and an automatic target interface before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the configured automatic target interface of the iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # enter auto-target-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set dhcp-vendor-id |
|
create auto-target-if |
|
scope auto-target-if |
|
delete auto-target-if |
|
show auto-target-if |
|
enter backup
To enter the management plane backup operation, use the enter backup command.
enter backup URL { all-configuration | | full-state | | logical-configuration | | system-configuration } { disabled | | enabled }
Syntax Description
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the backup operation:
server# scope system server /system # enter backup scp://user@host35/backups/all-config9.bak all-configuration disabled server /system/backup #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create backup |
|
delete backup |
|
scope backup |
|
show backup |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy
To create, if necessary, and to enter the blade server discovery policy mode, use the enter bladeserver-disc-policy command.
enter bladeserver-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the compute blade server discovery policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A compute blade server discovery policy must be created to use this policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the blade server discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # enter bladeserver-disc-policy Default Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter block
To enter an UUID address block, a WWN initiator block, or a MAC address block, use the enter block command.
enter block from to
Syntax Description
| from | From address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
| to | To address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
WWW pool (/org/wwn-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an UUID address block:
server# scope org server /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool default server /org/uuid-suffix-pool # enter block 8133-1A84A44B11DE 8133-1A84A44B1241 server /org/uuid-suffix-pool/block #
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the MAC pool block:
server# scope org server /org # scope mac-pool mp1 server /org/mac-pool # enter block 1a:2b:3c:4d:21:31 1b:2a:3c:4d:21:34 server /org/mac-pool/block #
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a WWN pool block:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # enter block 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:631 server /org/wwn-pool/block #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create block |
|
delete block |
|
scope block |
|
show block |
|
show mac-pool |
|
enter boot-definition
To enter a boot definition for the service profile, use the enter boot-definition command.
enter boot-definition
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a boot definition for a service profile named CE-B440-M1-SP:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # enter boot-definition server /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create boot-definition |
|
delete boot-definition |
|
scope boot-definition |
|
show boot-definition |
|
enter boot-policy
To enter a boot policy, use the enter boot-policy command.
enter boot-policy name [ purpose { operational | | utility } *]
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The name can be a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters. |
| purpose | (Optional) Specifies the purpose of the policy. |
| operational | Specifies an operational policy. |
| utility | Specifies a utility policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a boot policy called utility:
server# scope org server /org/ # enter boot-policy utility server /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create boot-policy |
|
delete boot-policy |
|
scope boot-policy |
|
show boot-policy |
|
enter boot-target
To enter the boot target, use the enter boot-target command.
enter boot-target { primary | | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the boot target. You can assign the logical unit number (LUN) and world wide name (WWN) to the primary or secondary boot target. Use the exit command to exit boot-target.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to enter the secondary boot target:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # enter boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show boot-target |
|
enter cap-qual
To enter a capacity qualification for a specified adapter type, use the enter cap-qual command.
enter cap-qual { fcoe | | non-virtualized-eth-if | | non-virtualized-fc-if | | path-encap-consolidated | | path-encap-virtual | | protected-eth-if | | protected-fc-if | | protected-fcoe | | virtualized-eth-if | | virtualized-fc-if | | virtualized-scsi-if }
Syntax Description
| fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| path-encap-consolidated | Specifies path encapsulation consolidated. |
| path-encap-virtual | Specifies path encapsulation virtual. |
| protected-eth-if | Specifies protected Ethernet interface. |
| protected-fc-if | Specifies protected Fibre Channel interface. |
| protected-fcoe | Specifies protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| virtualized-eth-if | Specifies virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| virtualized-fc-if | Specifies virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies virtualized SCSI interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the FCoE capacity qualification:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope adapter server /org/server-qual/adapter # enter cap-qual fcoe server /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cap-qual |
|
delete cap-qual |
|
scope cap-qual |
|
show cap-qual |
|
enter chassis
To enter a chassis, use the enter chassis command.
enter chassis min-chassis-id max-chassis-id
Syntax Description
| min-chassis-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
| max-chassis-id | Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter slot capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit the chassis.
If you are entering a chassis for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter chassis 1 1
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cap-qual |
|
show chassis |
|
enter class chassis-stats
To enter a chassis statistics class, use the enter class chassis-stats command.
enter class chassis-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the chassis statistics class mode:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class chassis-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class chassis-stats |
|
delete class chassis-stats |
|
scope class chassis-stats |
|
show class chassis-stats |
|
enter class cpu-env-stats
To enter the CPU environment statistics class, use the enter class cpu-env-stats command.
enter class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter the CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats
To enter the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics class, use the enter class dimm-env-stats command.
enter class dimm-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class env-stats
To enter the environment statistics class, use the enter class env-stats command.
enter class env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server statistics threshold policy(eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the environment statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class env-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class env-stats |
|
delete class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
show class env-stats |
|
enter class ether-error-stats
To enter an Ethernet error statistics class, use the enter class ether-error-stats command.
enter class ether-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet error statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-error-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-error-stats |
|
delete class ether-error-stats |
|
scope class ether-error-stats |
|
show class ether-error-stats |
|
enter class ether-loss-stats
To enter an Ethernet loss statistics class, use the enter class ether-loss-stats command.
enter class ether-loss-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet loss statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-loss-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-loss-stats |
|
delete class ether-loss-stats |
|
scope class ether-loss-stats |
|
show class ether-loss-stats |
|
enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class that already exists:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats
To enter the Ethernet pause statistics class, use the enter class ether-pause-stats command.
enter class ether-pause-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet pause statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-rx-stats
To enter an Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the enter class ether-rx-stats command.
enter class ether-rx-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet recieve statistics class for the Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-rx-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-rx-stats |
|
delete class ether-rx-stats |
|
scope class ether-rx-stats |
|
show class ether-rx-stats |
|
enter class ether-tx-stats
To enter an Ethernet transmission statistics class, use the enter class ether-tx-stats command.
enter class ether-tx-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet transmission statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ether-tx-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-tx-stats |
|
delete class ether-tx-stats |
|
scope class ether-tx-stats |
|
show class ether-tx-stats |
|
enter class fan-module-stats
To enter a fan module statistics class, use the enter class fan-module-stats command.
enter class fan-module-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a fan module statistics class in the Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fan-module-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fan-module-stats |
|
delete class fan-module-stats |
|
scope class fan-module-stats |
|
show class fan-module-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class fan-stats
To enter a fan statistics class, use the enter class fan-stats command.
enter class fan-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a fan statistics class for an Ethernet server:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fan-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fan-stats |
|
delete class fan-stats |
|
scope class fan-stats |
|
show class fan-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class fc-error-stats
To enter a Fibre Channel error statistics class, use the enter class fc-error-stats command.
enter class fc-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a Fibre Channel error statistics class:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fc-error-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fc-error-stats |
|
delete class fc-error-stats |
|
scope class fc-error-stats |
|
show class fc-error-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class fc-port-stats
To enter a Fibre Channel port statistics class, use the enter class fc-port-stats command.
enter class fc-port-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a Fibre Channel port statistics class:
server# scope org TestyOrg server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fc-port-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fc-port-stats |
|
delete class fc-port-stats |
|
scope class fc-port-stats |
|
show class fc-port-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class fc-stats
To enter a Fibre Channel statistics class, use the enter class fc-stats command.
enter class fc-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a Fibre Channel statistics class:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fc-stats server /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fc-stats |
|
delete class fc-stats |
|
scope class fc-stats |
|
show class fc-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class fex-env-stats
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fabric extender statistics class, use the enter class fex-env-stats command.
enter class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the fabric extender environment statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter class fex-power-summary |
|
enter class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
enter class fex-power-summary
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fabric extender power summary mode for a class, use the enter class fex-power-summary command.
enter class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fabric extender power summary mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter class fex-env-stats |
|
enter class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
enter class fex-psu-input-stats
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fabric extender power supply unit statistics mode for a class, use the enter class fex-psu-input-stats command.
enter class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fabric extender power supply unit statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter class fex-env-stats |
|
enter class fex-power-summary |
|
enter class io-card-stats
To enter the IO card statistics class, use the enter class io-card-stats command.
enter class io-card-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the IO card statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
delete class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
enter class mb-power-stats
To enter a mother board power statistics class, use the enter class mb-power-stats command.
enter class mb-power-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a mother board power statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class mb-power-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class mb-power-stats |
|
delete class mb-power-stats |
|
scope class mb-power-stats |
|
show class mb-power-stats |
|
show stats history mb-power-stats |
|
show stats mb-power-stats |
|
enter class mb-temp-stats
To enter a temporary mother board statistics class, use the enter class mb-temp-stats command.
enter class mb-temp-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a temporary mother board statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class mb-temp-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class mb-temp-stats |
|
delete class mb-temp-stats |
|
scope class mb-temp-stats |
|
show class mb-temp-stats |
|
show stats history mb-temp-stats |
|
show stats mb-temp-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats
To enter the memory array environment statistics class, use the enter class memory-array-env-stats command.
enter class memory-array-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the memory array environment statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class motherboard-temp-stats
To enter the motherboard temperature statistics class, use the enter class motherboard-temp-stats command.
enter class motherboard-temp-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy and a motherboard temperature statistics class must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the motherboard temperature statistics class mode.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy sample UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class motherboard-temp-stats UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create motherboard-temp-stats |
|
scope motherboard-temp-stats |
|
show motherboard-temp-stats |
|
delete motherboard-temp-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-statss |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class, use the enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class psu-input-stats
To enter a power supply input statistics class, use the enter class psu-input-stats command.
enter class psu-input-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a power supply input statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class psu-input-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class psu-input-stats |
|
delete class psu-input-stats |
|
scope class psu-input-stats |
|
show class psu-input-stats |
|
enter class rack-unit-fan-stats
To create, if necessary, and to enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class, use the enter class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
enter class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy Sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
enter class rack-unit-psu-stats
To create, if necessary, and to enter the rack unit power supply unit statistics mode for a class, use the enter class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
enter class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack unit power supply unit statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy sample Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
enter class system-stats
To enter a system statistics class, use the enter class system-stats command.
enter class system-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.31. | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the system statistics class:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # enter system-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class system-stats |
|
delete class system-stats |
|
scope class system-stats |
|
show class system-stats |
|
show stats system-stats |
|
enter class vnic-stats
To enter a virtual NIC statistics class, use the enter class vnic-stats command.
enter class vnic-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a virtual NIC statistics class:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class vnic-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class vnic-stats |
|
delete class vnic-stats |
|
scope class vnic-stats |
|
show class vnic-stats |
|
show stats vnic-stats |
|
show stats vnic-stats |
|
enter client
To enter a specific client mode, use the enter client command in port-profile mode.
enter client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter a specific client mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
enter cluster
To enter a distributed virtual switch, use the enter cluster command.
enter cluster name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the distributed virtual switch. It is the name you provided while creating the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Cluster set (/system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A distributed virtual switch must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter a distributed virtual switch.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope cluster-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set # enter cluster sample UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set/cluster #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cluster |
|
scope cluster |
|
show cluster |
|
delete cluster |
|
enter control-ep policy
To create, if necessary, and to enter the control end point policy, use the enter control-ep policy command.
enter control-ep policy Service Registry IP address
Syntax Description
| Service Registry IP address | The host name or the IP address of the service registry. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You can only create one control end point policy for a system.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create, if necessary, or enter the control end point policy.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # enter control-ep policy 1.2.3.4 Shared secret for Registration: ****** UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create control-ep policy |
|
scope control-ep policy |
|
show control-ep policy |
|
delete control-ep policy |
|
enter cpu
To enter a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the enter cpu command.
enter cpu
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a CPU qualifier:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # enter cpu server /org/server-qual/cpu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cpu |
|
delete cpu |
|
scope cpu |
|
show server |
|
enter data-center
To enter a data center, use the enter data command in vcenter mode.
enter data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # enter data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
enter default-auth
To create, if necessary, or to enter the default authentication mode, use the enter default-auth command.
enter default-auth
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the default authentication mode for an authentication domain.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Testing Switch-A /security/auth-domain # enter default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
create default-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
enter default-behavior
To enter default-behavior mode, use the enter default-behavior command.
enter default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a default behavior, and enter organization default-behavior mode.
Examples
This example shows how to enter vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
enter destination
To enter an email address to which Call Home alerts should be sent, use the enter destination command.
enter destination email-addr
Syntax Description
| email-addr | E-mail address in email address format. The address can be a maximum of 512 alphanumeric characters, and cannot contain white spaces. Example, personname@companyname.com. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an email destination:
server# scope monitoring server /monitoring # scope callhome server /monitoring/callhome # scope profile full_txt server /monitoring/callhome/profile # enter destination home@test.com server /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create destination |
|
delete destination |
|
scope destination |
|
show destination |
|
enter dest-interface
To create, if necessary, and to enter the destination interface of the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the enter dest-interface command.
enter dest-interface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slotid | The slot ID of the destination interface. |
| portid | The port ID of the destination interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet traffic monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the destination interface of the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session
To enter the destination interface of an Ethernet traffic monitoring session, replace fc-traffic-mon with eth-traffic-mon , and fc-mon-session with eth-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # scope fc-mon-session Default Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session # enter dest-interface 1 1 Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dest-interface |
|
delete dest-interface |
|
enter dhcp-ip-params
To enter the configured DHCP for initiator IP parameters, use the enter dhcp-ip-params command.
enter dhcp-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a DHCP initiator for IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the configured DHCP for initiator IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # enter dhcp-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/dhcp-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
scope dhcp-ip-params |
|
delete dhcp-ip-params |
|
enter distributed-virtual-switch
To enter a distributed virtual switch, use the enter distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
enter distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use distributed-virtual-switch mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # enter distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show port-profile |
|
enter dynamic-vnic-conn
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use dynamic-vnic-conn mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # enter dynamic-vnic-conn
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp100 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
enter egress-policy
To enter an egress policy (for both vNICs and vHBAs) to be used by a QoS policy, use the enter egress-policy command.
enter egress-policy
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an egress policy for vNIC traffic:
server# scope org server /org # scope qos-policy VnicPolicy34 server /org/qos-policy # enter egress-policy server /org/qos-policy/egress-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create egress-policy |
|
delete egress-policy |
|
scope egress-policy |
|
show egress-policy |
|
enter eth-if
To enter an Ethernet interface, use the enter eth-if command.
enter eth-if intf-name
Syntax Description
| intf-name | Interface name. The name can be 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet interface in virtual NIC:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic-emulex-a server /org/service-profile/vnic # enter eth-if vlan150 server /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-if |
|
delete eth-if |
|
scope eth-if |
|
show eth-if |
|
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
enter eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
To enter the Ethernet interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the enter eth-if command.
enter eth-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet interface of the iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-isci testing
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # enter eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ip-if |
|
create eth-if |
|
scope eth-if |
|
enter eth-mon-session
To enter an Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the enter eth-mon-session command.
enter eth-mon-session name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # enter eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope eth-mon-session |
|
create eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
enter eth-policy
To enter eth-policy mode, use the enter eth-policy command.
enter eth-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-policy mode using Ethernet policy ep100:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # enter eth-policy ep100
switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
enter eth-target
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Ethernet target endpoint mode for a fabric, use the enter eth-target command.
enter eth-target name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the Ethernet target endpoint of the fabric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Port channel (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an interface for a fabric, and an Ethernet target endpoint for that interface before you use this command.
You must create a port channel for a fabric, and an Ethernet target endpoint for that port channel before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet target endpoint mode for a fabric interface:
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # enter eth-target Testing Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
scope eth-target |
|
set macaddress |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
enter ext-static-ip
To create, if necessary, and to enter the external static management IP address mode, use the enter ext-static-ip command.
enter ext-static-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the external static management IP address mode for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # enter ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set addr |
|
set default-gw |
|
set subnet |
|
create ext-static-ip |
|
scope ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
delete ext-static-ip |
|
enter fault-suppress-task
To create, if necessary, or to enter the fault suppress task command mode, use theenter fault-suppress-task command.
enter fault-suppress-task name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the fault suppress task. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Fabric Extender (/fex)
IOM (/chassis/iom)
Server (/chassis/server)
Organization (/org)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the fault suppress task can include a maximum of 32 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the fault suppress task for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter fault suppress-task Sample UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task* # set schedule testing UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task* # set suppress-policy sample_policy UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set schedule |
|
set fault-suppress-policy |
|
create fault-suppress-task |
|
scope fault-suppress-task |
|
show fault-suppress-task |
|
delete fault-suppress-task |
|
enter fc-mon-session
To enter the Fibre Channel trafffic monitoring session, use the enter fc-mon-session command.
enter fc-mon-session name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session:
UCS-A # scope fc-traffic-mon UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # enter fc-mon-session Default UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
create fc-mon-session |
|
delete fc-mon-session |
|
enter fc-policy
To enter fc-policy mode, use the enter fc-policy command.
enter fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use fc-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter fc-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fp100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcp100 switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
enter fcoe-member-port
To create, if necessary, and to enter the FCoE member port command mode, use the enter fcoe-member-port
enter fcoe-member-port slot ID port ID
Syntax Description
| slot ID | Slot identification number. It is a number between 1 and 5. |
| port ID | Port identification number. It is a number between 1 and 48. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
FCoE port channel (/fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE port channel must exist to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the FCoE member port command mode for an FCoE port channel.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope fcoe-port-channel 1 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel # enter fcoe-member-port 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/fcoe-member-port* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/fcoe-member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-member-port |
|
scope fcoe-member-port |
|
show fcoe-member-port |
|
delete fcoe-member-port |
|
enter fcoe-port-channel
To create, if necessary, and to enter the FCoE port channel, use the enter fcoe-port-channel command.
enter fcoe-port-channel fcoe-port-channel-ID
Syntax Description
| fcoe-port-channel-ID | The FCoE port channel ID. It is a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the FCoE port channel mode for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # enter fcoe-port-channel 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel # create fcoe-member-port 2 23 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel* # create mon-src sample_session UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src* # set direction both UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-member-port |
|
create mon-src |
|
set direction |
|
delete fcoe-port-channel |
|
show fcoe-port-channel |
|
enter fcoeinterface
To create, if necessary, or to enter the FCoE interface of a fabric, use the enter fcoeinterface command.
enter fcoeinterface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slotid | Slot ID of the interface. The value must be a number between 1 and 5. |
| portid | Port ID of the interface. The value must be a number between 1 and 48. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an FCoE interface for fabric A.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # enter fcoeinterface 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface* # set user-label sample_interface UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoeinterface |
|
scope fcoeinterface |
|
show fcoeinterface |
|
delete fcoeinterface |
|
enter folder
To enter a folder, use the enter folder command in vcenter mode.
enter folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # enter folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
enter fw-host-pack
To enter a host firmware package, use the enter fw-host-pack command.
enter fw-host-pack host-pack-name
Syntax Description
| host-pack-name | Name of the server host firmware package image. The name can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a host firrmware package:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter fw-host-pack app1 UCS-A /org/fw-host-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fw-host-pack |
|
delete fw-host-pack |
|
scope fw-host-pack |
|
show fw-host-pack |
|
enter fw-mgmt-pack
To enter a management firmware package, use the enter fw-mgmt-pack command.
enter fw-mgmt-pack mgmt-pack-name
Syntax Description
| mgmt-pack-name | Name of the management firmware package. The name can be a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a management firmware package:
server# scope org server /org # enter fw-mgmt-pack cimc1 server /org/fw-mgmt-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fw-mgmt-pack |
|
delete fw-mgmt-pack |
|
scope fw-mgmt-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
enter import-config
To enter an import configuration, use the enter import-config command.
enter import-config URL { disabled | enabled } { merge | replace }
Syntax Description
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an import configuration:
server# scope system server /system # enter import-config scp://user@host35/backups/all-config9.bak disabled replace server /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create import-config |
|
delete import-config |
|
scope import-config |
|
show import-config |
|
enter initiator
To enter the organization WWN pool initiator mode, use the enter initiator command.
enter initiator ID
Syntax Description
| ID | Initiator ID in the format nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an initiator named 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 for the default WWN pool:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # enter initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator |
|
delete initiator |
|
scope initiator |
|
show initiator |
|
enter initiator-group
To create, if necessary, or to enter the initiator group command mode, use the enter initiator-group command.
enter initiator-group name { derived | fc | iscsi }
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the initiator group. |
| derived | Indicates that the protocol for the initiator group is derived. |
| fc | Indicates that the protocol for the initiator group is Fibre Channel. |
| iscsi | Indicates that the protocol for the initiator group is iSCSI. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the initiator group can include a maximum of 32 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an initiator group for a service profile, and set the protocol.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # enter initiator-group testing fc UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # create initiator trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator |
|
create storage-connection-def |
|
create storage-target |
|
enter interface
To enter an interface for the specified Ethernet server port, use the enter interface command.
enter interface slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| slot-id | Ethernet interface slot number. The range is from 1 to 5 for a fabric interconnect under Ethernet server and under Ethernet uplink, 2 to 5 for a fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink. |
| port-id | Ethernet interface port number. The range is from 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an interface for Ethernet server port 14 on slot 3 of fabric B:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope fabric b server /eth-server/fabric # enter interface 1 2 server /eth-server/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
delete interface |
|
scope interface |
|
show interface |
|
enter interface fc
To create, if necessary, and to enter the fibre channel interface of the fabric, use the enter interface fc command.
enter interface fc slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fibre channel interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # enter interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface fc |
|
scope interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
delete interface fc |
|
enter interface fcoe
To create, if necessary, and to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric, use the enter interface fcoe command.
enter interface fcoe slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot identification number. |
| port id | The port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # enter interface fcoe 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface fcoe |
|
scope interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
delete interface fcoe |
|
enter ip-if
To enter the IPv4 interface of an iSCSI VNIC, use the enter ip-if command.
enter ip-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an IPv4 interface for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi example
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # enter ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
create pooled-ip-params |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
scope ip-if |
|
delete ip-if |
|
enter ipmi-access-profile
To enter an Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPIMI) access profile, use the enter ipmi-access-profile command.
enter ipmi-access-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | IPMI access profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an IPMI access profile named ipmiProf1:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter ipmi-access-profile ipmiProf1 UCS-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-access-profile |
|
delete ipmi-access-profile |
|
scope ipmi-access-profile |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
enter ipmi-user
To enter an end-point user for IPMI access, use the enter ipmi-user command.
enter ipmi-user name
Syntax Description
| name | End-point IPMI user name. The name is case insensitive, and can be a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters. The name can also contain a hyphen (-) or underscore (_) character, but cannot contain white spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced as enter epuser. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was renamed as enter ipmi-user. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an IPMI user:
server# scope org server /org # scope ipmi-access-profile IPMI-1 server /org/ipmi-access-profile # enter ipmi-user user1 server /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-user |
|
delete ipmi-user |
|
scope ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-user |
|
set descr |
|
set password |
|
set privilege |
|
enter iqn-pool
To enter the IQN Pool command mode, use the enter iqn-pool command.
enter iqn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the IQN pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An IQN pool must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the IQN pool command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter iqn-pool Sample1 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iqn-pool |
|
scope iqn-pool |
|
show iqn-pool |
|
delete iqn-pool |
|
set iqn-prefix |
|
set descr |
|
create block |
|
enter iscsi-policy
To enter, and create if necessary, an iSCSI adapter policy, use the enter iscsi-policy command.
enter iscsi-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI adapter policy. Provide the name that you had specified when you created this policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI adapter policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the iSCSI adapter policy in the organization mode:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # enter iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi-policy |
|
scope iscsi-policy |
|
show iscsi-policy |
|
delete iscsi-policy |
|
enter iscsi
To enter and create a boot iSCSI mode for an organization, use the enter iscsi command.
enter iscsi
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot definition of a service profile (/org/service-profile/boot-definition)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a boot iSCSI policy before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the boot iSCSI mode for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # enter iscsi UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi |
|
delete iscsi |
|
scope iscsi |
|
show iscsi |
|
enter keyring
To enter an RSA keyring, use the enter keyring command.
enter keyring name
Syntax Description
| name | Keyring name. The name can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a keyring named 210:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # enter keyring kr210 UCS-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create keyring |
|
delete keyring |
|
scope keyring |
|
show keyring |
|
enter lan
To enter a LAN boot configuration, use the enter lan command.
enter lan
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy under organization (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition under service-profile (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a LAN boot configuration for a boot policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy bp6 server /org/boot-policy # enter lan server /org/boot-policy/lan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lan |
|
delete lan |
|
scope lan |
|
show lan |
|
enter lan-connectivity-policy
To create, if necessary, or to enter the vNIC LAN connectivity policy mode, use the enter lan-connectivity-policy command.
enter lan-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the vNIC LAN connectivity policy. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the vNIC LAN connectivity policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter lan-connectivity-policy Sample UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lan-connectivity-policy |
|
scope lan-connectivity-policy |
|
show lan-connectivity-policy |
|
delete lan-connectivity-policy |
|
enter ldap-group
To create, if necessary, and to enter the LDAP group mode, use the enter ldap-group command.
enter ldap-group Group DN
Syntax Description
| Group DN | The name of the LDAP group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An LDAP group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # enter ldap-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group |
|
create ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
enter ldap-group-rule
To create, if necessary, and to enter the LDAP group-rule mode, use the enter ldap-group-rule command.
enter ldap-group-rule
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use this command in the server mode, an LDAP server must be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group rule mode for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/server # enter ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
create ldap-group-rule |
|
show ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
enter local
To enter a local storage, use the enter local command.
enter local
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage under boot policy (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Storage under boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a local storage configuration for a boot policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy bp6 server /org/boot-policy # scope storage server /org/boot-policy/storage # enter local server /org/boot-policy/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local |
|
delete local |
|
scope local |
|
show local |
|
enter local-disk-config
To enter a local disk configuration for a service profile, use the enter local-disk-config command.
enter local-disk-config
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a local disk configuration for a service profile:
server# scope org server /org # scope service-profile CE-B440-M1-SP server /org/service-profile # enter local-disk-config server /org/service-profile/local-disk-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-disk-config |
|
delete local-disk-config |
|
scope local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config |
|
enter local-disk-config-policy
To enter a local disk configuration policy, use the enter local-disk-config-policy command.
enter local-disk-config-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a local disk configuration policy named ldcp1:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter local-disk-config-policy ldcp1 UCS-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-disk-config-policy |
|
delete local-disk-config-policy |
|
scope local-disk-config-policy |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
enter local-schedule
To create, if necessary, and to enter the local schedule command mode for a fault suppress task, use the enter local-schedule command.
enter local-schedule
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault suppress task in the chassis command mode (/chassis/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task in the organization command mode (/org/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task for a service-profile (/org/service-profile/fault-suppress-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task for a chassis or a service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create and enter the local schedule command mode for a fault suppress task on chassis 1.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # enter local-schedule UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope local-schedule |
|
create local-schedule |
|
enter locale
To enter a locale, use the enter locale command.
enter locale locale-name
Syntax Description
| locale-name | Locale name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the western locale:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # enter locale western UCS-A /security/locale #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create locale |
|
delete locale |
|
scope locale |
|
show locale |
|
enter local-user
To enter an user account for a specified local user, use the enter local-user command.
enter local-user user-name
Syntax Description
| user-name | User name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a local user named Escalation:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # enter local-user Escalation UCS-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-user |
|
delete local-user |
|
scope local-user |
|
show local-user |
|
enter lun
To enter a target LUN for a static target interface of the iSCSI VNIC, use the enter lun command.
enter lun
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Static target interface priority (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a static target interface priority for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a target LUN for the static target interface priority for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-target
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-target # scope static-target-if 1
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic/iscsi/eth-target/static-target-if # enter lun
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic/iscsi/eth-target/static-target-if/lun #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set auth-name |
|
set ipaddress |
|
set name |
|
set port |
|
create lun |
|
scope lun |
|
show lun |
|
delete lun |
|
enter mac-pool
To enter a MAC pool, use the enter mac-pool command.
enter mac-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | MAC pool name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a MAC pool named mpool37:
server# scope org server /org # enter mac-pool mpool37 server /org/mac-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mac-pool |
|
delete mac-pool |
|
scope mac-pool |
|
show mac-pool |
|
enter mac-security
To enter a MAC security, use the enter mac-security command.
enter mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization network control policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a MAC security mode for a network control policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy ncp5 server /org/nw-ctrl-policy # enter mac-security server /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mac-security |
|
delete mac-security |
|
scope mac-security |
|
show mac-security |
|
enter mcast-policy
To create, if necessary, and to enter the multicast policy, use the enter mcast-policy command.
enter mcast-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the multicast policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A multicast policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the multicast policy mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter mcast-policy Sample UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querier enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querierip 1.2.3.4 UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set snooping enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/mcast-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mcast-policy |
|
scope mcast-policy |
|
set querier |
|
set querierip |
|
set snooping |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
enter maint-policy
To create, if necessary, and to enter the maintenance policy mode, use the enter maint-policy command.
enter maint-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the maintenance policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A maintenance policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the maintenance policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # enter maint-policy Default Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
scope maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
enter member-fcoe-port-channel
To create, if necessary, or to enter the member FCoE port channel mode, use the enter member-fcoe-port-channel command.
enter member-fcoe-port-channel { a | b } fcoeportchannelid
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fcoeportchannelid | FCoE port channel ID. The value is a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the member FCoE port channel mode.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric A UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # enter member-fcoe-port-channel a 23 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
scope member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
show member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
delete member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
enter member-port
To enter a member port, use the enter member-port command.
enter member-port { a | | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A.
|
||
| b | Specifies fabric B.
|
||
| slot-id | Slot number. The range is from 1 to 5. |
||
| port-id | Port number. The range is from 1 to 256 for VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink and VSAN under fabric interconnect. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN under Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within a Fabric under Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a Fabric in the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric interconnect (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a member port on slot 1, port 2 for the VLAN:
server# scope eth-storage server /eth-storage # scope vlan sample server /eth-storage/vlan # enter member-port a 1 2 server /eth-storage/vlan/member-port #
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a member port on slot 1, port 2 for the VSAN named 300 under the fabric named a:
server# scope fc-uplink server /fc-uplink # scope fabric a server /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan 300 server /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # enter member-port a 1 2 server /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter member-port (/fc-storage/vsan) |
|
enter member-port (/port-channel) |
|
create member-port |
|
delete member-port |
|
scope member-port |
|
show member-port |
|
enter member-port fc
To enter the Fibre Channel member port mode, use the enter member-port fc command.
enter member-port fc { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create Fibre Channel member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a Fibre Channel member port in the Fibre Channel storage mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # enter member-port fc a 1 22 UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fc |
|
scope member-port fc |
|
show member-port fc |
|
delete member-port fc |
|
enter member-port fcoe
To enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports command mode, use the enter member-port fcoe command.
enter member-port fcoe { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet member port command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage
UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # enter member-port fcoe a 1 223
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fcoe |
|
scope member-port fcoe |
|
show member-port fcoe |
|
delete member-port fcoe |
|
enter member-port (/fc-storage/vsan)
To enter the member port mode for a VSAN for a fibre channel storage device, use the enter member-port command.
enter member-port { fc | fcoe } { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| fc | Use this option to enter the member-port mode for a Fibre Channel. |
| fcoe | Use this option to enter the member-port mode for a Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface. |
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot \-id | Specifies the slot ID. The value must be an integer between 1 and 5. |
| port-id | Specifies port ID. The value must be an integer between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The VSAN and a member-port for the VSAN must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the member port mode for a fibre channel within the VSAN of a fibre channel storage device.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope vsan v300 Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan # enter member-port fc a 1 233 Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter member-port |
|
enter member-port (/port-channel) |
|
show member-port |
|
enter member-port (/port-channel)
To enter the member-port within the port channel mode, use the enter member-port command.
enter member-port slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| slot ID | Slot identification number. The value must be an integer between 1 and 5. |
| port ID | Port identification number. The value must be an integer between 1 and 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel within a fabric under Ethernet uplink (eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within a fabric in the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within a fabric under Fibre Channel uplink (fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create member ports within a port channel before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the member port for a port channel in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 2 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel # enter member-port 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter member-port |
|
enter member-port (/fc-storage/vsan) |
|
show member-port |
|
enter member-port-channel
To create, if necessary, and to enter the member port channel mode, use the enter member-port-channel command.
enter member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies port A. |
| b | Specifies port B. |
| port channel id | Port channel ID. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/vlan and /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a VSAN or a VLAN and a member port channel before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the member port channel mode for a VSAN in a fabric:
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # enter member-port-channel a 22 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/member-port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port-channel |
|
scope member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
delete member-port-channel |
|
enter member-vlan
To create, if necessary, and to enter the member VLAN command mode, use the enter member-vlan command.
enter member-vlan network name
Syntax Description
| network name | The name of the network VLAN member. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN group (/eth-uplink/vlan-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the member VLAN command mode.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan-group sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group # enter member-vlan example UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan* # acknowledge fault 33 UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-vlan |
|
scope member-vlan |
|
show member-vlan |
|
delete member-vlan |
|
enter memory
To enter memory, use the enter memory command.
enter memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter memory and set memory property values. Use the exit command to exit memory.
If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter memory:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter memory
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
show memory |
|
enter mon-src
To create, if necessary, and to enter the monitor source session, use the enter mon-src command.
enter mon-src session name
Syntax Description
| session name | The name of the monitor source session. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the monitor source session for a VNIC within a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # enter mon-src testing Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
create mon-src |
|
scope mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
enter network
To enter an Ethernet interface for a virtual machine NIC port profile, use the enter network command.
enter network port-profile-name
Syntax Description
| port-profile-name | Port profile name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VM management VMware profile set port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet interface for a virtual machine port profile:
server# scope system server /system # scope vm-mgmt server /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile mprofile1 server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter network server /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create network |
|
delete network |
|
scope network |
|
show network |
|
enter nwctrl-policy
To enter a network control policy, use the enter nwctrl-policy command.
enter nwctrl-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Ethernet storage (/eth-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated from the Organization command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a network control policy before you use this command.
When you enter a network control policy, you can perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a network control policy:
UCS-A# scope org org10 UCS-A /org # enter nwctrl-policy nCP10 UCS-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
create nwctrl-policy |
|
scope nwctrl-policy |
|
delete nwctrl-policy |
|
enter occurrence one-time
To create, if necessary, and to enter the one-time occurrence mode for a schedule, use the enter occurrence one-time command.
enter occurrence one-time name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the one-time occurrence instance for a schedule. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule and a one-time occurrence instance must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the one-time occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # enter occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope occurrence one-time |
|
create occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence recurring
To create, if necessary, and to enter the recurring occurrence instance for a schedule, use the enter occurrence recurring command.
enter occurrence recurring name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance for the schedule. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule policy and a recurring occurrence instance for the schedule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the recurring occurrence instance for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # enter occurrence recurring Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
scope occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
enter org
To enter an organization, use the enter org command.
enter org org-name
Syntax Description
| org-name | Organization name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 120 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an organization:
server# scope org server /org # enter org /TestyOrg server /org
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create org |
|
delete org |
|
scope org |
|
show org |
|
enter pack-image
To enter a firmware package image, use the enter pack-image command.
enter pack-image hw-vendor-name hw-model { adapter | | board-controller | | host-hba | | host-hba-optionrom | | host-nic | | raid-controller | | server-bios } version-num
Syntax Description
| hw-vendor-name | Hardware vendor name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
| hw-model | Hardware model. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 512 characters. |
| adapter | Specifies the adapter firmware package. |
| board-controller | Specifies the mother board controller firmware package. |
| host-hba | Specifies the host HBA. |
| host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the host HBA option ROM package. |
| host-nic | Specifies the host NIC. |
| raid-controller | Specifies the RAID controller firmware package. |
| server-bios | Specifies the server BIOS firmware package. |
| version-num | Version number of the firmware being used for the package image. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Host firmware package (/org/fw-host-pack)
Management firmware package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The hw-vendor-name and hw-model values are labels that help you easily identify the package image. You can view the hardware vendor and model by using the show image detail command.
The firmware version must match the model numbers (PID) on the servers that are associated with this firmware pack.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a RAID controller firmware package:
server# scope org server /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp1 server /org/fw-host-pack # enter pack-image Cisco UCS raid-controller 2009.02.09 server /org/fw-host-pack/pack-image #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pack-image |
|
delete pack-image |
|
scope pack-image |
|
show image detail |
|
show pack-image |
|
enter path
To enter a primary or secondary SAN or LAN boot image path, use the enter path command.
enter path { primary | | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary image path. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary image path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN image under boot-definition/storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image)
LAN under boot-policy (/org/boot-policy/lan)
LAN under boot-definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def/lan)
SAN image under boot-policy/storage (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enter a secondary SAN image path for a boot policy:
server# scope org server /org # scope boot-policy boot-policy-LAN server /org/boot-policy # scope storage server /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary server /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # enter path secondary server /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create path |
|
delete path |
|
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show path |
|
enter path (iscsi)
To enter the iSCSI path, use the enter path command.
enter path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary path. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
ISCSI within a service profile (/org/service-profile/boot-def/iscsi)
ISCSI within a boot policy (/org/boot-policy/iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI path for the service profile before you use this command in the boot definition command mode.
You must create an iSCSI path for the boot policy before you use this command in the boot policy command mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the iSCSI path for a boot policy:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope boot-policy trial
UCS-A /org/boot-policy # scope iscsi
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi # enter path primary
UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create path |
|
set iscsivnicname |
|
enter pin-group
To enter an Ethernet (LAN) or Fibre Channel pin group, use the enter pin-group command.
enter pin-group pin-group-name
Syntax Description
| pin-group-name | Pin group name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enter an Ethernet pin group named pingroup54:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # enter pin-group pingroup54 UCS-A /eth-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pin-group |
|
delete pin-group |
|
scope pin-group |
|
show pin-group |
|
enter policy
To create, if necessary, and enter a policy, use the enter policy command.
callhome modeenter policy event
flow-control modeenter policy name
Syntax Description
| event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
| name | Policy name. The name can be from 1 to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types for Call Home. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter a policy in either organization callhome or organization flow control mode. If the policy does not exist, it will first be created.
In Call Home configuration, use this command to enter an instance of a policy for a predefined type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords for Call Home event types:
- association-failed
- chassis-seeprom-error
- configuration-failure
- connectivity-problem
- election-failure
- equipment-inaccessible
- equipment-inoperable
- equipment-problem
- fru-problem
- identity-unestablishable
- link-down
- management-services-failure
- management-services-unresponsive
- power-problem
- thermal-problem
- unspecified
- version-incompatible
- voltage-problem
In Flow Control configuration, use this command to enter a named policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter and enable a Call Home policy instance for link-down events:
UCS-A # scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # enter policy link-down UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
This example shows how to enter a named policy for flow control:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control UCS-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # enter policy policy1 UCS-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create policy |
|
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter pooled-ip-params
To enter the configured pool of initiator IP parameters, use the enter pooled-ip-params command.
enter pooled-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must configure a pool of initiator IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the configured pool of initiator IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # enter pooled-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/pooled-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pooled-ip-params |
|
scope pooled-ip-params |
|
show pooled-ip-params |
|
delete pooled-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
enter pooling-policy
To enter a server pooling policy, use the enter pooling-policy command.
enter pooling-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. The name is case sensitive, and can be a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enter a server pooling policy named ServPoolPolicy1:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter pooling-policy ServPoolPolicy1 UCS-A /org/pooling-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pooling-policy |
|
delete pooling-policy |
|
scope pooling-policy |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
enter port-channel
To enter a port channel, use the enter port-channel command.
enter port-channel port-channel-D
Syntax Description
| port-channel-ID | Port channel number. The range is from 1 to 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced in the Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric) and the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric). |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter port channel 20 in the fabric named a:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric # enter port-channel 20 UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create port-channel |
|
delete port-channel |
|
scope port-channel |
|
show port-channel |
|
enter port-profile (profile-set)
To enter a port profile, use the enter port-profile command in profile-set mode.
enter port-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | The name of the profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Port profiles
Examples
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # create port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
enter power-control-policy
To create, if necessary, and to enter the power policy mode, use the enter power-control-policy command.
enter power-control-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power control policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the power control policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # enter power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org/power-control-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
set priority |
|
enter power-group
To create, if necessary, and to enter the power group mode, use the enter power-group command.
enter power-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the power group mode.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # enter power-group Sample Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
scope power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
create chassis |
|
enter processor
To enter the processor, use the enter processor command.
enter processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the processor and set processor property values. Use the exit command to exit the processor.
If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the processor:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
enter qos-policy
To enter qos-policy mode, use the enter qos-policy command.
enter qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use qos-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter qos-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
enter rack
To enter the rack qualifier, use the enter rack command.
enter rack minimum-slot-id maximum-slot-id
Syntax Description
| minimum-slot-id | Minimum slot ID of the rack qualifier. It is the same ID you specified when you created the rack qualifier. |
| maximum-slot-id | Maximum slot ID of the rack qualifier. It is the same ID you specified when you created the rack qualifier. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server Pool Policy Qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command has been introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A server pool policy qualification and a rack qualifier must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack qualifier.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope server-qual sample_policy
UCS-A /org/server-qual # enter rack 1 25
UCS-A /org/server-qual/rack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create rack |
|
scope rack |
|
show rack |
|
delete rack |
|
enter san-connectivity-policy
To create, if necessary, or to enter the vNIC SAN connectivity policy command mode, use the enter san-connectivity-policy command.
enter san-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the vNIC SAN connectivity policy. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the vNIC SAN Connectivity policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter san-connectivity-policy sample UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy* # set descr sample_policy UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy* # set identity dynamic-wwn pool-derived UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create san-connectivity-policy |
|
scope san-connectivity-policy |
|
show san-connectivity-policy |
|
enter scheduler
To create, if necessary, and to enter the scheduler mode, use the enter scheduler command.
enter scheduler name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the scheduler. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the scheduler mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # enter scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
scope scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
create maint-window |
|
enter server
To enter the RADIUS server, use the enter server command.
enter server name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The RADIUS server must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the RADIUS server mode.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope radius Switch-A /security/radius # enter server example Switch-A /security/radius/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set authport |
|
set key |
|
set order |
|
set retries |
|
set timeout |
|
enter server-ref
To create, if necessary, and to enter the server reference mode, use the enter server-ref command.
enter server-ref name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the server. You can enter either the name of the server or the IP address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Authentication server group under LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under RADIUS (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication server group must be created, and a server reference must be added to the authentication server group to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the server reference mode for an authentication server group within LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # enter server-ref sample_server Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create server-ref |
|
scope server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
delete server-ref |
|
enter static-ip-params
To enter the static initiator of IP parameters, use the enter static-ip-params command.
enter static-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a static initiator of IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the static initiator of IP parameters:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # enter static-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/static-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set addr |
|
set default-gw |
|
set primary-dns |
|
set secondary-dns |
|
set subnet |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
scope static-ip-params |
|
show static-ip-params |
|
delete static-ip-params |
|
enter static-target-if
To enter the configured static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC, use the enter static-target-if command.
enter static-target-if static target priority
Syntax Description
| static target priority | Static target priority that you had specified when you created the static target interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface of an iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must configure a static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the static target interface mode for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # enter static-target-if 1 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lun |
|
scope static-target-if |
|
show static-target-if |
|
delete static-target-if |
|
enter storage
To enter storage, use the enter storage command.
enter storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter storage and set storage property values. Use the exit command to exit storage.
If you are entering storage for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enter storage:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # enter storage
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
show storage |
|
enter storage-connection-def
To create a storage connection definition, if necessary, or to enter the storage connection definition command mode, use the enter storage-connection-def command.
enter storage-connection-def
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group of SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group of service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the storage connection definition command mode:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group default UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # enter storage-connection-def UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-def |
|
scope storage-connection-def |
|
show storage-connection-def |
|
delete storage-connection-def |
|
enter storage-connection-policy
To create a storage connection policy, if necessary, and to enter the storage connection policy command mode, use the enter storage-connection-policy command.
enter storage-connection-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the storage connection policy. The name of the policy can be alphanumeric, and can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the storage connection policy command mode:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy # create storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
scope storage-connection-policy |
|
show storage-connection-policy |
|
delete storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-target |
|
set target-path |
|
set target-vsan |
|
enter storage-target
To create a storage target enpoint, if necessary, and to enter the storage target endpoint command mode, use the enter storage-target command.
enter storage-target wwn
Syntax Description
| wwn | World Wide Name of the target end point. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage connection policy (/org/storage-connection-policy)
Storage connection definition within a service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Storage connection definition within a SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the storage target endpoint for a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy* # enter storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-target |
|
scope storage-target |
|
set target-vsan |
|
set target-path |
|
enter threshold-value
To enter a threshold value for a property, use the enter threshold-value command.
enter threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the threshold value above-normal critical in property packets-rx-delta mode:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property packets-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # enter threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
enter vcenter
To enter a VCenter, use the enter vcenter command in vmware mode.
enter vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vcenter mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # enter vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
enter vcon
To enter a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the enter vcon command.
enter vcon { 1 | | 2 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter vcon 1 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
enter vcon-policy
To enter vcon-policy mode, use the enter vcon-policy command.
enter vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vcon-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vcon-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
enter vlan
To create a VLAN, if necessary, and enter VLAN configuration mode, use the enter vlan command.
enter vlan name id
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
| id | VLAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 3967 and 4049 to 4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within the Ethernet Storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a Fabric within the Ethernet Storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric). In addition, the following changes were introduced: |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter configuration mode for a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number. If the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # enter vlan vlan1 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter vlan (port-profile) |
|
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
enter vlan (port-profile)
To create a VLAN, if necessary, and enter VLAN configuration mode, use the enter vlan command.
enter vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | The maximum number of characters for the VLAN name has been modified from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter configuration mode for a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number. If the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a VLAN for a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter vlan v100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter vlan |
|
show port-profile |
|
enter vlan-group-permit
To create, if necessary, and to enter the VLAN group permit mode, use the enter vlan-group-permit command.
enter vlan-group-permit name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN group permit. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN group permit must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create, if necessary, and to enter the VLAN group permit command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter vlan-group-permit Sample1 UCS-A /org* # set descr sample_description UCS-A /org* # set policy-owner local UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-group-permit |
|
show vlan-group-permit |
|
set descr |
|
set policy-owner |
|
delete vlan-group-permit |
|
enter vlan-group
To create, if necessary, and to enter the VLAN group command mode for an Ethernet uplink, use the enter vlan-group command.
enter vlan-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN group |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the VLAN group command mode for an Ethernet uplink.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # enter vlan-group Sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group* # create member-vlan example UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan* # acknowledge fault 22 UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-group |
|
scope vlan-group |
|
show vlan-group |
|
delete vlan-group |
|
delete vlan-permit
To delete a VLAN permit, use the delete vlan-permit command.
delete vlan-permit name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN permit. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN permit must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VLAN permit.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # delete vlan-permit sample1 UCS-A /org* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-permit |
|
enter vlan-permit |
|
show vlan-permit |
|
enter vnic
To create, if necessary, or to enter the vNIC command mode, use the enter vnic command.
enter vnic name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | eth-if eth-if } *
Syntax Description
| name | VNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies the fabric switch identification number. |
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| a-b | Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| b-a | Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary. |
| eth-if | Specifies a Ethernet interface. |
| eth-if | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN Connectivity Policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile or a LAN connectivity policy to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the VNIC mode for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # enter vnic trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vnic |
|
scope vnic |
|
show vnic |
|
delete vnic |
|
enter vnic-iscsi
To enter the iSCSI virtual network interface card mode for a service profile, use the enter vnic-iscsi command.
enter vnic-iscsi name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI VNIC. It is the name that you provided when you created the iSCSI VNIC. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
You must create a LAN connectivity policy and an iSCSI VNIC for the policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the iSCSI VNIC mode for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # enter vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vnic-iscsi |
|
scope vnic-iscsi |
|
show vnic-iscsi |
|
delete vnic-iscsi |
|
enter vsan
To create a VSAN, if necessary, and enter the VSAN configuration mode, use the enter vsan command.
enter vsan name id fcoe-vlan
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VSAN. |
| Id | The VSAN identification number. It must be a value between 1 and 4093. |
| fcoe-vlan id | The Fibre Channel over Ethernet VSAN ID. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage)
Fabric within the Fibre Channel Storage command mode (/fc-storage/fabric/)
Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/)
Fabric within the Fibre Channel Uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the following command modes: Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink) Switch within a Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/switch) |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a fabric within the Fibre Channel Storage mode (/fc-storage/fabric). In addition, the switch mode within the Fibre Channel uplink mode has been obsoleted. |
Usage Guidelines
While using this command for a fabric within the Fibre Channel Storage command mode, you need to specify only the name of the VSAN.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the VSAN mode in the Fibre Channel Uplink command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # enter vsan VSAN1 1 33 UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # set fc-zoning enabled UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
show vsan |
|
scope vsan |
|
delete vsan |
|
erase configuration
To erase the UCS configuration, use the erase configuration command.
erase configuration
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to erase the UCS configuration.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to erase the UCS configuration:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# erase configuration All UCS configurations will be erased and system will reboot. Are you sure? (yes/no): no switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
erase-log-config
To erase the UCS management logging configuration file, use the erase-log-config command.
erase-log-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to erase the UCS management logging configuration file.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to erase the UCS management logging configuration file:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# erase-log-config switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
install-license
To install a license, use the install-license command in local management command mode.
install-license license-file-name
Syntax Description
| license-file-name | The name of a license file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to install a license in local management command mode.
This command can be executed only on local fabric interconnect and only by the user admin.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command has been deprecated. Use the install file command in the License mode (/license).
Examples
This example shows how to install a license:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# install-license bootflash:FibreChannel.lic switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license brief |
|
install infra infra-version
To update and install the infrastructure updates, use the install infra infra-version command.
install infra infra-version infrastructure-bundle-version starttime { mon | dd | yyyy | hh | min | secs } force
Syntax Description
| infrastructure-bundle-version | The bundle version. |
| starttime | The time and date at which you want the infrastructure updates installed. |
| mon | The name of the month. Enter the first three letters of the desired month. |
| dd | The number of the desired day of the month. It must be a number between 1 and 31. |
| yyyy | The four numbers of the desired year. |
| hh | The hour at which the update must be installed. The value must be a number between 0 and 23. |
| min | The minute at which the update must be installed. The value must be between 0 and 60. |
| secs | The second at which the update must be installed. The value must be a between 0 and 60. |
| force | To activate the firmware regardless of any possible incompatibilities or currently executing tasks. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Auto Install (/firmware/auto-install)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must have administrator privileges to use this command.
Use the command without the starttime option to install infrastructure firmware upgrades immediately.
To complete the upgrade installation process, you must acknowledge the pending reboot process of the primary fabric-interconnect.
Examples
Example
The following example upgrades the infrastructure to the firmware in the Cisco UCS infrastructure Software Bundle version 2.1(1a) and commits the transaction.
UCS-A # scope firmware UCS-A /firmware # scope auto-install UCS-A /firmware/auto-install # install infra infra-version 2.1(1a) starttime sep 10 2012 21 22 23 UCS-A /firmware/auto-install* # commit-buffer UCS-A /firmware/auto-install #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
cancel install infra |
|
acknowledge primary fabric-interconnect |
|
install file
To install a license file, use the install file command.
install file name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the license file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An install file must be created and available to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to install a license file.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # install file sample-file Switch-A /license* # commit-buffer Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope license |
|
clear file |
|
ls
To list the contents of a directory, use the ls command in local management command mode.
ls [path]
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path of the directory. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to list the contents of a directory in local management command mode. If no path is specified, the current working directory is listed.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to list the contents of a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect
TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac
Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license.
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html
switch-A(local-mgmt)# ls volatile:/temp
40 Dec 29 15:28:58 2009 src/
Usage for volatile://sup-local
0 bytes used
62914560 bytes free
62914560 bytes total
switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
mkdir
To create a directory, use the mkdir command in local management command mode.
mkdir path
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path, including the name of the new directory. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# mkdir volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
move
To move a file from one directory to another, use the move command in local management command mode.
move [from-filesystem:] [from-path] filename [to-filesystem:] to-path [dest-filename]
Syntax Description
| from-filesystem: | File system containing the file to be moved. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| from-path | Absolute or relative path of the file to be moved. |
| filename | The name of the source file to be moved. |
| to-filesystem: | File system to contain the moved file. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| to-path | Absolute or relative path to the moved file. |
| dest-filename | (Optional) The new name for the moved file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in local management command mode to copy a file to a new location and to delete the file in its original location.
If a dest-filename is specified, the moved file is renamed at the destination location.
If no file system is specified, the current working file system is assumed. If no path is specified, the current working directory is assumed.
To specify the file system location, use the appropriate syntax from the following table:
ftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
scp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
sftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
tftp: [ //server [ :port ] ]
volatile: [ /path ]
workspace:
Either the source or destination file system must be local; you cannot move a file from one remote file system to another.
If a remote protocol is specified with no server name, you are prompted to enter the server name.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the mv command as an alias for this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to move a file from the current working directory to a directory in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# copy abcdef.bin volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
ping
To diagnose basic network connectivity, use the ping command in local management command mode.
ping { host-ip-address | host-name } [ count count ] [ packet-size packet-size ] [ interval interval ] [ timeout timeout ]
Syntax Description
| host-ip-address | IP address of the target host. |
| host-name | Name of the target host. The name may include up to 512 characters. |
| count count | Specifies the number of ping packets that will be sent. The range is 1 to 2147483647 packets. |
| packet-size packet-size | Specifies the number of data bytes to be added to the ping packet. The range is 1 to 65468 bytes; the default is 56 bytes, resulting in a 64 byte packet when added to the 8 byte ICMP header. |
| interval interval | Specifies the time in seconds between sending ping packets. The range is 1 to 60 seconds; the default is 1 second. |
| timeout timeout | Specifies the maximum time to continue sending packets when no response packets are received. The range is 1 to 60 seconds. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to send ICMP echo request packets to a host.
The ping command is on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to send four ping packets of size 100 bytes at an interval of 10 seconds:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# ping 192.0.20.12 count 4 packet-size 100 interval 10 PING 192.0.20.12 (192.0.20.12) 100(128) bytes of data. 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.61 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.50 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.58 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.44 ms --- 192.0.20.12 ping statistics --- 4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% packet loss, time 30000ms rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.44/0.53/0.61/0.08 ms switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
power
To power up or down, use the power command.
power { up | down }
Syntax Description
| up | Specifies power up. |
| down | Specifies power down. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to power up:
switch-A# scope org org10a
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10a
switch-A /org/service-profile # power down
power down soft-followed-by-hard
To initiate a soft power shut down followed by a hard shut down for physical managed objects, use the power down soft-followed-by-hard command.
power down soft-followed-by-hard
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile for an organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to initiate a soft power shut down followed by a hard shut down.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # scope service-profile Testing Switch-A /org/service-profile # power down soft-followed-by-hard Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
power |
|
power down soft-shut-down |
|
power down soft-shut-down
To initiate a soft power shut down, use the power down soft-shut-down command.
power down soft-shut-down
This command has no arguments of keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile for an organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to initiate a soft shut down for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # scope service-profile Testing Switch-A /org/service-profile # power down soft-shut-down Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
power |
|
power down soft-followed-by-hard |
|
pwd
To view the current working directory, use the pwd command in local management command mode.
pwd
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view the current working directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view the current working directory:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# cd temp switch-A(local-mgmt)# pwd workspace:temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
reboot
To reboot, use the reboot command.
reboot
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to reboot:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # reboot
recommission chassis
To recommission a chassis, use the recommission chassis command.
recommission chassis vendor model serial-num optional-chassis-number
Syntax Description
| vendor | Vendor. |
| model | Model. |
| serial-num | Serial number. |
| optional-chassis-number | The number of the chassis. Use this option only if you want to renumber the chassis. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | In this release, the option optional-chassis-number was introduced that allows you to provide a new chassis number. If a new number is not provided, then the old chassis number is used. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to recommission a chassis and renumber it:
switch-A# recommission chassis "Cisco Systems Inc" "Cisco UCS 5108" FOX1252GNNN 6
switch-A* # commit-buffer
switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
recommission fex
To recommission a Fabric extender module, use the recommission fex command.
recommission fex vendor model serial-num
Syntax Description
| vendor | The vendor from whom the Fabric extender module has been purchased from. |
| model | The model number of the Fabric extender module. |
| serial-num | The serial number of the Fabric extender module. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to recommission a Fabric extender module.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # recommission Cisco server AGD113921ZR Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
remove fex |
|
decommission fex |
|
recommission server
To recommission a server, use the recommission server command.
recommission server vendor model serial-num
Syntax Description
| vendor | The name of the company that you purchased the server from. |
| model | The model number of the server. |
| serial-num | The serial number of the server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to recommission a server.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # recommission server Cisco 200 ABCD12345 Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
decommission server |
|
recover-bios
To recover a corrupt BIOS, use the recover-bios command.
recover-bios version
Syntax Description
| version | Specifies the BIOS version. Enter up to 512 characters with no spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The option ignorecompcheck was removed for this command. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to recover a corrupt BIOS image. This procedure is not part of the normal maintenance of a server. After you recover the BIOS, the server boots with the running version of the firmware for that server.
Note |
Remove all attached or mapped USB storage from a server before you attempt to recover the corrupt BIOS on that server. If an external USB drive is attached or mapped from vMedia to the server, BIOS recovery fails. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to recover a corrupt BIOS image:
UCS-A # scope server 1/2 UCS-A /chassis/server # recover-bios S5500.86B.01.00.0036-191.061320091126 UCS-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios |
|
remove alertgroups
To remove specific alert groups from a Call Home profile, use the remove alertgroups command.
remove alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
Syntax Description
| ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
| license | Specifies the license alert group. |
| lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
| linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
| supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
| syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
| system | Specifies the system alert group. |
| test | Specifies the test alert group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Call Home profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove specific predefined Call Home alert groups from an existing alert group list within a Call Home profile.
Examples
This example shows how to remove diagnostic and license alert groups from an existing Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # remove alertgroups diagnostic license
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add alertgroups |
|
set alertgroups |
|
remove backup action
To remove an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the remove backup action command.
remove backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
Syntax Description
| log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
| none | Specifies no action. |
| on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
| on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
| timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log. Other previously configured actions are retained.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to remove the action to trigger a backup of the system event log when the log is full:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # remove backup action log-full switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add backup action |
|
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
remove fex
To remove a Fabric extender module from the system, use the remove fex command.
remove fex id
Syntax Description
| id | The ID of the Fabric extender module. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to delete a Fabric extender module from the system.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # remove fex 2 Switch-A /org* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
decommission fex |
|
remove privilege
To remove privileges, use the remove privilege command.
remove privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +
Syntax Description
| aaa | Specifies AAA privileges. |
| admin | Specifies admin privileges. |
| ext-lan-config | Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges. |
| ext-lan-policy | Specifies external LAN policy privileges. |
| ext-lan-qos | Specifies external LAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-lan-security | Specifies external LAN security privileges. |
| ext-san-config | Specifies external SAN configuration privileges. |
| ext-san-policy | Specifies external SAN policy privileges. |
| ext-san-qos | Specifies external SAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-san-security | Specifies external SAN security privileges. |
| fault | Specifies fault privileges. |
| service-profile-config | Specifies service profile configuration privileges. |
| service-profile-config-policy | Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges. |
| service-profile-network | Specifies service profile network privileges. |
| service-profile-network-policy | Specifies service profile network policy privileges. |
| service-profile-qos | Specifies service profile QoS privileges. |
| service-profile-qos-policy | Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges. |
| service-profile-security | Specifies service profile security privileges. |
| service-profile-security-policy | Specifies service profile security policy privileges. |
| service-profile-server | Specifies service profile server privileges. |
| service-profile-server-policy | Specifies service profile server policy privileges. |
| service-profile-storage | Specifies service profile storage privileges. |
| service-profile-storage-policy | Specifies service profile storage policy privileges. |
| operations | Specifies operations privileges. |
| server-equipment | Specifies server equipment privileges. |
| server-maintenance | Specifies server maintenance privileges. |
| server-policy | Specifies server policy privileges. |
| server-security | Specifies server security privileges. |
| pod-config | Specifies pod configuration privileges. |
| pod-policy | Specifies pod policy privileges. |
| pod-qos | Specifies pod QoS privileges. |
| pod-security | Specifies pod security privileges. |
| read-only | Specifies read-only privileges. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Role (/security/role)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to remove privileges:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope role serverAdmin
switch-A /security/role # remove privilege server-policy
switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/role #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
remove server
To remove a server, use the remove server command.
remove server { ID | chassis -d / blade-id }
Syntax Description
| ID | Slot number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
| chassis-id / blade-id | The identification numbers of the chassis and the blade for the server. It must entered in the n/n format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced with only the slot option. |
| 1.4(1) | The command options were modified. |
Usage Guidelines
When using this command in Chassis command mode, you need to specify only the identification number of the slot.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to remove a server:
switch-A# remove server 1/1
switch-A* # commit-buffer
switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show iom |
|
show server |
|
rename-to
To rename a service profile, use the rename-to command.
rename-to service-profile-name
Syntax Description
| service-profile-name | Name of the service profile. This name can be between 2 and 32 alphanumeric characters. You cannot use spaces or any special characters other than - (hyphen), _ (underscore), : (colon), and . (period), and this name must be unique across all service profiles and service profile templates within the same organization. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to rename a service profile in the organization command mode:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile Sample_profile UCS-A /org/service-profile # rename-to Example_profile UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
reset
To reset a managed object, use the reset command.
mgmt-logging, bmc, iom modereset
server, service profile modereset { hard-reset-immediate | | hard-reset-wait }
Syntax Description
| hard-reset-immediate | Specifies that the server be hard reset immediately. |
| hard-reset-wait | Specifies that a hard reset be scheduled after all pending management operations have completed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Logcontrol (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
BMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
IO module (/chassis/iom)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to reset an I/O module A in iom mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope iom a
switch-A /chassis/iom # reset
switch-A /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer
switch-A /chassis/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimc |
|
show server |
|
reset-cmos
To reset the CMOS, use the reset-cmos command.
reset-cmos
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Server (/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Server mode. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to reset CMOS:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1
switch-A /chassis/server # reset cmos
switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show firmware |
|
reset-errors
To reset the errors on the DIMM, use the reset-errors command.
reset-errors
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
DIMM (/chassis/server/memory-array/dimm)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A memory array and a DIMM for the server must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to reset the errors on the DIMM for a server.
UCS-A # scope server 1/1 UCS-A /chassis/server # scope memory-array 1 UCS-A /chassis/server/memory-array # scope dimm 2 UCS-A /chassis/server/memory-array/dimm # reset-errors UCS-A /chassis/server/memory-array/dimm* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/server/memory-array/dimm #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dimm |
|
acknowledge fault |
|
reset-kvm
To reset or clear all sessions (keyboard, video and mouse) for a server, use the reset-kvm command.
reset-kvm
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (chassis/server)
Server (/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to reset or clear all sessions for a server.
UCS-A # scope server 1/1 UCS-A /chassis/server # reset-kvm UCS-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
reset-cmos |
|
reset hard-reset-immediate |
|
reset hard-reset-wait |
|
reset pers-bind
To reset persistent binding, use the reset pers-bind command.
reset pers-bind
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to reset persistent binding of fibre channel targets.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to reset persistent binding:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp101 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba17 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # reset pers-bind switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
restart
To restart a firmware download task, use the restart command.
restart
Syntax Description:
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restart a firmware download task.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to restart a firmware download task:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # restart switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
rmdir
To remove a directory, use the rmdir command in local management command mode.
rmdir path
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path, including the name of the directory to be removed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove a directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to remove a directory named temp from the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# rmdir volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
run-script
To run a script, use the run-script command in local management command mode.
run-script script-name
Syntax Description
| script-name | The path and file name of the script file to be executed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to run a shell script in the local management command mode. The script file must exist in the workspace: file system.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to run a shell script:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# run-script workspace:///sup-1/scripts/testScript.sh switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
save
To save the management logging files, use the save command.
save
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to save the management logging files.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to save the management logging files:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # save switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
scope adapter
To enter adapter mode, use the scope adapter command.
scope adapter { rack-server/id | chassis/server/id }
Syntax Description
| rack-server/id | Adapter location specified using the rack-server and adapter ID. The value must be entered in the n/n format. |
| chassis/server/id | Adapter location specified using the chassis, server and adapter ID. The value must be entered in the n/n/n format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced with the chassis/server/id option |
| 1.4(1) | The option rack-server/id was introduced for this command. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter adapter mode:
Switch-A # scope org Testing Switch-A /org # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show iom |
|
scope auth-domain
To enter the authentication domain mode, use the scope auth-domain command.
scope auth-domain name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the authentication domain. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the authentication domain can include alphanumeric characters, but cannot include special characters.
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the authentication domain:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope auth-domain Default UCS-A /security/auth-domain #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-domain |
|
delete auth-domain |
|
scope auth-profile
To enter the iSCSI authorization profile mode, use the scope auth-profile command.
scope auth-profile iscsi-auth-profile-name
Syntax Description
| iscsi-auth-profile-name | The name of the iSCSI authorization profile. It is the name that you provided when you created the profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI authorization profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the iSCSI authorization profile mode for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope auth-profile sample UCS-A /org/auth-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-profile |
|
enter auth-profile |
|
show auth-profile |
|
delete auth-profile |
|
scope auth-server-group
To enter the authentication server group mode, use the scope auth-server-group command.
scope auth-server-group authentication server group
Syntax Description
| authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. This name can include a maximum of 127 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (security/ldap)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication server group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the authentication server group for LDAP:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
scope auto-install
To enter the auto-install mode for infrastructure updates, use the scope auto-install command.
scope auto-install
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the auto-install command mode.
UCS-A # scope firmware UCS-A /firmware # scope auto-install UCS-A /firmware/auto-install #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
install infra |
|
cancel infra |
|
scope auto-target-if
To enter the configured automatic target interface of an Ethernet interface of an iSCSI VNIC, use the scope auto-target-if command.
scope auto-target-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI VNIC, an Ethernet interface for the iSCSI VNIC, and an automatic target interface before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the automatic target interface mode of the Ethernet interface for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope auto-target-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set dhcp-vendor-id |
|
create auto-target-if |
|
enter auto-target-if |
|
delete auto-target-if |
|
show auto-target-if |
|
scope backup
To enter backup mode, use the scope backup command.
scope backup name
Syntax Description
| name | Host name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter backup mode:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope backup backUpFDrive
switch-A /system #* commit-buffer
switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
scope backup-policy
To enter the full state backup policy command mode, use the scope backup-policy command.
scope backup-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the full state backup policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A full state backup policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the full state backup policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope backup-policy sample UCS-A /org/backup-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set adminstate |
|
set descr |
|
set hostname |
|
set password |
|
set protocol |
|
set remote-file |
|
set schedule |
|
set user |
|
show backup-policy |
|
scope banner
To enter the banner mode, use the scope banner command.
scope banner
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the banner mode.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope banner UCS-A /security/banner #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope pre-login-banner |
|
show pre-login-banner |
|
set message |
|
clear message |
|
scope beacon-led
To enter the beacon LED mode, use the scope beacon-led command.
scope beacon-led
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Card (/fabric-interconnect/card)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the beacon LED mode:
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect A
UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # scope card 1
UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card # scope beacon-led
UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card/beacon-led #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set admin-state (beacon-led) |
|
show beacon-led |
|
scope bios-settings
To enter the BIOS settings mode, use the scope bios-settings command.
scope bios-settings
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BIOS (/server/bios)
Platform (/system/server-defaults/platform)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the BIOS settings mode for a server:
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope bios Switch-A /chassis/server/bios # scope bios-settings Switch-A /chassis/server/bios/bios-settings #
The following example shows how to change the NUMA default BIOS setting for a platform and commit the transaction:
UCS-A# scope system
UCS-A /system # scope server-defaults
UCS-A /system/server-defaults # show platform
Platform:
Product Name Vendor Model Revision
------------ ---------- ---------- --------
Cisco B200-M1
Cisco Systems, Inc.
N20-B6620-1
0
UCS-A /system/server-defaults # scope platform "Cisco Systems, Inc." N20-B6620-1 0
UCS-A /system/server-defaults/platform # scope bios-settings
UCS-A /system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings # set numa-config numa-optimization disabled
UCS-A /system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-settings |
|
scope bios
To enter the BIOS mode for a server, use the scope bios command.
scope bios
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the BIOS mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /server # scope bios Switch-A /server/bios #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope bios-settings |
|
show bios-settings |
|
scope bladeserver-disc-policy
To enter the blade server discovery policy mode, use the scope bladeserver-disc-policy command.
scope bladeserver-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the compute blade server discovery policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A blade server discovery policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the blade server discovery policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bladeserver-disc-policy Default Switch-A /org/bladeserver-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
scope block
To enter block mode, use the scope block command.
scope block from to
Syntax Description
| from | From value. |
| to | To value. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter block mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ip-pool ipp10
switch-A /org/ip-pool # scope block 209.165.200.225 209.165.200.235
switch-A /org/ip-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ip-pool |
|
show mac-pool |
|
scope bmc
To enter BMC mode, use the scope bmc command.
scope bmc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
This command is deprecated in later releases. Use the scope cimc command instead. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter BMC mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope bmc
switch-A /chassis/server/bmc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bmc |
|
scope boardcontroller
To enter board controller mode, use the scope boardcontroller command.
scope boardcontroller
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Only certain servers, such as the Cisco UCS B440 High Performance blade server and the Cisco UCS B230 blade server, have board controller firmware. The board controller firmware controls many of the server functions, including eUSBs, LEDs, and I/O connectors.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter board controller mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope boardcontroller
switch-A /chassis/server/boardcontroller #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boardcontroller |
|
scope boot-definition
To enter boot definition mode, use the scope boot-definition command.
scope boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter boot definition mode:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp3a
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition
switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show lan |
|
scope boot-policy
To enter boot-policy mode, use the scope boot-policy command.
scope boot-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Boot policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter boot-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy
switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
scope boot-target
To enter the boot target mode, use the scope boot-target command.
scope boot-target { primary | | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary boot target. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary boot target. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the boot target. You can configure the logical unit number (LUN) and world wide name (WWN) for the primary or secondary boot target. Use the exit command to exit boot-target.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to enter the secondary boot target mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope wwn-pool default server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # scope boot-target secondary server /org/wwn-pool/initiator/boot-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set lun |
|
set wwn |
|
show boot-target |
|
scope callhome
To view the callhome details, use the scope callhome command.
scope callhome
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view the callhome policy details.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to use this command to view the callhome details:
switch-A # scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope inventory |
|
scope policy |
|
scope capability
To enter capability mode, use the scope capability command.
scope capability
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter capability mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope capability switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show version |
|
scope cap-qual
To enter capacity qualification mode, use the scope cap-qual command.
scope cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }
Syntax Description
| fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies a non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies a non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| path-encap-consolidated | Specifies a consolidated encapsulated path. |
| path-encap-virtual | Specifies a virtual encapsulated path. |
| protected-eth-if | Specifies a protected Ethernet interface. |
| protected-fc-if | Specifies a protected Fibre Channel interface. |
| protected-fcoe | Specifies a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface. |
| virtualized-eth-if | Specifies a virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| virtualized-fc-if | Specifies a virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies a virtualized SCSI interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter capacity qualification mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
scope card
To enter the fabric card mode for a fabric-interconnect, use the scope card command.
scope card id
Syntax Description
| id | The ID of the fabric card. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric Inter-connect (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the switch mode for a fabric-interconnect.
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect A
UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # scope card 1
UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope beacon-led |
|
scope cat-updater
To enter the capability catalog file updater mode, use the scope cat-updater command.
scope cat-updater filename
Syntax Description
| filename | Enter the name of the capability catalog update file used in the previous update operation. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the capability catalog file updater mode for a previous update operation. In the cat-updater mode, you can change parameters of the operation, such as remote server location, login information, and protocol.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to change a parameter from a failed previous capability catalog update and restart the update:
UCS-A# scope system
UCS-A /system # scope capability
UCS-A /system/capability # show cat-updater
Catalog Updater:
File Name Protocol Server Userid Status
--------- -------- --------------- --------------- ------
ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin
Scp 192.0.2.111 user1 Failed
UCS-A /system/capability # scope cat-updater ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin
UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater # set server 192.0.2.112
UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater # restart
UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cat-updater |
|
scope cert-store
To enter cert-store mode, use the scope cert-store command.
scope cert-store
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate store (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/cert-store)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use cert-store mode to create, enter, delete, and show certificates.
Examples
This example shows how to enter cert-store mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope cert-store switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/cert-store #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
scope cfg-export-policy
To enter the configuration export policy command mode, use the scope cfg-export-policy command.
scope cfg-export-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the configuration export policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the configuration export policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope cfg-export-policy default UCS-A /org/cfg-export-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cfg-export-policy |
|
set adminstate |
|
set descr |
|
set hostname |
|
set password |
|
set protocol |
|
set remote-file |
|
set schedule |
|
set user |
|
scope chassis
To enter chassis mode, use the scope chassis command.
scope chassis chassis-id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
scope chassis (/capability)
To enter the chassis mode for a system, use the scope chassis command.
scope chassis vendor model hw-rev
Syntax Description
| vendor | The name of the vendor of the chassis. |
| model | The model number of the chassis. The value can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
| hw-rev | The hardware revision number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the chassis mode for a system:
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope chassis Cisco Systems Inc N20-C6508 1 Switch-A /system/capability/chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
scope chassis-conn-policy
To enter the chassis connectivity policy mode for a fabric, use the scope chassis-conn-policy command.
scope chassis-conn-policy chassis id { a | b }
Syntax Description
| chassis id | The ID of the chassis. The value must be a number between 1 and 255. |
| a | To enter the chassis connectivity policy mode for fabric A. |
| b | To enter the chassis connectivity policy mode for fabric B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the chassis connectivity policy mode for fabric A:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope chassis-conn-policy 1 a UCS-A /org/chassis-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set link-aggregation-pref |
|
show chassis-conn-policy |
|
scope chassis-disc-policy
To enter chassis discovery policy mode, use the scope chassis-disc-policy command.
scope chassis-disc-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter chassis discovery policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org30
switch-A /org # scope chassis-disc-policy
switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
show org |
|
scope cimc
To enter CIMC mode, use the scope cimc command.
scope cimc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter CIMC mode:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc switch-A /chassis/server/cimc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimc |
|
show raid-controller |
|
scope class chassis-stats
To enter the chassis statistics of a class, use the scope class chassis-stats command.
scope class chassis-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the chassis statistics of a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class chassis-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class chassis-stats |
|
scope class cpu-env-stats
To enter the CPU environment statistics class, use the scope class cpu-stats command.
scope class cpu-env-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
/org/stats-threshold-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter the CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats
To enter the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics mode, use the scope class dimm-env-stats command.
scope class dimm-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the DIMM environment statistics mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class dimm-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class ether-error-stats
To enter an Ethernet error statistics class, use the scope class ether-error-stats command.
scope ether-error-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
There must be an available statistics threshold policy to view the Ethernet error statistics for the class.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet error statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-error-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class ether-loss-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-port-stats |
|
scope class ether-loss-stats
To enter the Ethernet loss statistics of a class, use the scope class ether-loss-stats command.
scope class ether-loss-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arugments or keywords
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet loss statistics for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-srver/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-loss-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class ether-error-stats |
|
scope class ether-port-stats |
|
scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
To enter an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-stats
To enter an Ethernet port statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats
To enter the Ethernet pause statistics class mode, use the scope class ether-pause-stats command.
scope class ether-pause-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to change to the Ethernet pause statistics class mode:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-pause-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-rx-stats
To enter an Ethernet Rx statistics class, use the scope class ether-rx-stats command.
scope class ether-rx-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet Rx statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-rx-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class ether-rx-stats |
|
scope class ether-tx-stats
To enter the Ethernet tx statistics mode for a class, use the scope class ether-tx-stats command.
scope class ether-tx-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the Ethernert tx statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ether-tx-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope class ether-rx-stats |
|
show class ether-tx-stats |
|
scope class fan-module-stats
To enter the fan module statistics mode for a class, use the scope class fan-module-stats command.
scope class fan-module-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the fan module statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/ # scope class fan-module-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class fan-module-stats |
|
scope class fan-stats
To enter the fan statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fan-stats command.
scope class fan-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the fan statistics mode of a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class fan-stats |
|
scope class fc-error-stats
To enter the Fibre Channel error statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fc-error-stats command.
scope class fc-error-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel error statistics mode of a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fc-error-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class fc-error-stats |
|
scope class fc-stats
To enter the Fibre Channel statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fc-stats command.
scope class fc-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fc-stats Switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class fc-stats |
|
scope class fex-env-stats
To enter the Fex environment statistics mode for a class, use the scope class fex-env-stats command.
scope class fex-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy must be created to use this command.
An Fex environment statistics mode must be created for a class to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fex environment statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy Default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fex-env-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class fex-env-stats |
|
scope class fex-power-summary
To enter the Fex power summary statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fex-power-summary command.
scope class fex-power-summary
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy and an Fex power summary statistics class must be created to use this command
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fex power summary statistics class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fex-power-summary Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fex-power-summary |
|
delete class fex-power-summary |
|
scope class fex-psu-input-stats
To enter the Fex power supply input statistics mode of a class, use the scope class fex-psu-input-stats command.
scope class fex-psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy and an Fex power supply input statistics class must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fex power supply input statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fex-psu-input-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
delete class fex-psu-input-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats
To change to the IO card statistics class mode, use the scope class io-card-stats command.
scope class io-card-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the io-card-stats class mode to configure class properties.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the IO card statistics class mode:
server# scope eth-server server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class io-card-stats server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
delete class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats
To change to the memory array environment statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-array-env-stats command.
scope class memory-array-env-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the memory array environment statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-array-env-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats
To enter the memory error correctable codes statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats command.
scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change to the memory error correctable code statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
delete class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
enter class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
show class memory-error-correctable-codes-stats |
|
scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats
To enter the memory mirroring error statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats command.
scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change to the memory mirroring error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-mirroring-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
delete class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
enter class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
show class memory-mirroring-error-stats |
|
scope class memory-sparing-error-stats
To enter the memory sparing error statistics class mode, use the scope class memory-sparing-error-stats command.
scope class memory-sparing-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change to the memory sparing error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class memory-sparing-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
delete class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
enter class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
show class memory-sparing-error-stats |
|
scope class motherboard-temp-stats
To enter the motherboard temperature statistics mode for a class, use the scope class motherboard-temp-stats command.
scope class motherboard-temp-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics Threshold Policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy for the organization mode must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the motherboard temperature statistics mode for a class.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy sample
UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class motherboard-temp-stats
UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
enter class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
show class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
delete class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) correctable error statistics class mode, use the scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats command.
scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change to the PCIe correctable error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pc-ie-correctable-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
delete class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
enter class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
show class pc-ie-correctable-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-statss |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change to the PCIe fatal error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change to a PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
To enter the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class mode, use the scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change to the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class rack-unit-fan-stats
To enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class, use the scope class rack-unit-fan-stats command.
scope class rack-unit-fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy and a rack unit fan statistics class must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack unit fan statistics mode for a class:
Switch-A # scope eth-server Switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # scope class rack-unit-fan-stats Switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-fan-stats |
|
scope class rack-unit-psu-stats
To enter the rack unit power supply statistics mode for a class, use the scope class rack-unit-psu-stats command.
scope class rack-unit-psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy and a rack unit power supply statistics class must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack unit power supply statistics mode for a class.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class rack-unit-psu-stats Switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
delete class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
create class rack-unit-psu-stats |
|
scope client
To enter a specific client mode, use the scope client command in port-profile mode.
scope client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile within the VMware command mode (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Port profile with the virtual management command mode (/system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use client mode to create the following managed objects:
Examples
This example shows how to enter client mode:
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # scope client c100 UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope cluster-set
To enter the cluster-set mode for the system, use the scope cluster-set command.
scope cluster-set
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual Machine Management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the cluster-set mode for the system.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope cluster-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cluster |
|
enter cluster |
|
scope cluster |
|
show cluster |
|
delete cluster |
|
scope cluster
To enter the distributed virtual switch mode, use the scope cluster command.
scope cluster name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the distributed virtual switch. It is the name you provided while creating the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Cluster set (/system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A distributed virtual switch must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the distributed virtual switch mode.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope cluster-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set # scope cluster sample UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set/cluster #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cluster |
|
enter cluster |
|
delete cluster |
|
show cluster |
|
scope console-auth
To enter the console authentication mode, use the scope console-auth command.
scope console-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the console authentication mode:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope console-auth Switch-A /security/console-auth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set auth-server-group |
|
set realm |
|
scope control-ep policy
To enter the control end point policy command mode, use the scope control-ep policy command.
scope control-ep policy
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control end point policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the control end point policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create control-ep policy |
|
enter control-ep policy |
|
show control-ep policy |
|
delete control-ep policy |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set registry-ip |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
scope cpu
To enter a CPU mode, use the scope cpu command.
scope cpu
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualifier (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a CPU mode:
server# scope org server /org # scope server-qual all-chassis server /org/server-qual # scope cpu server /org/server-qual/cpu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create cpu |
|
delete cpu |
|
enter cpu |
|
show server |
|
scope cpu (/system/capability)
To enter the CPU mode for a system, use the scope cpu command.
scope cpu vendor model hw-rev
Syntax Description
| vendor | The vendor name of the CPU. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
| model | The model number of the CPU. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
| hw-rev | The hardware revision of the CPU. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the CPU mode for a system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope cpu Intel(R) Genuine Intel(R) CPU 1 Switch-A /system/capability/cpu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
scope chassis |
|
scope data-center
To enter data-center mode, use the scope data-center command in vcenter mode.
scope data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Data center (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
scope default-auth
To enter the default authentication mode, use the scope default-auth command.
scope default-auth
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created prior to using this command to enter the default authentication mode for an authentication domain.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the default authentication mode in an authentication domain:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Default Switch-A /security/auth-domain # scope default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create default-auth |
|
delete default-auth |
|
scope default-behavior
To enter default-behavior mode, use the scope default-behavior command.
scope default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
scope dest-interface
To enter the destination interface mode for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the scope dest-interface command.
scope dest-interface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slotid | The slot ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-5. |
| portid | The port ID of the destination interface. It must be a value between 1-40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session)
Ethernet traffic monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session or an Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the destination interface mode for the Ethernet traffic monitoring session.
To enter the destination interface mode for the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session, replace eth-traffic-mon with fc-traffic-mon , and eth-mon-session with fc-mon-session .
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session # scope dest-interface 1 33 Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dest-interface |
|
delete dest-interface |
|
scope dhcp-ip-params
To enter the configured DHCP for initiator IP parameters mode, use the scope dhcp-ip-params command.
scope dhcp-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a DHCP initiator for IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the DHCP for initiator IP parameters mode:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # scope dhcp-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/dhcp-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
enter dhcp-ip-params |
|
delete dhcp-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
scope diag
To enter the diagnostics mode for a server, use the scope diag
command.scope diag
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the diagnostic mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope diag Switch-A /chassis/server/diag #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show diag |
|
scope dimm
To enter the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) for a server, use the scope dimm command.
scope dimm id
Syntax Description
| Id | The ID of the dual in-line memory module. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Memory array (/chassis/server/memory-array)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the DIMM mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope memory-array 1 Switch-A /chassis/server/memory-array # scope dimm 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/memory-array/dimm #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
reset-errors |
|
acknowledge fault |
|
scope distributed-virtual-switch
To enter distributed-virtual-switch mode, use the enter distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use distributed-virtual-switch mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter distributed-virtual-switch mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope download-task
To download a task for a license, use the scope download-task command.
scope download-task filename
Syntax Description
| filename | The name of the file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The file must exist to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to download a task for a license.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # scope download-task Sample Switch-A /license* # commit-buffer Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope license |
|
install file |
|
clear file |
|
scope dynamic-vnic-conn
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode, use the scope dynamic-vnic-conn command.
scope dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use dynamic-vnic-conn mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope dynamic-vnic-conn
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp100 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
scope egress-policy
To enter egress-policy mode, use the scope egress-policy command in qos-policy mode.
scope egress-policy
This command has no argument or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an egress policy before you scope to egress-policy mode.
Use egress-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter egress-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /system # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope egress-policy switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server/container #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
scope eth-best-effort
To enter eth-best-effort mode, use the scope eth-best-effort command in qos mode.
scope eth-best-effort
This command has no argument or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use eth-best-effort mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-best-effort mode:
switch-A # scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show |
|
scope eth-classified
To enter eth-classified mode, use the scope eth-classified command.
scope eth-classified { best-effort | bronze | gold | platinum | silver }
Syntax Description
| best-effort | Specifies best effort mode. |
| bronze | Specifies bronze classified mode. |
| gold | Specifies gold classified mode. |
| platinum | Specifies platinum classified mode. |
| silver | Specifies silver classified mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to enter eth-classified mode:
switch-A# eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
scope eth-if
To view the Ethernet interface, use the scope eth-if command.
scope eth-if { Name }
Syntax Description
| Name | Name of the Ethernet interface. This name can include a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vNIC Template (/org/vnic-template)
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the Ethernet interface can include a maximum of 32 characters and can be alphanumeric. Special characters cannot be used.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the Ethernet interface information:
switch-A # scope org switch-A # /org # scope vnic-templ switch-A # /org/vnic-templ # scope eth-if Word Name (Max Size 32) switch-A # /org/vnic-templ # scope eth-if Sample switch-A # /org/vnic-templ/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope eth-policy |
|
scope eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
To enter the Ethernet interface mode for an iSCSI VNIC, use the scope eth-if command.
scope eth-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet interface mode for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-isci testing UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ip-if |
|
create eth-if |
|
enter eth-if |
|
scope eth-mon-session
To enter the Ethernet monitoring session mode, use the scope eth-mon-session command.
scope eth-mon-session name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the Ethernet monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Ether traffic monitoring session (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session can include alphanumeric characters, but no special characters are allowed.
An Ethernet traffic monitoring session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-traffic-mon UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session Default UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
scope eth-policy
To enter eth-policy mode, use the scope eth-policy command.
scope eth-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-policy mode using Ethernet policy ep100:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # scope eth-policy ep100
switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
scope eth-server
To enter eth-server mode, use the scope eth-server command.
scope eth-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-server mode:
switch-A#scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show server |
|
scope eth-storage
To enter the Ethernet storage mode, use the scope eth-storage command.
scope eth-storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode.
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet storage mode from the chassis mode.
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
acknowledge fault |
|
scope vlan |
|
scope stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope eth-target
To enter the Ethernet target endpoint mode for a fabric interface, use the scope eth-target command.
scope eth-target name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the Ethernet target endpoint. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Port channel within Ethernet storage command mode (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an interface for a fabric, and an Ethernet target endpoint for that interface before you use this command in the interface command mode.
You must create a port channel for a fabric in the Ethernet storage command mode before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet target endpoint for a fabric interface:
UCS-A # scope eth-storage UCS-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 33 UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # scope eth-target Testing UCS-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set macaddress |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
create eth-target |
|
scope eth-traffic-mon
To enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode, use the scope eth-traffic-mon command.
scope eth-traffic-mon
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Ethernet traffic monitoring session mode:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A chassis/server/adapter # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope eth-mon-session |
|
scope eth-uplink
To enter eth-uplink mode, use the scope eth-uplink command.
scope eth-uplink
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-uplink mode:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope ext-eth-if
To enter the external Ethernet interface for an adapter, use the scope ext-eth-if command.
scope ext-eth-if { ID }
Syntax Description
| ID | The ID of the external Ethernet interface. The value must be an integer 0 and 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the external Ethernet interface for an adapter.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope ext-eth-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
acknowledge fault |
|
set cli |
|
show ext-eth-if |
|
scope extension-key
To enter extension-key mode, use the scope extension-key command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope extension-key
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Extension key (/system/vm-mgmt/extension-key)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You use extension key mode to :
Examples
This example shows how to enter extension-key mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope extension-key switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show extension-key |
|
show fsm |
|
scope ext-pooled-ip
To enter the external management pooled IP address mode for a service profile, use the scope ext-pooled-ip command.
scope ext-pooled-ip
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created and an external management pooled IP address must be set for this service profile to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the scope of the external management pooled IP address mode for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile default Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-pooled-ip Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-pooled-ip #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
set ext-mgmt-ip-state |
|
scope ext-static-ip
To enter the external static management IP address mode, use the scope ext-static-ip command.
scope ext-static-ip
Command Default
None
Command Modes
CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the external static management IP address mode for the CIMC.
Switch-A # scope server 1/7 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc # scope ext-static-ip Switch-A /chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ext-static-ip |
|
enter ext-static-ip |
|
show ext-static-ip |
|
delete ext-static-ip |
|
scope fabric
To enter fabric mode, use the scope fabric command.
scope fabric { a | b }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server (/eth-server)
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Ethernet Traffic Monitoring (/eth-traffic-mon)
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fibre Channel Traffic Monitoring (/fc-traffic-mon)
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the following modes: Ethernet Traffic Monitoring (/eth-traffic-mon) Fibre Channel Traffic Monitoring (/fc-traffic-mon) Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage) |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter fabric mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter Ethernet server fabric mode for fabric B:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server# scope fabric b switch-A /eth-server/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show interface |
|
scope fabric-if
To enter the fabric interface mode, use the scope fabric-if command.
scope fabric-if { ID }
Syntax Description
| ID | Port ID of the fabric. The value must be an integer between 0 and 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port group within a chassis (/chassis/iom/port-group)
Port group within a fabric extender module (/fex/iom/port-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The Port ID must be an integer between 0 and 4294967295.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the fabric interface mode of a chassis:
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope iom 1 UCS-A /chassis/iom # scope port-group fabric UCS-A /chassis/iom/port-group # scope fabric-if 345
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope server-if |
|
scope fabric-interconnect
To enter fabric interconnect mode, use the scope fabric-interconnect command.
scope fabric-interconnect { a | b }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter fabric interconnect mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter fabric interconnect mode for fabric B:
switch-A# scope fabric-interconnect b switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
scope fabric-port-channel
To enter the fabric port channel mode, use the scope fabric-port-channel command.
scope fabric-port-channel port channel id
Syntax Description
| port channel id | The ID of the port channel interface. The value must be between 1024 and 4096. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/eth-server/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fabric port channel must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the fabric port channel in the Ethernet server mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-server UCS-A /eth-server # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-server/fabric # scope fabric-port-channel 1024 UCS-A /eth-server/fabric/fabric-port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-port-channel |
|
scope host-port-channel |
|
scope fan
To enter the fan mode, use the scope fan command.
scope fan id
Syntax Description
| ID | Identification number of the fan. It must be a number between 1 and 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric extender module (/fex)
Fabric interconnect module (/fabric-interconnect)
Fan module within a chassis (/chassis/fan-module)
Fan module within a fabric interconnect module (/fabric-interconnect/fan-module/)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the fan mode for a chassis:
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope fan-module 1 2 Switch-A /chassis/fan-module # scope fan 3 Switch-A /chassis/fan-module/fan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fan |
|
scope fan-module
To enter the fan module, use the scope fan-module command.
scope fan-module tray module
Syntax Description
| tray | ID of the tray. |
| module | ID of the module. It must be a number between 1 and 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Fabric interconnect module (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the fan module mode for a chassis:
Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope fan-module 1 3 Switch-A /chassis/fan-module #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fan |
|
show fan-module |
|
scope fault-suppress-task
To enter the fault suppress task command mode, use the scope fault-suppress-task command.
scope fault-suppress-task name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the fault suppress task. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Fabric Extender (/fex)
IOM (/chassis/iom)
Server (/chassis/server)
Organization (/org)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the fault suppress task command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope fault suppress-task Sample UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task # set schedule testing UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task* # set suppress-policy sample_policy UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/fault-suppress-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fault-suppress-task |
|
enter fault-suppress-task |
|
show fault-suppress-task |
|
delete fault-suppress-task |
|
scope fc
To view and set Fibre Channel information, use the scope fc command.
scopefc { set | show }
Syntax Description
| set | Use this option to set details such as Cos and weight. |
| show | To view the Fibre Channel information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet Server (/eth-server/qos/fc)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the fibre channel information:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A# /eth-server # scope qos switch-A# /eth-server/qos # scope fc switch-A# /eth-server/qos/fc # show FC Class: Priority: Fc Cos: 3 Weight: 5 Bw Percent: 50 Drop: No Drop Mtu: FC Admin State: Enabled
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
scope fc-group-def
To enter the Fibre Channel group definition command mode, use the scope fc-group-def command.
scope fc-group-def
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group within a SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group within a Service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group for the SAN connectivity policy or the service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel group definition command mode for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # scope fc-group-def UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group/fc-group-def # set cli table-field-delimiter comma UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group/fc-group-def # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group/fc-group-def #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set cli table-field-delimiter |
|
set cli suppress-field-spillover |
|
set cli suppress headers |
|
scope fc-mon-session
To enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session mode, use the scope fc-mon-session command.
scope fc-mon-session Name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the monitoring session. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric)
Fibre channel traffic monitoring session (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session/)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the monitoring session can be alphanumeric, but cannot include special characters.
You must configure a traffic monitoring session before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring session:
UCS-A # scope fc-traffic-mon UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric b UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # scope fc-mon-session Default UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope dest-interface |
|
scope fc-policy
To enter fc-policy mode, use the scope fc-policy command.
scope fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use fc-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter fc-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fp100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcp100 switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
scope fc-storage
To enter the Fibre Channel storage mode, use the scope fc-storage command.
scope fc-storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel storage mode from the service profile mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
scope fabric |
|
scope vsan |
|
scope fc-traffic-mon
To enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring mode, use the scope fc-traffic-mon command.
scope fc-traffic-mon
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel traffic monitoring mode:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A chassis/server/adapter # scope fc-traffic-mon Switch-A /fc-traffic-mon #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fc-mon-session |
|
create fc-mon-session |
|
delete fc-mon-session |
|
scope fc-uplink
To enter fc-uplink mode, use the scope fc-uplink command.
scope fc-uplink
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter fc-uplink mode:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
scope fcoe-member-port
To enter the FCoE member port command mode, use the scope fcoe-member-port command.
scope fcoe-member-port slot ID port ID
Syntax Description
| slot ID | Slot identification number. |
| port ID | Port identification number |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
FCoE port channel (/fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE member port must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the FCoE member port command mode.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope fcoe-port-channel 1 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel # scope fcoe-member-port 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/fcoe-member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-member-port |
|
enter fcoe-member-port |
|
show fcoe-member-port |
|
delete fcoe-member-port |
|
scope fcoe-port-channel
To enter the FCoE port channel command mode, use the scope fcoe-port-channel command.
scope fcoe-port-channel fcoe-port-channel ID
Syntax Description
| fcoe-port-channel ID | The FCoE port channel ID. It is a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE port channel must exist to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the FCoE port channel command mode for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope fcoe-port-channel 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel* # create fcoe-member-port 2 23 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel* # create mon-src sample_session UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src* # set direction both UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel/mon-src #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-member-port |
|
create mon-src |
|
set direction |
|
delete fcoe-port-channel |
|
scope fcoeinterface
To enter the FCoE interface command mode of a fabric, use the scope fcoeinterface command.
scope fcoeinterface slotid portid
Syntax Description
| slotid | Slot ID of the interface. |
| portid | Port ID of the interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE interface must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the FCoE interface command mode.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope fcoeinterface 1 22 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface # set user-label sample_interface UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoeinterface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoeinterface |
|
enter fcoeinterface |
|
show fcoeinterface |
|
delete fcoeinterface |
|
scope fex
To enter the Fabric extender module, use the scope fex command.
scope fex id
Syntax Description
| id | The ID of the Fabric extender module. The value must be a numeral. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode.
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the fabric extender module from the adapter mode.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1 Switch-A /server/adapter # scope fex 2 Switch-A /fex #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fan |
|
scope iom |
|
scope psu |
|
scope firmware
To enter firmware mode, use the scope firmware command.
scope firmware
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter firmware mode:
switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
scope flow-control
To enter flow control mode, use the scope flow-control command.
scope flow-control
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter flow control mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope folder
To enter folder mode, use the scope folder command in vcenter mode.
scope folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Data center (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use folder mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope folder f1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show folder |
|
show vcenter |
|
scope fw-host-pack
To view the server host pack, use the scope fw-host-pack command.
scope fw-host-pack { Name }
Syntax Description
| Name | The name of the server host pack. This name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the server host pack can include a maximum of 32 characters. It should not include any special characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the server host pack.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope fw-host-pack fhpl UCS-A /org/fw-host-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw-host-pack |
|
scope fw-mgmt-pack
To view the server management pack details, use the scope fw-mgmt-pack command.
scope fw-mgmt-pack { Name }
Syntax Description
| Name | The name of the server management pack. This name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the server management pack can include upto 16 characters only. The name can include alphanumeric characters, but special characters are not allowed.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the server management pack.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope fw-mgmt-pack Fhpl123 UCS-A /org/fw-mgmt-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
scope host-eth-if
To view the Ethernet interface information of the adapter, use the scope host-eth-if command.
scope host-eth-if ID
Syntax Description
| ID | An integer. Range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The ID must be an integer. Alphanumeric characters are not allowed.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the Ethernet information of the host:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope ext-eth-if |
|
scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac
To view the host Ethernet interface information of a specific device, use the scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac command.
scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac dynamic MAC address
Syntax Description
| dynamic MAC address | Enter the MAC address of the host Ethernet interface. The standard format of the MAC address is hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Host Ethernet Interface (chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The dynamic MAC address must be entered in the standard hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh format.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the host Ethernet interface information of a particular device:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if # scope host-eth-if dynamic-mac 00:1B:50:35:56:99 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show host-eth-if |
|
scope host-fc-if
To view the Fibre Channel information of the host interface, use the scope host-fc-if command.
scope host-fc-if ID
Syntax Description
| ID | The range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (chassis/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The ID is an integer and the range of valid values is between 0 to 4294967295.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the Fibre Channel information of the host interface:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc-if 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope host-fc-if wwn |
|
scope host-fc-if wwn
To enter the worldwide name mode of the Fibre Channel host, use the scope host-fc-if wwn command.
scope host-fc-if wwn
Syntax Description
| wwn | Worldwide Name. The valid value is a 64-bit alphanumeric string. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The WWN must be a valid 64-bit alphanumeric string.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the Fibre Channel interface information of a particular device:
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc-if wwn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef Switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show host-fc-if wwn |
|
scope host-iscsi-if
To enter the host iSCSI interface mode, use the scope host-iscsi-if command.
scope host-iscsi-if ID
Syntax Description
| ID | Identification number of the host iSCSI interface. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter within the chassis mode (/chassis/server/adapter)
Adapter within the server mode (/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create the host iSCSI interface before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the host iSCSI interface mode for an adapter:
UCS-A # scope adapter 1/1/1 UCS-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-iscsi-if 2 UCS-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-iscsi-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show host-iscsi-if |
|
scope host-port-channel
To enter the host port channel mode, use the scope host-port-channel command.
scope host-port-channel port channel id
Syntax Description
| port channel id | The port channel ID. The value must be between 1024 and 4096. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric within the Ethernet server mode (/eth-server/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The host port channels must be available to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the host port channel mode for a fabric within the Ethernet server mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-server UCS-A /eth-server # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-server/fabric # scope host-port-channel 1023 UCS-A /eth-server/fabric/host-port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show host-port-channel |
|
scope fabric-port-channel |
|
scope import-config
To enter import configuration mode, use the scope import-config command.
scope import-config name
Syntax Description
| name | Import configuration name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter import configuration mode:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope import-config ic10
switch-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show import-config |
|
show managed-entity |
|
scope initiator-group
To enter the initiator group command mode, use the scope initiator-group command.
scope initiator-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the initiator group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group for a SAN connectivity policy or a service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the initiator group command mode of a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group testing UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator |
|
create initiator-group |
|
enter initiator-group |
|
show initiator-group |
|
delete initiator-group |
|
scope instance
To enter instance mode, use the scope instance command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope instance uuid
Syntax Description
| uuid | The UUID of the instance. The format is NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Instance (/system/vm-mgmt/instance)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use instance mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter instance mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope instance 700c4760-da08-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/instance #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ? |
|
show ? |
|
scope interface
To view the Ethernet interface information of the fabric, use the scope interface command.
scope interface { slot ID | port id }
Syntax Description
| slot ID | The ID of the slot. It must be a number between 1 and 5. |
| port ID | The ID of the port. It must be a number between 1 and 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Ethernet Server (/eth-server/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The Slot ID must be a number between 1 and 5. You cannot enter any alphanumeric or special characters.
The Port ID must be a number between 1 and 40. You cannot enter any alphanumeric or special characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the interface information for the Ethernet Uplink:
Switch-A # scope eth-uplink Switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 1-5 Slot ID Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 2 1-40 Port ID Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 2 33 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope eth-uplink |
|
scope interface fc
To enter the fibre channel interface for a fabric, use the scope interface fc command.
scope interface fc slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot identification number. The range of valid values is between 2 and 5. |
| port id | The port identification number. The range of valid values is between 1 and 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fibre channel interface for the fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the fibre channel interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # scope interface fc 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface fc |
|
enter interface fc |
|
show interface fc |
|
delete interface fc |
|
scope interface fcoe
To enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet mode for a fabric, use the scope interface fcoe command.
scope interface fcoe slot id port id
Syntax Description
| slot id | The slot identification number. |
| port id | The port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-storage/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface for a fabric.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # scope interface fcoe 2 33 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/fcoe #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface fcoe |
|
enter interface fcoe |
|
show interface fcoe |
|
delete interface fcoe |
|
scope inventory
To view the Callhome periodic system inventory information, use the scope inventory command.
scope inventory
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Periodic system inventory (/monitoring/callhome/periodic-system-inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view the periodic system inventory.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the periodic system inventory information:
switch-A # scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope policy |
|
scope profile |
|
scope iom (/chassis)
To enter iom mode for a chassis, use the scope iom command.
scope iom { id | a | b }
Syntax Description
| id | Module identification number. |
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter iom mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1
switch-A /chassis/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope iom (/capability) |
|
show iom |
|
show slot |
|
scope iom (/capability)
To enter the IOM mode of a system, use the scope iom command.
scope iom vendor model hw-rev
Syntax Description
| vendor | Vendor name. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
| model | Model number. The number can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
| hw-rev | Hardware revision. The number can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the IOM mode for a system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope iom Cisco Systems Inc N20-I6583 0 Switch-A /system/capability/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope iom |
|
show iom |
|
scope iom (/fex)
To enter the IO module mode, use the scope iom command.
scope iom id
Syntax Description
| id | ID of the IO module. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric-extender module (/fex)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the IO module mode:
UCS-A # scope fex 1
UCS-A /fex # scope iom 2
UCS-A /fex/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fex |
|
scope ip-if
To enter the IPv4 interface mode of the iSCSI VNIC, use the scope ip-if command.
scope ip-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an IPv4 target interface before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the IPv4 target interface for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi example UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create dhcp-ip-params |
|
create pooled-ip-params |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
enter ip-if |
|
delete ip-if |
|
scope ipmi-access-profile
To enter IPMI access profile mode, use the scope ipmi-access-profile command.
scope ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | Access profile name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enter IPMI access profile mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
scope ipmi-user
To change the mode to the IPMI user, use the scope ipmi-user command.
scope ipmi-user { User Name }
Syntax Description
| User Name | Name of the IPMI user. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPMI Access Profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile/)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced as scope epuser. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was renamed as scope ipmi-user. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the IPMI user can be alphanumeric, but cannot contain any special characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to change the mode to the IPMI user:
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile Sample switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # scope ipmi-user Example switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-user |
|
enter ipmi-user |
|
delete ipmi-user |
|
set descr |
|
set password |
|
set privilege |
|
show ipmi-access profile |
|
scope iqn-pool
To change the command mode to the IQN pool mode, use the scope iqn-pool command.
scope iqn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the IQN pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An IQN pool must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to change the command mode to IQN pool mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope iqn-pool Sample1 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iqn-pool |
|
enter iqn-pool |
|
show iqn-pool |
|
delete iqn-pool |
|
set iqn-prefix |
|
set descr |
|
create block |
|
scope iscsi-policy
To enter the iSCSI adapter policy mode for the organization, use the scope iscsi-policy command.
scope iscsi-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI adapter policy. It is the name that you provided when you created the iSCSI adapter policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI policy before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the iSCSI adapter policy mode for an organization:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi-policy |
|
enter iscsi-policy |
|
show iscsi-policy |
|
delete iscsi-policy |
|
scope iscsi
To enter the boot iSCSI mode, use the scope iscsi command.
scope iscsi
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot definition for a service profile (/org/service-profile/boot-definition)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a boot iSCSI policy before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the boot iSCSI mode for the boot definition of a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org Sample UCS-A /org # scope service-profile test UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # scope iscsi UCS-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi |
|
delete iscsi |
|
enter iscsi |
|
show iscsi |
|
scope lan
To view information on the boot LAN, use the scope lan command.
scope lan
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
Boot Policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view the boot LAN information.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the boot LAN information:
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope boot-policy Example switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope storage |
|
scope virtual-media |
|
scope lan-connectivity-policy
To enter the vNIC LAN connectivity policy command mode, use the scope lan-connectivity-policy command.
scope lan-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the vNIC LAN connectivity policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A vNIC LAN connectivity policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the vNIC LAN connectivity policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope lan-connectivity-policy Sample UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lan-connectivity-policy |
|
enter lan-connectivity-policy |
|
show lan-connectivity-policy |
|
delete lan-connectivity-policy |
|
scope ldap
To enter LDAP mode, use the scope ldap command.
scope ldap
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter LDAP mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
scope ldap-group
To enter the LDAP group mode, use the scope ldap-group command.
scope ldap-group Group DN
Syntax Description
| Group DN | Name of the LDAP group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An LDAP group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group mode:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope ldap-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/ldap-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
scope ldap-group-rule
To enter the LDAP group rule mode, use the scope ldap-group-rule command.
scope ldap-group-rule
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use this command in the server mode, an LDAP server must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the LDAP group rule mode for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/server # scope ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
scope license
To enter the license mode, use the scope license command.
scope license
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode.
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the license mode from the adapter mode.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1 Switch-A /server/adapter # scope license Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope download-task |
|
install file |
|
clear file |
|
scope locale
To enter locale mode, use the scope locale command.
scope locale name
Syntax Description
| name | Locale name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter locale mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope locale
switch-A /security/locale #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show remote-user |
|
scope local-disk-config
To enter the local disk configuration mode, use the scope local-disk-config command.
scope local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
RAID Controller (/chassis/server/raid-controller)
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the local disk configuration mode for the RAID controller of a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 Sas Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller # scope local-disk-config Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller/local-disk-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
scope local-schedule
To enter the local schedule command mode for a fault suppress task, use the scope local-schedule command.
scope local schedule
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault Suppress Task for a chassis (/chassis/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task for an organization (/org/fault-suppress-task)
Fault Suppress Task for a service profile (/org/service-profile/fault-suppress-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A local schedule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the local schedule command mode for a fault suppress task associated with chassis 1.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # scope local-schedule UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-schedule |
|
enter local-schedule |
|
scope lun
To enter the logical unit number (LUN) mode for a server, use the scope lun command.
scope lun id
Syntax Description
| ID | The ID of the logical unit number. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967297. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
RAID Controller (/chassis/server/raid-controller)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the logical unit number mode for a RAID controller.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 Sas Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller # scope lun 1 Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller/lun #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope local-disk-config |
|
show lun |
|
scope lun (static-target-if)
To enter the LUN mode for an iSCSI VNIC, use the scope lun command.
scope lun
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Static target interface priority (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a static target interface priority for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the LUN mode for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope static-target-if 1 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if # scope lun UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set auth-name |
|
set ipaddress |
|
set name |
|
set port |
|
create lun |
|
enter lun |
|
show lun |
|
delete lun |
|
scope mac-security
To enter the MAC security mode for a network control policy, use the scope mac-security command.
scope mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network Control Policy (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A network control policy for an organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the MAC security mode for a network control policy for an organization.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy Sample Switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # scope mac-security Switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set forged-transmit |
|
show mac-security |
|
scope maint-policy
To enter the maintenance policy mode, use the scope maint-policy command.
scope maint-policy Name
Syntax Description
| Name | The name of the maintenance policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A maintenance policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the maintenance policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope maint-policy Default Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
scope mcast-policy
To enter the multicast policy command mode, use the scope mcast-policy command.
scope mcast-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the multicast policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A multicast policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the multicast policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope mcast-policy testing UCS-A /org/mcast-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set querier |
|
set querierip |
|
set snooping |
|
enter mcast-policy |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
scope management-extension
To enter the management extension mode for the system, use the scope management-extension command.
scope management-extension
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the management extension mode for a system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope management-extension Switch-A /system/management-extension #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
activate firmware version |
|
scope backup |
|
scope capability |
|
scope import-config |
|
scope managed-entity |
|
scope scheduler |
|
scope server-default |
|
scope services |
|
scope vm-mgmt |
|
scope member-fcoe-port-channel
To enter the member FCoE port channel command mode, use the scope member-fcoe-port-channel command.
scope member-fcoe-port-channel { a | b } fcoeportchannelid
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fcoeportchannelid | FCoE port channel ID. The value is a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A member FCoE port channel must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the member FCoE port channel command mode.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric A UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # scope member-fcoe-port-channel a 23 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/member-fcoe-port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
enter member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
show member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
delete member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
scope member-port-channel
To enter the member port channel mode, use the scope member-port-channel command.
scope member-port-channel { a | b } port channel id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies port A. |
| b | Specifies port B. |
| port channel id | Port channel ID. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/vlan and /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a VSAN or a VLAN and a member port channel before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the member port channel for VSAN:
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan default Switch-a /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # scope member-port-channel a 22 Switch-a /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/member-port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port-channel |
|
enter member-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel |
|
delete member-port-channel |
|
scope member-port
To enter the member port command mode, use the scope member-port command.
scope member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within the fabric interconnect mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet uplink command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the member port command mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-storage UCS-A /eth-storage # scope vlan sample UCS-A /eth-storage/vlan # scope member-port a 1 22 UCS-A /eth-storage/vlan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port |
|
enter member-port |
|
show member-port |
|
delete member-port |
|
scope member-port fc
To enter the Fibre Channel member port command mode, use the scope member-port fc command.
scope member-port fc { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create Fibre Channel member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel member port command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage
UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # scope member-port fc a 1 22
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fc |
|
enter member-port fc |
|
show member-port fc |
|
delete member-port fc |
|
scope member-port fcoe
To enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet member port command mode, use the scope member-port fcoe command.
scope member-port fcoe { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The value must be between 1 and 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. The value must be between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage
UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # scope member-port fcoe a 1 233
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fcoe |
|
enter member-port fcoe |
|
show member-port fcoe |
|
delete member-port fcoe |
|
scope member-vlan
To enter the member VLAN command mode, use the scope member-vlan command.
scope member-vlan network name
Syntax Description
| network name | The network name. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN group (/eth-uplink/vlan-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN member must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the member VLAN mode.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan-group sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group # scope member-vlan example UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan # acknowledge fault 33 UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-vlan |
|
enter member-vlan |
|
show member-vlan |
|
delete member-vlan |
|
scope memory-array
To enter the memory array mode for a server, use the scope memory-array command.
scope memory-array { ID }
Syntax Description
| ID | The ID of the memory array. The value must be an integer between 1 and 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the memory array mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope memory-array 2 Switch-A /chassis/server/memory-array #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope dimm |
|
acknowledge fault |
|
scope mon-flt
To enter the monitor filter mode, use the scope mon-flt command.
scope mon-flt name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the monitor filter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under Fabric within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VLAN under Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN under Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use this command within a fabric, either a VLAN or a VSAN must be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the monitor filter mode for a VSAN under Fibre Channel mode.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric b Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan test200 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # scope mon-flt Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan/mon-flt #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
create vlan |
|
scope monitoring
To enter monitoring mode, use the scope monitoring command.
scope monitoring
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter monitoring mode:
switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show syslog |
|
scope mon-src
To enter the monitor source session mode, use the scope mon-src command.
scope mon-src session name
Syntax Description
| session name | The name of the monitor source session. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The monitor source session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the monitor source session mode for a VNIC in a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # scope mon-src testing Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
create mon-src |
|
enter mon-src |
|
show mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
scope network
To enter network mode, use the scope network command in port-profile mode.
scope network network-name
Syntax Description
| network-name | The name of the network. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use network mode to enable or disable the default network.
Examples
This example shows how to enter network mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope network n100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/network #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show network |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope nwctrl-policy
To enter network control policy mode, use the scope nwctrl-policy command.
scope nwctrl-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the network control policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Ethernet storage (/eth-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated from the Organization command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a network control policy before you use this command.
Examples
This example shows how to enter network control policy mode:
UCS-A# scope org org10 UCS-A /org/ # scope nwctrl-policy nCP10 UCS-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
create nwctrl-policy |
|
scope occurrence one-time
To enter the one-time occurrence mode for a schedule, use the scope occurrence one-time command.
scope occurrence one-time name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the one-time occurrence instance. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule and a one-time occurrence instance for the schedule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the one-time occurrence mode for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Sample Switch-A /system/schedule # scope occurrence one-time Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
scope occurrence recurring
To enter the recurring occurrence mode for a schedule, mode, use the scope occurrence recurring command.
scope occurrence recurring name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the recurring occurrence instance for the schedule. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule and the recurring occurrence instance for that schedule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the recurring occurrence mode for a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # scope occurrence recurring Trial Switch-A /system/schedule/recurring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
show occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
scope org
To enter org mode, use the scope org command.
scope org [ org-name ]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Organization name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter org mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show org |
|
scope password-profile
To enter the password profile mode, use the scope password-profile command.
scope password-profile
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be an administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the password profile mode:
UCS-A # scope security
UCS-A /security # scope password-profile
UCS-A /security/password-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set change-count |
|
set change-during-interval |
|
set change-interval |
|
set history-count |
|
set no-change-interval |
|
scope path (iscsi)
To enter the path mode for an iSCSI image, use the scope path command.
scope path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary path of the iSCSI image. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary path of the iSCSI image. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI within the service profile mode (/org/service-profile/boot-def/iscsi)
iSCSI within a boot policy (/org/boot-policy/iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI profile and a path to the iSCSI image before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the path for an iSCSI profile within the boot-policy mode:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope boot-policy sample UCS-A /org/boot-policy # scope iscsi UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi # scope path secondary UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsivnicname |
|
create path (iscsi) |
|
enter path (iscsi) |
|
delete path (iscsi) |
|
show path (iscsi) |
|
scope policy
To enter policy mode for various types of faults and system events, use the scope policy command.
scope policy event
Syntax Description
| event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the policy mode for various types of faults and system events. In the specific policy mode, you can enable or disable Call Home messages for the type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords:
- association-failed
- chassis-seeprom-error
- configuration-failure
- connectivity-problem
- election-failure
- equipment-inaccessible
- equipment-inoperable
- equipment-problem
- fru-problem
- identity-unestablishable
- link-down
- management-services-failure
- management-services-unresponsive
- power-problem
- thermal-problem
- unspecified
- version-incompatible
- voltage-problem
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter an existing policy mode for link-down events and how to enable Call Home messages for those events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create policy |
|
enter policy |
|
show policy |
|
scope pooled-ip-params
To enter the configured pool for initiator IP addresses mode, use the scope pooled-ip-params command.
scope pooled-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface within the iSCSI VNIC mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must configure a pool of initiator IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the configured pool of initiator IP parameters mode:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # scope pooled-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/pooled-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create pooled-ip-params |
|
enter pooled-ip-params |
|
show pooled-ip-params |
|
delete pooled-ip-params |
|
create ip-if |
|
scope port-channel
To enter the port channel mode, use the scope port-channel command.
scope port-channel port-channel-id
Syntax Description
| port-channel-id | Port identification number. It is the value you specified while creating the port channel. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the fabric interconnect mode within the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the fabric interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric) and Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric). |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter port channel mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 10 UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show switch |
|
show port-channel |
|
scope port-profile
To enter port-profile mode, use the scope port-profile command in profile-set mode.
scope port-profile port-profile-name
Syntax Description
| port-profile-name | The name of the port profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile within a profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Port profile within virtual management (/system/vm-mgmt/profile-set)
Port profile within a cluster set (/system/vm-mgmt/cluster-set/cluster)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the cluster set command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use port-profile mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter port-profile mode:
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
scope post-code-reporter
To enter the POST code reporter mode for a system, use the scope post-code-reporter command.
scope post-code-template name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the POST code reporter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A POST code reporter must be available on the system to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the POST code reporter mode for the system.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope capability UCS-A /system/capability # scope post-code-reporter testing UCS-A /system/capability/post-code-reporter* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/capability/post-code-reporter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope post-code-template |
|
scope post-code-template
To enter the POST code template mode for a system, use the scope post-code-template command.
scope post-code-template name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the POST code template. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A POST code template must be available on the system to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the POST code template mode for the system
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope post-code-template test-codes Switch-A /system/capability/post-code-template* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/capability/post-code-template #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope post-code-reporter |
|
scope power-cap-mgmt
To enter the power capping management mode for the switch, use the scope power-cap-mgmt command.
scope power-cap-mgmt
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows you how to enter the power capping management mode from the adapter mode.
Switch-A # scope adapter 1/1 Switch-A /server/adapter # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope power-group |
|
scope priority-weight |
|
scope power-control-policy
To enter the power control policy mode, use the scope power-control-policy command.
scope power-control-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power control policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the power control policy mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org/power-control-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
scope power-group
To enter the power group mode, use the scope power-group command.
scope power-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the power group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the power group mode.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope power-group Sample Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
show power-group |
|
delete power-group |
|
scope pre-login-banner
To enter the pre-login banner mode, use the scope pre-login-banner command.
scope pre-login-banner
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Banner (/security/banner)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the pre-login banner mode.
UCS-A # scope security
UCS-A /security # scope banner
UCS-A /security/banner # scope pre-login-banner
UCS-A /security/banner/pre-login-banner #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set message |
|
clear message |
|
show pre-login-banner |
|
scope priority-weight
To set a priority for a power capping management policy, use the scope priority-weight command.
scope priority-weight { Admin priority | no-cap }
Syntax Description
| Admin priority | Use this option to set an administrator priority to the power capping management policy. The value must be numeral between 1 - 10. |
| no-cap | Use this option to not set a cap. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power capping management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows you how to set an administrator priority on the power capping management policy.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope priority-weight 3 Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/priority-weight #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope power-cap-mgmt |
|
scope power-group |
|
scope profile
To change the mode to the callhome destination profile, use the scope profile command.
scope profile { Name }
Syntax Description
| Name | Name of the callhome destination profile. The value of this name can include a maximum of 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome/)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The name of the callhome profile can include a maximum of 16 characters that can be alphanumeric.
Examples
Example
This example show how to change modes to the callhome profile:
UCS-A # scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile Sample UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope inventory |
|
scope policy |
|
scope profile-set
To enter profile-set mode, use the scope profile-set command in vmware mode.
scope profile-set
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You use profile-set mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter profile-set mode:
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
scope psu
To enter the power supply unit mode, use the scope psu command.
scope psu { 1-8 PSU }
Syntax Description
| 1-8 PSU | Number of the power supply unit. The value must be an integer between 1 and 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis/)
Fabric Interconnect (/fabric-interconnect/)
Fabric extender module (/fex)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric extender module (/fex) mode. |
Usage Guidelines
The PSU number must be a unique number between 1 and 8.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to change the mode to the power supply unit of the chassis:
Switch-A # scope chassis 1-255 Chassis ID Switch-A # scope chassis 1 Switch-A /chassis # scope psu 2 Switch-A /chassis/psu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope psu-policy |
|
scope psu-policy
To enter psu-policy mode, use the scope psu-policy command.
scope psu-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power supply unit policy (/org/psu-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use psu-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter psu-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope psu-policy switch-A /org/psu-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show psu |
|
show psu-policy |
|
scope qos
To enter QoS mode, use the scope qos command.
scope qos
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server (/eth-server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter QoS mode:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
scope qos-policy
To enter qos-policy mode, use the scope qos-policy command in org mode.
scope qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use qos-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter qos-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
scope rack
To enter the rack qualifier mode, use the scope rack command.
scope rack minimum-slot-id maximum-slot-id
Syntax Description
| minimum-slot-id | The minimum slot ID that you specified while creating the rack qualifier. |
| maximum-slot-id | The maximum slot ID that you specified while creating the rack qualifier. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server Pool Policy Qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A server pool policy qualification and a rack qualifier must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack qualifier mode.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope server-qual sample_policy
UCS-A /org/server-qual # scope rack 1 25
UCS-A /org/server-qual/rack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create rack |
|
enter rack |
|
show rack |
|
delete rack |
|
scope rack-mount
To enter the rack-mount mode, use the scope rack-mount command.
scope rack-mount vendor model hw-rev
Syntax Description
| vendor | Name of the vendor of the rack mount server. The value can include a maximum of 510 alphanumeric characters. |
| model | Model number of the rack mount server. The value can include a maximum of 510 alphanumeric characters. |
| hw-rev | Hardware revision number of the rack mount server. The value can include a maximum of 510 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack-mount mode of the server:
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope capability
UCS-A /system/capability # scope rack-mount Cisco Systems Inc R200-23454W 0
UCS-A /system/capability/rack-mount #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope capability |
|
scope rackserver-disc-policy
To enter the rack server discovery policy mode, use the scope rackserver-disc-policy command.
scope rackserver-disc-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This mode is applicable only in the root organization mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the rack server discovery policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope rackserver-disc-policy Switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
set scrub-policy |
|
scope radius
To enter radius mode, use the scope radius command.
scope radius
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter radius mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope radius
switch-A /security /radius #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
scope raid-controller
To enter the RAID controller mode for a server, use the scope raid-controller command.
scope raid-controller id { sas | sata }
Syntax Description
| id | The ID of the RAID controller. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
| sas | Use this option to enter the SAS type of RAID controller. |
| sata | Use this option to enter the SATA type of RAID controller. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A RAID controller for a server must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the RAID controller mode for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 Sas Switch-A /chassis/server/raid-controller #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope local-disk-config |
|
scope lun |
|
scope role
To enter role mode, use the scope role command.
scope role name
Syntax Description
| name | Role name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter role mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope role admin
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
scope san-connectivity-policy
To enter the vNIC SAN connectivity policy command mode, use the scope san-connectivity-policy command.
scope san-connectivity-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the vNIC SAN connectivity policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A vNIC SAN connectivity policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the vNIC SAN connectivity policy mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope san-connectivity-policy Sample UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create san-connectivity-policy |
|
enter san-connectivity-policy |
|
show san-connectivity-policy |
|
scope scheduler
To enter the scope scheduler mode, use the scope scheduler command.
scope scheduler name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the scheduler. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the scheduler mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
show scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
create maint-window |
|
scope security
To enter security mode, use the scope security command.
scope security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter security mode:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
scope server
To enter server mode, use the scope server command.
scope server { name | dynamic-uuid }
Syntax Description
| name | Server name. |
| dynamic-uuid | Specifies the unique server identity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter server mode:
switch-A# scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server identity |
|
scope server (/ldap)
To enter the LDAP server mode, use the scope server command.
scope server name
Syntax Description
| Name | The name of the LDAP server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The LDAP server must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the LDAP server mode.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Testserver Switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
show server |
|
scope server (vm-mgmt)
To enter server mode, use the scope server command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/system/vm-mgmt/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use server mode to perform the following tasks:
- Create and delete containers and data centers
- Set the server description and IP address
- Show containers, data centers, events, and finite state machines
Containers ?
Data centers ?
Examples
This example shows how to enter server mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope server S1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show container |
|
show server |
|
scope server-if
To enter the server facing interface mode, use the scope server-if command.
scope server-if port id
Syntax Description
| port id | ID of the port. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port group within a chassis (/chassis/iom/port-group)
Port group within the fabric extender module (/fex/iom/port-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the server facing interface mode for a port group within a chassis:
UCS-A # scope chassis 1
UCS-A /chassis # scope iom 2
UCS-A /chassis/iom # scope port-group fabric
UCS-A /chassis/iom/port-group # scope server-if 22
UCS-A /chassis/iom/port-group/server-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope iom |
|
scope fex |
|
scope server-qual
To enter server-qual mode, use the scope server-qual command.
scope server-qual name
Syntax Description
| name | Server qualifier name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter server-qual mode:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal1
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
scope server-ref
To enter the server reference mode for an authentication server group, use the scope server-ref command.
scope server-ref name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the server. You can enter either the name of the server or the IP address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Authentication server group under LDAP (/security/ldap/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under RADIUS (/security/radius/auth-server-group)
Authentication server group under TACACS (/security/tacacs/auth-server-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication server group and the server reference for the authentication server group is required to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the server reference mode for an authentication server group.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope auth-server-group Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group # scope server-ref example-server Switch-A /security/ldap/auth-server-group/server-ref #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create server-ref |
|
enter server-ref |
|
show server-ref |
|
delete server-ref |
|
scope services
To enter services mode, use the scope services command.
scope services
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter services mode:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
scope service-profile
To enter the service profile command, use the scope service-profile command.
scope service-profile { dynamic-uuid | org | server }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-uuid | The dynamic UUID of the service profile. |
| org | The name of the organization for which the service profile was created. |
| server | The server ID for which the service profile was created. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode.
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use the command with the option org , an organization and a service profile for that organization must be created.
To use the command with the option server , the value entered can either be the server ID, or the chassis ID with the blade ID (n/n format).
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the service profile mode.
Switch-A # scope service-profile server 1/1 Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc server |
|
show service-profile circuit server |
|
show service-profile connectivity server |
|
show service-profile identity server |
|
show service-profile inventory server |
|
show service-profile status server |
|
scope service-profile (/org)
To enter the service profile mode for an organization, use the scope service-profile command.
scope service-profile { dynamic-uuid | server | service-profile name }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-uuid | The dynamic UUID for the service profile. The value can either be derived or the UUID. |
| server | The server ID. The value entered should either be the server ID or the chassis-ID/blade-id (n/n format). |
| service-profile-name | The name of the service profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The service profile for the organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the server of the service-profile for an organization.
Switch-A # scope org Testing Switch-A /org # scope service-profile server 1/1 Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
scope snmp-user
To enter SNMP user mode, use the scope snmp-user command.
scope snmp-user
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter SNMP user mode:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
scope static-ip-params
To enter the static initiator of IP parameters mode, use the scope static-ip-params command.
scope static-ip-params
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPv4 interface of the iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must configure a static initiator of IP parameters before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the static initiator of IP parameters mode:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope ip-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if # scope static-ip-params
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/static-ip-params #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set addr |
|
set default-gw |
|
set primary-dns |
|
set secondary-dns |
|
set subnet |
|
create static-ip-params |
|
enter static-ip-params |
|
show static-ip-params |
|
delete static-ip-params |
|
scope static-target-if
To enter the configured static target interface mode for an iSCSI VNIC, use the scope static-target-if command.
scope static-target-if static target priority
Syntax Description
| static target priority | Static target priority that you specified when you created the static target interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet interface of an iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must configure a static target interface for an iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the static target interface mode for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope static-target-if 1
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create static-target-if |
|
enter static-target-if |
|
show static-target-if |
|
delete static-target-if |
|
scope stats-threshold-policy
To enter the statistics threshold policy mode, use the scope stats-threshold-policy command.
scope stats-threshold-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the statistics threshold policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Ethernet storage (/eth-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Organization command mode (/org). |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode (/eth-storage). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a statistics threshold policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the statistics threshold policy in the Ethernet storage command mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-storage
UCS-A /eth-storage # scope stats-threshold-policy sample-policy
UCS-A /eth-storage/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create stats-threshold-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope storage-controller
To enter the storage controller command mode, use the scope storage-controller command.
scope storage-controller vendor model hw-rev
Syntax Description
| vendor | Name of the vendor of the storage controller. |
| model | Model number of the storage controller. |
| hw-rev | Hardware revision of the storage controller. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the storage controller command mode:
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope capability
UCS-A /system/capability # scope storage-controller Cisco C240 0
UCS-A /system/capability/storage-controller #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show storage-controller |
|
scope storage-connection-def
To enter the storage connection definition command mode, use the scope storage-connection-def command.
scope storage-connection-def
This command has arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group of SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group of service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group and a storage connection definition must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the storage connection definition command mode:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group default UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # scope storage-connection-def UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group/storage-connection-def #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-def |
|
enter storage-connection-def |
|
show storage-connection-def |
|
delete storage-connection-def |
|
scope storage-connection-policy
To enter the storage connection policy command mode, use the scope storage-connection-policy command.
scope storage-connection-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the storage connection policy. The name of the policy can be alphanumeric, and can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the storage connection policy command mode for an organization:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy* # create storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-target |
|
enter storage-connection-policy |
|
show storage-connection-policy |
|
delete storage-connection-policy |
|
scope storage-target
To enter the storage target endpoint for a storage connection policy, use the scope storage-target command.
scope storage-target wwn
Syntax Description
| wwn | World Wide Name of the target endpoint. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage connection policy (/org/storage-connection-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy and a target endpoint for the policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the target endpoint for the storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy # scope storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-target |
|
set target-path |
|
set target-vsan |
|
show storage-connection-policy |
|
scope sys-defaults
To enter the system default settings mode, use the scope sys-defaults command.
scope sys-defaults
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the system default settings mode.
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope sys-defaults
UCS-A /system/sys-defaults #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
|
scope system
To enter system mode, use the scope system command.
scope system
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter system mode:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show version |
|
scope tacacs
To enter TACACS mode, use the scope tacacs command.
scope tacacs
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter TACACS mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope tacacs
switch-A /security/tacacs #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show radius |
|
show ttacacs |
|
scope target-vsan
To enter the VSAN that is specified for a target endpoint of a storage connection policy, use the scope target-vsan command.
scope target-vsan name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the target VSAN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage target (/org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VSAN must be specified for the target endpoint for a storage connection policy to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the target VSAN command mode for a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope storage-connection-policy sample UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy # scope storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target # scope target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target/target-vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-target |
|
set target-vsan |
|
set target-path |
|
show storage-connection-policy |
|
scope threshold-value
To enter a threshold value for a property, use the enter threshold-value command.
enter threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the threshold value above-normal critical in property packets-rx-delta mode:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property packets-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # scope threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
scope update
To enter update mode, use the scope update command.
scope update label
Syntax Description
| label | Specifies the label of an update in the update history. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the update mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope capability Switch-A /system/capability # scope update 1.0(8.43) Switch-A /system/capability/update #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show version |
|
scope cat-updater |
|
scope vcenter
To enter vcenter (VCenter) mode, use the scope vcenter command in vmware mode.
scope vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vm-mgmt mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vcenter mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
scope vcon-assign
To enter the virtual network interface connection command mode for a service profile, use the scope vcon-assign command.
scope vcon-assign ethernet { fc | vNIC/vHBA name } fc ethernet | vNIC/vHBA name
Syntax Description
| ethernet | The Ethernet virtual network interface. |
| fc | The Fibre Channel virtual network interface. |
| vNIC/vHBA name | The name of the vNIC/vHBA. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile and a virtual network interface connection for the profile must be created before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the virtual network interface connection mode for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vcon-assign fc ethernet testing UCS-A /org/service-profile/vcon-assign #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vcon-assign |
|
set admin-vcon |
|
set order |
|
scope vcon-policy
To enter vcon-policy mode, use the scope vcon-policy command.
scope vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vcon-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vcon-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
scope vhba
To enter virtual HBA mode, use the scope vhba command.
scope vhba name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual HBA name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual HBA mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org # scope vhba vHBA10 switch-A /org/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vhba |
|
scope vhba-beh-policy
To enter the vHBA behavioral policy command mode, use the scope vhba-beh-policy command.
scope vhba-beh-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be in the root organization command mode to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows you how to enter the vHBA behavioral policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope vhba-beh-policy UCS-A /org/vhba-beh-policy # set action hw-inherit template-name sample UCS-A /org/vhba-beh-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vhba-beh-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set action |
|
show vhba-beh-policy |
|
scope vhba-templ
To enter virtual HBA template mode, use the scope vhba-templ command.
scope vhba-templ name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual HBA template name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual HBA template mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ vhbaT10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
scope virtual-machine
To enter virtual-machine mode, use the scope virtual-machine command in vmware mode.
scope virtual-machine
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/virtual-machine)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual-machine mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope virtual-machine 4125a5e0-e2c3-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/virtual-machine #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
scope virtual-machine (vm-mgmt)
To enter the virtual machine mode for a system, use the scope virtual-machine command.
scope virtual-machine uuid
Syntax Description
| uuid | Specify the UUID in the NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual Machine management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The virtual machine must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the virtual machine mode for the system.
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope virtual-machine 4125a5e0-e2c3-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/virtual-machine #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show virtual-machine |
|
scope vlan
To enter VLAN mode, use the scope vlan command.
scope vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage)
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet Storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | The port profile mode was added. |
| 1.4(1) | Ethernet Storage, and Fabric within Ethernet Storage modes were added. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter VLAN mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan vlan1 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
scope vlan (port-profile)
To enter the VLAN mode for a profile-set, use the scope vlan command.
scope vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN interface must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the VLAN mode.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope profile-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set # scope port-profile sample UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile # scope vlan test UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan (port-profile) |
|
enter vlan (port-profile) |
|
show vlan (port-profile) |
|
delete vlan (port-profile) |
|
scope vlan-group
To enter the VLAN group command mode for an Ethernet uplink, use the scope vlan-group command.
scope vlan-group name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the VLAN group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one VLAN group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the VLAN group command mode for an Ethernet uplink.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan-group Sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group* # create member-vlan example UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan* # acknowledge fault 22 UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/vlan-group/member-vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-group |
|
enter vlan-group |
|
show vlan-group |
|
delete vlan-group |
|
scope vm-life-cycle-policy
To enter the virtual machine life cycle policy mode, use the scope vm-life-cycle-policy command.
scope vm-life-cycle-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the Virtual machine life cycle policy for the system.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vm-life-cycle-policy Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set vmretention |
|
set vnicretention |
|
scope vm-mgmt
To enter vm-mgmt (virtual machine management) mode, use the scope vm-mgmt command in system mode.
scope vm-mgmt
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vm-mgmt mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vm-mgmt mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt #
scope vmware
To enter vmware (VMware) mode, use the scope vmware command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope vmware
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vmware mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vmware mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
scope vnic
To enter virtual NIC mode, use the scope vnic command.
scope vnic name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual NIC mode:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vNIC10 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
scope vnic-beh-policy
To enter the VNIC behavior policy command mode, use the scope vnic-beh-policy command.
scope vnic-beh-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the VNIC behavior policy command mode.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope vnic-beh-policy UCS-A /org/vnic-beh-policy # set action hw-inherit template-name sample UCS-A /org/vnic-beh-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vnic-beh-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set action |
|
show vnic-beh-policy |
|
scope vnic-iscsi
To enter the VNIC iSCSI mode for a service profile, use the scope vnic-iscsi command.
scope vnic-iscsi name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the iSCSI VNIC. It is the name that you provided when you created the iSCSI VNIC. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
LAN connectivity policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the LAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter the iSCSI VNIC mode for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vnic-iscsi |
|
enter vnic-iscsi |
|
show vnic-iscsi |
|
delete vnic-iscsi |
|
scope vnic-templ
To enter virtual NIC template mode, use the scope vnic-templ command.
scope vnic-templ name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC template name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual NIC template mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnicT10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
scope vsan
To enter the VSAN mode, use the scope vsan command.
scope vsan name
Syntax Description
| name | The VSAN name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fabric within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | The following command modes were introduced: Fabric within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric) Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage) |
Usage Guidelines
The VSAN must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the VSAN for a Fabric within the Fibre Channel uplink mode.
Switch-A # scope fc-uplink Switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan vlan1 Switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
show vsan |
|
delete vsan |
|
scope web-session-limits
To enter the web sessions mode, use the scope web-session-limits command.
scope web-session-limits
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the web session limits mode.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope services Switch-A /system/services # scope web-session-limits Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set per-user |
|
set total |
|
scope wwn-pool
To enter WWN pool mode, use the scope wwn-pool command.
scope wwn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | WWN pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter WWN pool mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnP10 switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show initiator |
|
show org |
|
send
To send the current system inventory message to the Smart Call Home database, use the send command.
send
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to immediately send the current system inventory message to the Smart Call Home database.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to send the current system inventory message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # send switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set send-periodically |
|
show inventory |
|
send-syslog
To create and send a syslog message, use the send-syslog command.
send-syslog { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } text
Syntax Description
| alerts | Specifies alerts. |
| critical | Specifies critical messages. |
| debugging | Specifies debug messages. |
| emergencies | Specifies emergency messages. |
| errors | Specifies error messages. |
| information | Specifies informational messages. |
| notifications | Specifies notifications. |
| warnings | Specifies warnings. |
| text | Enter text of syslog message. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create and send a syslog message. Specify the urgency level of the message and enter up to 512 characters of text. If the text includes spaces, it must be enclosed in quotes (" ").
The following table shows the urgency level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create and send a syslog message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # send-syslog alerts "This is a test message" switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
show syslog |
|
send-test-alert
To send a Callhome test alert message, use the send-test-alert command.
send-test-alert { [ alert-description description ] [ alert-group { diagnostic | | environmental } ] [ alert-level { critical | | debug | | fatal | | major-1 | | minor-1 | | normal | | notify | | warning } ] [ alert-message-type { conf | | diag | | env | | inventory | | syslog | | test-1 } ] [ alert-message-subtype { delta | | full | | goldmajor | | goldminor | | goldnormal | | major-2 | | minor-2 | | nosubtype | | test-2 } ] }
Syntax Description
| alert-description alert-description | Specifies the alert description. |
| alert-group | Specifies the alert group type. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| alert-level | Specifies the alert level. |
| critical | Specifies critical alert level. |
| debug | Specifies debug alert level. |
| fatal | Specifies fatal alert level. |
| major-1 | Specifies major alert level. |
| minor-1 | Specifies minor alert level. |
| normal | Specifies minor alert level. |
| notify | Specifies notify alert level. |
| warning | Specifies warning alert level. |
| alert-message-type | Specifies the alert message type. |
| conf | Specifies the |
| diag | Specifies the diagnostic alert message type. |
| env | Specifies the |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert messag type. |
| syslog | Specifies the system log alert message type. |
| test-1 | Specifies the test alert message type. |
| alert-message-subtype | Specifies the alert message subtype. |
| delta | Specifies the delta alert messge subtype. |
| full | Specifies the full alert messge subtype. |
| goldmajor | Specifies the gold major alert messge subtype. |
| goldminor | Specifies the gold minor alert messge subtype. |
| goldnormal | Specifies the gold normal alert messge subtype. |
| major-2 | Specifies the major alert messge subtype. |
| minor-2 | Specifies the minor alert messge subtype. |
| nosubtype | Specifies no subtype. |
| test-2 | Specifies the test alert messge subtype. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to send a Callhome test alert message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # send-test-alert alert-message-type diag switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show policy |
|
set account-status
To set a status for an account of the local user, use the set account-status command.
set account-status { active | inactive }
Syntax Description
| active | To set the account status to active. |
| inactive | To set the account status to inactive. If an account is set to inactive, then the user cannot login to the server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A local user must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to change the status of a local user to inactive.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope local-user admin UCS-A /security/local-user # set account-status inactive UCS-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set password |
|
set email |
|
set expiration |
|
set firstname |
|
set lastname |
|
set phone |
|
set sshkey |
|
set action
To set action, use the set action command.
chassis-disc-policy mode set action { 1-link | 2-link | 4-link }
import-config modeset action { merge | replace }
server-disc-policy modeset action { diag | immediate | user-acknowledged }
Syntax Description
| 1-link | Specifies one uplink. |
| 2-link | Specifies two uplinks. |
| 4-link | Specifies four uplinks. |
| merge | Specifies merge. |
| replace | Specifies replace. |
| diag | Specifies diagnostic. |
| immediate | Specifies immediate. |
| user-acknowledged | Specifies user acknowledged. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated from the Server discovery policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in chassis-disc-policy mode to specify the number of links to the switch that the chassis must have to be discovered.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set action:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # scope chassis-disc-policy cdp10 UCS-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # set action 4-link UCS-A /org/chassis-disc-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/chassis-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
set ackstate
To set the acknowledged state for the control endpoint policy, use the set ackstate command.
set ackstate acked no-ack
Syntax Description
| acked | To set the state of the control endpoint policy to Acknowledged. |
| no-ack | To set the state of the control endpoint policy to Not Acknowledged. |
Command Default
By default, this command is set to no-ack.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the state of the control endpoint policy to acknowledged.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set ackstate acked UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set action (/vnic-beh-policy and /vhba-beh-policy)
To specify a default vNIC or vHBA behavioral policy, use the set action command.
set action hw-inherittemplate-namenone
Syntax Description
| hw-inherit | Specifies that if a service profile requires a vNIC/vHBA and none has been defined, then Cisco UCS Manager creates the required vNICs/vHBAs based on the adapter installed in the server associated with the service profile. Use the template-name option to specify a vNIC/vHBA template to create the required vNICs/vHBAs. (Optional) |
| none | Specifies that Cisco UCS Manager does not create vNICs/vHBAs automatically. |
Command Default
By default, the option is set to hw-inherit .
Command Modes
VNIC Behavior Policy (/org/vnic-beh-policy)
VHBA Behavior Policy (/org/vhba-beh-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the VNIC behavioral policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope vnic-beh-policy UCS-A /org/vnic-beh-policy # set action hw-inherit UCS-A /org/vnic-beh-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vnic-beh-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope vnic-beh-policy |
|
show vnic-beh-policy |
|
set adapter-policy
To set an adapter policy, use the set adapter-policy command.
set adapter-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Adapter policy name. Enter up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Dynamic vNIC connection (/org/service-profile/dynamic-vnic-conn)
Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual NIC in the service profile command mode (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC in the LAN connectivity policy command mode (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Virtual HBA in the SAN connectivity policy command mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC mode for a LAN connectivity policy and the vHBA mode for a SAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters allowed in the policy name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an adapter policy:
UCS-A # scope org org30a UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set adaptor-policy 20a UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
set adapter-policy
To set an adapter policy, use the set adapter-policy command.
set adapter-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Adapter policy name. Enter up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Dynamic vNIC connection (/org/service-profile/dynamic-vnic-conn)
Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual NIC in the service profile command mode (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC in the LAN connectivity policy command mode (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Virtual HBA in the SAN connectivity policy command mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC mode for a LAN connectivity policy and the vHBA mode for a SAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters allowed in the policy name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an adapter policy:
UCS-A # scope org org30a UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set adaptor-policy 20a UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
set addr
To set an IP address for the external management static IP address, use the set addr command.
set addr IP addr
Syntax Description
| IP addr | The IP address. It must be in the a.b.c.d format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
External management static IP address under service profile (/org/service-profile/ext-static-ip)
External management static IP address under CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The external management IP address and the default gateway must be on the same subnet.
The external management IP address cannot match the default gateway.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an IP address for the external management static IP mode.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-static-ip Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip # set addr 1.2.3.4 Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
create ext-static-ip |
|
set adminspeed
To set the speed for a fabric interface, use the set adminspeed command.
set adminspeed { 10gbps | 1gbps }
Syntax Description
| 10gbps | Use this option to set the speed of the interface to 10 Gbps. |
| 1gbps | Use this option to set the speed of the interface to 1 Gbps. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An interface must be created for the fabric to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows to set the speed for the fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric b Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 3 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # set adminspeed 10gbps Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
set pingroup name |
|
set portmode |
|
set prio |
|
set user-label |
|
set adminstate
To reset the connectivity of an adapter, use the set adminstate command.
set adminstate { enabled | reset-connectivity | reset-connectivity-active | reset-connectivity-passive }
Syntax Description
| enabled | The adapter is enabled. |
| reset-connectivity | The adapter connectivity is reset on both fabrics. |
| reset-connectivity-active | The adapter connectivity is reset on only the active fabric. |
| reset-connectivity-passive | The adapter connectivity is reset on only the passive fabric. |
Command Default
The adapter state is enabled.
Command Modes
External Ethernet interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Host Ethernet interface (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if)
Host Fibre Channel interface (/chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to reset connectivity on the vNIC or vHBA. A shutdown and enable sequence is performed on the port.
The active and passive options are not available on external host ports.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to reset connectivity on a vHBA:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc-if 2 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if # set adminstate reset-connectivity switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ext-eth-if |
|
show host-eth-if |
|
show host-fc-if |
|
set admin-state
To set the administration state of a policy, use the set admin-state command.
set admin-state { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Specifies administration state disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies administration state enabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Policy (/monitoring/callhome/policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the context policy when a fault or system event matching the associated cause is encountered.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the administration state for link-down system events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope policy |
|
show policy |
|
set admin-state (beacon-led)
To specify which port mode is represented by illuminated beacon LED lights, use the set admin-state command.
set admin-state { eth | fc | off }
Syntax Description
| eth | Specifies all of the unified ports in the Ethernet mode to be represented by illuminated beacon LED lights. |
| fc | Specifies all of the unified ports in the Fibre Channel mode to be represented by illuminated beacon LED lights. |
| off | Specifies that the beacon LED lights for all ports on the module are turned off. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Beacon LED (/fabric-interconnect/card/beacon-led)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify that the beacon LED lights for all ports on the module are turned off:
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect A UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # scope card 1 UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card # scope beacon-led UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card/beacon-led # set admin-state Off UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card/beacon-led* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card/beacon-led #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope beacon-led |
|
show beacon-led |
|
show beacon-led fsm status |
|
set admin-vcon
To set up an administrative vCon (administrative virtual network interface connection) for the vHBA, use the set admin-vcon command in vhba or vnic mode.
set admin-vcon { 1 | | 2 | | any }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Assigns the vHBA to virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Assigns the vHBA to virtual network interface connection 2. |
| any | Assigns the vHBA to all virtual network interface connections. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vHBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up an administrative vCon in vhba mode:
UCS-A # scope org org100 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba100 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set admin-vcon any UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vhba |
|
set admin-vcon (/service-profile/vcon-assign)
To set an administrative virtual network interface connection (vCon) for a service profile, use the set admin-vcon command.
set admin-vcon { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | any }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Assigns the administrative connection to virtual network interface 1. |
| 2 | Assigns the administrative connection to virtual network interface 2. |
| 3 | Assigns the administrative connection to virtual network interface 3. |
| 4 | Assigns the administrative connection to virtual network interface 4. |
| any | Assigns the administrative connection to any available virtual network interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vCon Assignment (/org/service-profile/vcon-assign)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile and a virtual network interface connection must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set an administrative virtual network interface connection for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vcon-assign fc ethernet testing 1 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vcon-assign # set admin-vcon any UCS-A /org/service-profile/vcon-assign* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vcon-assign #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vcon-assign |
|
show vcon-assign |
|
set aes-128
To set up AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) 128-bit encryption, use the set aes-128 command.
set aes-128 { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies no AES 128-bit encryption. |
| yes | Specifies AES 128-bit encryption. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication of packets, to prevent snooping by an unauthorized source. Use AES 128-bit encryption to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.
Examples
This example shows how to set up AES 128-bit encryption:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set aes-128 yes switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set agent-policy
To set up an agent policy, use the set agent-policy command.
set agent-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified agent policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
policy-name should be a unique set of numbers and letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up an agent policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set agent-policy agentP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set alertgroups
To enable alerts from predefined Call Home alert groups, use the set alertgroups command.
set alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
Syntax Description
| ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
| license | Specifies the license alert group. |
| lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
| linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
| supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
| syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
| system | Specifies the system alert group. |
| test | Specifies the test alert group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Call Home profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select and enable a set of alert groups for a Call Home profile. An alert group is a predefined subset of Call Home alerts. Different types of Call Home alerts are grouped into different alert groups depending on their type.
Note |
When you enter the set alertgroups command, any previously configured alert group list within the Call Home profile is replaced. To add more alert groups to an existing alert group list, use the add alertgroups command. To remove alert groups from an existing alert group list, use the remove alertgroups command. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the sending of Call Home alerts from the environmental and diagnostic alert groups.
UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile ProfileOne UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # set alertgroups environmental diagnostic UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # create destination admin@example.com UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add alertgroups |
|
remove alertgroups |
|
set all
To specify the management logging threshold for all modules, use the set all command.
set all { crit | major | minor | warn | info | debug4 | debug3 | debug2 | debug1 | debug0 }
Syntax Description
| crit | Critical (highest) level |
| major | Major level |
| minor | Minor level |
| warn | Warning level |
| info | Informational level |
| debug4 | Debug 4 level |
| debug3 | Debug 3 level |
| debug2 | Debug 2 level |
| debug1 | Debug 1 level |
| debug0 | Debug 0 (lowest) level |
Command Default
The default management logging threshold is info.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the management logging threshold for all modules. The threshold options are listed in order of decreasing urgency in the Syntax Description.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the management logging threshold to major for all modules:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set all major switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
set arch
To set processor architecture (arch), use the set arch command.
set arch { dual-core-opteron | intel-p4-c | opteron | pentium-4 | turion-64 | xeon | xeon-mp | any }
Syntax Description
| dual-core-opteron | Specifies the dual-core Opteron processor. |
| intel-p4-c | Specifies the Intel P4 C processor. |
| opteron | Specifies the Opteron processor. |
| pentium-4 | Specifies the Pentium 4 processor. |
| turion-64 | Specifies the Turion 4 processor. |
| xeon | Specifies the Xeon processor. |
| xeon-mp | Specifies the Xeon MP processor. |
| any | Specifies any processor. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set processor architecture:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set arch xeon-mp
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set assignmentorder
To set an assignment order for the configured pools, use the set assignmentorder command.
set assignmentorder default sequential
Syntax Description
| default | To set the assignment order to the default setting. |
| sequential | To set the assignment order to sequential. |
Command Default
Default
Command Modes
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
IQN pool (/org/iqn-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
UUID Suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create an IP pool, and set the assignment order to sequential.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create ip-pool sample UCS-A /org/ip-pool* # set assignmentorder sequential UCS-A /org/ip-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/ip-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create block |
|
set attribute
To set an attribute, use the set attribute command.
set attribute attribute
Syntax Description
| attribute | Attribute name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified attribute.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an attribute:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set attribute name
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set auth
To set the authentication type for an SNMP user, use the set auth command.
set auth { md5 | sha }
Syntax Description
| md5 | Specifies MD5 (Message Digest Algorithm 5) authentication. |
| sha | Specifies SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) authentication. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication, to verify that a message is from a valid source. Use MD5 or SHA authentication to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.
Examples
This example shows how to set the SNMP user authentication type:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set auth sha switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set authentication console
To set up the authentication console, use the set authentication console command.
set authentication console { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
Syntax Description
| ldap | Specifies an LDAP authentication console. |
| local | Specifies a local authentication console. |
| radius | Specifies a RADIUS authentication console. |
| tacacs | Specifies a TACACS authentication console. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up the authentication console:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # set authentication console ldap
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show ldap |
|
set authentication default
To set an authentication default, use the set authentication default command.
set authentication default { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
Syntax Description
| ldap | Specifies an LDAP authentication console. |
| local | Specifies a local authentication console. |
| radius | Specifies a RADIUS authentication console. |
| tacacs | Specifies a TACACS authentication console. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an authentication default:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # set authentication default ldap
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show ldap |
|
set authport
To set up an authentication port, use the set authport command.
set authport id
Syntax Description
| id | Authentication port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/security/radius/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the port used to communicate with a RADIUS server.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up an authentication port:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope radius
switch-A /security/radius # scope server s100
switch-A /security/radius/server # set authport 100
switch-A /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/radius/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
set authorization
To enable or disable authorization for an LDAP group rule, use the set authorization command.
set authorization { disable | enable }
Syntax Description
| disable | Use this option to disable authorization for an LDAP group rule. |
| enable | Use this option to enable authorization for an LDAP group rule. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP Group Rule (/security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An LDAP server and an LDAP group rule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enable authorization for an LDAP group rule.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Testing Switch-A /security/ldap/server # scope ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule # set authorization enable Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
show ldap-group-rule |
|
set auth-server-group
To set an authentication server group, use the set auth-server-group command.
set auth-server-group authentication server group
Syntax Description
| authentication server group | The name of the authentication server group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Default Authentication (/security/default-auth)
Default Authentication under the Authentication Domain (security/auth-domain/default-auth)
Console Authentication (/security/console-auth)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication server group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the authentication server group for console authentication:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope console-auth Switch-A /security/console-auth # set auth-server-group Default Switch-A /security/console-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/console-auth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope auth-server-group |
|
enter auth-server-group |
|
create auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl
To set a control source for the backup policy, use the create backup-policy-ctrl command.
create backup-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the backup policy control. It can either be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the policy control is set as local.
Command Modes
Control Endpoint Policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the backup policy control to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set backup-policy-control source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set backup action
To specify an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the set backup action command.
set backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
Syntax Description
| log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
| none | Specifies no action. |
| on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
| on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
| timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log.
Note |
When you enter the set backup action command, any previously configured list of actions is replaced. To add more actions to an existing list, use the add backup action command. To remove actions from an existing list, use the remove backup action command. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to back up the log when the log is full, when the log is cleared, and on an interval:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup action log-full on-clear timer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add backup action |
|
remove backup action |
|
set backup interval |
|
show backup |
|
set backup clear-on-backup
To specify whether to clear the system event log after a backup operation, use the set backup clear-on-backup command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup clear-n-backup { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | The system event log is not cleared after a backup operation. |
| yes | The system event log is cleared after a backup operation. |
Command Default
The system event log is not cleared after a backup operation.
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether to clear the system event log after a backup operation.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how configure clearing of the system event log after a backup operation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup clear-on-backup yes switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup destination
To specify the destination for the system event log backup operation, use the set backup destination command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup destination url
Syntax Description
| url | Specifies the URL where the system event log backup file will be stored. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If the destination requires a username and password, use the URL format for the specific protocol, such as ftp:// user:password@ hostname/path for FTP.
Note |
You can also configure the backup destination by using the set backup hostname , set backup password , set backup protocol , set backup remote-path , set backup user commands. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how configure an ftp destination with login for system event log backups:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup destination ftp://joe:password1@ftp.example.com/backups switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup format
To specify the format for the system event log backup file, use the set backup format command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup format { ascii | binary }
Syntax Description
| ascii | Specifies that the backup file will be in ASCII format. |
| binary | Specifies that the backup file will be in binary format. |
Command Default
ASCII
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the format for the system event log backup file.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a binary format for the system event log backup file:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup format binary switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup hostname
To specify the host name or IP address of the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup hostname command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup hostname { hostname | ip-address }
Syntax Description
| hostname | The host name of the backup destination server. |
| ip-address | The IP address of the backup destination server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the host name or IP address of the backup destination server.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the host name of the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup hostname ftp.example.com switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup interval
To specify the time interval between automatic backups of the system event log, use the set backup interval command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup interval { 1-hour | 2-hours | 4-hours | 8-hours | 24-hours | never }
Syntax Description
| 1-hour | Backups will occur at 1 hour intervals. |
| 2-hour | Backups will occur at 2 hour intervals. |
| 4-hour | Backups will occur at 4 hour intervals. |
| 8-hour | Backups will occur at 8 hour intervals. |
| 24-hour | Backups will occur at 24 hour intervals. |
| never | Automatic backups are disabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the automatic backup operation and to specify the time interval for automatic backups. To disable automatic backups, specify the never keyword.
Examples
This example shows how to specify automatic backups at 8 hour intervals:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup interval 8-hours switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup password
To specify the password for the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup password command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup password password
Syntax Description
| password | The login password for the backup destination server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the password for connecting to the system event log backup destination server. The password is not used when TFTP is the backup protocol.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the password for connecting to the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup password Password: switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup user |
|
show backup |
|
set backup protocol
To specify the file transfer protocol for the system event log backup, use the set backup protocol command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup protocol { ftp | scp | sftp | tftp }
Syntax Description
| ftp | Specifies the FTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
| scp | Specifies the SCP protocol for backup file transfer. |
| sftp | Specifies the SFTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
| tftp | Specifies the TFTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
Command Default
FTP
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the file transfer protocol for the system event log backup.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify SFTP as the backup file transfer protocol:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup protocol sftp switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup remote-path
To specify the remote server path for system log file backups, use the set backup remote-path command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup remote-path remote-path
Syntax Description
| remote-path | The remote path for backups. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the remote server path for system log file backups. The remote-path is a unique set of up to 128 characters that identifies a path on the remote server. Do not use characters that are not allowed in a URL.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the remote path for backups:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup remote-path /test/sel/backups switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup user
To specify a user name for the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup user command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup user user-name
Syntax Description
| user-name | The login user name for the backup destination server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a user name for connecting to the system event log backup destination server. The user name can be up to 128 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a user name for connecting to the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup user superUser switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup password |
|
show backup |
|
show ep-log-policy |
|
set basedn
To set up a distinguished name, use the set basedn command.
set basedn basedn
Syntax Description
| basedn | Distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP mode and the command option was name . |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP server mode, and the command option has been renamed as basedn |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified distinguished name.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up a distinguished name:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set basedn ldap
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set binddn
To configure the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account, use the set binddn command.
set bindn bind-dist-name
Syntax Description
| bind-dist-name | Distinguished name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account. Enter a name of up to 127 characters. If the name includes spaces, you must enclose the name in quotes (" ").
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the distinguished name:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server MyServer switch-A /security/ldap/server # set binddn "CN=John Smith,OU=Sales,DC=Example,DC=COM" switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set bios-settings-scrub
To specify whether the BIOS settings are cleared when the server is disassociated from a service profile, use the set bios-settings-scrub command.
set bios-settings-scrub { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Disables BIOS settings scrub. The BIOS settings are preserved. |
| yes | Enables BIOS settings scrub. The BIOS settings are reset to default. |
Command Default
BIOS settings scrub is disabled.
Command Modes
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was deprecated. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was restored. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in a scrub policy to specify whether the BIOS settings in CMOS memory are cleared or preserved when the server is disassociated from a service profile. The action taken is as follows:
- If enabled, erases all BIOS settings for the server and and resets them to the BIOS defaults for that server type and vendor
- If disabled, preserves the existing BIOS settings on the server
Note |
This command is deprecated in some releases. With those releases, you can use the reset-cmos command to manually reset the BIOS settings. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to specify in a scrub policy that the BIOS settings will be erased when the server is disassociated:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope scrub-policy scrub100 switch-A /org/scrub-policy # set bios-settings-scrub yes switch-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/scrub-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
reset-cmos |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
set blocksize
To set the block size, use the set blocksize command.
set blocksize { blocksize | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| blocksize | Storage block size. The range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified block size. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the block size:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set blocksize 1000
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set boot-option-retry-config retry
To set the boot option retry configuration, use the set boot-option-retry-config retry command.
set boot-option-retry-config retry { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Use this option to disable the retry configuration. |
| enabled | Use this option to enable the retry configuration. |
| platform-default | Use this option to set the retry configuration to be the same as the platform default. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the retry configuration of the boot option.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy Sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set boot-option-retry-config retry enable UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
set boot-policy
To set the boot policy, use the set boot-policy command.
set boot-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Boot policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified boot policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10
switch-A /org/service-profile # set boot-policy bootP10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show boot-definition |
|
set cap-policy
To set a power capping policy, use the set cap-policy command.
set cap-policy { policy-driven-chassis-group-cap | manual-blade-level-cap }
Syntax Description
| policy-driven-chassis-group-cap | Use this option to set a policy driven chassis group cap. |
| manual-blade-level-cap | Use this option to set a manual blade level cap. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power capping management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the cap policy.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # set cap-policy manual-blade-level-cap Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt* # commit-buffer Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope power-group |
|
scope priority-weight |
|
set cert
To enter a certificate in a keyring, use the set cert command.
set cert
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter a certificate into a keyring. When prompted, paste the text of the certificate at the prompt, then type ENDOFBUF to finish.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a certificate into a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set cert Enter lines one at a time. Enter ENDOFBUF to finish. Press ^C to abort. Keyring certificate: >
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
set certchain
To enter a list (or chain) of trustpoints, use the set certchain command.
set certchain [certchain]
Syntax Description
| certchain | The name of a trustpoint. If this variable is omitted, you are prompted to enter a name or names. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Trustpoint (/security/trustpoint)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter a list of one or more trustpoints defining a certification path to the root certificate authority (CA). You can the enter up to 512 characters in the command line. If you do not specify trustpoints in the command line, you are prompted to type or paste the information at the prompt, then type ENDOFBUF to finish.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter a trustpoint certificate chain:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope trustpoint MyTrust05 switch-A /security/trustpoint # set certchain Enter lines one at a time. Enter ENDOFBUF to finish. Press ^C to abort. Trustpoint Certificate Chain: >
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show trustpoint |
|
set certificate
To set up a certificate, use the set certificate command.
set certificate certificate-name
Syntax Description
| certificate-name | The name of the certificate. The range of valid values is 1 to 512. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the URL of the certificate:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # set certificate workspace: switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
set change-count
To set the number of times a user password can be modified, use the set change-count command.
set change-count password change count
Syntax Description
| password change count | Number of times the password can be changed. The value is a numeral between 0 and 10. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Password profile (/security/password-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be an administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the change count for a password to 6:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope password-profile UCS-A /security/password-profile # set change-count 6 UCS-A /security/password-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/password-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set change-during-interval |
|
set change-interval |
|
set history-count |
|
set no-change-interval |
|
set change-during-interval
To enable or disable password modification during an interval, use the set change-during-interval command.
set change-during-interval { disable | enable }
Syntax Description
| disable | Disables password modification during the interval |
| enable | Enables password modification during the interval. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Password profile (/security/password-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be an administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable password modification during the interval:
UCS-A # scope security
UCS-A /security # scope password-profile
UCS-A /security/password-profile # set change-during-interval enable
UCS-A /security/password-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /security/password-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set change-count |
|
set change-interval |
|
set history-count |
|
set no-change-interval |
|
set change-interval
To specify an interval for changing a password, use the set change-interval command.
set change-interval password change interval
Syntax Description
| password change interval | Time duration in hours for changing a password. The value must be between 1 and 745. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Password profile (/security/password-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the time duration for changing a password to 50 hours:
UCS-A # scope security
UCS-A /security # scope password-profile
UCS-A /security/password-profile # set change-interval 50
UCS-A /security/password-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /security/password-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set change-count |
|
set change-during-interval |
|
set history-count |
|
set no-change-interval |
|
set cimxml port
To set up a CIM (Common Information Model) XML port, use the set cimxml port command.
set cimxml port port
Syntax Description
| port | Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up a CIM XML port:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # set cimxml port 10
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
set clear-action
To specify whether all cleared fault messages will be retained or deleted, use the set clear-action command.
set clear-action { delete | retain }
Syntax Description
| delete | Specifies that fault messages are deleted when cleared. |
| retain | Specifies that fault messages are retained when cleared. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether all cleared fault messages will be retained or deleted
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure retention of cleared fault messages for 30 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy # set clear-action retain switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set retention-interval 30 0 0 0 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set retention-interval |
|
show fault policy |
|
set clear password-history
To enable or disable the option to clear the password history for a local user, use the set clear password history command.
set clear password history { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Disables the option to clear password history for the local user. |
| yes | Enables the option to clear password history for the local user. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a local user before you use this command.
You must be an administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the option for clearing password for a local user:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope local-user sample UCS-A /security/local-user # set clear password-history yes UCS-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
clear password-history |
|
set password |
|
set cli suppress-field-spillover
To select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate, use the set cli suppress-field-spillover command.
set cli suppress-field-spillover { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Command output lines wrap in the terminal window. |
| on | Command output lines truncate at the end of the terminal window. |
Command Default
Command output lines wrap in the terminal window.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate to fit the width of the terminal window.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate:
Switch-A# scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-field-spillover on Switch-A /monitoring # show fault Severity Code Last Transition Time ID Description --------- -------- ------------------------ -------- ----------- Warning F16520 2010-01-21T18:33:22.065 5785755 [FSM:STAGE:RETRY:]: detect mezz cards in 1/6(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:ComputeBladeDiscover:NicPresence) Condition F77960 2010-01-21T18:32:31.255 1089623 [FSM:STAGE:REMOTE-ERROR]: R esult: end-point-unavailable Code: unspecified Message: sendSamDmeAdapterInfo: i dentify failed Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-field-spillover off Switch-A /monitoring # show fault Severity Code Last Transition Time ID Description --------- -------- ------------------------ -------- ----------- Warning F16520 2010-01-21T18:33:22.065 5785755 [FSM:STAGE:RETRY:]: detect Condition F77960 2010-01-21T18:32:31.255 1089623 [FSM:STAGE:REMOTE-ERROR]: R Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set cli suppress-headers |
|
set cli table-field-delimiter |
|
set cli suppress-headers
To display or suppress headers in command output tables, use the set cli suppress-headers command.
set cli suppress-headers { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Table headers are displayed. |
| on | Table headers are not displayed. |
Command Default
Table headers are displayed.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display or suppress headers in command output tables.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to suppress headers in command output tables:
Switch-A# scope monitoring
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
Item ID Completion FSM Flags
---------------- -------- ------------ ---------
Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled
BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled
Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-headers on
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled
BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled
Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set suppress field spillover |
|
set suppress table field delimiter |
|
set cli table-field-delimiter
To select the delimeter between fields in command output tables, use the set cli table-field-delimiter command.
set cli table-field-delimiter { comma | none }
Syntax Description
| comma | Add commas to separate fields in command output tables. |
| none | Use spaces to separate fields in command output tables. |
Command Default
Spaces are used to separate fields in command output tables.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select the delimeter between fields in command output tables.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to select commas to separate fields in command output tables:
Switch-A# scope monitoring
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
Item ID Completion FSM Flags
---------------- -------- ------------ ---------
Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled
BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled
Switch-A /monitoring # set cli table-field-delimiter comma
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
,Item,ID,Completion,FSM Flags
----------------,--------,------------,---------
Powercycle,1154858,Scheduled,
BiosRecovery,1154860,Scheduled,
Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set cli suppress field spillover |
|
set cli suppress headers |
|
set clock (memory)
To set the memory clock speed, use the set clock command.
set clock { number | unspec }
Syntax Description
| number | Memory clock speed, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies unspecified speed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the memory clock speed:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set clock 10 switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set clock (system)
To manually configure the system clock, use the set clock command.
set clock month date year hour minute second
Syntax Description
| month | Enter the three-letter abbreviation for the month. |
| date | Enter a date from 1 to 31. |
| year | Enter the full year. |
| hour | Enter the hour from 0 to 23. |
| minute | Enter the minute from 0 to 59. |
| second | Enter the seconds from 0 to 59. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to manually set the system clock:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set clock apr 14 2010 15 27 00 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set timezone |
|
show clock |
|
set cluster
To set a cluster for a port profile, use the set cluster command.
set cluster cluster
Syntax Description
| cluster | Name of the cluster. The name can include a maximum of 256 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Client within a port-profile (/system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a client within a port profile before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the cluster for a port profile:
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope profile-set
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set # scope port-profile sample
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile # scope client test
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client # set cluster Trial123
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set data-center |
|
set descr |
|
set folder |
|
set collection-interval
To specify the interval at which statistics are collected from the system, use the set collection-interval command.
set collection-interval { 1minute | 2minutes | 30seconds | 5minutes }
Syntax Description
| 1minute | Statistics are collected at an interval of one minute. |
| 2minutes | Statistics are collected at an interval of two minutes. |
| 30seconds | Statistics are collected at an interval of thirty seconds. |
| 5minutes | Statistics are collected at an interval of five minutes. |
Command Default
Statistics are collected at an interval of one minute.
Command Modes
Statistics collection policy (/monitoring/stats-collection-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the interval at which statistics are collected from the system. You can specify the collection interval separately for chassis, port, host, adapter, and server statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the port statistics collection interval to five minutes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope stats-collection-policy port switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy # set collection-interval 5minutes switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set reporting-interval |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl
To set a communication policies control, use the create communication-policy-ctrl command.
create communication-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the policy control source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A policy control endpoint must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the communication policies control to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set communication-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create control-ep policy |
|
set ackstate |
|
set backup-control-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set community
To specify the SNMP community access string for the SNMP trap destination, use the set community command.
set community community
Syntax Description
| community | Specifies the SNMPv1/v2c community string or the SNMPv3 username for the trap destination. Enter up to 32 characters with no spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the community access string to permit access to the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap destination. If SNMPv1/v2c is configured, the community argument is used as the community string. If SNMPv3 is configured, it is used as the msgUserName value.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the SNMP community access string for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # create snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # set community Community28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
set comp-queue count
To configure the number of completion queue resources to allocate, use the set comp-queue count command.
set comp-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The completion queue count is 2.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of completion queue resources to allocate. Configure a count between 1 and 521. In general, the number of completion queues equals the number of transmit queues plus the number of receive queues.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of completion queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set recv-queue count |
|
set trans-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set concur-tasks
To set a maximum number of concurrent tasks that can be processed by either the one-time or the periodic schedule, use the set concur-tasks command.
set concur-tasks { concur-jobs | unlimited }
Syntax Description
| concur-jobs | This option specifies the maximum number of concurrent tasks that the schedule can process. The value must be a number between 0 - 65535. |
| unlimited | This option indicates that the schedule can run any number of concurrent tasks. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
One-time occurrence of a schedule (/system/schedule/one-time)
Periodic occurrence of a schedule (/system/schedule/periodic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule, be it one-time or periodic, must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the number of concurrent jobs for a one-time occurrence of a schedule to 23.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/schedule # scope occurrence one-time Testing Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time # set concur jobs 23 Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/schedule/one-time #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set date |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
show occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence periodic |
|
set console-redir-config baud-rate
To set the serial port transmission speed of a serial port used for server management tasks, use the set console-redir-config baud-rate command.
set console-redir-config baud-rate { 115200 | 57600 | 38400 | 19200 | 9600 | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| 115200 | 57600 | 38400 | 19200 | 9600 | Specifies the serial port baud rate. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If a serial port can be used for management tasks, use this command to set the serial port transmission speed so that it matches the rate of the remote terminal application.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that serial port A is configured for management tasks and operates at 19200 baud:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config console-redir serial-port-a switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config baud-rate 19200 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir
To specify whether a serial port can be used for server management tasks, use the set console-redir-config console-redir command.
set console-redir-config console-redir { disabled | serial-port-a | serial-port-b | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Serial ports cannot be used for management tasks. |
| serial-port-a | Serial port A is configured for management tasks. |
| serial-port-b | Serial port B is configured for management tasks. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether a serial port can be used for server management tasks.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that serial port A is configured for management tasks:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config console-redir serial-port-a switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set console-redir-config flow-control
To configure a flow control policy for the console redirection configuration, use the set console-redir-config flow-control command.
set console-redir-config flow-control { none | platform-default | rts-cts }
Syntax Description
| none | Use this option to not set a flow control policy. |
| platform-default | Use this option to set the flow control policy to the platform default option. |
| rts-cts | Use this option to set the flow control policy to RTS-CTS. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the flow control policy of the console redirection configuration to RTS-CTS.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set console-redir-config flow-control rts-cts Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set console-redir-config baud-rate |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir |
|
set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir |
|
set console-redir-config terminal-type |
|
set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir
To configure the legacy operating system redirection for the console redirection configuration, use the set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir command.
set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Use this option to disable the legacy OS redirection policy. |
| enabled | Use this option to enable the legacy OS redirection policy. |
| platform-default | Use this option to configure the platform default option. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the legacy OS redirection for the console redirection configuration.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir enable Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set console-redir-config baud-rate |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir |
|
set console-redir-config flow-control |
|
set console-redir-config terminal-type |
|
set console-redir-config terminal-type
To set a terminal type for the console redirection configuration, use the set console-redir-config terminal-type command.
set console-redir-config terminal-type { pc-ansi | platform-default | vt-utf8 | vt100 | vt100-plus }
Syntax Description
| pc-ansi | Use this option to set the terminal type to Pc Ansi. |
| platform-default | Use this option to set the terminal type to the platform default. |
| vt-utf8 | Use this option to set the terminal type to Vt Utf8. |
| vt100 | Use this option to set the terminal type to Vt100. |
| vt100-plus | Use this option to set the terminal type to Vt100 Plus. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the terminal type to platform default.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set console-redir-config terminal-type platform-default Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set console-redir-config baud-rate |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir |
|
set console-redir-config flow-control |
|
set console-redir-config legacy-os-redir |
|
set contact
To configure a primary Call Home contact person for the customer organization, use the set contact command.
set contact contact
Syntax Description
| contact | The name of the primary contact person. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a primary Call Home contact person for the customer organization. The contact name will be included in Call Home messages. Enter up to 255 characters. If the name includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a primary contact name:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set contact "Jane Doe" switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set contract-id
To configure the customer contract ID for the monitored equipment, use the set contract-id command.
set contract-id contract-id
Syntax Description
| contract-id | Customer contract identifier. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the customer contract ID to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. The ID can contain up to 512 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the customer contract ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set contract-id ExampleCorp1234 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set core-export-target path
To specify the path to use when exporting the core file to the remote server, use the set core-export-target path command.
set core-export-target path path
Syntax Description
| path | Specifies a path on the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the path to use when exporting the core file to the remote server. The path can be up to 512 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server path for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target path /root/CoreFiles/core switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set core-export-target port
To specify the port number to use when exporting the core file by TFTP, use the set core-export-target port command.
set core-export-target port port
Syntax Description
| port | Specifies the port number to be used for the TFTP transfer. |
Command Default
The standard TFTP port number (69) is used.
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the port number to use when exporting the core file by TFTP. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535; the default is 69, the standard TFTP port number.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the port number on the remote server for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target port 45000 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set core-export-target server-description
To provide a description of the remote server that stores the core file, use the set core-export-target server-description command.
set core-export-target server-description description
Syntax Description
| description | A description of the remote server that stores the core file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to provide a description of the remote server that stores the core file. The description can be up to 256 characters. If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks (" "). The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to provide a description of the remote server for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target server-description CoreFile102.168.10.10 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set core-export-target server-name
To specify the name or IP address of the remote server that stores the core file, use the set core-export-target server-name command.
set core-export-target server-name server-name
Syntax Description
| server-name | The name or IP address of the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the name or IP address of the remote server that stores the core file. The server name can be up to 255 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server name for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target server-name 192.168.10.10 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config
To specify whether the system uses continuous correctable error logging, use the set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config command.
set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config correctable-memory-error-log-threshold { allerror | regularlogscheme | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| allerror | Whenever a corrected error occurs in the server platform, the BIOS generates an SEL event immediately. |
| regularlogscheme | The BIOS accumulates the threshold number of (currently 10) correctible errors and generates one SEL event when number of errors exceeds threshold. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the system uses continuous correctable error logging.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that an SEL event is generated immediately when a correctable error occurs:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set correctible-memory-error-log-threshold-config correctible-memory-error-log-threshold allerror switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set cos
To set up CoS (Class of Service), use the set cos command.
set cos { cos | any }
Syntax Description
| cos | Class of Service. The range of valid values is 0 to 6. |
| any | Specifies any level of CoS. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Fibre Channel QoS (/eth-server/qos/fc)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the priority of traffic. A higher value indicates more important traffic. Setting CoS at 6 specifies the most important traffic.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up CoS:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set cos 6
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set country
To specify a country for a certificate request of a key ring, use the set country command.
set country Country name
Syntax Description
| Country name | The country code corresponding to the country in which the company resides. Enter two alphabetic characters |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the country details.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the country information for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set country US UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set dns |
|
set e-mail |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
set cpu-performance-config cpu-performance
To set the CPU performance profile for the server, use the set cpu-performance-config cpu-performance command.
set cpu-performance-config cpu-performance { enterprise | high-throughput | hpc | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| enterprise | Disables all prefetchers and data reuse. |
| high-throughput | Enables all prefetchers, but data reuse is disabled. |
| hpc | Enables all prefetchers and data reuse. This setting is also known as high performance computing. |
| platform-default | Sets the value for this attributed contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a BIOS policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the CPU performance profile of the server to the platform default option:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample
UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set cpu-performance-config cpu-performance platform-default
UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost |
|
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step |
|
set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading |
|
set core-multi-processing-config multi-processing |
|
set execute-disable bit |
|
set intel-vt-config vt |
|
set direct-cache-access-config access |
|
set processor-c-state-config c-state |
|
set processor-c1e-config c1e |
|
set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report |
|
set processor-c6-report-config processor-report |
|
set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr |
|
set customer-id
To configure customer identifier (ID) information for Call Home messages, use the set customer-id command.
set customer-id customer-id
Syntax Description
| customer-id | Customer identifier text information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure customer identifier information to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. Enter up to 512 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the customer ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set customer-id ExampleCorp switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set data-center
To set up a data center, use the set data-center command.
set data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope pending-deletion switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion # set data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
set data-center-folder
To set up a data center folder, use the set data-center-folder command.
set data-center-folder datacenter-folder-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-folder-name | The name of the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up a data center folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope pending-deletion switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion # set data-center-folder dcf1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center-folder |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
set data-center (/client)
To set a data center for a client within a port profile, use the set data-center command.
set data-center data-center
Syntax Description
| data-center | Name of the data center. The value can include a maximum of 256 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Client within a port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A client must be created within the port profile before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example show how to set a data center for a client within the port profile mode:
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope profile-set UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set # scope port-profile sample UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile # scope client test UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client # set data-center Trial13 UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set cluster |
|
set descr |
|
set folder |
|
set date
To set specific parameters such as month, day, date and time for a one-time schedule, use the set date command.
set date { apr | aug | dec | feb | jan | jul | jun | mar | may | nov | oct | sep } dayofmonth year hour minute secs
Syntax Description
| apr | Use this option to specify the month April for the schedule. |
| aug | Use this option to specify the month August for the schedule. |
| dec | Use this option to specify the month December for the schedule. |
| feb | Use this option to specify the month February for the schedule. |
| jan | Use this option to specify the month January for the schedule. |
| jul | Use this option to specify the month July for the schedule. |
| jun | Use this option to specify the month June for the schedule. |
| mar | Use this option to specify the month March for the schedule. |
| may | Use this option to specify the month May for the schedule. |
| nov | Use this option to specify the month November for the schedule. |
| oct | Use this option to specify the month October for the schedule. |
| sep | Use this option to specify the month September for the schedule. |
| dayofmonth | Use this option to specify a day of the month when this schedule must run. The range of valid values is between 1 - 31. |
| year | Use this option to specify the year in which this schedule must run. The range of valid values is between 1900 - 29999 |
| hour | Use this option to specify the hour in which this schedule must run. The range of valid values is between 0 - 23 hours. |
| minute | Use this option to specify the exact minute at which this schedule must run. The range of valid values is between 0 - 59. |
| secs | Use this option to specify the exact second at which this schedule must run. The range of valid values is between 0 - 59. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for a FEX (/fex/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for a chassis (/chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for an IOM in the chassis command mode (/chassis/iom/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for a server (/chassis/server/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task in the organization command mode (/org/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for a service profile (/org/service-profile/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the fault suppress task command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the parameters for the one-time maintenance window.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A # /system # scope scheduler Sample UCS-A # /system/scheduler # scope maint-window one-time Trial UCS-A # /system/scheduler/one-time # set date nov 22 2010 3 45 UCS-A # /system/scheduler/one-time* # commit-buffer UCS-A # /system/scheduler/one-time #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create maint-window one-time |
|
show maint-window one-time |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl
To set the date and time policies control, use the create datetime-policy-ctrl command.
create datetime-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the date time policies control is set to local.
Command Modes
Control Endpoint Policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the date and time policies control to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set datetime-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create control-ep policy |
|
set ackstate |
|
set backup-control-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set day
To set a day of the week that the periodic maintenance window must run, use the set day command.
set day set day { Friday | Monday | Saturday | Sunday | Thursday | Tuesday | Wednesday | even-day | every-day | never | odd-day }
Syntax Description
| Friday | Use this option to set Friday for the maintenance window. |
| Monday | Use this option to set Monday for the maintenance window. |
| Saturday | Use this option to set Saturday for the maintenance window. |
| Sunday | Use this option to set Sunday for the maintenance window. |
| Thursday | Use this option to set Thursday for the maintenance window. |
| Tuesday | Use this option to set Tuesday for the maintenance window. |
| Wednesday | Use this option to set Wednesday for the maintenance window. |
| even-day | Use this option to set the maintenance window to run on every even day of the week. |
| every-day | Use this option to set the maintenance window to run every day of the week. |
| never | Use this option to not set a day for the maintenance window to run. |
| odd-day | Use this option to set the maintenance window to run on every odd day of the week. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler policy and a periodic maintenance window must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a day for a periodic maintenance window to run.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Sample Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Testing Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set day Friday Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set deescalating
To specify the class property threshold value for de-escalating an event, use the set escalating command.
set deescalating value
Syntax Description
| value | The property value at which the event will be de-escalated. See the Usage Guidelines for the required format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics class property threshold value (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
You can specify both de-escalating and escalating class property threshold values. |
Examples
Examples
This example creates an above normal warning threshold of 50° C, de-escalating the warning at 49° C:
switch-A /org* # scope stats-threshold-policy ServStatsPolicy switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # create class cpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # create property cpu-temp switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # set normal-value 48.5 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # create threshold-value above-normal warning switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set escalating 50.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set deescalating 49.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set escalating |
|
set default-gw
To set a default gateway for an external static IP address, use the set default-gw command.
set default-gw default-gw
Syntax Description
| default-gw | The IP address of the default gateway. It must be in the a.b.c.d format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
External static IP address within CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip)
External static IP address within Service profile (/org/service-profile/ext-static-ip)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a default gateway for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-static-ip Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip # set default-gw 1.2.3.4 Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set addr |
|
set subnet |
|
set default-net
To set the current interface or VLAN as the default network, use the set default-net command.
set default-net { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies that the current interface or VLAN is not the default network. |
| yes | Specifies that the current interface or VLAN is the default network. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ/eth-if)
VMware port profile VLAN (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/port-profiles/port-profile/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the current interface or VLAN as the default network.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface and make the interface the default network:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vn10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create eth-if if10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # set default-net yes switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vlan |
|
set defaultzoning
To enable or disable default zoning for a VSAN, use the set default-zoning command.
set defaultzoning { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Use this option to disable default zoning. |
| enabled | Use this option to enable default zoning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the default zoning for VSAN.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan # set defaultzoning enabled Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set fcoe-vlan |
|
set id |
|
set descr
To set a description, use the set descr command.
set descr description
Syntax Description
| description | Description. Enter up to 256 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Backup (/system/backup)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Statistics threshold policy under organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
VMM provider (/system/vm-mgmt/vmm-provider)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
SoL (/org/service-profile/sol)
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
Ethernet policy (/org/eth-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
PSU policy (/org/psu-policy)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Local disk configuration under organization (/org/local-disk-config)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Chassis discovery policy under organization (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)
SoL policy (/org/sol-policy)
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)
Firmware host pack under organization (/org/fw-host-pack)
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Server inherit policy under organization (/org/server-inherit-policy)
IPMI user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated from the Server Discovery Policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a description:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot100
switch-A /org/boot-policy # set descr bootOnce
switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show detail |
|
set description
To set the description of the VCenter server, use the set description command.
set description server-description
Syntax Description
| server-description | The description of the server. |
Command Default
The description field is left empty.
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The description of the VCenter server should be a unique set of numbers, letters, or a combination of numbers and letters that identifies the server. The range of valid values is 1 to 256. If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the description of the VCenter server:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter marComm switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # set description marketingVCenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set descr (vcon-policy)
To set up a description for a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the set descr command.
set descr policy-description
Syntax Description
| policy-description | The description of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Provides a description for the vNIC/vHBA placement profile. vCon policies determine the placement and distribution of vNICs and vHBAs between the adapters for a server that has more than one adapter.
If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a description for a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org # set descr "Control policy for vNIC 1 and 2" switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
set destination org
To specify the organization for which the server is to be used, use the set destination org command.
used
set destination org destination
Syntax Description
| destination | Organization name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server automatic configuration policy (/org/server-autoconfig-policy)
Server inherit policy (/org/server-inherit-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the organization for which the server is to be used.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the organization for which the server is to be used:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org* # create server-autoconfig-policy AutoConfigFinance server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set destination org finance server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
set dhcp-vendor-id
To set the DHCP vendor ID for an automatic target interface, use the set dhcp-vendor-id command.
set dhcp-vendor-id dhcp-vendor-id
Syntax Description
| dhcp-vendor-id | ID of the DHCP vendor. The value can include a maximum of 32 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Automatic target interface (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an automatic target interface for the Ethernet interface of the iSCSI VNIC before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the DHCP vendor ID for the configured automatic target interface of an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope auto-target-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if # set dhcp-vendor-id sample_id
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/auto-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auto-target-if |
|
set direct-cache-access-config access
To configure access to the direct cache, use the set direct-cache-access-config access command.
set direct-cache-access-config access { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Use this option to disable direct cache access. |
| enabled | Use this option to enable direct cache access. |
| platform-default | Use this option to set the platform default choice as the direct cache access policy. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable direct cache access.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set direct-cache-access-config access enabled Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
set direction
To set the direction for the monitor source session, use the set direction command.
set direction { both | receive | transmit }
Syntax Description
| both | Use this option to set the direction of the session to include both, receive and transmit. |
| receive | Use this option to set the direction to only receive. |
| transmit | Use this option to set the direction to only transmit. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitor source session within fabric interface in Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface/mon-src)
Monitor source session within the Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe/mon-src)
Monitor source session within the fabric interface of Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface/mon-src)
Monitor source session within VHBA of a service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba/mon-src)
Monitor source session within VNIC of a service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src)
Monitor source session within external Ethernet interface of the adapter (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if/mon-src)
Monitor source session within the Fibre Channel mode of a fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fc/mon-src)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A monitor source session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the direction of the monitor source session to receive and transmit.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic test Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # scope mon-src example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src # set direction both Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/mon-src #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mon-src |
|
set diskless
To set storage method, use the set diskless command.
set diskless { no | unspecified | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Use this option to not set the diskless method for storage. |
| unspecified | Use this option to not specify a method for storage. |
| yes | Use this option to specify the diskless method of storage. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage within Server pool policy qualification (/org/server-qual/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A server pool policy qualification must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the diskless storage for a server pool policy qualification.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope server-qual sample Switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage Switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set diskless yes Switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set blocksize |
|
set maxcap |
|
set mincap |
|
set numberofblocks |
|
set perdiskcap |
|
set units |
|
set disk-scrub
To specify whether the local disks are erased when the server is disassociated from a service profile, use the set disk-scrub command.
set disk-scrub { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Disables disk scrub. The disk contents are preserved. |
| yes | Enables disk scrub. The disk contents are erased. |
Command Default
Disk scrub is disabled.
Command Modes
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in a scrub policy to specify whether the local disk contents are erased or preserved when the server is disassociated from a service profile. The action taken is as follows:
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set disk scrub:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope scrub-policy scrub101 switch-A /org/scrub-policy # set disk-scrub yes switch-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/scrub-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-inherit-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl
To set the control for the DNS policy, use the create dns-policy-ctrl command.
create dns-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control for the DNS policy to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set dns-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set dns
To specify a Domain Name Server (DNS) for a certificate request of a key ring, use the set dns command.
set dns subject alternative name
Syntax Description
| subject alternative name | The Domain Name Server. The name can include a maximum of 255 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before setting the DNS details.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the DNS details for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set dns bgl-samc-15 UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set e-mail |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
set domain-name
To specify a domain name, use the set domain-name command.
set domain-name domain-name
Syntax Description
| domain-name | The name of the domain. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a domain name. Enter up to 255 characters.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to specify a domain name:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set domain-name example.com switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show domain-name |
|
set drop
To specify whether the channel can drop packets, use the set drop command.
set drop { drop | no-drop }
Syntax Description
| drop | The channel can drop packets. |
| no-drop | The channel cannot drop packets. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
Only one system class can use the no-drop option. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify that the QoS bronze class channel can drop packets:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified bronze switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set drop drop switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-classified |
|
set dvs
To specify which port profile a DVS is applied to, use the set dvs command.
set dvs folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Client (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to specify which port profile a DVS is applied to:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # scope client cl100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client # set dvs dvs100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
set dynamic-eth
To configure the number of dynamic vNICs, use the set dynamic-eth command.
set dynamic-eth { dynamic-eth | off }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-eth | Specifies the number of dynamic vNICs. Enter a value from 0 to 88. |
| off | Dynamic vNICs are not available. |
Command Default
54 dynamic vNICs are available.
Command Modes
Dynamic vNIC connectivity policy (/org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy)
Hypervisor connection (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of dynamic vNICs.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure 30 dynamic vNICs:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org/ # scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy test30a switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy # set dynamic-eth 30 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy |
|
show hv-conn |
|
set email
To configure a primary contact email address, use the set email command.
set email email
Syntax Description
| Email address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a primary contact email address to be included in Call Home messages. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>.
If an email address includes special characters, such as # (hash), spaces, or & (ampersand), the email server may not be able to deliver email messages to that address. Cisco recommends that you use email addresses which comply with RFC2821 and RFC2822 and include only 7bit ASCII characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a primary contact email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show event |
|
set e-mail (/keyring)
To specify an email address for a certificate request of a key ring, use the set e-mail command.
set e-mail E-mail name
Syntax Description
| E-mail name | The e-mail address associated with the certificate request. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the email address.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the e-mail address for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set e-mail test@abc.com UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set dns |
|
set country |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
set enforce-vnic-name
To select whether the vNIC name is enforced, use the set enforce-vnic-name command.
set enforce-vnic-name { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | The vNIC name is not enforced. |
| yes | The vNIC name is enforced. |
Command Default
The vNIC name is not enforced.
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enforce the vNIC name:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp112 switch-A /org/boot-policy # set enforce-vnic-name yes switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config
To specify whether Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology is enabled, use the set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config command.
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency. |
| enabled | The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology that allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency, which can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production. Contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery
To enable or disable Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) error recovery, use the set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery command.
set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | FCP error recovery is disabled. |
| enabled | FCP error recovery is enabled. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) error recovery.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable FCP error recovery:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery enabled switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery link-down-timeout
To configure a link down timeout, use the set error-recovery link-down-timeout command.
set error-recovery link-down-timeout link-down-timeout
Syntax Description
| link-down-timeout | The timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Command Default
30000 msec (30 seconds)
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a link down timeout. Enter a value between 0 and 240000 msec.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a link down timeout of 60 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery link-down-timeout 60000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count
To configure the number of port down I/O retries, use the set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count command.
set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count port-down-io-retry-count
Syntax Description
| port-down-io-retry-count | The number of retries. |
Command Default
The number of retries is 8.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of port down I/O retries. Enter a value between 0 and 255.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure 100 port down I/O retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count 100 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery port-down-timeout
To configure a port down timeout, use the set error-recovery port-down-timeout command.
set error-recovery port-down-timeout port-down-timeout
Syntax Description
| port-down-timeout | The timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Command Default
30000 msec (30 seconds)
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a port down timeout. Enter a value between 0 and 240000 msec.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port down timeout of 60 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery port-down-timeout 60000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout
To configure the Fibre Channel resource allocation timeout, use the set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout command.
set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout resource-allocation-timeout
Syntax Description
| resource-allocation-timeout | Timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Command Default
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel resource allocation timeout.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a resource allocation timeout of 2 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout 2000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set escalating
To specify the class property threshold value for escalating an event, use the set escalating command.
set escalating value
Syntax Description
| value | The property value at which the event will be escalated. See the Usage Guidelines for the required format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics class property threshold value (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
You can specify both de-escalating and escalating class property threshold values. |
Examples
Examples
This example creates an above normal warning threshold of 50° C:
switch-A /org* # scope stats-threshold-policy ServStatsPolicy switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # create class cpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # create property cpu-temp switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # set normal-value 48.5 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # create threshold-value above-normal warning switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set escalating 50.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set deescalating |
|
set execute-disable bit
To set the execute disable bit for a BIOS policy, use the set execute-disable bit command.
set execute-disable bit { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Use this option to disable the bit for a BIOS policy. |
| enabled | Use this option to enable the bit for a BIOS policy. |
| platform-default | Use this option to set the platform default option for a bit of the BIOS policy. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the bit for a BIOS Policy to the platform default option.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy Sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # set execute-disable bit platform-default Switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
create org |
|
set expiration
To set the expiration date, use the set expiration command.
set expiration { never | { apr | aug | dec | feb | jan | jul | jun | mar | may | nov | oct | sep } day year }
Syntax Description
| never | Specifies |
| apr | Specifies April. |
| aug | Specifies August. |
| dec | Specifies December. |
| feb | Specifies February. |
| jan | Specifies January. |
| jul | Specifies July. |
| jun | Specifies June. |
| mar | Specifies March. |
| may | Specifies May. |
| nov | Specifies November. |
| oct | Specifies October. |
| sep | Specifies September. |
| day | Day. |
| year | Year. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the date the user account expires.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the expiration date:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1
switch-A /security/local-user # set expiration 30 nov
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set expire-warn-interval
To set a password expiration warning interval, use the set expire-warn-interval command.
set expire-warn-interval password expiration warning interval
Syntax Description
| password expiration warning interval | The password expiration warning interval in days. The value is a numeral between 0 and 30. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Password Profile (/security/password-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command has been introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the password expiration warning interval to 25 days.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope password-profile UCS-A /security/password-profile # set expire-warn-interval 25 UCS-A /security/password-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/password-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set change-count |
|
set change-during-interval |
|
set change-interval |
|
set history-count |
|
set no-change-interval |
|
set ext-mgmt-ip-state
To set an external management IP address state for a service profile, use the set ext-mgmt-ip-state command.
set ext-mgmt-ip-state { none | pooled | static }
Syntax Description
| none | This option does not set an external management IP state for the service profile. |
| pooled | This option sets an external management pooled IP address state for the service profile. |
| static | This option sets an external management static IP address state for the service profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the external management IP address state as pooled for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile default Switch-A /org/service-profile # set ext-mgmt-ip-state pooled Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
scope ext-pooled-ip |
|
scope ext-static-ip |
|
set fabric
To specify the fabric connection for a vHBA or vNIC template, use the set fabric command.
set fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| a-b | Specifies redundant operation with fabric A as primary. |
| b | Specifies fabric A. |
| b-a | Specifies redundant operation with fabric B as primary. |
Command Default
The interface connects to Fabric A.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
VHBA in the SAN connectivity policy mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy and vHBA command mode for a SAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the fabric connection for a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) or vNIC (virtual network interface card) template. The redundant options are available only for vNICs.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a fabric B connection for a vNIC template.
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 UCS-A /org/vnic-templ # set fabric b UCS-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
set failover timeout
To configure the availability time before the system resumes use of a recovered primary interface, use the set failover timeout command.
set failover timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | Number of seconds that the recovered interface must be available before it can be used. |
Command Default
The failover timeout is 5 seconds.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
After the primary interface of a vNIC has recovered from a failure, the system waits the duration of the failover timeout before switching back from the secondary interface to the primary interface. Use this command to set the failover timeout, specifying how long the primary interface must be available before the system resumes using the primary interface. Enter a number of seconds between 0 and 600.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a 60 second failover timeout for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set failover timeout 60 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl
To set the control for the fault policy, use the create fault-policy-ctrl command.
set fault-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control for the fault policy to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set fault-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set fault-suppress-policy
To set a fault suppress policy for a chassis, use the set fault-suppress-policy command.
set fault-suppress-policy { default-chassis-all-maint | default-chassis-phys-maint | default-fex-all-maint | default-fex-phys-maint | default-iom-maint | default-server-maint }
Syntax Description
| default-chassis-all-maint | Policy for maintenance on chassis IOMs, PSUs, blade servers and fans. |
| default-chassis-phys-maint | Policy for maintenance on chassis PSUs and fans. |
| default-fex-all-maint | Policy for maintenance on chassis FEX IOMs, PSUs and fans. |
| default-fex-phys-maint | Policy for maintenance on chassis FEX PSUs and fans. |
| default-iom-maint | Policy for maintenance on an IOM. |
| default-server-maint | Policy for maintenance on a blade/rack server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault suppress task in the chassis command mode (/chassis/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task in the FEX command mode (/fex/fault-suppress-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the fault suppress policy for a chassis to perform maintenance on a blade/rack server.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # set fault-suppress-policy default-server-maint UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fault-suppress-task |
|
set fc-if name
To configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface, use the set fc-if name command.
set fc-if name name
Syntax Description
| name | Interface name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA in SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the virtual HBA mode for a SAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter).
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA template:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope vhba-templ sp10 UCS-A /org/vhba-templ # set fc-if name if10 UCS-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
set fcoe-vlan
To enable FCoE for the specified VLAN, use the set fcoe-vlan command.
set fcoe-vlan { fcoe-vlan | default }
Syntax Description
| fcoe-vlan | Specifies the VLAN number for enabling FCoE. |
| default | FCoE is enabled on the default VLAN. |
Command Default
FCoE is enabled on the default VLAN.
Command Modes
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | The range of valid values was modified from 4048 - 4093 to 4049 - 4093. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) for the specified VLAN or the default VLAN. Valid ranges for the VLAN are 1 to 3967 and 4049 to 4093.
Examples
Examples
This example enables FCoE for VLAN 1000:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink fc1000 switch-A /fc-uplink # scope vsan vsTest 1000 1000 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan # set fcoe-vlan 1000 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vsan |
|
set fcoe-storage-native-vlan
To set a native VLAN identification number for the Fibre Channel storage device, use the set fcoe-storage-native-vlan command.
set fcoe-storage-native-vlan fcoe-storage-native-vlan id
Syntax Description
| fcoe-storage-native-vlan id | The unique identifier assigned to the VLAN used for Fibre Channel connections. Valid ranges for the VLAN are 1 to 3967 and 4048 to 4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
FCoE VLANs in the SAN cloud and VLANs in the LAN cloud must have different IDs. Using the same ID for an FCoE VLAN and a VLAN results in a critical fault and traffic disruption for all vNICs and uplink ports using that FCoE VLAN.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set a native VLAN identification number for the Fibre Channel storage device.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # set fcoe-storage-native-vlan 44 Switch-A /fc-storage* # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show |
|
set fc-zoning
To configure Fibre Channel zoning for a VSAN, use the set fc-zoning command.
set fc-zoning { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Specifies that the upstream switch configures and controls the Fibre Channel zoning or Fibre Channel zoning is not implemented on this VSAN. |
| enabled | Specifies that Cisco UCS Manager configures and controls Fibre Channel zoning. |
Command Default
By default, Fibre Channel zoning is disabled.
Command Modes
VSAN within fibre channel storage mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric within the fibre channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within fibre channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric within the fibre channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set Fibre Channel zoning for a VSAN within fibre channel storage command mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage UCS-A /fc-storage # create vsan vsan1 1 23 UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan* # set fc-zoning disabled UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
show vsan |
|
set file size
To specify the size limit of the management logging file, use the set file size command.
set file size size
Syntax Description
| size | Specifies the file size limit. The range is 1000000 (1M) to 10000000 (10M) bytes; the default is 5242880 bytes. |
Command Default
The file size limit is 5242880 bytes.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the size limit of the management logging file.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the size limit of the management logging file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set file size 10000000 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
set filter
To set up a filter, use the set filter command.
set filter name
Syntax Description
| name | Filter name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the LDAP server command mode (/security/ldap/server). |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified filter.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up a filter:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set filter domainNames
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set firstname
To set the first name, use the set firstname command.
set firstname name
Syntax Description
| name | First name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the first name:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1
switch-A /security/local-user # set firstname bob
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set flap-interval
To configure the length of time the system waits before changing a fault state, use the set flap-interval command.
set flap-interval seconds
Syntax Description
| seconds | Specifies the interval during which the fault state is not allowed to change again after a state change. The range is 5 to 3600 seconds; the default is 10 seconds. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Flapping occurs when a fault is raised and cleared several times in rapid succession. To prevent flapping, use the set flap-interval command to freeze the fault state until the flapping interval has elapsed after the last state change. If the fault is raised again during the flapping interval, it returns to the active state; otherwise, the fault is cleared.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the fault state flap interval to 10 seconds:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set flap-interval 10 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fault policy |
|
set flow-control-policy
To set up a flow control policy, use the set flow-control-policy command.
set flow-control-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Flow control policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Interface (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up a flow control policy:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 1 2
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface # set flow-control-policy fcp110
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show port-channel |
|
set folder
To set up a folder, use the set folder command.
set folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set folder (/client)
To set a folder for a client within a port profile, use the set folder command.
set folder folder
Syntax Description
| folder | Name of the folder. The name can include a maximum of 256 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Client within a port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a client within a port profile before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a folder for a client within the port profile command mode:
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope profile-set
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set # scope port-profile test
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile # scope client sample
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client # set folder Trial123
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /system/vm-mgmt/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set cluster |
|
set data-center (/client) |
|
set descr |
|
set forged-transmit
To allow or disallow the forging of MAC addresses, use the set forged-transmit command.
set forged-transmit { allow | deny }
Syntax Description
| allow | Specifies that the server is allowed to forge MAC addresses. |
| deny | Specifies that the server is not allowed to forge MAC addresses. |
Command Default
Forged transmit is allowed.
Command Modes
MAC security (org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to allow or disallow the forging of MAC addresses by the server when sending frames. When port security is enabled in the network, MAC address forging should be disabled for the vNICs. You can include the set forged-transmit command in a network control policy and then apply the policy in a vNIC service profile.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a network control policy that disables the forging of MAC addresses:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # create nw-ctrl-policy testPolicy switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # create mac-security switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security* # set forged-transmit deny switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy/mac-security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
set format
To configure the format of Call Home messages, use the set format command.
set format { fulltxt | shorttxt | xml }
Syntax Description
| fulltxt | Specifies the long text format. |
| shorttxt | Specifies the short text format. |
| xml | Specifies the XML format. This is the default format. |
Command Default
Messages are sent in XML format.
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was modified to add the fulltxt keyword. |
Usage Guidelines
- Full text— Provides a fully formatted message with detailed information that is suitable for human reading.
- Short text—Provides a one or two line description of the fault that is suitable for printed reports or for communication with mobile devices.
- XML— Provides the Adaptive Messaging Language (AML) XML data structure required for communication with the Cisco Technical Assistance Center. The AML XML schema definition (XSD) is published on the Cisco website. XML is the default format.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure Call Home messages for XML format:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set format xml switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set from-email
To configure an email address that will appear in the From field in Call Home email messages, use the set from-email command.
set from-email from-email
Syntax Description
| from-email | Email address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure an email address that will appear in the From field in Call Home email messages. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>. If no address is specified, the contact email address is used.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a From email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set from-email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set front-panel-lockout-config
To specify whether the power and reset buttons on the front panel are ignored by the server, use the set front-panel-lockout-config command.
set front-panel-lockout-config front-panel-lockout { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The power and reset buttons on the front panel are active and can be used to affect the server. |
| enabled | The power and reset buttons are locked out. The server can only be reset or powered on or off from the CIMC GUI. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the power and reset buttons on the front panel are ignored by the server.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that the power and reset buttons on the front panel are ignored by the server:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set front-panel-lockout-config front-panel-lockout enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set history-count
To determine if users can use previously set passwords or not, use the set history-count command.
set history-count password history count
Syntax Description
| password history count | Specifies the password history count. The value must be between 0 and 15. |
Command Default
By default, the password history check is disabled.
Command Modes
Password profile (/security/password-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be an administrator to use this command.
Setting a value of 0 disables the password history checking feature.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the history count for the password to 15:
UCS-A # scope security
UCS-A /security # scope password-profile
UCS-A /security/password-profile # set history-count 15
UCS-A /security/password-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /security/password-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set change-count |
|
set change-during-interval |
|
set change-interval |
|
set no-change-interval |
|
set host
To set up a host, use the set host command.
set host host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | The name of the host. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set host-cos-control
To set the CoS control for a host, use the set host-cos-control command.
set host-cos-control { full | none }
Syntax Description
| full | To set the CoS control to full for a host. |
| none | To not set the CoS control for a host. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Egress Policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A QoS policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the CoS control to Full for a host.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope qos-policy sample Switch-A /org/qos-policy # scope egress-policy Switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy # set host-cos-control full Switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
set host-fw-policy
To set the host firmware policy, use the set host-fw-policy command.
set host-fw-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Host firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified host firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the host firmware policy:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10
switch-A /org/service-profile # set host-fw-policy hostFP10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show assoc |
|
show service-profile |
|
set host-nwio-perf
To set the host net IO performance for a port-profile, use the set host-nwio-perf command.
set host-nwio-perf { high-performance | none }
Syntax Description
| high-performance | To set the host net IO performance to high performance. |
| none | To not set a performance limit for the host net IO. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A port profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the host net IO performance to high performance.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile sample Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # set host-nwio-perf high-performance Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create port-profile |
|
set hostname
To set the server hostname, use the set hostname command.
set hostname host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | The host name fo the server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced for callhome mode. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced for vcenter mode. |
Usage Guidelines
For callhome mode, the fully qualified domain name or IP address of the SMTP server. For vcenter mode, the hostname or IP address of the VCenter server. Enter an IP address using the format X.X.X.X, or a host name of up to 512 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the SMTP server host name:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set hostname smtp.example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port |
|
show callhome |
|
set hostname
To create a host name, use the set hostname command in server mode.
set hostname host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | The name of the server. The name can be a name or an IP address. The range of valid values for a name is 1 to 255. The format for an IP address is N.N.N.N. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a host name for the VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter marComm switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # set hostname marComm10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set hour
To set an hour for the periodic maintenance window, use the set hour command.
set hour { hour | every-hour }
Syntax Description
| hour | Use this option to specify a specific hour at which this maintenance window must run. The value must be between 0 - 24. |
| every-hour | Use this option to configure the maintenance window to run every hour. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler policy and a periodic maintenance window must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the hour for a periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set hour every-hour Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set date |
|
set concur-jobs |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set minute |
|
set http port
To set up an HTTP port, use the set http port command.
set http port port
Syntax Description
| port | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # set http port 100
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
set https cipher-suite-mode
To set the level of Cipher Suite security used by the Cisco UCS domain, use the set https cipher-suite-mode command.
set https cipher-suite-mode { high-strength | medium-strength | low -strength | custom }
Syntax Description
| high-strength | To set the level of Cipher Suite security to high-strength. |
| medium-strength | To set the level of Cipher Suite security to medium-strength. |
| low -strength | To set the level of Cipher Suite security to low-strength. |
| custom | Allows you to specify a user-defined Cipher Suite specification. |
Command Default
By default, the option is to medium-strength.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enable HTTPS, set the port number to 443, set the key ring name to kring7984, and set the Cipher Suite security level to high.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope services UCS-A /system/services # enable https UCS-A /system/services* # set https port 443 Warning: When committed, this closes all the web sessions. UCS-A /system/services* # set https keyring kring7984 UCS-A /system/services* # set https cipher-suite-mode high UCS-A /system/services* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set https cipher-suite |
|
set https cipher-suite
To set a custom level of Cipher Suite security for this Cisco UCS domain, use the set https cipher-suite command.
set https cipher-suite cipher-suite-spec-string
Syntax Description
| cipher-suite-spec-string | The customized Cipher suite string can contain up to 256 characters and must conform to the OpenSSL Cipher Suite specifications. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You cannot use any spaces or special characters except ! (exclamation point), + (plus sign), - (hyphen), and : (colon) in the customized Cipher suite string.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to specify a customized Cipher suite string.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope services UCS-A /system/services # enable https UCS-A /system/services* # set https port 43 Warning: when committed, this closes all web sessions UCS-A /system/services* # set https keyring kring789 UCS-A /system/services* # set https cipher-suite-mode custom UCS-A /system/services* # set https cipher-suite ALL:!ADH:!EXPORT56:!LOW:RC4+RSA:+CUSTOM:+EXP:+eNULL UCS-A /system/services* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set https cipher-suite-mode |
|
set https keyring
To set up an HTTPS keyring, use the set https keyring command.
set https keyring keyring
Syntax Description
| keyring | Keyring name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When the HTTPS keyring is modified using the set https keyring command, all current HTTP and HTTPS sessions will be closed without any warning.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up an HTTPS keyring:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # set https keyring kr100
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show keyring |
|
set https port
To set up an HTTPS port, use the set https port command.
set https port port
Syntax Description
| port | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:
switch-A#scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # set https port 200
switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
set hyper-threading-config
To specify whether Intel Hyper-Threading Technology is enabled, use the set hyper-threading-config command.
set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor does not permit the parallel execution of multiple threads. |
| enabled | The processor allows the parallel execution of multiple threads. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Hyper-Threading Technology, which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor. Contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Hyper-Threading Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set id
To set an ID for a VSAN, use the set id command.
set id id
Syntax Description
| ID | The ID for the VSAN. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VSAN (fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VSAN must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to add an ID for a VSAN.
Switch-A # scope fc-storage Switch-A /fc-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric # scope vsan Test Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan # set id 22 Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan * # commit-buffer Switch-A /fc-storage/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vsan |
|
show vsan |
|
set identity dynamic-mac
To configure a dynamic MAC address for a vNIC, use the set identity dynamic-mac command.
set identity dynamic-mac { dynamic-mac | derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-mac | Specifies a unique MAC address in the form nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn. |
| derived | Derive the MAC address from a pool, if available, or from a MAC address burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The MAC address is derived.
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
iSCSI VNIC within the LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the iSCSI VNIC mode for a LAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a dynamic MAC address for a virtual NIC (vNIC).
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment, use the set identity mac-pool command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic MAC address for a vNIC:
UCS-A # scope org /
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic dynamic-prot-001
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set identity dynamic-mac 01:23:45:67:89:ab
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity mac-pool |
|
show vnic |
|
set identity dynamic-uuid
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic UUID, use the set identity dynamic-uuid command.
set identity dynamic-uuid { dynamic-uuid | derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-uuid | Specifies a unique UUID in the form nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn-nnnnnnnnnnnn. |
| derived | Derive the UUID from a pool, if available, or from the UUID burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The dynamic UUID is derived.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID) in a service profile.
To specify a pool of UUID suffixes for dynamic assignment, use the set identity uuid-suffix-pool command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic UUID for a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity dynamic-uuid 01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
set identity dynamic-wwnn
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic WWNN, use the set identity dynamic-wwnn command.
set identity dynamic-wwnn { dynamic-wwnn | pool-derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-wwnn | Create a unique WWNN in the form hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
| pool-derived | Derive the WWNN from a pool, if available, or from a WWNN burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The dynamic WWNN is derived.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
SAN Connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the SAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic world wide node name (WWNN) for vHBAs in a service profile.
To specify a pool of WWN names for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwnn-pool command.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a dynamic WWNN for vHBAs in a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
UCS-A /org/service-profile # set identity dynamic-wwnn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef
UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity wwnn-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
set identity dynamic-wwpn
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic WWPN, use the set identity dynamic-wwpn command.
set identity dynamic-wwpn { dynamic-wwpn | derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-wwpn | Create a unique WWPN in the form hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
| derived | Derive the WWPN from a WWPN pool, if available, or from a WWPN burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The dynamic WWPN is derived.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA in SAN connectivity policy mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the virtual HBA command mode for a SAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic world wide port name (WWPN) for a vHBA in a service profile.
To specify a pool of WWPNs for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwpn-pool command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a dynamic WWPN for a vHBA in a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba3
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set identity dynamic-wwpn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity wwpn-pool |
|
show vhba |
|
set identity mac-pool
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment, use the set identity mac-pool command.
set identity mac-pool mac-pool
Syntax Description
| mac-pool | Name of a MAC address pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC within a service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment to a vNIC in a service profile.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic MAC address pool for a vNIC in a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic dynamic-prot-001
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set identity mac-pool MyMacPool3
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mac-pool |
|
show vnic |
|
set identity uuid-suffix-pool
To specify a pool of UUID suffixes for dynamic assignment, use the set identity uuid-suffix-pool command.
set identity uuid-suffix-pool uuid-suffix-pool
Syntax Description
| uuid-suffix-pool | Name of a UUID suffix pool. You can enter a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of universally unique identifier (UUID) suffixes for dynamic assignment to vHBAs in a service profile.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a UUID suffix pool for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
UCS-A /org/service-profile # set identity uuid-suffix-pool MyUuidPool3
UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show service-profile |
|
set identity wwnn-pool
To specify a pool of WWN names for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwnn-pool command.
set identity wwnn-pool wwnn-pool
Syntax Description
| wwnn-pool | Name of a WWNN pool. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the SAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide node names (WWNN) for dynamic assignment to vHBAs in a service profile.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a WWNN pool for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
UCS-A /org/service-profile # set identity wwnn-pool MyWwnnPool3
UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create wwn-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
set identity wwpn-pool
To specify a pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwpn-pool command.
set identity wwpn-pool wwpn-pool
Syntax Description
| wwpn-pool | Name of a WWPN pool. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA in SAN connectivity policy command mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the virtual HBA in the SAN connectivity policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment to a vHBA in a service profile.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic WWPN pool for a vHBA in a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba3
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set identity wwpn-pool MyWwpnPool13
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create wwpn-pool |
|
show vhba |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl
To set a control for the Infra pack policy, use the create infra-pack-ctrl command.
create infra-pack-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the control source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control for the infra pack policy to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set infra-pack-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set intel-turbo-boost-config
To specify whether Intel Turbo Boost Technology is enabled, use the set intel-turbo-boost-config command.
set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor never increases its frequency automatically. |
| enabled | The processor utilizes Turbo Boost Technology if required. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology, which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power, temperature, or voltage specifications.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Turbo Boost Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set intel-vt-config
To specify whether Intel Virtualization Technology is enabled, use the set intel-vt-config command.
set intel-vt-config vt { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor does not permit virtualization. |
| enabled | The processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology, which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions.
Note |
If you change this option, you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Virtualization Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-config vt enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set intel-vt-directed-io-config
To specify whether Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O is enabled, use the set intel-vt-directed-io-config command.
set intel-vt-directed-io-config { ats-support | coherency-support | interrupt-remapping | passthrough-dma | vtd } { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| ats-support | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Address Translation Services (ATS). |
| coherency-support | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Coherency. |
| interrupt-remapping | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Interrupt Remapping. |
| passthrough-dma | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Passthrough DMA. |
| vtd | Specifies processor support for Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O. |
| disabled | Processor support for the feature is disabled. |
| enabled | Processor support for the feature is enabled. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure processor support for Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O is enabled with Intel VT-d Interrupt Remapping:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-directed-io-config vtd enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-directed-io-config interrupt-remapping enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set interrupt coalescing-time
To configure the waiting time for interrupt coalescing, use the set interrupt coalescing-time command.
set interrupt coalescing-time coalescing-time
Syntax Description
| coalescing-time | Enter a value between 1 and 65535 µsec. To turn off coalescing, enter 0 (zero). |
Command Default
The interrupt coalescing time is 125 µsec.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the time to wait between interrupts or the idle period that must be encountered before an interrupt is sent. The coalescing behavior is specified by the set interrupt coalescing-type command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure an Ethernet policy with interrupt coalescing:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt coalescing-time 1000 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt coalescing-type min switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interrupt coalescing-type |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set interrupt coalescing-type
To configure the interrupt coalescing behavior, use the set interrupt coalescing-type command.
set interrupt coalescing-type { idle | min }
Syntax Description
| idle | The system waits for a period of inactivity exceeding the coalescing time before sending another interrupt event. |
| min | The system waits for the coalescing time before sending another interrupt event. |
Command Default
The interrupt coalescing type is min.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the interrupt coalescing behavior. The coalescing time period for waiting is specified by the set interrupt coalescing-time command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure an Ethernet policy with interrupt coalescing:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt coalescing-time 1000 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt coalescing-type min switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interrupt coalescing-time |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set interrupt count
To configure the number of interrupt resources to allocate, use the set interrupt count command.
set interrupt count count
Syntax Description
| count | Enter a value between 1 and 514. |
Command Default
The interrupt count is 4.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of interrupt resources to allocate. In general, you should allocate one interrupt resource for each completion queue.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interrupt resources of an Ethernet adapter policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt count 32 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set interrupt mode
To configure the interrupt mode, use the set interrupt mode command.
set interrupt mode { intx | msi | msi-x }
Syntax Description
| intx | Line interrupt |
| msi | Message-Signaled Interrupt (MSI ) |
| msi-x | Extended Message-Signaled Interrupt |
Command Default
The interrupt mode is msi-x.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interrupt mode of an Ethernet adapter policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt mode msi switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set interval-days
To configure the number of days between periodic Call Home inventory messages, use the set interval-days command.
set interval-days days
Syntax Description
| days | Number of days between inventory messages. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of days between periodic Call Home inventory messages. The range is 0 to 30 days; the default is 7 days.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
set ip
To specify an IP address for a certificate request of a key ring, use the set ip command.
set ip certificate request ip address
Syntax Description
| certificate request ip address | The IP address of the fabric interconnect associated with the certificate request. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the IP address.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the IP address for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set ip 1.2.3.4 UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set dns |
|
set email |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
set ipmi-access-profile
To set the IPMI access profile, use the set ipmi-access-profile command.
set ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified IPMI access profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the IPMI access profile:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10
switch-A /org/service-profile # set ipmi-access-profile iaP10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set iqn-prefix
To set prefix for an IQN pool, use the set iqn-prefix command.
set iqn-prefix IQN prefix
Syntax Description
| IQN prefix | Name of the IQN prefix. The name can include a maximum of 150 characters, and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IQN pool (/org/iqn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An IQN pool must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a prefix for an IQN pool.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope iqn-pool Sample1 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool # set iqn-prefix test1 UCS-A /org/iqn-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iqn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iqn-pool |
|
show iqn-pool |
|
set iscsi-adapter-policy
To set an iSCSI adapter policy for an iSCSI VNIC, use the set iscsi-adapter-policy command.
set iscsi-adapter-policy iscsi-adapter-policy
Syntax Description
| iscsi-adapter-policy | Name of the iSCSI adapter policy for the iSCSI VNIC. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI VNIC within a service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
iSCSI VNIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the iSCSI VNIC mode of a LAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters allowed in the policy name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile, and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
You must create a LAN connectivity policy, and an iSCSI VNIC for the policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the iSCSI adapter policy for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # set iscsi-adapter-policy Trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set auth-name |
|
set identity |
|
set iscsi-identity |
|
set overlay-vnic-name |
|
set iscsi-identity initiator-name
To set an initiator name for the iSCSI VNIC, use the set iscsi-identity initiator-name command.
set iscsi-identity initiator-name initiator-name
Syntax Description
| initiator-name | Name of the initiator for the iSCSI VNIC. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an initiator name for the iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # set iscsi-identity initiator-name Admin
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set auth-name |
|
set identity |
|
set iscsi-adaptor-policy |
|
set overlay-vnic-name |
|
set iscsi-identity initiator-pool-name
To set an initiator pool name for an iSCSI VNIC, use the set iscsi-identity initiator-pool-name command.
set iscsi-identity initiator-pool-name Iqn Ident pool name
Syntax Description
| Iqn Ident pool name | Name of the iSCSI IQN initiator pool name. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set an iSCSI initiator pool name for an iSCSI VNIC.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # set iscsi-identity initiator-pool-name Admin UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iqn-pool |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget
To set the boot to target configuration for an iSCSI policy, use the set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget command.
set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget { yes | no }
Syntax Description
| yes | Configures the iSCSI policy to boot to target. |
| no | Configures the iSCSI policy to not boot to target. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI Policy (/org/iscsi-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the iSCSI protocol to boot to target:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy # set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget yes UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout
To set the time interval, in seconds, that Cisco UCS waits after which it assumes that the initial login has failed and that the iSCSI adapter is unavailable, use the set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout command.
set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout connection-timeout
Syntax Description
| connection-timeout | Connection timeout interval. The value is between 0 and 255 seconds. |
Command Default
The default value is 15 seconds.
Command Modes
iSCSI Policy (/org/iscsi-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI policy before you use this command.
If you set the value to 0, then Cisco UCS uses the value set in the adapter firmware.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the iSCSI protocol connection timeout to 50 seconds:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy # set iscsi-protocol-item connection timeout 50 UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout
To set an DHCP timeout interval for an iSCSI policy, use the set iscsi-protocol-profile dhcp-timeout command.
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout dhcp-timeout
Syntax Description
| dhcp-timeout | DHCP timeout interval. The value must be between 60 and 300 seconds. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI Policy (/org/iscsi-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the DHCP timeout for an iSCSI policy to 70 seconds:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy # set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout 70 UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode
To set an HBA mode for an iSCSI policy, use the set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode command.
set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode { yes | no }
Syntax Description
| yes | To configure an HBA mode for the iSCSI policy. |
| no | To clear the HBA mode for the iSCSI policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI Policy (/org/iscsi-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an HBA mode for an iSCSI policy.
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy # set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode yes UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount
To set the number of times to retry the connection in case of a failure during iSCSI LUN discovery, use the set iscsi-protocol-profile lun-busy-retrycount command.
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount lun-busy-retrycount
Syntax Description
| lun-busy-retrycount | LUN busy retry count parameter for an iSCSI policy. The value must be between 0 and 60. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI policy (/org/iscsi-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI policy before you use this command.
If you enter the value as 0, then Cisco UCS uses the value set in the adapter firmware.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the LUN busy retry-count parameter to 50 for an iSCSI policy:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy # set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount 50 UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp
To set a TCP timestamp for an iSCSI policy, use the set iscsi-protocol-profile tcp-time-stamp command.
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies not setting the TCP timestamp for the iSCSI policy. |
| yes | Specifies setting the TCP timestamp for the iSCSI policy. |
Command Default
By default, the TCP timestamp is disabled.
Command Modes
iSCSI policy (/org/iscsi-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI policy before you use this command.
This option only applies to servers with the Cisco UCS NIC M51KR-B adapter.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the TCP timestamp feature for an iSCSI policy:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy # set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp yes UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsi-protocol-item boottotarget |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item connection timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item hbamode |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retrycount |
|
set iscsi-targetname
To set an ISCSI target name for a static target interface, use the set iscsi-targetname command.
set iscsi-targetname name
Syntax Description
| Name | The name of the ISCSI target. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Static target interface (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced in this release. |
Usage Guidelines
An ISCSI VNIC must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the ISCSI target name for a static target interface.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # scope static-target-if 1 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if # set iscsi-targetname sample1 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/static-target-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vnic-iscsi |
|
create static-target-if |
|
set iscsivnicname
To set an iSCSI VNIC name for the iSCSI path, use the set iscsivnicname command.
set iscsivnicname iscsivnicname
Syntax Description
| iscsivnicname | Name of the iSCSI VNIC path. The name can include a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Path (/org/boot-policy/iscsi/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an iSCSI path for a boot policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the iSCSI VNIC name to the iSCSI path of the boot policy:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope boot-policy sample UCS-A /org/boot-policy # scope iscsi UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi # scope path primary UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi/path # set iscsivnicname Trial UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi/path* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/boot-policy/iscsi/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create path |
|
set isnative
To mark a member-port as a native VLAN, use the set isnative command.
set isnative { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Use this option to not set a member-port as the native VLAN. |
| yes | Use this option to set a member-port as the native VLAN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Member port (eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set a member port as a native vlan.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope vlan test Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan # scope member-port a 1 2 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port # set isnative yes Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port |
|
scope member-port |
|
set key (server)
To set the server key for connecting to an authentication server, use the set key command.
set key
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)
Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)
Server under RADIUS (/security/radius/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When you enter this command, you are prompted to type a key value twice. When you type the key on the command line, it does not display.
The key can be up to 33 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a key in server under LDAP mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server 192.0.20.246 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set key Enter the key: Confirm the key: switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set key (extension-key)
To set up the master extension key, use the set key command in extension-key mode.
set key key-name
Syntax Description
| key-name | The name of the key. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the key. The range of valid values is 1 to 33. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Extension key (/system/vm-mgmt/extension-key)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up the master extension key:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope extension-key switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key # set key K1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key #
set lastname
To set the user name last name, use the set lastname command.
set lastname name
Syntax Description
| name | Last name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the user name last name:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1
switch-A /security/local-user # set lastname foo
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set level
To filter Call Home messages based on their level of urgency, use the set level command.
set level { disaster | fatal | critical | major | minor | warning | notification | normal | debug }
Syntax Description
| disaster | Disaster level (8) |
| fatal | Fatal level (7) |
| critical | Critical level (6) |
| major | Major level (5) |
| minor | Minor level (4) |
| warning | Warning level (3) |
| notification | Notification level (2) |
| normal | Normal level (1) |
| debug | Debug level (0) |
Command Default
The default level is Normal.
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to filter Call Home messages based on their level of urgency. Select the minimum urgency level for generating a Call Home message, with Disaster (8) being the highest urgency and Debug (0) being the lowest. Any message with a level value lower than the configured urgency level is not sent.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a threshold urgency level of Critical for sending Call Home messages:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set level critical switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set link-aggregation-pref
To set the link aggregation preference for the chassis connectivity policy for a fabric, use the set link-aggregation-pref command.
set link-aggregation-pref { global | none | port-channel }
Syntax Description
| global | Sets the link aggregation preference to global. This option sets the preference to the chassis discovery policy. |
| none | Sets the link aggregation preference to none. This option implies that no port channels are required. |
| port-channel | Sets the link aggregation preference to port-channel. This options implies that port channels are required. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis connectivity policy (/org/chassis-conn-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Port channels are supported only with the new IO module that is released with 2.0(1) release. If your configuration includes IO modules of previous releases, then you cannot configure port channels.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the link aggregation preference for the chassis connectivity policy to port-channel for fabric A:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope chassis-conn-policy 1 a UCS-A /org/chassis-conn-policy # set link-aggregation-pref port-channel UCS-A /org/chassis-conn-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/chassis-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis-conn-policy |
|
scope chassis-conn-policy |
|
set link-aggregation-pref (/chassis-disc-policy)
To set a link aggregation preference for the policy, use the set link-aggregation-pref command.
set link-aggregation-pref { none | port-channel }
Syntax Description
| none | Sets no link aggregation preference for the policy. |
| port-channel | Sets the link aggregation preference to port channel. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis disc policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the link aggregation preference to port channel:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope chassis-disc-policy UCS-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # set link-aggregation-pref port-channel UCS-A /org/chassis-disc-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/chassis-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
show org |
|
set local-disk-policy
To set the local disk policy, use the set local-disk-policy command.
set local-disk-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Local disk policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified local disk policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the local disk policy:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10
switch-A /org/service-profile # set local-disk-policy ldiskP10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set locality
To specify a city or town in which the company that requested for the certificate resides, use the set locality command.
set locality Locality Name
Syntax Description
| Locality name | The name of the city or town in which the company that requested the certificate resides. The name can include a maximum of 64 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the locality.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the locality for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set locality new york city UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set dns |
|
set email |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
set lun
To set a LUN name, use the set lun command.
set lun name
Syntax Description
| name | LUN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN image path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a LUN name:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10a
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary
switch-A /org/service-profile/storage/san-image/path # set lun lun100
switch-A /org/service-profile/path* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show storage |
|
set lv-dimm-support-config
To specify whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations, use the set lv-dimm-support-config command.
set lv-dimm-support-config lv-ddr-mode { performance-mode | power-saving-mode | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| performance-mode | The system prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations. |
| power-saving-mode | The system prioritizes low voltage memory operations over high frequency memory operations. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations. Selecting the power-saving-mode option may lower memory frequency in order to keep the voltage low.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set lv-dimm-support-config lv-ddr-mode performance-mode switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set macaddress
To set a MAC address for an Ethernet target endpoint, use the set macaddress command.
set macaddress Target MAC address
Syntax Description
| Target MAC address | The MAC address of the Ethernet target endpoint. It must be in the AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet target endpoint (/eth-storage/fabric/interface/eth-target)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An interface for a fabric, and an Ethernet target endpoint for the fabric interface must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the MAC address for an Ethernet target endpoint.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope eth-target Test Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/eth-target # set macaddress 00:0D:L1:56:89:DA Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/eth-target* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/eth-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
scope eth-target |
|
enter eth-target |
|
show eth-target |
|
delete eth-target |
|
set mac-aging
To set up MAC aging, use the set mac aging command.
set mac-aging { number-of-days: number-of-hours: number -of-minutes: number-of-seconds | mode-default | never }
Syntax Description
| mode-default | The aging time default value for the configured Ethernet switching mode. For end-host mode, the default aging time is 7200 seconds; for switch mode, the default aging time is 300 seconds. |
| never | If the aging time is set to never the system will not remove MAC addresses from the table, regardless of how long they have been idle. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The MAC aging time must be set in the dd:hh:mm:ss format.
Examples
This example shows how to set up MAC aging:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # set mac-aging 11 11 59 59 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mode (eth-uplink) |
|
show eth-uplink |
|
set mac-pool
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for a vNIC template, use the set mac-pool command.
set mac-pool mac-pool
Syntax Description
| mac-pool | Name of a MAC address pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment to a vNIC (virtual network interface card) template.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the MAC address pool for a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set mac-pool pool192 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vnic-templ |
|
set maint-policy
To set a maintenance policy for a service profile, use the set maint-policy command.
set maint-policy maintenance policy name
Syntax Description
| maintenance policy name | The name of the maintenance policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A maintenance policy and a service profile must be created before using this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maintenance policy for a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # set maint-policy default Switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
show maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
set mapping-scheme
To set a mapping scheme for a vCon policy, use the set mapping-scheme command.
set mapping-scheme linear -ordered round-robin
Syntax Description
| linear -ordered | Cisco UCS assigns vCon2 and vCon4 to adapter 1, and vCon1 and vCon3 to Adapter2. |
| round-robin | Cisco UCS assigns vCon3 and vCon4 to adapter 1, and vCon1 and vCon2 to Adapter2. |
Command Default
By default, the mapping scheme is set to linear-ordered.
Command Modes
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
The following example creates a vNIC/vHBA placement policy named Adapter1All, sets the vCon mapping scheme to Linear Ordered, specifies that only assigned vNICs and vHBAs can be placed on adapter 1, and commits the transaction:
UCS-A# scope org / UCS-A /org # create vcon-policy Adapter1 UCS-A /org/vcon-policy* # set descr "This profile places all vNICs and vHBAs on adapter 1." UCS-A /org/vcon-policy* # set mapping-scheme linear-ordered UCS-A /org/vcon-policy* # set vcon 1 selection assigned-only UCS-A /org/vcon-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vcon-policy # UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vcon-policy |
|
set vcon |
|
set maxcap
To set the maximum capacity, use the set maxcap command.
set maxcap { max-cap | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-cap | Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies unspecified capacity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum capacity of the memory array.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum capacity:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set maxcap 10000000
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set maxcores
To set the maximum number of cores, use the set maxcores command.
set maxcores { max-cores | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-cores | Maximum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of cores. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum number of processor cores.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxcores 100
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set max-duration
To set a maximum duration for a one-time or periodic maintenance window, use the set max-duration command.
set max-duration { none | days hours minutes seconds }
Syntax Description
| none | Use this option to not set any day for the maintenance window. |
| days | Use this option to set a number of days for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 4294967294. |
| hours | Use this option to set the hour for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 23. |
| minutes | Use this option to set the minutes for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 59. |
| seconds | Use this option to set the seconds for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 59. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum duration for a periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set max-duration 23 4 45 6 Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set hour |
|
set date |
|
set minute |
|
set min-interval |
|
set proc-cap |
|
set max-duration (/fault-suppress-task)
To set a maximum duration for a local schedule of a fault suppress task, use the set max-duration command.
set max-duration 0 - 4294967295 none
Syntax Description
| 0 - 4294967295 | Number of days. |
| none | Indicates that there is no maximum duration for the local schedule. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for an FEX (/fex/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for a chassis (/chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for an IOM in the chassis command mode (/chassis/iom/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for a server (/chassis/server/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task in the organization command mode (/org/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Single-one-time occurrence within the fault suppress task for a service profile (/org/service-profile/local-schedule/single-one-time)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A local schedule for a fault suppress task for a chassis or a service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set a maximum duration for a local schedule for a fault suppress task associated with chassis 1.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # create local-schedule UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule* # create occurrence single-one-time UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence* # set date apr 22 2012 23 10 10 UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence* # set max-duration none UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task/local-schedule/occurrence #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-schedule |
|
create occurrence |
|
set date |
|
set max-field-size
To configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface, use the set max-field-size command.
set max-field-size max-field-size
Syntax Description
| max-field-size | The maximum data field size. The range is 256 to 2112 bytes; the default is 2048. |
Command Default
The maximum data field size is 2048 bytes.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA in the SAN connectivity policy mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the virtual HBA mode for a SAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter).
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA template:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope vhba-templ sp10 UCS-A /org/vhba-templ # set max-field-size 512 UCS-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
set max-http-user-sessions
To set the maximum number of HTTP user sessions on the system, use the set max-http-user-sessions command.
set max-http-user-sessions max http user sessions
Syntax Description
| max http user sessions | The maximum number of HTTP user sessions. The value must be a numeral. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The value for this command must be a number. You cannot enter an alphanumeric string or enter special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of HTTP user sessions to 20.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # set max-http-user-session 20 Switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set enforce-strong-password |
|
set password |
|
set remote-user |
|
set sshkey |
|
set maximum
To set the maximum, use the set maximum command.
set maximum { maximum | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| maximum | Maximum |
| unspecified | Specifies unspecified maximum. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capacity qualification (/org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum capacity for the selected adapter type.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # set maximum 100
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
set max-ports
To set the maximum number of ports a port profile can use, use the set max-ports command.
set max-ports maximun-number
Syntax Description
| maximun-number | The maximum number of ports. The range of valid values is 1 to 4096. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The maximum number of ports that can be associated with a single distributed virtual switch (DVS) is 4096. If the DVS has only one associated port profile, that port profile can be configured with up to 4096 ports. However, if the DVS has more than one associated port profile, the total number of ports associated with all of those port profiles combined cannot exceed 4096.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of ports a port profile can use:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # set max-ports 100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
set max-ports-per-node
To set a maximum number of ports for each node of the WWN pool, use the set max-ports-per-node command.
set max-ports-per-node { 15-ports-per-node | 3-ports-per-node | 31-ports-per-node | 63-ports-per-node | 7-ports-per-node }
Syntax Description
| 15-ports-per-node | Specifies 15 ports for each node in the WWN pool. |
| 3-ports-per-node | Specifies 3 ports for each node in the WWN pool. |
| 31-ports-per-node | Specifies 31 ports for each node in the WWN pool. |
| 63-ports-per-node | Specifies 63 ports for each node in the WWN pool. |
| 7-ports-per-node | Specifies 7 ports for each node in the WWN pool. |
Command Default
By default, 3 ports for each node in the WWN pool are set.
Command Modes
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A WWN pool must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum number of ports for each node in the WWN pool to 63.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create wwn-pool sample port-wwn-assignment UCS-A /org/wwn-pool* # set max-ports-per-node 63-ports-per-node UCS-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create wwn-pool |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory
To configure the maximum memory usage of a BIOS policy to be below 4GB, use the set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory command.
set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disable the maximum memory configuration. |
| enabled | Enable the maximum memory configuration. |
| platform-default | Sets the memory configuration to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be configured in the organization command mode to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enable the maximum memory configuration.
UCS-A # scope org Test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set max-memory-below-4gb-config max-memory enabled UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show max-memory-below-4gb-config |
|
set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr
To set the maximum MTRR configuration for the processor, use the set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr command.
set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr { 8 | auto-max | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| 8 | Sets the maximum variable MTRR configuration of a processor to 8. |
| auto-max | Sets the maximum variable MTRR configuration of a processor to the automatic maximum limit. |
| platform-default | Sets the maximum variable MTRR configuration of a processor to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform Default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a BIOS policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum variable MTRR setting to 8:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample
UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr 8
UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost |
|
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step |
|
set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading |
|
set core-multi-processing-config multi-processing |
|
set execute-disable bit |
|
set intel-vt-config vt |
|
set direct-cache-access-config access |
|
set processor-c-state-config c-state |
|
set processor-c1e-config c1e |
|
set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report |
|
set processor-c6-report-config processor-report |
|
set cpu-performance-config cpu-config |
|
set maxprocs
To set the maximum number of processors, use the set maxprocs command.
set maxprocs { maxprocs | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-procs | Maximum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of processors. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxprocs 10
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set maxsize
To configure a maximum destination message size for Call Home messages, use the set maxsize command.
set maxsize maxsize
Syntax Description
| maxsize | Maximum message size in bytes. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a maximum destination message size for Call Home messages. The range is 0 to 5000000 bytes; the default is 1000000.
For full-text and xml messages, the maximum recommended size is 5000000. For short-text messages, the maximum recommended size is 100000. For messages sent to CiscoTAC-1, the maximum message size must be 5000000.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a maximum Call Home message size of 10000 bytes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set maxsize 10000 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set format |
|
show callhome |
|
set maxthreads
To set the maximum number of threads, use the set maxthreads command.
set maxthreads { maxthreads | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-threads | Maximum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of threads. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of threads:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxthreads 10
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set mcastpolicy
To set or clear a multicast policy association for a VLAN, use the set mcastpolicy command.
set mcastpolicy mcast policy name
Syntax Description
| mcast policy name | The name of the multicast policy. If you insert "" instead of the policy name, then it clears the multicast policy association for a VLAN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN within the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN must be created to use this command.
The multicast policy can include a maximum of 32 characters and can be alphanumeric.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a multicast policy for a VLAN wthin a fabric in the Ethernet uplink command mode.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope vlan test UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan # set mcastpolicy sample UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vlan |
|
set member-of-attribute
To set the member of attribute for an LDAP group rule, use the set member-of-attribute command.
set member-of-attribute group attribute
Syntax Description
| Group Attribute | The name of the group attribute that the LDAP group rule must be set with. The value can include a maximum of 63 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP Group Rule (/security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An LDAP server and an LDAP group rule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the member of attribute for an LDAP group rule.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Testing Switch-A /security/ldap/server # scope ldap-group-rule Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule # set member-of-attribute Sample Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/ldap/server/ldap-group-rule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap-group-rule |
|
set memory-mirroring-mode
To enable and configure memory mirroring, use the set memory-mirroring-mode command.
set memory-mirroring-mode mirroring-mode { intersocket | intrasocket | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| intersocket | Memory is mirrored between two Integrated Memory Controllers (IMCs) across CPU sockets. |
| intrasocket | One IMC is mirrored with another IMC in the same socket. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable and configure memory mirroring, which enhances system reliability by keeping two identical data images in memory.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to enable intersocket memory mirroring:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set memory-mirroring-mode mirroring-mode intersocket switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set memory-ras-config
To specify the memory reliability, availability and serviceability (RAS) configuration, use the set memory-ras-config command.
set memory-ras-config ras-config { lockstep | maximum performance | mirroring | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| lockstep | Minimizes memory access latency for DIMM pairs. |
| maximum performance | System performance is optimized. |
| mirroring | System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the memory reliability, availability and serviceability (RAS) configuration.
If the DIMM pairs in the server have an identical type, size, and organization and are populated across the SMI channels, you can enable lockstep mode to minimize memory access latency and provide better performance. Lockstep is enabled by default for B400 servers.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to configure lockstep mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set memory-ras-config ras-config lockstep switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode
To set the memory sparing mode for a BIOS policy, use the set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode command.
set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode { dimm-sparing | platform-default | rank-sparing }
Syntax Description
| dimm-sparing | Sets the mode to spare the DIMMs. |
| platform-default | Sets the memory sparing mode to the platform default option. |
| rank-sparing | Sets the mode to spare the rank. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be configured in the Organization command mode to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the memory sparing mode to the platform default option.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set memory-sparing-mode sparing-mode platform-default UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory-sparing-mode |
|
set message
To set a message as the pre-login banner for the system, use the set message command.
set message
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pre-login Banner (/security/banner/pre-login-banner)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set a message as the pre-login banner message.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope banner UCS-A /security/banner # scope pre-login-banner UCS-A /security/banner/pre-login-banner # set message UCS-A /security/banner/pre-login-banner* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/banner/pre-login-banner #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
clear message |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl
To set the control for the managed endpoint policy, use the set mep-policy-ctrl command.
set mep-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control for the managed end point policy to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set mep-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set mgmt-fw-policy
To set the management firmware policy, use the set mgmt-fw-policy command.
set mgmt-fw-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Management firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified management firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the management firmware policy:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10
switch-A /org/service-profile # set mgmt-fw-policy mfwP10
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline
To set a maximum time limit that the management interface must wait for an ARP responses, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline arp-deadline
Syntax Description
| arp-deadline | The time limit or deadline that the management interface must wait for an ARP response. The value must be a number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum time limit to wait for an ARP response to 12.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline 12 Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target1 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target2 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target3 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy max-fail-reports |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry-count |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism
To set a monitoring mechanism for the management interface monitoring policy, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism { ping-arp-targets | ping-gateway | mii-status }
Syntax Description
| ping-arp-targets | Use this option to monitor all ARP targets that are pinged. |
| ping-gateway | Use this option to monitor all ping gateways. |
| mii-status | Use this option to monitor all mii-status. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the monitoring mechanism to monitor the ping gateway.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-mon-policy monitor-mechanism ping-gateway Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target1 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target2 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy arp-target3 |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy max-fail-reports |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry-counts |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy mii-retry-interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests
To set the maximum number of ping requests that can be handled by the management interface, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests ping-requests
Syntax Description
| ping-requests | The number of ping requests. It must be a number between 1 and 5. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the ping requests to 5.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests 5 Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
show mgmt-if-mon-policy |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval
To set the polling interval for the management interface monitor settings, use the set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval command.
set mgmt-if-mon-policy poll-interval poll-interval
Syntax Description
| poll-interval | The polling interval in seconds. The value must be a number between 99 and 300. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the polling interval to 200 seconds.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set mgmt-if-min-policy poll-interval 200 Switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-deadline |
|
set mgmt-if-mon-policy ping-requests |
|
show mgmt-if-mon-policy |
|
set mincap
To set the minimum capacity, use the set mincap command.
set mincap { mincap | unspec }
Syntax Description
| min-cap | Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies unspecified capacity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the minimum capacity of the memory array.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum capacity:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set mincap 1000000
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set mincores
To set the minimum number of cores, use the set mincores command.
set mincores { mincores | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| min-cores | Minimum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of cores. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the minimum number of processor cores.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set mincores 2
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set min-interval
To set a minimum interval for a one-time or periodic maintenance window, use the set min-interval command.
set min-interval { none | hours minutes seconds }
Syntax Description
| none | Use this option to not set an hour for the maintenance window. |
| hours | Use this option to specify the number of hours for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 24. |
| minutes | Use this option to specify the number of minutes for the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 59. |
| seconds | Use this option to specify the number of seconds for the maintenance window. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a minimum interval for a one-time maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window one-time Test Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time # set min-interval 1 22 30 Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/one-time #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set date |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set proc-cap |
|
set minprocs
To set the minimum number of processors, use the set minprocs command.
set minprocs { min-procs | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| min-procs | Minimum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of processors. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minprocs 1
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set minthreads
To set the minimum number of threads, use the set minthreads command.
set minthreads { min-threads | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| min-threads | Minimum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of threads. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum number of threads:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minthreads 1
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set minute
To set a minute for the periodic maintenance window, use the set minute command.
set minute { minute | every-min }
Syntax Description
| minute | To set a specific minute for the maintenance window. The range of valid values is between 0 - 60. |
| every-min | To set the maintenance window to run every minute. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the minutes for the periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler Default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set minute 45 Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set day |
|
set hour |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set proc-cap |
|
set mode (eth-uplink)
To set the Ethernet switching mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { end-host | switch }
Syntax Description
| end-host | Specifies end host Ethernet switching mode. |
| switch | Specifies switch Ethernet switching mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The Ethernet switching mode determines how the switch behaves as a switching device between the servers. End host mode allows the switch to act as an end host to the network, representing all server (hosts) connected to it through vNICs and the network. Switch mode is the traditional Ethernet switching mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the Ethernet switching mode to end host mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # set mode end-host switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
set mode (fc-uplink)
To set the Fibre Channel switching mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { end-host | switch }
Syntax Description
| end-host | Specifies end host Fibre Channel switching mode. |
| switch | Specifies switch Fibre Channel switching mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The Fibre Channel switching mode determines how the switch behaves as a switching device between the servers. End host mode allows the switch to act as an end host to the network, representing all server (hosts) connected to it through vHBAs and the network. Switch mode is the traditional Fibre Channel switching mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the Fibre Channel switching mode to end host mode:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # set mode end-host UCS-A /fc-uplink* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink #
set mode (fw-pack)
To set the firmware pack mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { one-shot | staged }
Syntax Description
| one-shot | Specifies one shot. |
| staged | Specifies staged. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Firmware host pack (/org/fw-host-pack)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was removed. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the firmware pack mode:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fw-host-pack Pack10 switch-A /org/fw-host-pack # set one-shot switch-A /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fw-host-pack #
set mode (local-disk)
To set the local disk policy mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { any-configuration | no-local-storage | no-raid | raid-0-striped | raid-1-mirrored | raid-5-striped-parity | raid-6-striped-dual-parity | raid10-mirrored-and-striped }
Syntax Description
| any-configuration | Specifies any configuration for the local disk. |
| no-local-storage | Specifies no local storage. |
| no-raid | Specifies no RAID configuration on the local disk. |
| raid-0-striped | Specifies RAID 0 striping on the local disk. |
| raid-1-mirrored | Specifies RAID 1 mirroring on the local disk. |
| raid-5-striped-parity | Specifies RAID 5 striping with parity on the local disk. |
| raid-6-striped-dual-parity | Specifies RAID 6 striping with dual parity on the local disk. |
| raid-10-mirrored-and-striped | Specifies RAID 1 mirroring and striping on the local disk. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local disk configuration policy under organization (/org/local-disk-config-policy)
Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The basic raid-mirrored and raid-striped keywords were removed and more specific keywords were added. |
Usage Guidelines
The disk policy configures any optional SAS local drives that have been installed on a server through the onboard RAID controller of the local drive. This policy enables you to set a local disk mode for all servers that are associated with a service profile that includes the local disk configuration policy. The general disk modes include the following:
- Any Configuration—For a server configuration that carries forward the local disk configuration without any changes.
- No Local Storage—For a diskless workstation or a SAN only configuration. If you select this option, you cannot associate any service profile which uses this policy with a server that has a local disk.
- No RAID—For a server configuration that removes the RAID and leaves the disk MBR and payload unaltered.
- RAID Mirrored—For a 2-disk RAID 1 server configuration.
- RAID Striped—For a 2-disk RAID 0 server configuration.
You must include this policy in a service profile, and that service profile must be associated with a server for it to take effect.
Examples
This example shows how to set the local disk configuration mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # enter local-disk-config-policy DiskPolicy12 switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # set mode raid-5-striped-parity switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
set model-regex
To filter model information with a regular expression, use the set model-regex command.
set model-regex regex
Syntax Description
| regex | A regular expression of up to 256 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter capacity qualification (org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)
CPU qualification (/org/server-qual/cpu)
Physical qualification (/org/server-qual/physical)
Processor qualification (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The processor qualification mode was replaced by the CPU qualification mode. |
| 2.0(1m) |
|
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to implement a server pool qualification filter. You can filter adapter or CPU model information with a regular expression that is compatible with the Perl language.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a server pool qualification filter to select only Intel 2.27GHz processors:
switch-A# scope org org120 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # create cpu switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu* # set model-regex Intel.*2.27GHz switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cap-qual |
|
show cpu |
|
set module
To specify the management logging threshold for a specific module, use the set module command.
set module module-name { crit | major | minor | warn | info | debug4 | debug3 | debug2 | debug1 | debug0 }
Syntax Description
| module-name | Name of a specific module |
| crit | Critical (highest) level |
| major | Major level |
| minor | Minor level |
| warn | Warning level |
| info | Informational level |
| debug4 | Debug 4 level |
| debug3 | Debug 3 level |
| debug2 | Debug 2 level |
| debug1 | Debug 1 level |
| debug0 | Debug 0 (lowest) level |
Command Default
The default management logging threshold is info.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the management logging threshold for a specific module. The threshold options are listed in order of decreasing urgency in the Syntax Description.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the management logging threshold to major for a specific module:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set module test13 major switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
set modulus
To select the key length in a keyring, use the set modulus command.
set modulus { mod1024 | mod1536 | mod2048 | mod512 }
Syntax Description
| mod1024 | The key size is 1024 bits. |
| mod1536 | The key size is 1536 bits. |
| mod2048 | The key size is 2048 bits. |
| mod512 | The key size is 512 bits. |
Command Default
The key size is 1024 bits.
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select a key length in a keyring.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to select a key length of 1536 bits in a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set modulus mod1536 switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl
To set the control for the monitoring policies, use the set monitoring-policy-ctrl command.
set monitoring-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control for the monitoring policies to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set monitoring-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set mtu
To set an Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), use the set mtu command.
set mtu { mtu | fc | normal }
Syntax Description
| mtu | MTU. The range of valid values is 1538 to 9216. |
| fc | Specifies Fibre Channel MTU. |
| normal | Specifies normal MTU. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Ethernet default (/eth-server/qos/eth-default)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an MTU:
UCS-A# scope eth-server UCS-A /eth-server # scope qos UCS-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified UCS-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set mtu fc UCS-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set mtu (eth-best-effort)
To set the MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit), use the set mtu command.
set mtu { mtu | fc | normal }
Syntax Description
| mtu | Specifies an MTU in bytes. The range is 1538 to 9216. |
| fc | Specifies Fibre Channel MTU. |
| normal | Specifies normal MTU. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Following are the MTU settings for fc and normal :
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the MTU:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort # set mtu fc switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set mtu (vnic)
To set the MTU of a vNIC, use the set mtu command.
set mtu mtu
Syntax Description
| mtu | The MTU. The range of valid values is 1500 to 9000. |
Command Default
The vNIC MTU is 1500.
Command Modes
Virtual NIC service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) of a vNIC (virtual network interface card).
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the MTU for a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set mtu 9000 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vnic |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
set multicast-optimize
To optimize the class for sending multicast packets, use the set multicast-optimize command.
set multicast-optimize { no | | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | The class is not optimized for sending multicast packets. |
| yes | The class is optimized for sending multicast packets. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to optimize the class for sending multicast packets.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to optimize the QoS bronze class for sending multicast packets:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified bronze switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set multicast optimize yes switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-classified |
|
set multicastoptimize (eth-best-effort)
To set multicast optimize, use the set multicastoptimize command in eth-best-effort mode.
set multicastoptimize { no | | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Sets multicast optimize to disabled. |
| yes | Sets multicast optimize to enabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enable multicast optimize:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort # set multicastoptimize yes
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set name
To set name, use the set name command.
set name name
Syntax Description
| name | Name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Server (/chassis/server)
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Server (/chassis/server) and System (/system) mode. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a name:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 10
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel # set name pc10
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show member-port |
|
show port-channel |
|
set native
To set the VLAN as the native VLAN, use the set native command.
set native { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies that the current VLAN is not the native VLAN. |
| yes | Specifies that the current VLAN is the native VLAN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink fabric VLAN (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
Only one VLAN can exist as the native VLAN. If you set multiple VLANs as the native VLAN, the last one to be set becomes the native VLAN. |
Examples
Examples
This example sets the current VLAN as the native VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # create vlan finance 3955 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # set native switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vlan |
|
set no-change-interval
To set a time interval during which users cannot modify their password, use the set no-change-interval command.
set no-change-interval no-change-interval
Syntax Description
| no-change-interval | Time, in hours, during which the password cannot be changed. The value must be between 1 and 745. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Password profile (/security/password-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be an administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
The value must be lower than the value set for the set change-during-interval command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the time duration during which a password cannot be modified to 40 hours:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope password-profile UCS-A /security/password-profile # set no-change-interval 40 UCS-A /security/password-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/password-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set change-count |
|
set change-during-interval |
|
set change-interval |
|
set history-count |
|
set normal-value
To set a value for a property, use the set normal-value command.
set normal-value value
Syntax Description
| value | The value of a property in a class. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must have a class and a property created in order to execute the set normal-value command. The command is used to set the value of the property you created.
Examples
The following example shows how to set a value for the bytes-rx-delta property in fc-stats class:
switch-A#scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fc-stats switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # set normal-value 100000 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show property |
|
set notificationtype
To set a notification method for the SNMP traps, use the set notificationtype command.
set notificationtype { informs | traps }
Syntax Description
| informs | Use this option to configure SNMP to inform all notifications. |
| traps | Use this option to configure SNMP to trap all notifications. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP Traps (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An SNMP trap must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the notification to traps.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 10.10.10.10 Switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set notificationtype traps Switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer Switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create snmp-trap |
|
create snmp-user |
|
set numa-config
To specify whether the BIOS supports NUMA, use the set numa-config command.
set numa-config numa-optimization { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The BIOS does not support NUMA. |
| enabled | The BIOS supports NUMA. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the BIOS includes the ACPI tables that are required for operating systems that support Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA). If you enable this option, the system must disable Inter-Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that NUMA is supported:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set numa-config numa-optimization enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set numberofblocks
To set the number of blocks, use the set numberofblocks command.
set numberofblocks { number | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| number | Number of storage blocks. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of blocks. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of blocks:
switch-A# scope org org120
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set numberofblocks 100000
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set nw-control-policy
To set a network control policy name , use the set nw-control-policy command.
set nw-control-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Port channel within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/port-channel)
Fabric interface within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters allowed in the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Examples
This example shows how to set a network control policy name:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp3 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic3 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set nw-control-policy ncp3 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show service-profile |
|
show nw-control-policy |
|
set offload large-receive
To enable or disable offloading of large packet reassembly, use the set offload large-receive command.
set offload large-receive { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU processes all large packets. |
| enabled | The hardware reassembles all segmented packets before sending them to the CPU. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable offloading of large packet reassembly. Enabling this option may reduce CPU utilization and increase inbound throughput.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of large packet reassembly:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload large-receive enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set offload tcp-rx-checksum
To enable or disable the offloading of packet checksum validation, use the set offload tcp-rx-checksum command.
set offload tcp-rx-checksum { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU validates all packet checksums. |
| enabled | The CPU sends all packet checksums to the hardware for validation. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of packet checksum validation. Enabling this option may reduce CPU utilization.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of packet checksum validation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-rx-checksum enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set offload tcp-segment
To enable or disable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation, use the set offload tcp-segment command.
set offload tcp-segment { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU segments large TCP packets. |
| enabled | The CPU sends large TCP packets to the hardware to be segmented. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation. Enabling this option may reduce CPU overhead and increase throughput rate.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-segment enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set offload tcp-tx-checksum
To enable or disable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations, use the set offload tcp-tx-checksum command.
set offload tcp-tx-checksum { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU calculates all packet checksums. |
| enabled | The CPU sends all packets to the hardware so that the checksum can be calculated. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations. Enabling this option may reduce CPU overhead.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-tx-checksum enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set onboard-scu-storage-support
To set the onboard SCU storage support for a BIOS policy, use the set onboard-scu-storage-support command.
set onboard-scu-storage-support { enabled | disabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| enabled | Enables onboard SCU storage support for the BIOS policy. |
| disabled | Disables onboard SCU storage support for the BIOS policy. |
| platform-default | Sets the onboard SCU storage support to the platform default option. |
Command Default
By default, this option is to platform default.
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to disable the onboard SCU storage support option for a BIOS policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set onboard-scu-storage-support disable UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
show bios-policy |
|
set order
To specify the PCI scan order for the virtual HBAs (VHBA) or virtual network interface connections, use the set order command.
set order 0-256 unspecified
Syntax Description
| 0-256 | Specifies a desired order. |
| unspecified | Specifies no specific order. |
Command Default
Unspecified
Command Modes
Virtual HBA in SAN connectivity policy mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
vCON assign (/org/service-profile/vcon-assign)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set an order for the vHBA.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope san-connectivity-policy sample UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy # scope vhba example UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba # set order 2 UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vhba |
|
create san-connectivity-policy |
|
create vcon-assign |
|
set order (device boot order)
To set the boot order for a device, use the set order command in lan, storage, and vmedia modes.
set order { 1 | | 2 | | 3 | | 4 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies first in the boot order. |
| 2 | Specifies second in the boot order. |
| 3 | Specifies third in the boot order. |
| 4 | Specifies fourth in the boot order. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Virtual media (/org/boot-policy/virtual-media)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the LAN boot order:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp3 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope lan switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set order 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show storage |
|
set order (vhba pci scan order)
To set the PCI scan order for a vHBA, use the set order command in vhba mode.
set order { order | | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| order | The order. The range of valid values is 0 to 99. |
| unspecified | Specifies that the order is unspecified. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the PCI scan order:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp2
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set order 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vhba |
|
set order (vnic relative order)
To set the relative order for a vNIC, use the set order command.
set order { order | | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| order | The order. The range of valid values is 0 to 99. |
| unspecified | Specifies that the order is unspecified. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the relative order:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set order 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
set org-unit-name
To specify the name of the organizational unit requesting the certificate, use the set org-unit-name command.
set org-unit-name Organizational unit name
Syntax Description
| Organizational unit name | The name of the organizational unit requesting the certificate. The name can include a maximum of 64 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the organizational unit details.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the organizational unit information for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set org-unit-name Testing UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set dns |
|
set e-mail |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
set org-name
To specify the name of the organization requesting the certificate, use the set org-name command.
set org-name Organization name
Syntax Description
| Organization name | The name of the organization requesting the certificate. The name can include a maximum of 64 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the organization details.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the organization information for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set org-name Cisco UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set dns |
|
set e-mail |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set state |
|
set subject-name |
|
set out-of-band
To configure out-of-band access to a fabric interconnect, use the set out-of-band command.
set out-of-band { ip oob-ip | netmask oob-netmask | gw oob-gw } +
Syntax Description
| ip oob-ip | Specifies the IP address for out-of-band access. |
| netmask oob-netmask | Specifies the IP netmask for out-of-band access. |
| gw oob-gw | Specifies the IP gateway address for out-of-band access. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure out-of-band access to a fabric interconnect.
Note |
Changing the out-of-band access configuration may disconnect the current CLI session. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure out-of-band access for fabric A:
switch-A# scope fabric-interconnect a switch-A /fabric-interconnect # set out-of-band ip 192.20.1.28 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # set out-of-band netmask 255.255.248.0 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # set out-of-band gw 192.20.1.1 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # commit-buffer switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
set overlay-vnic-name
To set an overlay VNIC name for the iSCSI VNIC, use the set overlay-vnic-name command.
set overlay-vnic-name overlay-vnic-name
Syntax Description
| overlay-vnic-name | Name of the overlay VNIC. The name can include a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
iSCSI VNIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the iSCSI VNIC mode of a LAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters allowed in the name of the overlay VNIC has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile and an iSCSI VNIC for the service profile before you use this command.
You must create a LAN connectivity policy and an iSCSI VNIC for the policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the overlay name for an iSCSI VNIC:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # set overlay-vnic-name Testing
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set auth-name |
|
set identity |
|
set iscsi-adaptor-policy |
|
set iscsi-identity |
|
set password
To set up a password, use the set password command.
set password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPMI user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user)
Backup (/system/backup)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The password must be a minimum of eight characters.
After entering the set password command, you are prompted to enter and confirm the password. For security purposes, the password that you type does not appear in the CLI.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up a password for the security command mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # set password Enter the password: Confirm the password: switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set password (auth-profile) |
|
set password (snmp-user) |
|
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set password (auth-profile)
To set a password for a user associated with an iSCSI authentication profile, use the set password command.
set password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI Authentication Profile (/org/iscsi-auth-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI authentication profile and a user ID for the profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the password for a user ID associated with an ISCSI authentication profile.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # create auth-profile sample
UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # set user-id exampleuser
UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # set password
Enter password:
Confirm password:
UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/auth-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-profile |
|
set user-id |
|
set password (snmp-user)
To set up a SNMPv3 password, use the set password command in snmp-user mode.
set password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Password must be a minimum 8 characters.
No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a SNMPv3 password:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set password Enter a password: Confirm the password: switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set path
To specify the absolute path to the file on the remote server, use the set path command.
set path path
Syntax Description
| path | Sspecifies the absolute path to the file on the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the absolute path to the file on the remote server.
If you use SCP as the file transfer protocol, the absolute path is always required. If you use any other protocol, you may not need to specify a remote path if the file resides in the default download folder.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server path in which the firmware download file resides:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set path /firmware/bin/1.1 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
set peak
To set a peak for a power group, use the set peak command.
set peak { peak | unbounded }
Syntax Description
| peak | Use this option to set a peak for the power group. The value must be a numeral. |
| unbounded | Use this option to not set a peak for the power group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power group (/power-cap-mgmt/power-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a peak for a power group.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope power-group testing Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group # set peak 5 Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group* # commit-buffer Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
set realloc |
|
set per-user
To set a maximum number of HTTP and HTTPS sessions allowed for each user, use the set per-user command.
set per-user max sessions per user
Syntax Description
| max sessions per user | The maximum number of HTTP and HTTPS sessions allowed for a user. The value must be a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
By default, the value of maximum allowed sessions for each user is set to 32.
Command Modes
Web Session Limits (/system/services/web-session-limits)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The maximum number of allowed sessions must be a number between 1 and 256.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum allowed number of sessions per user to 250.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope services Switch-A /system/services # scope web-session-limits Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits # set per-user 250 Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope web-session-limits |
|
set total |
|
set perdiskcap
To set per-disk capacity, use the set perdiskcap command.
set perdiskcap { number | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| number | Capacity number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified amount of capacity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to set the per-disk capacity:
switch-A# scope org org120
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set perdiskcap 110000
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set pers-bind
To disable or enable persistent binding, use the set pers-bind command.
set pers-bind { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Specifies binding disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies binding enabled. |
Command Default
Persistent binding is disabled.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA in SAN connectivity policy mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the virtual HBA mode for a SAN connectivity policy. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable or enable persistent binding to Fibre Channel targets.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to disable or enable persistent binding:
UCS-A # scope org org30a UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp101 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba17 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set pers-bind enabled UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
set phone
To set the phone user name, use the set phone command.
set phone name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the user. The range of valid values is 1 to 512. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the phone user name:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user admin10
switch-A /security/local-user # set phone admin10
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show user-sessions |
|
set phone-contact
To configure a primary contact phone number for the customer organization, use the set phone-contact command.
set phone-contact phone-contact
Syntax Description
| phone-contact | Phone number. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a primary contact phone number to be included in Call Home messages. Enter up to 512 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a primary contact phone number:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set phone-contact +1-011-408-555-1212 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set pid-regex
To set a PID regular expression (regex), use the set pid-regex command.
set pid-regex pid-regex
Syntax Description
| pid-regex | The PID regular expression. It can include a maximum of 256 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Physical Qualification (/org/server-qual/physical-qual)
Adapter Capacity Qualification (/org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)
CPU (/org/server-qual/cpu)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The processor qualification mode was replaced by the CPU qualification mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a server qualification and a physical qualification before you use this command in the Physical Qualification command mode.
You must create an adapter qualification and an adapter capacity qualification in the Server Qualification command mode before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the PID regex for a physical qualification:
UCS-A # scope org org100 UCS-A /org # scope server-qual sample UCS-A /org/server-qual # scope physical-qual UCS-A /org/server-qual/physical-qual # set pid-regex Trial123 UCS-A /org/server-qual/physical-qual* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/server-qual/physical-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show physical-qual |
|
show server-qual |
|
show cap-qual |
|
set pin-group
To set the pin group, use the set pin-group command.
set pin-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Pin group name. The name can contain 1 to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)
Hypervisor connectivity (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA in the SAN connectivity policy mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy and the vHBA command mode for a SAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters allowed in the pin group name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the pin group to use for the vNIC.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the pin group:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic20 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set pin-group pg1 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic |
|
set pingroupname
To set a pin group name for the fabric interface, use the set pingroupname command.
set pingroupname pin group name
Syntax Description
| pin group name | The name of the pin group name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An interface for the fabric must be created to use this command.
The name of the pin group for the interface can be alphanumeric and can include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the pin group name for the fabric interface
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric b Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 3 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # set pingroupname sample Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set adminspeed |
|
set portmode |
|
set prio |
|
set user-label |
|
set policy-owner
To change ownership of policies, use the set policy-owner local command.
set policy-owner { local | pending resolution }
Syntax Description
| local | To set the ownership of the policies to Local. |
| pending resolution | To indicate that policy ownership is pending resolution. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/organization)
Maintenance Policy (/org/maint-policy)
VLAN Permit (/org/vlan-permit)
VLAN Group Permit (/org/vlan-group-permit)
Schedule (/system/scheduler)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use this command in the Organization command mode, a maintenance policy or a VLAN group permit must be created.
To use this command in the System command mode, a schedule must be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the maintenance policy ownership to local.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope maint-policy sample UCS-A /org/maint-policy # set policy-owner local UCS-A /org/maint-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/maint-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
create vlan-group-permit |
|
create schedule |
|
set pool
To set a pool, use the set pool command.
set pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add a pool to your pooling policy. Only one pool can be set for each pooling policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a pool:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope pooling-policy pp100
switch-A /org/pooling-policy # set pool pool100
switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/pooling-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
set port
To set the port number, use the set port command.
set port number
Syntax Description
| number | Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)
Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
In Call Home configuration, use this command to specify the port used to communicate with the SMTP server. The default SMTP port number is 25.
In LDAP configuration, use this command to specify the port used to communicate with the LDAP server. The default LDAP server port number is 389.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the SMTP server port number in the Call Home configuration:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set port 25 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
This example shows how to set the LDAP server port number in the LDAP configuration:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set port 100 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set port io-throttle-count
To specify the number of IO operations that can be pending in the vHBA at one time, use the set port io-throttle-count command.
set port io-throttle-count io-throttle-count
Syntax Description
| io-throttle-count | The range is 256 to 4096; the default is 512; |
Command Default
Up to 16 pending IO operations are supported.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the number of IO operations that can be pending in the vHBA at one time.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a limit of 64 pending IO operations:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port io-throttle-count 64 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
set port max-field-size
To specify the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size, use the set port max-field-size command.
set port max-field-size max-field-size
Syntax Description
| max-field-size | Specifies the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size. The range is 256 to 2112 bytes; the default is 2112. |
Command Default
The maximum frame payload size is 2112 bytes.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size supported by the vHBA.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a maximum frame payload size of 1024 bytes:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port max-field-size 1024 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
set port max-luns
To specify the maximum number of LUNs supported per target, use the set port max-luns command.
set port max-luns max-luns
Syntax Description
| max-luns | Specifies the maximum number of LUNs. The range is 1 to 1024 LUNs; the default is 256. |
Command Default
A maximum of 256 LUNs is supported per target.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum number of logical unit numbers (LUNs) supported per target.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a maximum of 512 LUNs per target:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port max-luns 512 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
set port-f-logi retries
To configure the number of Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) retries, use the set port-f-logi retries command.
set port-f-logi retries { retries | infinite }
Syntax Description
| retries | Number of FLOGI retries. |
| infinite | Retry FLOGI until successful. |
Command Default
The number of retries is 1000.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) retries. You can configure a number between 0 and 4294967295, or you can use the infinite keyword to retry until successful.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure 10000 FLOGI retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-f-logi retries 10000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-f-logi timeout |
|
show port-f-logi |
|
set port-f-logi timeout
To configure the Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) timeout, use the set port-f-logi timeout command.
set port-f-logi timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | The number of milliseconds (msec) to wait for the login to succeed. |
Command Default
The timeout is 2000 msec.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) timeout. You can configure a number between 1000 and 255000.milliseconds.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure an FLOGI timeout of 20 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-f-logi timeout 20000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-f-logi retries |
|
show port-f-logi |
|
set portmode
To set a port mode for the fabric interface, use the set portmode command.
set portmode { access | trunk }
Syntax Description
| access | Use this option to set the port mode to access. |
| trunk | Use this option to set the port mode to trunk. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An interface for the fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the port mode to access for the fabric interface.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric b Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 2 3 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # set portmode access Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
set adminspeed |
|
set pingroupname |
|
set prio |
|
set user-label |
|
set port-p-logi retries
To configure the number of Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) retries, use the set port-p-logi retries command.
set port-p-logi retries retries
Syntax Description
| retries | Number of PLOGI retries. |
Command Default
The number of retries is 3.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) retries. You can configure a number between 0 and 255.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure 100 PLOGI retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-p-logi retries 100 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-p-logi timeout |
|
show port-p-logi |
|
set port-p-logi timeout
To configure the Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) timeout, use the set port-p-logi timeout command.
set port-p-logi timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | The number of milliseconds (msec) to wait for the login to succeed. |
Command Default
The timeout is 2000 msec.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) timeout. You can configure a number between 1000 and 255000.milliseconds.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a PLOGI timeout of 20 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-p-logi timeout 20000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-p-logi retries |
|
show port-p-logi |
|
set post-error-pause-config port-error-pause
To specify the POST error pause configuration, use the set post-error-pause-config port-error-pause command.
set post-error-pause-config post-error-pause { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | To disable the POST error pause configuration. |
| enabled | To enable the POST error pause configuration. |
| platform-default | To set the POST error pause configuration to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy for an organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enable the POST error pause configuration for a BIOS policy.
UCS-A # scope org Test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set post-error-pause-config post-error-pause enable UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
set power-budget committed
To manage the committed power usage level of a server, use the set power-budget committed command.
set power-budget committed { disabled | watts }
Syntax Description
| disabled | No power usage limitations are imposed on the server. |
| watts | Specifies the maximum number of watts that the server can use. The range is between 100 and 1,100 watts. |
Command Default
No power usage limitations are imposed on the server (disabled).
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to manage the committed power usage level of a server.
Examples
Example
The following example limits the power usage level of a server to 1000 watts and commits the transaction:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4 UCS-A /chassis/server # set power-budget committed 1000 UCS-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mb-power-stats |
|
show power-budget |
|
set power-control-policy
To set the power control policy for a service profile, use the set power-control-policy command.
set power-control-policy power-control-policy
Syntax Description
| power-control-policy | The name of the power control policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile and a power control policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the power control policy for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile Default UCS-A /org/service-profile # set power-control-policy Test UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
show power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl
To set the control for the power management policies, use the set powermgmt-policy-ctrl command.
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control for the power management policies to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set powermgmt-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set preserve-pooled-values
To preserve pool-derived identities in a backup, use the set preserve-pooled-values command.
set preserve-pooled-values { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Pool-derived identities are not preserved. |
| yes | Pool-derived identities are preserved. |
Command Default
Pool-derived identities are not preserved.
Command Modes
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to preserve pool-derived vHBA WWPN, vNIC MAC, WWNN and UUID identities in a backup.
Examples
Examples
This example specifies that pool-derived identities are preserved in a backup:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: server-A /system/backup* # set preserve-pooled-values yes server-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer server-A /system/backup #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set prio
To set the QoS (Quality of Service) priority level, use the set prio command.
policy modeset prio { auto | on }
egress-policy modeset prio { best-effort | | bronze | | fc | | gold | | platinum | | silver }
Syntax Description
| auto | Sets priority to automatic. |
| on | Enables priority. |
| best-effort | Sets priority to the best effort level. |
| bronze | Sets priority to the the bronze level. |
| fc | Sets priority to the Fibre Channel level. |
| gold | Sets priority to the gold level. |
| platinum | Sets priority to the platinum level. |
| silver | Sets priority to the silver level. |
Command Default
For policy mode, the default is Auto.
For egress-policy mode, the default is Best Effort.
Command Modes
Policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced for policy mode. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced for egress-policy mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Following are the ratings of the different priorities:
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set priority in policy mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set prio on
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
set priority
To set a priority for a power control policy, use the set priority command.
set priority { Admin priority | no-cap }
Syntax Description
| Admin priority | Use this option to set an administrator priority on the power control policy. The value must be a number between 1 - 10. |
| no-cap | Use this option to not set a capping on the power control policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power control policy (/org/power-control-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power control policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an administrator priority on a power control policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope power-control-policy Sample Switch-A /org/power-control-policy # set priority 2 Switch-A /org/power-control-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/power-control-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
set privilege
To configure administrative or read-only privileges for an IPMI endpoint user, use the set privilege command.
set privilege { admin | readonly }
Syntax Description
| admin | The user has administrative privileges. |
| readonly | The user has read-only privileges. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
IPMI user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was first introduced in the epuser command mode (/org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser. |
| 1.4(1) | The End Point user command mode was renamed to IPMI user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure administrative or read-only privileges for an IPMI endpoint user.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure read-only privileges for an IPMI endpoint user:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ReadOnly server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # scope ipmi-user bob server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user # set privilege readonly server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user* # commit-buffer server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/ipmi-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-user |
|
set priv-password
To set up a privacy password, use the set priv-password command.
set priv-password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Password must be a minimum 8 characters.
No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a privacy password:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set priv-password Enter a password: Confirm the password: switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set proc-cap
To set a maximum number of jobs that can be executed by a maintenance window, use the set proc-cap command.
set proc-cap { number of jobs | none }
Syntax Description
| number of jobs | The maximum number of jobs that can be executed by the maintenance window. The value must be between 0 - 4294967294. |
| none | To not set a maximum number of jobs for a maintenance window. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
One-time maintenance window (/system/scheduler/one-time)
Periodic maintenance window (/system/scheduler/periodic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler policy and a maintenance window must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a maximum number of jobs that can be executed by a periodic maintenance window.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope scheduler default Switch-A /system/scheduler # scope maint-window periodic Trial Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic # set proc-cap 3456 Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/scheduler/periodic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set concur-jobs |
|
set hour |
|
set date |
|
set max-duration |
|
set min-interval |
|
set minute |
|
set processor-c-state-config c-state
To set the processor C-state configuration, use the set processor-c-state-config c-state command.
set processor-c-state-config c-state { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disables the processor C-state configuration. |
| enabled | Enables the processor C-state configuration. |
| platform default | Sets the processor C-state configuration to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a BIOS policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the processor C-state configuration to the platform default option:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set processor-c-state-config c-state platform-default UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost |
|
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step |
|
set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading |
|
set core-multi-processing-config multi-processing |
|
set execute-disable bit |
|
set intel-vt-config vt |
|
set direct-cache-access-config access |
|
set max-variable-mttr--setting-config processor-mtrr |
|
set processor-c1e-config c1e |
|
set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report |
|
set processor-c6-report-config processor-report |
|
set cpu-performance-config cpu-config |
|
set processor-c1e-config c1e
To set the processor C1e configuration, use the set processor-c1e-config c1e command.
set processor-c1e-config c1e { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disables the processor C1e configuration. |
| enabled | Enables the processor C1e configuration. |
| platform-default | Sets the processor C1e configuration to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a BIOS policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the processor C1e configuration to the platform default option:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set processor-c1e-config c1e platform-default UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost |
|
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step |
|
set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading |
|
set core-multi-processing-config multi-processing |
|
set execute-disable bit |
|
set intel-vt-config vt |
|
set direct-cache-access-config access |
|
set max-variable-mtrr-setting-config processor-mtrr |
|
set processor-c-state-config c-state |
|
set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report |
|
set processor-c6-report-config processor-report |
|
set cpu-performance-config cpu-config |
|
set processor-c3-report-config
To specify whether the processor sends a C3 report to the operating system, use the set processor-c3-report-config command.
set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report { acpi-c2 | acpi-c3 | disabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| acpi-c2 | The processor sends the C3 report using the ACPI C2 format. |
| acpi-c3 | The processor sends the C3 report using the ACPI C3 format. |
| disabled | The processor does not send a C3 report. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor sends the C3 report to the operating system.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that sends a C3 report to the operating system using the ACPI C3 format:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report acpi-c3 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set processor-c6-report-config
To specify whether the processor sends a C6 report to the operating system, use the set processor-c6-report-config command.
set processor-c6-report-config processor-report { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor does not send a C6 report. |
| enabled | The processor sends a C6 report. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor sends the C6 report to the operating system.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that sends a C6 report to the operating system:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set processor-c6-report-config processor-report enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set protect
To specify whether the local disk is protected or not, use the set protect command.
set all { yes | no }
Syntax Description
| yes |
Local disk is protected. |
| no |
Local disk is not protected. |
Command Default
Yes
Command Modes
Local disk configuration policy within organization (/org/local-disk-config-policy)
Local disk configuration policy within a service-profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced for a local disk configuration policy within the Organization mode. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a local disk configuration policy for a service profile within the Organization mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the local disk is protected or not.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the enable local disk protection in a local disk configuration policy called DiskPolicy7:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope local-disk-config-policy DiskPolicy7 switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy # set protect yes switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (local-disk-config-policy) |
|
set protocol
To specify a file transfer protocol, use the set protocol command.
set protocol { ftp | scp | sftp | tftp }
Syntax Description
| ftp | Specifies the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) for file transfer. |
| scp | Specifies the Secure Copy Protocol (SCP) for file transfer. |
| sftp | Specifies the Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) for file transfer. |
| tftp | Specifies the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) for file transfer. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a file transfer protocol.
Examples
Examples
This example specifies SFTP as the file transfer protocol for importing a configuration file:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set protocol sftp server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl
To set the control for the power supply unit (PSU) policies, use the set psu-policy-ctrl command.
set psu-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the source is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control for the power supply unit policies to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set psu-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set suspendstate |
|
set pubnwname
To set a primary VLAN for a fabric VLAN, use the set pubnwname command.
set pubnwname pubnwname
Syntax Description
| pubnwname | The name of the primary VLAN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN must be created within the fabric to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a primary VLAN for a fabric VLAN.
Switch-A # scope eth-uplink Switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope vlan 200 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan # set pubnwname sample Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
scope vlan |
|
set native |
|
set sharing |
|
set vlan-id |
|
set qos-policy
To set the QoS policy, use the set qos-policy command.
set qos-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | QoS policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA in the SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy and the vHBA command mode for a SAN connectivity policy. Also, the total number of characters allowed in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the QoS policy to use for the vNIC.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the QoS policy:
UCS-A # scope org org30 UCS-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnict10 UCS-A /org/vnic-templ # set qos-policy qp10 UCS-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show qos-policy |
|
set qualifier
To set a qualifier, use the set qualifier command.
set qualifier name
Syntax Description
| name | Qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server inherit policy (/org/server-inherit-policy)
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1i) | This command was deprecated from the Server Discovery Policy command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add a qualifier to your policy. Only one qualifier can be set for each policy.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy # set qualifier q100
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pooling policy |
|
show server-disc-policy |
|
set querier
To set an IGMP snooping querier state for a multicast policy, use the set querier command.
set querier { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | To set the snooping state to disabled. |
| enabled | To set the snooping state to enabled. |
Command Default
By default, the IGMP snooping querier state is set to disabled.
Command Modes
Multicast policy (/org/mcast-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A multicast policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier state to enabled for a multicast policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create mcast-policy Sample UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querier enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querierip 1.2.3.4 UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set snooping enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/mcast-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set querierip |
|
set snooping |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
delete mcast-policy |
|
set querierip
To set an IGMP snooping querier IPv4 address for a multicast policy, use the set querier command.
set querier IGMP snooping querier IPv4 address
Syntax Description
| IGMP snooping querier IPv4 address | The IGMP snooping querier IPv4 address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Multicast policy (/org/mcast-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A multicast policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier IPv4 address for a multicast policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create mcast-policy Sample UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querier enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querierip 1.2.3.4 UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set snooping enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/mcast-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set querier |
|
set snooping |
|
enter mcast-policy |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
delete mcast-policy |
|
set quiet-boot-config
To configure the BIOS display during Power On Self-Test (POST), use the set quiet-boot-config command.
set quiet-boot-config quiet-boot { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The BIOS displays the logo screen. |
| enabled | The BIOS does not display any messages during boot. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the BIOS display during Power On Self-Test (POST).
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that enables quiet boot mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set quiet-boot-config quiet-boot enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set rate
To set the QoS (Quality of Service) rate and burst, use the set rate command.
set rate { rate rate-number burst burst-number | line-rate burst-number }
Syntax Description
| rate | Sets the rate. |
| rate-number | The rate number, in bits. |
| burst | Sets the burst. |
| burst-number | The burst number, in bits. |
| line-rate | Sets rate to line rate. |
Command Default
The default is line rate and 10240.
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The rate number, in bits. The range of valid values is 0 to 10000000. The burst number, in bits. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
Examples
This example shows how to set the rate and burst:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy # scope egress-policy switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy # set rate rate 10000 burst 1000 switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy #
Related Commands
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
set realloc
To set a reallocation for a power group, use the set realloc command.
set realloc { chassis | none }
Syntax Description
| chassis | Use this option to set the reallocation of a power group to a chassis. |
| none | Use this option to not set a reallocation for the power group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power group (/power-cap-mgmt/power-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A power group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set a reallocation for a power group.
UCS-A # scope power-cap-mgmt UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt # scope power-group testing UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group # set reallocation chassis UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /power-cap-mgmt/power-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
set peak |
|
set realm
To set a realm for the default authentication mechanism, use the set realm command.
set realm { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
Syntax Description
| ldap | Use this option to set the realm as LDAP. |
| local | Use this option to set the realm as local. |
| radius | Use this option to set the realm as RADIUS. |
| tacacs | Use this option to set the realm as TACACS. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Default authentication (/security/auth-domain/default-auth)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the realm of the default authentication mechanism to LDAP.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Sample Switch-A /security/auth-domain # scope default-auth Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth # set realm ldap Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/auth-domain/default-auth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set auth-server-group |
|
create auth-domain |
|
set realm
To set a realm for the security method, use the set realm command.
set realm { ldap | local | none | radius | tacacs }
Syntax Description
| ldap | Use this option to set the realm as LDAP. |
| local | Use this option to set the realm as local. |
| none | Use this option to not set a realm. |
| radius | Use this option to set the realm as RADIUS |
| tacacs | Use this option to set the realm as TACACS. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Default authentication (/security/default-auth)
Console authentication (/security/console-auth)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the realm as LDAP for console authentication.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope console-auth Switch-A /security/console-auth # set realm LDAP Switch-A /security/console-auth* # commit-buffer Switch-A /security/console-auth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope security |
|
scope console-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
set reboot-on-update
To set reboot on updates, use the set reboot-on-update command.
set reboot-on-update { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies no reboot on updates. |
| yes | Specifies reboot on updates. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the BIOS policy command mode (/org/bios-policy) |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set reboot on updates:
UCS-A # scope org org3 UCS-A /org # scope boot-policy bp112 UCS-A /org/boot-policy # set reboot-on-update yes UCS-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show storage |
|
show bios-policy |
|
set reboot-policy
To specify a reboot policy for all service profiles that include a specific maintenance policy that is associated with a server, use the set reboot-policy command.
set reboot-policy immediate timer-automatic user-ack
Syntax Description
| immediate | (Optional) The server reboots as soon as the change is made to the service profile. |
| timer-automatic | (Optional) The server reboots at a scheduled time. The time must be set using the set scheduler command. |
| user-ack | (Optional) You must explicitly acknowledge the changes to the service profile by using the apply pending-changes command. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Maintenance Policy (/org/maint-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command has been renamed as set reboot-policy. |
Usage Guidelines
If you set the reboot policy to timer-automatic, then you must schedule the reboot cycle by using the set scheduler command.
If you set the reboot policy to user-ack, then you must explicitly acknowledge changes made to the service profile by using the apply pending-changes command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the reboot policy to immediate.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope maint-policy Sample Switch-A /org/maint-policy # set reboot-policy immediate Switch-A /org/maint-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create maint-policy |
|
create service-profile |
|
apply pending-changes |
|
set scheduler |
|
set receive
To set recieve, use the set receive command.
set receive { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Specifies recieve off. |
| on | Specifies recieve on. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify flow control receive options.
When you specify off, pause requests from the network are ignored and traffic flow continues as normal.
When you specify on, pause requests are honored and all traffic is halted on that uplink port until the network cancels the pause request
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set recieve:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set recieve on
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show policy |
|
set recv-queue count
To configure the number of receive queue resources to allocate, use the set recv-queue count command.
set recv-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The receive queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of receive queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of receive queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set comp-queue count |
|
set recv-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set recv-queue ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the receive queue, use the set recv-queue ring-size command.
set recv-queue ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The receive queue ring size is 512.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the receive queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the receive queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set recv-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set recv-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set redundancy
To set up power supply redundancy, use the set redundancy command.
set redundancy { grid | | n-plus-1 | | non-redund }
Syntax Description
| grid | Specifies grid redundancy. |
| n-plus-1 | Specifies n+1 redundancy. |
| non-redund | Specifies no redundancy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power supply unit policy (/org/psu-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
In the non-redundant scheme, all installed power supplies are turned on and load balanced evenly. Smaller configurations, requiring less than 2500W, can be powered by a single power supply. However, a single power supply does not provide redundancy. More common configurations require two or more power supplies (if requirements are between 2500 and 5000 watts peak) in non-redundant mode.
In the n+1 scheme implies, the chassis contains the total number of power supplies to satisfy non-redundancy, plus one additional power supply for redundancy. All the power supplies that are participating in n+1 redundancy are turned on, and equally share the power load for the chassis. If any additional power supplies are installed, UCS Manager recognizes these unnecessary power supplies and turns them off.
If a power supply should fail, the surviving supply(s) can provide power to the chassis. In addition, UCS Manager turns on any turned-off power supplies, to bring the system back to n+1 status.
To provide n+1 protection, the following number of power supplies are recommended:
- Chassis requires less than 2500W—Two power supplies
- Chassis requires greater than 2500W—Three power supplies
Adding an additional power supply to either of these configurations will provide an extra level of protection. UCS Manager turns on the extra power supply in the event of a failure, and restores n+1 protection.
The grid redundant configuration is used when you have two power sources to power a chassis, or you require greater than n+1 redundancy. If one source fails, which causes a loss of power to one or two power supplies, the surviving power supplies on the other power circuit continue to provide power to the chassis.
A common reason for using grid redundancy is if the rack power distribution is such that power is provided by two PDUs and you want the grid redundancy protection in the case of a PDU failure.
To provide grid redundancy or greater than n+1 protection, the following number of power supplies are recommended:
Examples
This example shows how to set up power supply redundancy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope psu-policy switch-A /org/psu-policy # set redundancy n-plus-1 switch-A /org/psu-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/psu-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show psu |
|
show psu-policy |
|
set refresh-period
To specify the maximum amount of time allowed between refresh requests for a user, use the set refresh-period command.
set refresh-period seconds
Syntax Description
| seconds | Specify an integer between 60 and 172800. |
Command Default
By default, the maximum amount of time is set to 600 seconds.
Command Modes
Authentication domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum amount of time allowed between refresh requests for a user to 500 seconds.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope auth-domain sample UCS-A /security/auth-domain # set refresh-period 500 UCS-A /security/auth-domain # set session-timeout 14400 UCS-A /security/auth-domain* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/auth-domain #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set session-timeout |
|
set regenerate
To regenerate the keys in the default keyring, use the set regenerate command.
set regenerate { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Do not regenerate the keys. |
| yes | Regenerate the keys. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to regenerate the RSA keys in the default keyring. This command is accepted only in the default keyring.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to regenerate the keys in the default keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring default switch-A /security/keyring # set regenerate yes switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
set remote-file
To specify the name of a file to be transfered, use the set remote-file command.
set remote-file set remote-file remote-file
Syntax Description
| remote-file | Specifies the file name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the name of a file to be transfered.
Examples
Examples
This example specifies the name of a remote configuration file for importing:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set remote-file MyConfig13.cfg server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
set reply-to-email
To configure an email address that will appear in the Reply-To field in Call Home email messages, use the set reply-to-email command.
set reply-to-email reply-to-email
Syntax Description
| reply-to-email | Email address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure an email address that will appear in the Reply-To field in Call Home email messages. Enter up to 512 characters. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>. If no address is specified, the contact email address is used.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a Reply-To email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set reply-to-email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set from-email |
|
show callhome |
|
set reporting-interval
To specify the interval at which collected statistics are reported, use the set reporting-interval command.
set reporting-interval { 15minutes | 30minutes | 60minutes }
Syntax Description
| 15minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 15 minutes. |
| 30minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 30 minutes. |
| 60minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 60 minutes. |
Command Default
Statistics are reported at an interval of 15 minutes.
Command Modes
Statistics collection policy (/monitoring/stats-collection-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the interval at which collected statistics are reported. You can specify the reporting interval separately for chassis, port, host, adapter, and server statistics.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the port statistics reporting interval to thirty minutes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope stats-collection-policy port switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy # set reporting-interval 30minutes switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set collection-interval |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config
To configure how the server behaves when power is restored after an unexpected power loss, use the set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config command.
set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config resume-action { stay-off | last-state | reset | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| stay-off | The server remains off until manually powered on. |
| last-state | The server is powered on and the system attempts to restore its last state. |
| reset | The server is powered on and automatically reset. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server behaves when power is restored after an unexpected power loss.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that restores the server power to its previous state after a power loss:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config resume-action last-state switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set retention-interval
To configure the length of time before cleared fault messages are deleted, use the set retention-interval command.
set retention-interval { forever | days hours minutes seconds }
Syntax Description
| forever | Specifies that fault messages are never deleted. |
| days | Specifies the number of days that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 65535 days. |
| hours | Specifies the number of hours that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 23 hours; the default is 1 hour |
| minutes | Specifies the number of minutes that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 59 minutes. |
| seconds | Specifies the number of seconds that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 59 seconds. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the retention period for fault messages when the set clear-action command is configured to retain messages.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the fault message retention period to 30 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy # set clear-action retain switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set retention-interval 30 0 0 0 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set clear-action |
|
show fault policy |
|
set retries
To set the number of retries, use the set retries command.
set retries retries
Syntax Description
| retries | Number of retries. The range of valid values is 0 to 5. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | The command option number was renamed as retries . |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the number of times to retry communicating with the RADIUS server before noting the server as down.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the number of retries:
switch-A#scope security
switch /security # scope radius
switch /security/radius # set retries 3
switch /security/radius* # commit-buffer
switch /security/radius #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
set rootdn
To set a root distinguished name, use the set rootdn command.
set rootdn name
Syntax Description
| name | Root distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a root distinguished name:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100
switch-A /security/ldap/server # set rootdn administrator
switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set rss receivesidescaling
To enable or disable receive-side scaling (RSS), use the set rss receivesidescaling command.
set rss receivesidescaling { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The system does not use RSS. |
| enabled | The system uses RSS. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable receive-side scaling (RSS). RSS enables the efficient distribution of network receive processing across multiple CPUs in multiprocessor systems.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable RSS in an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set rss receivesidescaling enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set shared-secret
To set a shared secret for the control endpoint policy, use the set shared-secret command.
set shared-secret
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the shared secret for a control endpoint policy.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set shared-secret Shared secret for registration: ****** UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
set schedule (/org)
To set a schedule for the organization policies, use the set schedule command.
set schedule { daily | weekly | bi-weekly }
Syntax Description
| daily | Sets the export or backup policy to daily. |
| weekly | Sets the export or backup policy to weekly. |
| bi-weekly | Sets the export or backup policy to bi-weekly. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Configuration export policy (/org/cfg-export-policy)
Backup policy (/org/backup-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A configuration export policy or a backup policy for the organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the schedule for the configuration export policy to daily.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope cfg-export-policy sample UCS-A /org/cfg-export-policy # set schedule daily UCS-A /org/cfg-export-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/cfg-export-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set adminstate (/org) |
|
set descr |
|
set hostname |
|
set password |
|
set protocol |
|
set remote-file |
|
set user |
|
set schedule (/fault-suppress-task)
To set a global schedule for a fault suppress task, use the set schedule command.
set schedule name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the schedule. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault suppress task for a chassis (/chassis/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task for an organization (/org/fault-suppress-task)
Fault suppress task for a service-profile (/org/service-profile/fault-suppress-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fault suppress task for a chassis or a service profile must be created.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to create a global schedule for a fault suppress task for chassis 1.
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope fault-suppress-task sample UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task # set schedule Example UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/fault-suppress-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create local-schedule |
|
set scheduler
To set a scheduler for a maintenance policy, use the set scheduler command.
set scheduler scheduler
Syntax Description
| scheduler | The name of the scheduler. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Maintenance Policy (/org/maint-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A maintenance policy and a scheduler must be created before using this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a scheduler for a maintenance policy.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope maint-policy Sample Switch-A /org/maint-policy # set scheduler default Switch-A /org/maint-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /org/maint-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
create maint-policy |
|
set scrub-policy
To set the scrub policy, use the set scrub-policy command.
set scrub-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Rack Server discovery policy (/org/rackserver-disc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Rack Server Discovery policy (/org/rackserver-disc-policy). The Server Discovery Policy mode (/org/server-disc-policy) has been obsoleted. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate a specified scrub policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the scrub policy:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100
switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy # set scrub-policy scrub101
switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/rackserver-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show scrub-policy |
|
show rackserver-disc-policy |
|
set scsi-io count
To configure the number of SCSI I/O queue resources to allocate, use the set scsi-io count command.
set scsi-io count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The SCSI I/O queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of SCSI I/O queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 8.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the SCSI I/O queue for a Fibre Channel policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set scsi-io count 4 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # set scsi-io ring-size 128 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set scsi-io ring-size |
|
show scsi-io |
|
set scsi-io ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the SCSI I/O queue, use the set scsi-io ring-size command.
set scsi-io ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The SCSI I/O ring size is 512.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the SCSI I/O queue. Enter a number between 64 and 512.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the SCSI I/O queue for a Fibre Channel policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set scsi-io count 4 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # set scsi-io ring-size 128 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set scsi-io count |
|
show scsi-io |
|
set security-policy-ctrl
To set a control for the security policies, use the set security-policy-ctrl command.
set security-policy-ctrl source
Syntax Description
| source | The source of the policy control. The source can be global or local. |
Command Default
By default, the control for this policy is set to local.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be created to used this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the control of the security policies to global.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set security-policy-ctrl source global UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set registry-ip |
|
set send
To set send, use the set send command.
set send { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Specifies send off. |
| on | Specifies send on. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify flow control send options.
When you specify off, traffic on the port flows normally regardless of the packet load.
When you specify on, the UCS system sends a pause request to the network if the incoming packet rate becomes too high. The pause remains in effect for a few milliseconds before traffic is reset to normal levels.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set send:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set send on
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer
switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show policy |
|
set send-periodically
To enable the sending of a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set send-periodically command.
set send-periodically { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Disables a periodic inventory message. |
| on | Enables a periodic inventory message. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Inventory (monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message. The periodic message includes hardware inventory information and an inventory of all software services currently enabled. If the periodic message is enabled, the default period is 7 days and the default time of day is 00:00.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
set server
To specify the remote server on which the firmware download file resides, use the set server command.
set server server
Syntax Description
| server | Specifies the remote server name or IP address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the remote server on which the firmware download file resides.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set server 192.20.1.28 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
set session-timeout
To set the maximum amount of time that can elapse after the last refresh request before Cisco UCS Manager considers a web session to have ended, use the set session-timeout command.
set session-timeout seconds
Syntax Description
| seconds | Specify an integer between 60 and 172800. |
Command Default
By default, the time is set to 7200 seconds.
Command Modes
Authentication domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the session timeout to 14400 seconds.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope auth-domain sample UCS-A /security/auth-domain # set refresh-period 500 UCS-A /security/auth-domain # set session-timeout 14400 UCS-A /security/auth-domain* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/auth-domain #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set refresh-period |
|
set sharing
To set a sharing type for the fabric VLAN, use the set sharing command.
set sharing { isolated | none | primary }
Syntax Description
| isolated | Use this option to set the sharing type as isolated. |
| none | Use this option to not set a sharing type for the fabric VLAN. |
| primary | Use this option to set the sharing type as primary. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
VLAN (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN for the fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the sharing type to isolated for a fabric VLAN.
Switch-A # scope eth-uplink Switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope vlan 200 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan # set sharing isolated Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
set native |
|
set pubnwname |
|
set vlan-id |
|
set site-id
To configure customer site identification (ID) information for the monitored equipment, use the set site-id command.
set site-id site-id
Syntax Description
| site-id | Site identification text information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure customer site ID information to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. Enter up to 512 characters. If the information includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the customer site ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set side-id SanJose switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set size
To specify the size of a disk partition, use the set size command.
set size { size | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| size | Specifies the partition size in MBytes. |
| unspecified | Specifies no partition size. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the size of a disk partition in MBytes.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a 10 GB partition:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90 server-A /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # set mode no-raid server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # create partition server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set size 10000 server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set type ntfs server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # commit-buffer server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
set snmp community
To set up an SNMP community, use the set snmp community command.
set snmp community community
Syntax Description
| community | Community name. This name can be between 1 and 32 alphanumeric characters long. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
The community name can be any alphanumeric string. You can create only one community string.
Examples
This example shows how to set up an SNMP community:
switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # set snmp community snmpcom10
switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
set snooping
To set the IGMP snooping state for a multicast policy, use the set snooping command.
set snooping { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disables IGMP snooping state for a multicast policy. |
| enabled | Enables IGMP snooping state for a multicast policy. |
Command Default
By default, the IGMP snooping state is enabled for a multicast policy.
Command Modes
Multicast-policy (/org/mcast-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A multicast policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable IGMP snooping state for a multicast policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create mcast-policy Sample UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querier enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set querierip 1.2.3.4 UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # set snooping enabled UCS-A /org/mcast-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/mcast-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set querier |
|
set querierip |
|
enter mcast-policy |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
delete mcast-policy |
|
set sol-policy
To set the serial over LAN (SoL) policy, use the set sol-policy command.
set sol-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified SoL policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the SoL policy:
switch-A# scope org org110
switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110
switch-A /org/service-profile # set sol-policy apEast110
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show sol-config |
|
show sol-policy |
|
set speed
To set the speed, use the set speed command.
memory modeset speed { speed | unspec }
sol-config and sol-policy modesset speed { 115200 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 9600 }
Syntax Description
| speed | Baud rate. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies unspecified baud rate. |
| 115200 | Specifies 115200 baud rate. |
| 19200 | Specifies 19200 baud rate. |
| 38400 | Specifies 38400 baud rate. |
| 57600 | Specifies 57600 baud rate. |
| 9600 | Specifies 9600 baud rate. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
/org/server-qual/memory
/org/service-profile/sol-config
/org/sol-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the memory data rate.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the speed:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope sol-config
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config # set speed 9600
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show sol-config |
|
set speed (/eth-mon-session)
To set the data transfer rate for the port, use the set speed command.
set speed { 10 gbps | 1 gbps | 20 gbps | 40 gbps }
Syntax Description
| 10 gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 10 GBPS. |
| 1gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 1 GBPS. |
| 20 gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 20 GBPS. |
| 40 gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 40 GBPS. |
Command Default
By default, the speed is set to 10 GBPS.
Command Modes
Destination Interface (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A destination interface must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the data transfer rate to 40 GBPS.
UCS-A # scope eth-traffic-mon UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # scope eth-mon-session sample UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session # scope dest-interface 1 22 UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface # set speed 8gbps UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric/eth-mon-session/dest-interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-mon-session |
|
set speed (/fc-mon-session)
To set the data transfer rate for the port, use the set speed command.
set speed { 1gbps | 2 gbps | 4 gbps | 8 gbps | auto }
Syntax Description
| 1gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 1 GBPS. |
| 2 gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 2 GBPS. |
| 4gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 4 GBPS. |
| 8gbps | Sets the transfer rate to 8 GBPS. |
| Auto | Enables Cisco UCS to determine the transfer rate. |
Command Default
By default, the speed is set to 2 GBPS.
Command Modes
Destination Interface (/fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session/dest-interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A destination interface must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the data transfer rate to 8 GBPS.
UCS-A # scope fc-traffic-mon UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric # scope fc-mon-session sample UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session # scope dest-interface 1 22 UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session/dest-interface # set speed 8gbps UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session/dest-interface* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-traffic-mon/fabric/fc-mon-session/dest-interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-mon-session |
|
set speed (Uplink Ethernet Port)
To set the speed for an uplink Ethernet port, use the set speed command.
set speed { 10gbps | 1gbps }
Syntax Description
| 10gbps | Sets the speed to 10 gbps |
| 1gbps | Sets the speed to 1 gbps |
Command Default
10gbps
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the speed on an uplink Ethernet port.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the speed:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 2 2
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # set speed 10gbps
switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # commit-buffer
set src-templ-name
To set the source template name, use the set src-templ-name command.
set src-templ-name name
Syntax Description
| name | Source template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified source template with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the source template name:
switch-A# scope org org110
switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110
switch-A /org/service-profile # set src-templ-name srcTempName110
switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-policy |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
set sshkey
To set an SSH key, use the set sshkey command.
set sshkey [key | none]
Syntax Description
| key | SSH key. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the SSH key used for passwordless access.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set an SSH key:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # set sshkey "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAuo9VQ2CmWBI9/S1f30klCWjnV3lgdXMzO0W Ul5iPw85lkdQqap+NFuNmHcb4K iaQB8X/PDdmtlxQQcawclj+k8f4VcOelBxls Gk5luq5ls1ob1VOIEwcKEL/h5lrdbNlI8y3SS9I/gGiBZ9ARlop9LDpD m8HPh2 LOgyH7Ei1MI8="
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
set ssl
To enable or disable SSL when communicating with an LDAP server, use the set ssl command.
set ssl { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Encryption is disabled. Authentication information is sent as clear text. |
| yes | Encryption is required. If encryption cannot be negotiated, the connection fails. |
Command Modes
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable SSL encryption when communicating with the LDAP server.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up SSL on a server:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # create server 192.0.20.246 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set ssl yes switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set port 389 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set binddn "cn=Administrator,cn=Users,DC=cisco-ucsm-aaa3,DC=qalab,DC=com" switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video
To set the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration, use the set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video command.
set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disables the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration. |
| enabled | Enables the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration. |
| platform-default | Sets the Uefi operating system legacy video configuration to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy for an organization must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enable the Uefi OS legacy video configuration.
UCS-A # scope org Test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set uefi-os-legacy-video-config legacy-video enabled UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show uefi-os-legacy-video-config |
|
set state
To specify the name of the state or province in which the company requesting the certificate is headquartered, use the set state command.
set state State, province or county name
Syntax Description
| State, province or county name | The name of the state, province or county in which the organization requesting the certificate is headquartered. The name can include a maximum of 64 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the state details.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the state information for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set state New York UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set dns |
|
set e-mail |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set subject-name |
|
set stats-policy
To set the statistics policy, use the set stats-policy command.
set stats-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Statistics policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA within a SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy and in the VHBA command mode for a SAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters in the name of the policy has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Use this command to associate the specified statistics policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode, or the template you used to enter virtual NIC template or virtual HBA template modes.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the statistics policy:
UCS-A # scope org org110 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110 UCS-A /org/service-profile # set stats-policy statsEast110 UCS-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
set stepping
To set stepping, use the set stepping command.
set stepping { number | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| number | Stepping number. The range of valid value is 0 to 4294967295. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified stepping number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the processor stepping number.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set stepping 1
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set storage-conn-policy-name
To set a storage connection policy, use the set storage-conn-policy-name command.
set storage-conn-policy-name storage-connection-policy
Syntax Description
| storage-conn-policy-name | Name of the storage connection policy. The name has a maximum of 32 characters and can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group within the SAN Connectivity policy mode (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group within the service profile command mode (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the storage connection policy for a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group default UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # set storage-conn-policy-name trial UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set storage-connection-def |
|
set street-address
To configure a street address that will appear in Call Home messages, use the set street-address command.
set street-address street-address
Syntax Description
| street-address | Mailing address text information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a mailing address for sending RMA replacement equipment. Enter up to 255 characters. If the information includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure a street address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set street-address "123 Example St., San Jose, CA 95134" switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set subject-name
To specify the certificate request subject name, use the set subject-name command.
set subject-name Certificate request subject name
Syntax Description
| Certificate request subject name | The subject name of the certificate request. The name can be alphanumeric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate Request (/security/keyring/certreq)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You should create a certificate request before specifying the subject name details.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to set the subject name information for a certificate request.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring test UCS-A /security/keyring # create certreq UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # set subject-name bgdl-samc1 UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq* # commit buffer UCS-A /security/keyring/certreq #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set country |
|
set dns |
|
set e-mail |
|
set ip |
|
set locality |
|
set org-name |
|
set org-unit-name |
|
set state |
|
set subnet
To set a subnet for an external management static IP address, use the set subnet command.
set subnet subnet
Syntax Description
| subnet | The subnet that you would like to set. It must be in the a.b.c.d format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
External management static IP within CIMC (/chassis/server/cimc/ext-static-ip)
External management static IP within service profile (/org/service-profile/ext-static-ip)
Static IP parameters (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/static-ip-params)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the static IP parameters command mode (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if/ip-if/static-ip-params). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a service profile before you use this command in the organization command mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the subnet for an external management static IP address of a service profile:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope ext-static-ip UCS-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip # set subnet 1.2.3.4 UCS-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/ext-static-ip #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
scope server |
|
set suspendstate
To set the suspend state for a control endpoint policy, use the set suspendstate command.
set suspendstate on
Syntax Description
| on | To enable the suspend state of the control endpoint policy. |
Command Default
By default, it is set to off.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the suspend state of the control endpoint policy to on.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # set suspendstate on UCS-A /system/control-ep* # commit-buffer UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set ackstate |
|
set backup-policy-ctrl |
|
set communication-policy-ctrl |
|
set datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
set dns-policy-ctrl |
|
set fault-policy-ctrl |
|
set infra-pack-ctrl |
|
set mep-policy-ctrl |
|
set monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
set powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
set psu-policy-ctrl |
|
set shared-secret |
|
set security-policy-ctrl |
|
enter control-ep policy |
|
scope control-ep policy |
|
show control-ep policy |
|
delete control-ep policy |
|
set switch-priority
To configure the urgency level for Call Home messages, use the set switch-priority command.
set switch-priority { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging }
Syntax Description
| switch-priority options | Specifies the message urgency threshold for Call Home messages. See Usage Guidelines for the urgency level options. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the message urgency threshold for Call Home messages.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency:
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the urgency level as Critical:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set switch-priority critical switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set syslog console
To configure which syslog messages are sent to the console, use the set syslog console command.
set syslog console level { alerts | critical | emergencies } +
Syntax Description
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog console. |
| emergencies | Specifies Emergency (0) level, the highest urgency messages. |
| alerts | Specifies Alert (1) level. |
| critical | Specifies Critical (2) level. |
Command Default
The default level is Critical.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the urgency threshold level for syslog console messages. After configuring the syslog console information, you must enable the sending of messages using the enable syslog command.
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog console or disable syslog console commands to enable or disable the syslog console. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the urgency threshold level of syslog console messages to alerts:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # set syslog console level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # enable syslog console switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A # /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
set syslog file
To configure a syslog file, use the set syslog file command.
set syslog file { level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } | name name | size size } +
Syntax Description
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog file. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
| name | Specifies the syslog file name. |
| name | Name of the file. The file name can be up to 32 characters. |
| size | Specifies file size. |
| size | File size in bytes. The range of valid values is 4096 to 4194304. |
Command Default
The default level is Critical and the default file size is 4194304 bytes.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the file name, the maximum file size, and the urgency threshold level of syslog messages for the syslog file. After configuring the syslog file information, you must enable the writing of messages to the file using the enable syslog command.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog file or disable syslog file commands to enable or disable the syslog file. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the syslog file and configure the name, size, and urgency level:
UCS-A # scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # enable syslog file UCS-A /monitoring* # set syslog file name logsSanJose7 UCS-A /monitoring* # set syslog file size 4096 UCS-A /monitoring* # set syslog file level alerts UCS-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
set syslog min-level
To set the minimum level for syslog messages, use the set syslog min-level command.
set syslog min-level { crit | debug0 | debug1 | debug2 | debug3 | debug4 | info | major | minor | warn }
Syntax Description
| crit | Specifies minimum level as critical. |
| debug0 | Specifies minimum level as debug 0. |
| debug1 | Specifies minimum level as debug 1. |
| debug2 | Specifies minimum level as debug 2. |
| debug3 | Specifies minimum level as debug 3. |
| debug4 | Specifies minimum level as debug 4. |
| info | Specifies minimum level as information. |
| major | Specifies minimum level as major. |
| minor | Specifies minimum level as minor. |
| warn | Specifies minimum level as warning. |
Command Default
Minimum level is not set.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
1.3(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum level for syslog messages:
switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # scope mgmt-logging
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set syslog min-level crit
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fsm |
|
show syslog |
|
set syslog monitor
To configure syslog monitoring by the operating system, use the set syslog monitor command.
set syslog monitor level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } +
Syntax Description
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog monitor. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
Command Default
The default level is Critical.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the urgency threshold level of syslog messages to monitor. After configuring the syslog monitor information, you must enable monitoring using the enable syslog command.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
Messages at levels below Critical are displayed on the terminal monitor only if you have entered the terminal monitor command. |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog monitor or disable syslog monitor commands to enable or disable the syslog monitor. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the syslog monitor and configure the urgency threshold level of syslog messages to monitor:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog monitor switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog monitor level warnings switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
terminal monitor |
|
set syslog remote-destination
To configure sending of syslog messages to a remote destination, use the set syslog remote-destination command.
set syslog remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } { level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } | hostname hostname | facility { local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 | local6 | local7 } } +
Syntax Description
| server-1 | Specifies server 1. |
| server-2 | Specifies server 2. |
| server-3 | Specifies server 3. |
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for sending to the remote destination. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
| hostname | Specifies host name. |
| hostname | Host name. The name can be from 1 to 256 characters. |
| facility | Specifies the facility number for the messages sent to the remote destination. |
| local n | The local facility number. The range of valid values is local0 through local7. |
Command Default
The default for Hostname is None. The default level is Critical.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the host name, message urgency level, and facility number for the sending of syslog messages to a remote syslog server. After configuring the remote server information, you must enable the sending of messages using the enable syslog command. You can independantly configure and enable up to three remote servers using the server- n keyword.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog remote-destination or disable syslog remote-destination commands to enable or disable the syslog remote-destination. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable and configure a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog remote-destination server-1 hostname ITEast1 level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
set target
To set a target en point of a pin group for an FCoE port channel and an uplink, use the set target command.
set target { a | b } port { port slot-id/port-id } port-channel id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| port | Specifies a port. |
| slot-id/port-id | Specifies the slot and port identification number. |
| port-channel | Specifies port channel. |
| id | Specifies the port channel identification number. It should be a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the Fibre Channel or Ethernet pin target to the specified switch and port, or switch and port channel.
Scope to /fc-uplink/pin-group to set the Fibre Channel pin target.
Scope to /eth-uplink/pin-group to set the Ethernet pin target.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a target:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope pin-group sample UCS-A /fc-uplink/pin-group # set target a fcoe-port-channel 1 UCS-A /fc-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /fc-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show target |
|
set target (/pin-group)
To set a target end point for an FCoE port channel, use the set target command.
set target { a | b } fcoe-portslotid/portidfcoe-port-channel portchannelidportslotid/portidport-channelportchannelID
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fcoe-port slot ID/port ID | The slot ID and port ID of the FCoE port channel. |
| fcoe-port-channel portchannelid | FCoE port channel ID. It is a number between 1 and 256. |
| port slot ID/port ID | The slot ID and port ID of the port. |
| port-channel slot ID/port ID | The slot ID and port ID of the port channel. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pin group (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to create a target endpoint for an FCoE port.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink
UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope pin-group sample
UCS-A /fc-uplink/pin-group # set target a fcoe-port-channel 1
UCS-A /fc-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /fc-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show target |
|
set target-path
To specify a fabric interconnect for communicating with the target endpoint of a storage connection policy, use the set target-path command.
set target-path { a | b }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage target endpoint (/org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy and a storage target endpoint for the policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a fabric for communicating with the storage target endpoint of a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy* # create storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-target |
|
set target-vsan |
|
set target-vsan
To configure a specific VSAN to communicate with the target endpoint of a storage connection policy, use the set target-vsan command.
set target-vsan name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the VSAN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage target (/org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection policy and a storage target endpoint for the policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a specific VSAN to communicate with the target endpoint of a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # create storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy* # create storage-target 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-path a UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # set target-vsan default UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy/storage-target #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-target |
|
set target-path |
|
set template
To specify a service profile template, use the set template command.
set template template
Syntax Description
| template | Specifies the name of a service profile template. Enter up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server automatic configuration policy (/org/server-autoconfig-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a service profile template for creating a service profile instance for the server.
Examples
Examples
The following example shows how to specify a service profile template:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # create server-autoconfig-policy AutoConfigFinance switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set destination org finance switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set qualifier ServPoolQual22 switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set template ServTemp2 switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
set template-name
To set the template name, use the set template-name command.
set template-name name
Syntax Description
| name | Template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 32. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC within a LAN connectivity policy (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
Virtual HBA within a SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced in the vNIC command mode for a LAN connectivity policy and in the vHBA command mode for a SAN connectivity policy. Also, the maximum number of characters allowed in the template name has been increased from 16 to 32. |
Examples
Examples
This example show how to set a template name for a vNIC in a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set template-name temp10 UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
set throttling
To limit the number of Call Home messages received for the same event, use the set throttling command.
set throttling { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Disables limiting of duplicate messages. |
| on | Enables limiting of duplicate messages. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to limit the number of Call Home messages received for the same event. If the number of messages sent exceeds a maximum limit within a preset time frame, further messages for that alert type are discarded within that time frame.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable throttling of duplicate Call Home messages:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set throttling on switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set timeofday-hour
To configure the hour of the day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set timeofday-hour command.
set timeofday-hour hour
Syntax Description
| hour | The hour of day. |
Command Default
The default time of day is 00:00.
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the hour of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message. The range is 0 to 23; the default is 0.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
UCS-A# scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
set timeofday-minute
To configure the minutes field of the time of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set timeofday-minute command.
set timeofday-minute minute
Syntax Description
| minute | The minute of the hour of day. |
Command Default
The default time of day is 00:00.
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the minutes field of the time of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message. The range is 0 to 59; the default is 0.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
UCS-A# scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
show inventory |
|
set timeout
To set a timeout, use the set timeout command.
set timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | Timeout interval, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 60. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a timeout:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap # set timeout 30
switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set timezone
To set the time zone for system services, use the set timezone command.
set timezone
Command Default
The time zone is UTC.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the time zone for system services that require time of day. You are prompted with a sequence of choices to select your time zone.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to select the time zone for Los Angeles:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope services UCS-A /system/services # set timezone Please identify a location so that time zone rules can be set correctly. Please select a continent or ocean. 1) Africa 4) Arctic Ocean 7) Australia 10) Pacific Ocean 2) Americas 5) Asia 8) Europe 3) Antarctica 6) Atlantic Ocean 9) Indian Ocean #? 2 Please select a country. 1) Anguilla 18) Ecuador 35) Paraguay [...truncated...] 11) Cayman Islands 28) Jamaica 45) United States [...truncated...] #? 45 Please select one of the following time zone regions. 1) Eastern Time [...truncated...] 15) Mountain Standard Time - Arizona 16) Pacific Time 17) Alaska Time [...truncated...] #? 16 The following information has been given: United States Pacific Time Therefore timezone 'America/Los_Angeles' will be set. Local time is now: Fri May 15 07:39:25 PDT 2009. Universal Time is now: Fri May 15 14:39:25 UTC 2009. Is the above information OK? 1) Yes 2) No #? 1 UCS-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show clock |
|
show timezone |
|
set total
To set the maximum number of concurrent web sessions for all users, use the set total command.
set total maximum number of sessions
Syntax Description
| maximum number of sessions | The total number of concurrent web sessions. The value must be a number between 1 and 256. |
Command Default
By default, the number of concurrent web sessions for all users is set to the maximum of 256.
Command Modes
Web session limits (/system/services/web-session-limits)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The value for the maximum number of concurrent sessions for all users must be a number between 1 and 256.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the total number of concurrent web sessions for all users to 30.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope services Switch-A /system/services # scope web-session-limits Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits # set total 30 Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/services/web-session-limits #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set per-user |
|
scope web-session-limits |
|
set trans-queue count
To configure the number of transmit queue resources to allocate, use the set trans-queue count command.
set trans-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The transmit queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of transmit queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
This command replaces the set work-queue count command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of transmit queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set trans-queue ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the transmit queue, use the set trans-queue ring-size command.
set trans-queue ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The transmit queue ring size is 256.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the transmit queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
This command replaces the set work-queue ring-size command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the transmit queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set trustpoint
To specify the trustpoint for a keyring, use the set trustpoint command.
set trustpoint trustpoint
Syntax Description
| trustpoint | Name of a defined trustpoint. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1(1) | The maximum number of characters allowed in the name was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the trustpoint for a keyring. The trustpoint name can be up to 32 characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the trustpoint for a keyring:
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 UCS-A /security/keyring # set trustpoint CiscoCA5 UCS-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer UCS-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create trustpoint |
|
set type (backup)
To specify the configuration and state information to be backed up, use the set type command.
set type { all-configuration | logical-configuration | system-configuration | full-state }
Syntax Description
| all-configuration | Backup server, fabric, and system-related configuration. |
| logical-configuration | Backup fabric and server-related configuration. |
| system-configuration | Backup system-related configuration. |
| full-state | Backup full state for disaster recovery. |
Command Default
All configuration information (server, fabric, and system-related) is backed up.
Command Modes
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the configuration and state information to be backed up.
Examples
Examples
This example specifies that fabric and server-related configuration are to be backed up:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: server-A /system/backup* # set type logical-configuration server-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer server-A /system/backup #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set type (partition)
To specify the file system of a disk partition, use the set type command.
set type { ext2 | ext3 | fat32 | none | ntfs | swap }
Syntax Description
| ext2 | The partition uses the EXT2 file system. |
| ext3 | The partition uses the EXT3 file system. |
| fat32 | The partition uses the FAT32 file system. |
| none | The partition uses no file system. |
| ntfs | The partition uses the NTFS file system. |
| swap | The partition is used as swap space. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the file system of a disk partition.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the NTFS file system for a new partition:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90 UCS-A /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # set mode no-raid UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # create partition UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set size 10000 UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set type ntfs UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
set type (template)
To set the updating policy of a template, use the set type command.
set type { initial-template | updating-template }
Syntax Description
| initial-template | Instances created from this template will not automatically update if this template is updated. |
| updating-template | Instances created from this template will automatically update if this template is updated. |
Command Default
Instances created from this template will not automatically update if this template is updated.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the updating policy of a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) or vNIC (virtual network interface card) template.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify that instances created from a vNIC template will automatically update if the template is updated:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set type updating-template switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
set units
To set memory units, use the set units command.
set units { units | unspec }
Syntax Description
| units | Memory units. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies unspecified memory units. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
/org/server-qual/memory
/org/server-qual/storage
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Memory units refer to the DRAM chips mounted on the PCB.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set memory units:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set units 1000
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set uplink-fail-action
To set an uplink fail action, use the set uplink-fail-action command.
set uplink-fail-action { link-down | warning }
Syntax Description
| link-down | Specifies that down virtual interfaces are marked link down. |
| warning | Specifies that a fault is generated for down virtual interfaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy within the organization command mode (/org/nw-ctrl-policy)
Network control policy within Ethernet storage command mode (/eth-storage/nw-ctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated from the Organization command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
This configuration will be applicable only in end host mode (default mode).
Warning is useful when you want to maintain blade-to-blade connectivity inside the UCSM system when all uplink ports go down. You do this, however, at the expense of not providing fabric failover when uplink connectivity is lost.
Examples
This example shows how to set an uplink fail action:
UCS-A # scope org org100 UCS-A /org # scope nw-ctrl-policy nCP100 UCS-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy # set uplink-fail-action warning UCS-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/nw-ctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nw-ctrl-policy |
|
show service-policy |
|
set uplink-trunking
To set uplink trunking for a Fabric, use the set uplink-trunking command.
set uplink-trunking { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disables uplink trunking for a Fabric. |
| enabled | Enables uplink trunking for a Fabric. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable uplink trunking for a Fabric:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink
UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a
UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # set uplink-trunking enabled
UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable
To modify the boot option for a USB device, use the set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable command.
set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Use this option to disable the USB device from being configured as non-bootable. |
| enabled | Use this option to enable the USB device to be booted. |
| platform-default | Use this option to set the USB device boot configuration to be the same as the default option of the platform. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enable the boot configuration for USB drive.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy test UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable enabled UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
set usb-front-panel-access-lock-config usb-front-panel-lock
To set a locking configuration for the USB front panel access, use the set usb-front-panel-access-lock-config usb-front-panel-lock command.
set usb-front-panel-access-lock-config usb-front-panel-lock { disabled | enable | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disables the front panel locking configuration. |
| enable | Enables the front panel locking configuration. |
| platform-default | Sets the front panel locking configuration to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a BIOS policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the USB front panel locking configuration to the platform default option:
UCS-A # scope org test UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set usb-front-panel-access-lock-config usb-front-panel-lock platform-default UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable |
|
set usb-system-idle-power-optimizing-setting-config usb-idle-power-optimizing |
|
set usb-system-idle-power-optimizing-setting-config usb-idle-power-optimizing
To set the power optimization schedule when the USB system is idle, use the set usb-system-idle-power-optimizing-setting-config usb-idle-power-optimizing command.
set usb-system-idle-power-optimizing-setting-config usb-idle-power-optimizing { high-performance | lower-idle-power | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| high-performance | Sets power optimization schedule to high-performance. |
| lower-idle-power | Sets power optimization schedule to lower-idle-power. |
| platform-default | Sets power optimization schedule to the platform default option. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a BIOS policy before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the USB system power optimization schedule to the platform default option:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope bios-policy sample
UCS-A /org/bios-policy # set usb-system-idle-power-optimizing-setting-config usb-idle-power-optimizing platform-default
UCS-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set usb-boot-config make-device-non-bootable |
|
set usb-front-panel-access-lock-config usb-front-panel-lock |
|
set user
To specify a user name for logging in to a remote server, use the set user command.
set user user
Syntax Description
| user | Specifies the user name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the user name for logging in to a remote server for a file transfer.
Examples
Examples
This example specifies the user name for logging in to a remote file server:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set user User13 server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
set user-id
To set a user identification for an iSCSI authentication profile, use the set user-id command.
set user-id user-id
Syntax Description
| user-id | The user identification for an ISCSI authentication profile. The value can include a maximum of 128 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI Authentication Profile (/org/iscsi-auth-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI authentication profile must be created to use this command.
The name of the user ID can include a maximum of 128 characters. The name can be alphanumeric and can include special characters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the user ID for an ISCSI authentication profile.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # create auth-profile sample
UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # set user-id exampleuser
UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # set password
Enter password:
Confirm password:
UCS-A /org/auth-profile* # commit-buffer
UCS-A /org/auth-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-profile |
|
set password (auth-profile) |
|
set userid
To specify the username the system should use to log in to the remote server, use the set userid command.
set userid userid
Syntax Description
| userid | The login user name for the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the user name the system should use to log in to the remote server. This field does not apply if the protocol is TFTP.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify the user name for logging in to the remote server:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set userid User123 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
set user-label
To assign an identifying label to the server, use the set user-label command.
set user-label label
Syntax Description
| label | Enter up to 32 characters with no spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
IOM (/chassis/iom)
Interface within Ethernet Storage (eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Interface within Ethernet Server (eth-server/fabric/interface)
Interface within Ethernet Uplink (eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel Uplink (fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Fabric Extender Module (/fex)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced only in the server mode. The maximum number of characters in the user label was 16. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in other command modes. The maximum number of characters for the user label was increased from 16 to 32. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to assign an identifying label to a server.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to assign a label to server 2 in chassis 1:
switch-A# scope server 1/2 switch-A /chassis/server # set user-label SanJose13 switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
set uuid-prefix
To specify the prefix for UUID pool values, use the set uuid-prefix command.
set uuid-prefix { uuid-prefix | derived }
Syntax Description
| uuid-prefix | Specifies the prefix in the format nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn . |
| derived | Use the prefix of the UUID burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The UUID prefix is derived.
Command Modes
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) prefix to be combined with UUID suffix pool values for dynamic UUID assignment.
The prefix contains 16 hexadecimal characters in three hyphen-separated groups, in the form nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn .
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a UUID prefix for the UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool usp10a switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # set uuid-prefix 12345678-9abc-def0 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
set v3privilege
To specify the SNMPv3 security level for the SNMP trap destination, use the set v3privilege command.
set v3privilege { auth | noauth | priv }
Syntax Description
| auth | Specifies keyed-hash authentication with the trap destination. |
| noauth | Specifies user name authentication with the trap destination. |
| priv | Specifies keyed-hash authentication and data encryption (privacy) with the trap destination. |
Command Default
User name authentication (noauth) is used with the trap destination.
Command Modes
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 (SNMPv3) security level for the SNMP trap destination.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the SNMPv3 security level for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set v3privilege auth switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
set vcon
To set up a vCon (virtual adapter), use the set vcon command.
set vcon { 1 | | 2 } selection { all | | assigned-only | | exclude-dynamic | | exclude-unassigned }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies adapter 1. |
| 2 | Specifies adapter 2. |
| selection | Specifies a placement selection. |
| all | Places all vNICs and vHBAs. |
| assigned-only | Places assigned vNICs and vHBAs. |
| exclude-dynamic | Excludes dynamic vNICs and vHBAs from being placed. |
| exclude-unassigned | Excludes unassigned vNICs and vHBAs from being placed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
This example shows how to set up a vCon:
UCS-A # scope org / UCS-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 UCS-A /org/vcon-policy # set vcon 1 selection all UCS-A /org/vcon-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/vcon-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
set vcon (/vnic and /vhba)
To set a desired VCON placement for a LAN connectivity policy or SAN connectivity policy, use the set vcon command.
set vcon { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | any }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies adapter 1. |
| 2 | Specifies adapter 2. |
| 3 | Specifies adapter 3. |
| 4 | Specifies adapter 4. |
| any | Specifies Cisco UCS Manager to automatically assign the vNIC. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VNIC (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic)
VHBA (/org/san-connectivity-policy/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A LAN connectivity policy or a SAN connectivity policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to set the vCON for a LAN connectivity policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope lan-connectivity-policy sample UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy # scope vnic test UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic # set vcon any UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lan-connectivity-policy |
|
create san-connectivity-policy |
|
set vcon-profile
To associate a vCon (virtual adapter) profile, use the set vcon-profile command.
set vcon-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | The name of the profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Associates the specified vNIC/vHBA placement policy with the service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to associate a vCon profile:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # set vcon-profile vcp100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show |
|
set version
To set the version number, use the set version command.
set version number
Syntax Description
| number | Version number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pack image (/org/fw-host-pack/pack-image)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the package image version number. Changing this number triggers firmware updates on all components using the firmware through a service profile.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the version number:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp10
switch-A /org/fw-host-pack # scope pack-image pi10
switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image # set version 1.3
switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pack-image |
|
show version |
|
set version (snmp-trap)
To specify the SNMP version for the SNMP trap destination, use the set version command.
set version { v1 | v2c | v3 }
Syntax Description
| v1 | Specifies SNMP version 1. |
| v2c | Specifies SNMP version 2c. |
| v3 | Specifies SNMP version 3. |
Command Default
SNMP version 2c is used.
Command Modes
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version for the SNMP trap destination.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify SNMPv3 for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set version v3 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
set vhba
To set a vHBA, use the set vhba command.
set vhba name
Syntax Description
| name | vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set vhba vhba100
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vhba |
|
set virtual-ip
To set up a virtual IP address, use the set virtual-ip command.
set virtual-ip address
Syntax Description
| address | Virtual IP address. Enter the argument in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set up a virtual IP address:
switch# scope system
switch /system # set virtual-ip 209.165.200.225
switch /system* # commit-buffer
switch /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show vif |
|
set vlan-id
To set an ID for the VLAN of the fabric, use the set vlan-id command.
set vlan-id vlan-id
Syntax Description
| vlan-id | The ID of the VLAN. The ID must be a number, and between 1-3967, and 4049-4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN for the fabric must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the ID for the VLAN of the fabric.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope vlan 200 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan # set vlan-id 250 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
scope vlan |
|
set vlan-port-count-optimization
To enable or disable VLAN port count optimization, use the set vlan-compression command.
set vlan-compression { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Disables VLAN port count optimization |
| enabled | Enables VLAN port count optimization |
Command Default
By default, VLAN port count optimization is disabled.
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enable VLAN port count optimization.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # set vlan-port-count-optimization enabled UCS-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer UCS-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vlan-group |
|
set vlanname
To set a name for the VLAN for a LAN connectivity policy, use the set vlanname command.
set vlanname vlan-name
Syntax Description
| vlan-name | Specifies the name of the VLAN. The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
Command Default
Default
Command Modes
Ethernet interface of an iSCSI VNIC in the LAN connectivity policy mode (/org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
For the Cisco UCS M81KR Virtual Interface Card, the VLAN that you specify must be the same as the native VLAN on the overlay vNIC. For the Cisco UCS M51KR-B Broadcom BCM57711 adapter, the VLAN that you specify can be any VLAN assigned to the overlay vNIC.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to specify a VLAN for the ISCSI VNIC.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope lan-connectivity-policy sample UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy # scope vnic-iscsi test UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi # create eth-if UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi/eth-if* # set vlanname default UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi/eth-if* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/lan-connectivity-policy/vnic-iscsi/eth-if#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lan-connectivity-policy |
|
set vmretention
To set virtual machine retention for a VM lifecycle policy , use the set vmretention command.
set vmretention { vmretention | 1-day | 1-hour | 5-days }
Syntax Description
| vmretention | Use this option to not set a retention policy. |
| 1-day | Use this option to set the VM retention to 1 day. |
| 1-hour | Use this option to set the VM retention to 1 hour. |
| 5-days | Use this option to set the VM retention to 5 days. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VM Life cycle policy (/system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the VM retention for the lifecycle policy to 5 days.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vm-life-cycle-policy Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy # set vmretention 5-days Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set vnicretention |
|
set vnic
To set the vNIC, use the set vnic command.
set vnic vnic
Syntax Description
| vnic | VNIC name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Path (/org/boot-policy/lan/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
A vNIC is a virtualized network interface that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical NIC to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vNICs you can create. For example, a Cisco UCS CNA M71KR adapter has two NICs, which means you can create a maximum of two vNICs for each of those adapters.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the VNIC:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # scope path
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path # set vnic 101
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show vnic |
|
set vnicretention
To set a VNIC retention policy for the VM lifecycle policy, use the set vnicretention command.
set vnicretention set vnicretention { vnicretention | 1-day | 1-hour | 5-days }
Syntax Description
| vnicretention | Use this option to not set a retention policy |
| 1-day | Use this option to set the retention as 1 day. |
| 1-hour | Use this option to set the retention as 1 hour. |
| 5-days | Use this option to set the retention as 5 days. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VM Lifecycle policy (/system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the VNIC retention for the lifecycle policy to 5 days.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vm-life-cycle-policy Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy # set vnicretention 5-days Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy* # commit-buffer Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vm-life-cycle-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set vmretention |
|
set weight
To set the weight, use the set weight command.
set weight { weight | best-effort | none }
Syntax Description
| weight | Weight number. The range of valid values is 0 to 10. |
| best-effort | Specifies best effort. |
| none | Specifies no weight. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Fibre Channel (/eth-server/qos/fc)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the weight:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set weight 5 switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set width
To set the width, use the set width command.
set width { width | unspec }
Syntax Description
| width | Width. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies width unspecified. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the bit width of the data bus.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the width:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set width 1000000
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set work-queue count
To configure the number of work (transmit) queue resources to allocate, use the set work-queue count command.
set work-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The work queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated in favor of the set trans-queue ring-size command. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of work (transmit) queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set work-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set work-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set work-queue ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the work (transmit) queue, use the set work-queue ring-size command.
set work-queue ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The work queue ring size is 256.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated in favor of the set trans-queue ring-size command. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the work (transmit) queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to configure the work (transmit) queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 UCS-A /org/eth-policy # set work-queue count 100 UCS-A /org/eth-policy* # set work-queue ring-size 1024 UCS-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue ring-size |
|
set work-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set wwn
To set a World Wide Name (WWN), use the set wwn command.
set wwn name
Syntax Description
| name | WWN name. The name entered must be in hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set a WWN:
switch-A# scope org org10a
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot6b
switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set wwn 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show san-image |
|
set wwpn-pool
To specify a pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for a vHBA template, use the set wwpn-pool command.
set wwpn-pool wwpn-pool
Syntax Description
| wwpn-pool | Name of a WWPN pool. |
Command Default
The default WWPN pool is used.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment to a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) template.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to specify a WWPN pool for a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ vhba10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ # set wwpn-pool MyWwpnPool13 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
set zoning-type
To set a Fibre Channel zoning type for an initiator group, use the set zoning-type command.
set zoning-type { none | simt | sist }
Syntax Description
| none | Specifies that Cisco UCS Manager not configure Fibre Channel zoning. |
| simt | Sets the zoning type to Single Initiator Multiple Targets (SIMT) |
| sist | Set the zoning type to Single Initiator Single Target (SIST). This option specifies that Cisco UCS Manager automatically create one zone for each vHBA and storage port pair. |
Command Default
By default, the zoning type is set to SIST.
Command Modes
Initiator group within SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group within a service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An initiator group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to set the zoning type to SIMT for an initiator group in a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # set zoning-type simt UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator-group |
|
show initiator-group |
|
show activate status
To display the activation status, use the show activate status command.
show activate status
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays the activation status.
Command Modes
Input/output module (/chassis/iom)
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the activation status:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1 switch-A /chassis/iom # show activate status State: Ready
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show status |
|
show adapter
To display adapter information, use the show adapter command.
show adapter [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all adapters. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all adapters. |
Command Default
Displays adapter information.
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show adapter command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of adapters.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of adapters:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # show adapter
Server 1/1:
Adapter PID Vendor Serial Operational State
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ -----------------
1 N20-AE0002 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510017 Operable
2 N20-AE0003 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510018 Operable
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server-qual |
|
show assoc
To display service profile association information, use the show assoc command.
show assoc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays service profile association information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show assoc command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of service profile associations.
Examples
This example shows how to display service profile associations:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # show assoc
Service Profile Name Association Server Server Pool
-------------------- -------------- ------ -----------
org10/sp10 Associated 1/1 10
org10/sp100 Associated 1/2 10
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show service-profile |
|
show audit-logs
To display the audit log, use the show audit-logs command.
show audit-logs [ id | detail ] *
Syntax Description
| id | (Optional) Displays a specific audit log. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in the audit log. |
Command Default
Displays the audit log.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was released. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This command shows how to display the audit log:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # show audit-logs
Audit trail logs:
Creation Time User ID Action Description
-------------------- ---------- -------- ---------------- -----------
2009-07-01T15:59:07 internal 905342 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged
2009-07-01T15:58:48 internal 905339 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated
2009-07-01T15:51:02 internal 905275 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged
2009-07-01T15:50:48 internal 905271 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated
2009-07-01T15:49:19 internal 905265 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged
2009-07-01T15:47:48 internal 905254 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show remote-user |
|
show auth-domain
To display information on the authentication domains, use the show auth-domain command.
show auth-domain [name] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the authentication domain. Using this option will display information on only the specified authentication domain. |
| detail | (Optional) This option will display information on all authentication domains that have been created. |
Command Default
By default, this command will list the authentication domains that have been created.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Authentication domains must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information on all the authentication domains:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # show auth-domain detail Authentication Domain: Authentication Domain Name: Default Default Realm: Local Authentication Server group: Default Authentication Domain Name: Sample Default Realm: Local Authentication Server group: Sample
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope auth-domain |
|
create auth-domain |
|
delete auth-domain |
|
enter auth-domain |
|
show authentication
To display authentication information, use the show authentication command.
show authentication
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays authentication information.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display console and default authentication information:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # show authentication
Console authentication: Local
Default authentication: Local
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show radius |
|
show tacacs |
|
show auth-server-group
To display information on the authentication server groups, use the show auth-server-group command.
show auth-server-group [authentication server group] [detail]
Syntax Description
| authentication server group | (Optional) Name of the authentication server group. This option will display information on the specified authentication server group. |
| detail | (Optional) This option will display information on all authentication server groups that have been created. |
Command Default
By default, this command will list the authentication server groups that have been created.
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Authentication server groups must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information on the authentication server groups.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # show auth-server-group detail Authentication server group: Authentication server group: Sample Authentication server group: Example Authentication server group: Test
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create auth-server-group |
|
scope auth-server-group |
|
enter-auth-server-group |
|
delete auth-server-group |
|
show backup
To display backup information, use the show backup command.
show backup [ backup-name | detail | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| backup-name | (Optional) Displays a specific backup file. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all backups. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays FSM status. |
Command Default
Displays backup information.
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show backup command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of backups.
Examples
This example shows how to display backup information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # show backup
Backup:
Hostname Type User Protocol Administrative State De
scription
---------- --------------------- ---------- -------- -------------------- --
---------
10.193.1.29
All Configuration jennall Scp Disabled
192.168.1.1
Full State Tftp Disabled
192.168.1.2
Full State jennall Scp Disabled
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show system |
|
show backup (ep-log-policy)
To display backup information, use the show backup command in ep-log-policy mode.
show backup [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays all backup information, in list format. |
| expand | Displays some backup information. The command does not display the following: |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display all backup information:
switch-A# scope org
switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel
switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # show backup detail
Log Backup Behavior:
Format: Ascii
Hostname: test
Remote Path: //test/electronic
User: user100
Protocol: Ftp
Backup Action: Timer
Clear on Backup: No
Interval: 1 Hour
switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ep-log-policy |
|
show |
|
show backup-policy-ctrl
To display information on the source control for the backup policy, use the show backup-policy-ctrl command.
show backup-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the backup policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the backup policy control. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the control source for the backup policy.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show backup-policy-ctrl expand Backup Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show backup-policy
To display information on the full state backup policy, use the show backup-policy command.
show backup-policy { [name] | detail | expand } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays information on a specific full state backup policy. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the backup policies that are configured. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detail information on the backup policies that are configured. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays description and adminstate information for the configured backup policy.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A backup policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on a backup policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show backup-policy expand Full state backup policy: Name: sample Description: Database backup policy Admin state: Disabled FSM Status: Affected object: org-root/db-backup-policy-default Current FSM: nop Status: nop Completion time: 1970-01-01T00:00:00.000 Progress (%): 100% UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope backup-policy |
|
show backup-policy fsm status
To display information on the FSM status for the backup policy, use the show backup-policy fsm status command.
show backup-policy fsm status { name | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays FSM status for a specific backup policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the FSM status. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the FSM status. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays FSM status information for the configured backup policies.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A backup policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information for a backup policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show backup-policy fsm status expand Name: sample FSM Status: Affected object: org-root/db-backup-policy-default/fsm Current FSM: nop Status: nop Completion time: 1970-01-01T00:00:00.000 Progress (%): 100 UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope backup-policy |
|
show beacon-led
To display information on the beacon LED, use the show beacon-led command.
show beacon-led { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | Displays expanded information on the beacon LED. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the beacon LED. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays expanded information.
Command Modes
Card (/fabric-interconnect/card)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information on the beacon LED:
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect A
UCS-A /scope fabric-interconnect # scope card 1
UCS-A /scope fabric-interconnect/card # show beacon-led detail
Beacon LED:
Administrative State: Off
State: Unknown
Current Task: Test
UCS-A /scope fabric-interconnect/card #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show beacon-led fsm status |
|
scope beacon-led |
|
set admin-state (beacon-led) |
|
show beacon-led fsm status
To display information on the FSM status of the beacon LED , use the show beacon-led fsm status command.
show beacon-led fsm status
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Card (/fabric-interconnect/card)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display the FSM status of the beacon LED:
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect A UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # scope card 1 UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card # show beacon-led fsm status FSM 1: Remote Result: Not Applicable Remote Error Code: None Remote Error Description: Status: Nop Previous Status: Illuminate Success Timestamp: 2011-05-31T15.30.751 Try: 0 Progress(%): 100 Current Task: UCS-A /fabric-interconnect/card #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope beacon-led |
|
set admin-state (beacon-led) |
|
show bios
To display BIOS information, use the show bios command.
show bios [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the BIOS. |
Command Default
Displays BIOS information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display BIOS information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show bios
Bios Firmware:
Server Model Vendor Running-Vers
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------
1/1 N20-B6620-1 Intel Corp. S5500.86B.08.00.0022.110620081457
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show server |
|
show bladeserver-disc-policy
To display information on all blade server discovery policies, use the show bladeserver-disc-policy command.
show bladeserver-disc-policy [name] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the blade server discovery policy. This option will display information only on the specified policy. |
| detail | (Optional) This option will display information on all blade server discovery policies that are configured. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on the configured blade server discovery policies in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information on all blade server discovery policies.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # show bladeserver-disc-policy detail Compute blade Discovery Policy: Name: Default Qualifier: all-chassis Action: Immediate Scrub Policy: Default Description: Sample text
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
scope bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
enter bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
delete bladeserver-disc-policy |
|
show block
To display information on a created block, use the show block command.
IP pool configuration, WWN pool, and UUID poolshow block from detail expand
MAC pool configuration show block name detail expand
IQN pool configuration show block suffix detail expand
Syntax Description
| Name | The name that acts as a suffix for the block. |
| From | From address, identifier, or world-wide name. A MAC address is in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. A UUID is in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. A WWN is in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. An IP address is in the format A.B.C.D. For an IQN pool, it is a number between 0 and 65535. |
| detail | To view detailed information on the block. |
| expand | To view expanded information on the block. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
IQN pool (/org/iqn-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced in the IQN pool mode. |
Usage Guidelines
A block must be created before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on a MAC pool block.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope mac-pool sample UCS-A /org/mac-pool # show block expand Block of MAC addresses: From To ------- --- 00:25:B5:00:00:00 00:26:B5:00:00:00 UCS-A /org/mac-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create block |
|
delete block |
|
show bmc
To display Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) information, use the show bmc command.
show bmc [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the BMC. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the BMC, including the management interface IP address, and the management endpoint log. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modifications |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
This command is deprecated in later releases. Use the show cimc command instead. |
Examples
This example shows how to display BMC information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show bmc
BMC:
Product Name: Cisco B200-M1
PID: N20-B6620-1
Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc
Serial (SN): QCI12520009
HW Revision: 0
GUID:
Current Task:
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show boot-definition
To display boot definition information, use the show boot-definition command.
show boot-definition [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the boot definition. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about the boot definition. |
Command Default
Displays boot definition information.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # show boot-definition
Boot Definition:
Reboot on Update: Yes
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show service-profile |
|
show boot-order
To display the boot order, use the show boot-order command.
show boot-order
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays the boot order.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the boot order:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show boot-order
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show actual-boot-order |
|
show chassis |
|
show boot-option-retry-config
To display information on the boot option retry configuration, use the show boot-option-retry-config command.
show boot-option-retry-config { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the boot option retry configuration. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the boot option retry configuration. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays the expanded information of the retry configuration.
Command Modes
BIOS Settings (/chassis/server/bios/bios-settings)
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A BIOS policy must be created prior to using this command in the BIOS policy commnade mode.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view detailed information on the boot option retry configuration for a server.
Switch-A # scope server 1/1 Switch-A /chassis/server # scope bios Switch-A /chassis/server/bios # scope bios-settings Switch-A /chassis/server/bios/bios-settings # show boot-option-retry-config detail Boot Option Retry Config Retry ----- Platform Default Switch-A /chassis/server/bios/bios-settings #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create bios-policy |
|
create org |
|
show boot-policy
To display boot policy information, use the show boot-policy command.
show boot-policy [ name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific boot policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about boot policies. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about boot policies. |
Command Default
Displays boot policy information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show boot-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of boot policies.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of boot policies:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # show boot-policy
Boot Policy:
Name Purpose Reboot on Update
-------------------- ----------- ----------------
org10/bp10 Operational No
org10/bp11 Operational Yes
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show org |
|
show boot-target
To display information about a boot-target, use the show boot-target command.
show boot-target [ primary | | secondary ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
Syntax Description
| primary | (Optional) Specifies the primary boot target. |
| secondary | (Optional) Specifies the secondary boot target. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the specified boot target. |
| expanded | (Optional) Displays information about the boot target in an expanded format.. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
By default, the show boot-target command displays the output in expanded format.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to display information about all boot targets in the system:
server# scope org
server /org # scope wwn-pool default
server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00
server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # show boot-target secondary
Boot Target:
Type LUN WWN
--------- ---------- ---
Primary 0 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00
Secondary 1200 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23
server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
The following example shows how to display the detailed information about the secondary boot target:
server# scope org
server /org # scope wwn-pool default
server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00
server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # show boot-target secondary detail
Boot Target:
Type: Secondary
LUN: 1200
WWN: 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23
server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
The following example shows how to display information about the secondary boot target, in expanded format:
server# scope org
server /org # scope wwn-pool default
server /org/wwn-pool # scope initiator 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00
server /org/wwn-pool/initiator # show boot-target secondary expand
Boot Target:
Type LUN WWN
--------- ---------- ---
Secondary 1200 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23
server /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create boot-target |
|
delete boot-target |
|
enter boot-target |
|
scope boot-target |
|
show initiator |
|
show callhome
To display callhome information, use the show callhome command.
show callhome [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays limited details about callhome. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about callhome. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
Displays callhome information.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display callhome information:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show callhome
Callhome:
Admin State: On
Throttling State: On
Contact Information: admin
Customer Contact Email: tgv@tgv.com
From Email: ref@tgv.com
Reply To Email: admin021@tgv.com
Phone Contact e.g., +1-011-408-555-1212: +16504441234
Street Address: 12 First St.
Contract Id:
Customer Id:
Site Id:
Urgency: Debugging
SMTP Server Address: adminHost
SMTP Server Port: 25
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
show cap-qual
To display capacity qualification information, use the show cap-qual command.
show cap-qual [ detail | expand | fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if ] *
Syntax Description
| fcoe | (Optional) Displays Fibre Channel over Ethernet information. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | (Optional) Displays non-virtualized Ethernet interface information. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | (Optional) Displays non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface information. |
| path-encap-consolidated | (Optional) Displays an consolidated encapsulated path information. |
| path-encap-virtual | (Optional) Displays an virtual encapsulated path information. |
| protected-eth-if | (Optional) Displays a protected Ethernet interface information. |
| protected-fc-if | (Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel interface information. |
| protected-fcoe | (Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface information. |
| virtualized-eth-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized Ethernet interface information. |
| virtualized-fc-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized Fibre Channel interface information. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized SCSI interface information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded capacity qualification information. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed capacity qualification information. |
Command Default
Displays capacity qualification information.
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display capacity qualification information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # show cap-qual
Adapter Capacity Qualification:
Type Maximum
----------------------- -------
Fcoe Unspecified
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show memory |
|
show cap-policy
To display information on the global policy to decide the power capping scheme, use the show cap-policy command.
show cap-policy { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) To view expanded information on the global power capping policy. |
| detail | (Optional) To view detailed information on the global power capping policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on the global power capping policy.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # show cap-policy expand Power capping scheme -------------------- Policy Driven Chassis Group Cap Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
show card Command
To display information on a fabric card, use the show card command.
show card [id] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| id | (Optional) To display information on a specific fabric card. It must be a value between 0 and 4294967295. |
| expand | To display information on all fabric cards. |
| detail | To display detailed information on all fabric cards. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all fabric cards.
Command Modes
Fabric Interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on a specific fabric card.
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect a
UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # show card 1
Fabric Card
-----------
ID Overall Status
-- --------------
1 Operable
UCS-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope card |
|
scope beacon-led |
|
show cat-updater
To display information about previous capability catalog file updates, use the show cat-updater command.
show cat-updater [filename]
Syntax Description
| filename | (Optional) To display information about a specific update, enter the name of the capability catalog update file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about previous capability catalog file update operations. If you do not specify an update file name, all previous update operations are displayed.
Examples
Example
The following example shows how to display the details of previous capability catalog update operations:
UCS-A# scope system
UCS-A /system # scope capability
UCS-A /system/capability # show cat-updater
Catalog Updater:
File Name Protocol Server Userid Status
--------- -------- --------------- --------------- ------
ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin
Scp 192.0.2.111 user1 Failed
UCS-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope cat-updater |
|
show certreq
To display a certificate request, use the show certreq command.
show certreq
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays a certificate request.
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display a certificate request:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /chassis # scope keyring kr10
switch-A /chassis/server # show certreq
Request:
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----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-----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
show cfg-export-policy
To display information on the configuration export policy, use the show cfg-export-policy command.
show cfg-export-policy { name | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays information on a specific configuration export policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on all configuration export policies. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on all configuration export policies. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays the name, description and admin state of the configuration export policies.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A configuration export policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the configuration export policy.
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show cfg-export-policy expand
Config Export policy:
Name: sample
Description: Configuration export policy
Admin state: Disabled
FSM Status:
Affected object: org-root/cfg-exp-policy-sample
Current FSM: nop
Status: nop
Completion time: 1970-01-01T00:00:00.000
Progress (%): 100%
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cfg-export-policy fsm status |
|
show cfg-export-policy fsm status
To display information on the FSM status for the configuration export policy, use the show cfg-export-policy fsm status command.
show cfg-export-policy fsm status { name | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays FSM status for a specific configuration export policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the FSM status. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the FSM status. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays FSM status information for the configuration export policies.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A configuration export policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information for a configuration export policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show cfg-export-policy fsm status expand Name: sample FSM Status: Affected object: org-root/cfg-export-policy-default/fsm Current FSM: nop Status: nop Completion time: 1970-01-01T00:00:00.000 Progress (%): 100 UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope cfg-export-policy |
|
show chassis-conn-policy
To display information on the chassis connectivity policy, use the show chassis-conn-policy command.
show chassis-conn-policy [ chassis id { a | b } ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| chassis id | ID of the chassis. |
| a | Specifies Fabric A. |
| b | Specifies Fabric B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the chassis connectivity policy. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on the chassis connectivity policy configured for Fabric A and B.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on the chassis connectivity policy for Fabric A:
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # show chassis-connectivity-policy 1 a
Chassis Connectivity Policy:
Chassis ID Fabric ID Link Aggregation Preference
---------- --------- ---------------------------
1 A Global
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope chassis-conn-policy |
|
set link-aggregation-pref |
|
show chassis
To display chassis information, use the show chassis command.
show chassis [ id | decommissioned | detail | fabric | firmware | fsm | inventory [detail | expand | fabric | fan | iom | psu | server] | iom | version ]
Syntax Description
| id | (Optional) Displays information for a specific chassis. |
| decommissioned | (Optional) Displays information about a decommissioned chassis. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the chassis. |
| fabric | (Optional) Displays information about the fabric. |
| firmware | (Optional) Displays information about the firmware. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays information about the finite state machine. |
| inventory | (Optional) Displays information about the chassis. |
| iom | (Optional) Displays information about the input/output module. |
| version | (Optional) Displays the version numbers of all the devices in the chassis. |
Command Default
Displays chassis information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show chassis command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of chassis.
The show iom command can be run in chassis (/chassis) mode.
Examples
This example shows how to display chassis information:
switch-A# show chassis
Chassis:
Chassis Overall Status Admin State
---------- ------------------------ -----------
1 Accessibility Problem Acknowledged
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show iom |
|
show server |
|
show cimc
To display Cisco Integrated Management Controller (CIMC) information, use the show cimc command.
show cimc [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the CIMC. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the CIMC, including the management interface IP address, and the management endpoint log. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modifications |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display CIMC information:
switch-A# scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show cimc detail
CIMC:
Product Name: Cisco B200-M1
PID: N20-B6620-1
VID: V01
Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc
Serial (SN): QCI125200H9
Revision: 0
GUID:
Current Task:
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show cimxml
To display Common Information Model (CIM) XML port information, use the show cimxml command.
show cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays CIM XML port information.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display CIM XML port information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # show cimxml
Name: cimxml
Admin State: Disabled
Port: 5988
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show https |
|
show class cpu-stats
To display information about the CPU statistics class, use the show class cpu-stats command.
show class cpu-stats [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays information about the CPU statistics class. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information about the CPU statistics class. |
Command Default
Displays information about the CPU statistics class.
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class cpu-stats expand
Stats Class:
Stats Class: Cpu Stats
Stats Property:
Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp
Norm Value: 0.000000
Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp Avg
Norm Value: 0.000000
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class dimm-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show class dimm-env-stats
To display information about the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) environment statistics, use the show class dimm-env-stats command.
show class dimm-env-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the DIMM environment statistics. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the DIMM environment statistics in expanded format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information about the DIMM environment statistics class:
server# scope org
server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default
server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class dimm-env-stats detail
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Dimm Env Stats
server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class dimm-env-stats |
|
delete class dimm-env-stats |
|
enter class dimm-env-stats |
|
scope class dimm-env-stats |
|
show class env-stats
To display information about the environment statistics class configuration, use the show class env-stats command.
show class env-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the environment statistics class configuration. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the environment statistics class configuration in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server statistics threshold policy(eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information about all configured environment statistics classes:
server# scope eth-server
server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default
server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class env-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Env Stats
server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class env-stats |
|
delete class env-stats |
|
enter class env-stats |
|
scope class env-stats |
|
show class ethernet-port-err-stats
To display an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-err-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-err-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Err Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Multicast Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Over Under Sized Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-stats
To display an Ethernet port statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Stats By Size Large Packets
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Stats By Size Small Packets
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ether-pause-stats
To display information about the Ethernet pause statistics class configuration, use the show class ether-pause-stats command.
show class ether-pause-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the Ethernet pause statistics class configuration. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the Ethernet pause statistics class configuration, in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the configuration information of the Ethernet pause statistics class:
server# scope eth-server
server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default
server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class ether-pause-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ether Pause Stats
server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ether-pause-stats |
|
delete class ether-pause-stats |
|
enter class ether-pause-stats |
|
scope class ether-pause-stats |
|
show class io-card-stats
To display information about the Ethernet IO card statistics, use the show class io-card-stats command.
show class io-card-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the Ethernet IO card statistics. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the Ethernet IO card statistics, in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display all the IO card statistics classes configured in the system:
server# scope eth-server
server /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy default
server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class io-card-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Io Card Stats
server /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class io-card-stats |
|
delete class io-card-stats |
|
enter class io-card-stats |
|
scope class io-card-stats |
|
show class memory-array-env-stats
To display the configuration information about the memory array environment statistics class, use the show class memory-array-env-stats command.
show class memory-array-env-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the memory array environment statistics. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the memory array environment statistics, in expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistcis threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Example
This example shows how to enter the memory array environment statistics class mode:
server# scope org
server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default
server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class memory-array-env-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Memory Array Env Stats
server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class memory-array-env-stats |
|
delete class memory-array-env-stats |
|
enter class memory-array-env-stats |
|
scope class memory-array-env-stats |
|
show class motherboard-temp-stats
To display information on the motherboard temperature statistics class, use the show class motherboard-temp-stats command.
show class motherboard-temp-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) To view information on the motherboard temperature statistics class and the properties that are set for it. |
| detail | (Optional) To view information on the motherboard temperature statistics class. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays the detailed information of the class.
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A statistics threshold policy and a motherboard temperature statistics class must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view expanded information on the motherboard temperature statistics class.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org/ # scope stats-threshold-policy sample
UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class motherboard-temp-stats expand
Stats Class:
Stats Class: Motherboard Temp Stats
Stats Property:
Stats Property: Motherboard Temp Stats Motherboard Rear Temperature Min
Norm Value: 1.000000
Threshold Value:
Direction Severity Esc Value Deesc Value
--------- -------- --------- ------------
Above Normal Warning 0.000000 2.000000
UCS-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
enter class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
scope class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
delete class motherboard-temp-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal completion error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal completion error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display configuration information of all PCIe fatal completion error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-completion-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal error statistics class. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display the configuration information of all PCIe fatal error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal protocol error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal protocol error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display configuration information of all PCIe fatal protocol error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-protocol-error-stats |
|
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats
To display the configuration information of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express (PCIe) fatal receive error statistics class, use the show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats command.
show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed configuration information about the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information about the PCIe fatal receive error statistics class, in an expanded format. This is the default output format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3.1 | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display the configuration information of all PCIe fatal receive error statistics classes in the system:
server# scope org server /org # scope stats-threshold-policy default server /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats server /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
delete class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
enter class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
scope class pcie-fatal-receiving-error-stats |
|
show cli
To display CLI information, use the show cli command.
show cli { command-status | history | mode-info | session-config | shell-type } *
Syntax Description
| command-status | (Optional) Displays the command status. |
| history | (Optional) Displays the history of command usage. |
| mode-info | (Optional) Displays information about the mode you are in. |
| session-config | (Optional) Displays information about your session configuration. |
| shell-type | (Optional) Displays information about the command shell type. |
Command Default
Displays CLI information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about your session configuration:
switch-A# show cli session-config
Suppress Headers: off
Suppress Field Spillover: off
Table Field Delimiter: none
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show configuration |
|
show system |
|
show cli history
To display the history of commands that were run, use the show cli history command.
show cli history
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
By default, the command displays the list of commands that were run.
Command Modes
Any command mode.
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the CLI history.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # show cli history 1 00:00:00 scope org Test 2 00:00:00 scope service-profile sample 3 00:00:00 show cli history Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cli |
|
show clock (system)
To display the system clock, use the show clock command.
show clock [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the clock:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # show clock Tue Apr 20 13:24:33 PDT 2010 switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set clock (system) |
|
set timezone |
|
show cluster
To display cluster information, use the show cluster command.
show cluster { extended-state | state }
Syntax Description
| extended-state | Displays extended information about the state of the cluster. |
| state | Specifies information about the state of the cluster. |
Command Default
Displays cluster information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display extended information about the state of the cluster:
switch-A# show cluster extended-state Cluster Id: 0x7433f72a371511de-0xb90b000decb1ad44 Start time: Tue Jul 7 09:17:46 2009 Last election time: Tue Jul 7 09:22:17 2009 A: UP, PRIMARY B: UP, INAPPLICABLE, (Management services: DOWN) A: memb state UP, lead state PRIMARY, mgmt services state: UP B: memb state UP, lead state INAPPLICABLE, mgmt services state: DOWN heartbeat state PRIMARY_OK INTERNAL NETWORK INTERFACES: eth1, UP eth2, UP HA NOT READY Management services are unresponsive on peer switch No chassis configured switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show vif |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl
To display information on the communication policies control, use the show communication-policy-ctrl command.
show communication-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the communication policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the communication policy control. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays the communication policies control source.
Command Modes
Control Endpoint Policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on the communication policies control.
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy
UCS-A /system/control-ep # show communication-policy-ctrl
Communication Policies Control:
Policy Source
-------------
Global
UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show control-ep policy |
|
show connectivity
To display connectivity information, use the show connectivity command.
show connectivity
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays connectivity information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display connectivity information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # show connectivity
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show hv-conn |
|
show inventory |
|
show console-auth
To display the console authentication information, use the show console-auth command.
show console-auth [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays additional information of the authentication mechanism. |
Command Default
This command displays information on the console authentication mechanism in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information on console authentication:
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # show console-auth detail Console authentication: Realm: Local Authentication Server Group: Default
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope console-auth |
|
scope auth-server-group |
|
show control-ep
To display information on the control end point policy, use the show control-ep command.
show control-ep [policy] [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| policy | (Optional) Displays the service registry IP address of the policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information of the policy. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays information on the source for all policies. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays the service registry IP address of the policy.
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control end point policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information on the control end point policy.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # show control-ep detail Policy Control Endpoint: Type: Policy Service Registry Hostname or IP Address: 1.2.3.4 Registration State: Registered Suspend State: off Ack State: No Ack Current Task 1: Verify GUID of new UCS Central with current (FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:ExtpolEpRepairCert:verifyGUID) Current Task 2: (FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:PolicyControlEpOperate:Resolve UCS-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create control-ep policy |
|
enter control-ep policy |
|
scope control-ep policy |
|
delete control-ep policy |
|
show core-export-target
To display core export target information, use the show core-export-target command.
show core-export-target [ detail | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the core export target. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays the status of the finite state machine. |
Command Default
Displays core export target information.
Command Modes
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This command shows how to display core export target information:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show core-export-target
Core Export Target:
Server Name:
Port: 69
Path:
Administrative State: Disabled
Description:
Current Task:
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cores |
|
show fsm |
|
show cores
To displays the core dump file, use the show cores command.
show cores [ name { a | b } ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays a specific core dump file. |
| a | Displays the core dump file for switch A. |
| b | Displays the core dump file for switch B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the core dump file. |
Command Default
Displays the core dump file.
Command Modes
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the core dump file:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show cores
Core Files:
Name Fabric ID
---------- ---------
1266567175_SAM_Pubs-B_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.18412.tar.gz
B
1266270932_SAM_Pubs-B_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.8876.tar.gz
B
1265702128_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.8802.tar.gz
A
1265443496_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.22792.tar.gz
A
1265130233_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.8801.tar.gz
A
1264676542_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.12062.tar.gz
A
1263728238_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.3266.tar.gz
A
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
show cpu
To display CPU information, use the show cpu command.
show cpu [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the CPU. |
Command Default
Displays CPU information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display CPU details:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1
switch-A /chassis/server # show cpu
Server 1/1:
ID Presence Architecture Socket Cores Speed (GHz)
— -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------- -----------
1 Equipped Xeon CPU1 4 2.266000
2 Equipped Xeon CPU2 4 2.266000
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control source for the date and time policies, use the show datetime-policy-ctrl command.
show datetime-policy-ctrl { detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the source. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the source. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed source information on the date and time policy control.
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
|
show default-auth
To display information on the default authentication mechanism, use the show default-auth command.
show default-auth [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) To view the realm group and the authentication server group for the default authentication mechanism. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists the realm and the authentication server group details in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Authentication Domain (/security/auth-domain)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An authentication domain must be created to use this command within the authentication domain mode.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view the default authentication mechanism for an authentication domain.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope auth-domain Sample Switch-A /security/auth-domain # show default-auth detail Default authentication: Realm: Local Authentication server group: Testing
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create default-auth |
|
scope default-auth |
|
enter default-auth |
|
delete default-auth |
|
show destination
To display destination information, use the show destination command.
show destination [ email-address | detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| email-address | (Optional) Displays a specific email address. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays a list of email addresses. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays a list of email addresses. |
Command Default
Displays destination information.
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show destination command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of email addresses.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of email addresses:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring# scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # show destination detail
Destination:
Email: bob@cisco.com
Email: sally@cisco.com
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show profile |
|
show disk
To display disk information, use the show disk command.
show disk [ vendor model revision | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| vendor | (Optional) Displays a specific vendor name. |
| model | (Optional) Displays a specific model number. |
| revision | (Optional) Displays a specific revision number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays some details about each disk. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays complete details about each disk. |
Command Default
Displays disk information.
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You can also use the show disk command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of disks.
Note |
If the server contains one or more SATA devices, such as a hard disk drive or solid state drive, this command displays ATA in the Vendor field. Use the expand keyword to display additional vendor information. |
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of disks:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope capability
switch-A /system/capability # show disk
Disk Capacity:
Vendor Model HW Revision
------------------------ ------------------------ -----------
ATA SSDSA2SH064G1GC INTEL 0
FUJITSU MBB2147RC 0
FUJITSU MBC2073RC 0
SEAGATE ST9146802SS 0
SEAGATE ST973402SS 0
SEAGATE ST973451SS 0
switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show memory |
|
show distributed-virtual-switch
To display distributed virtual switch information, use the show distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
show distributed-virtual-switch [ dvs-name | | detail ]
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the distributed virtual switch. |
| detail | Specifies detailed distributed virtual switch information, in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display distributed virtual switch information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # show distributed-virtual-switch dvs10
Distributed Virtual Switch:
Name Admin State
---------- -----------
dvs10 Disable
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control for the DNS policy, use the show dns-policy-ctrl command.
show dns-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the DNS policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the DNS policy control. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the DNS policy control.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show dns-policy-ctrl expand DNS Policies Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns
To display DNS information, use the show dns command.
show dns
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays DNS information.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This exampe shows how to display DNS information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show ntp |
|
show download-task
To display download task information, use the show download-task command.
show download-task [ file-name | detail | fsm ] *
Syntax Description
| file-name | (Optional) Displays a specific download. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays complete details about each download. |
| fsm | (Optional) |
Command Default
Displays download task information.
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show download-task command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of downloads.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of downloads:
switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware # show download-task
Download task:
File Name Protocol Server Userid State
--------- -------- --------------- --------------- -----
ucs-dplug.4.0.1a.N2.1.1.61.gbin
Scp 10.193.1.28 jaunderw Failed
ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.61.gbin
Scp t1.nuovasystems jaunderw Failed
ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.71.gbin
Scp t1.nuovasystems jaunderw Failed
switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fsm |
|
show image |
|
show dynamic-conn-policy
To display dynamic vNIC connection policy information, use the show dynamic-conn-policy command.
show dynamic-conn-policy [ vnic-name | detail ]
Syntax Description
| vnic-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific vNIC. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all vNICs. |
Command Default
Displays dynamic vNIC connection policy information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
Dynamic vNIC Connectivity Policy:
Name Dynamic Eth Enforcement Protection Adapter Profile Pin Group
-------------------- ----------- ----------- ---------- --------------- ---------
org10/dvcp10 60 Best Effort Protected
org10/dvcp11 61 Best Effort Protected
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
show egress-policy
To display egress-policy information, use the show egress-policy command in qos-policy mode.
show egress-policy [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays all egress policy information, in list format. |
| expand | Displays all egress policy information, in table format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS-policy (/org/qos-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded egress policy information:
switch-A# scope org
switch-A /system # scope qos-policy
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # show egress-policy expand
Egress QoS Policy:
Prio Rate Burst
----------- --------- -----
Best Effort 100000 10000
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
show environment
To display environment information, use the show environment command.
show environment [ adapter | board | cpu | detail | expand | memory ]
Syntax Description
| adapter | (Optional) Displays information about the adapter. |
| board | (Optional) Displays information about the motherboard. |
| cpu | (Optional) Displays information about the CPU. |
| detail | (Optional) |
| expand | (Optional) |
| memory | (Optional) Displays information about the memory. |
Command Default
Displays environment information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show environment command without any arguments or keywords to display the state of the server.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the motherboard:
switch-A#scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show environment
Server 1/1:
Oper Power: On
Motherboard:
Threshold Status: OK
Power State: N/A
Thermal Status: OK
Voltage Status: OK
CMOS Battery Voltage Status: OK
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show server |
|
show error-recovery
To display error recovery information, use the show error-recovery command.
show error-recovery [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about error recovery. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about error recovery. |
Command Default
Displays error recovery information.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel host (/chassis/server/adapter/host-fc)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display
switch-A /org # scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if # show error-recovery
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port |
|
show eth-classified
To Ethernet classified information, use the show eth-classified command.
show error-recovery [ bronze | detail | gold | platinum | silver ]
Syntax Description
| bronze | (Optional) Displays the bronze class. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays all the classes. |
| gold | (Optional) Displays the gold class. |
| platinum | (Optional) Displays the platinum class. |
| silver | (Optional) Displays the silver class. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet classified class information.
Command Modes
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the platinum Ethernet classified class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos # show eth-classified platinum
Ethernet Classified Class
Priority: Platinum
Cos: 5
Weight: 10
Bw Percent: Not Applicable
Drop: No Drop
Mtu: Normal
Multicast Optimize: No
Admin State: Disabled
switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show fc |
|
show eth-if
To display Ethernet interface information, use the show eth-if command.
show eth-if [ interface-name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| interface-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific interface. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Ethernet interface information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited Ethernet interface information. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet interface information.
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Ethernet interface information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # show eth-if
Ethernet Interface:
Name: default
Dynamic MAC Addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Default Network: Yes
VLAN ID: 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vnic |
|
show eth-if (vnic-iscsi)
To display information on the VLAN Ethernet interface, use the show eth-if command.
show eth-if { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | To display expanded information. |
| detail | To display detailed information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
iSCSI VNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Ethernet interfaces for the iSCSI VNIC must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the Ethernet interface.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # show eth-if expand
Ethernet Interface:
VLan Name: testing
IPv4 Interface:
DHCP Initiator IP Params:
Static target:
Priority: 1
Name: trial
Port: 3260
Auth Name: sample
Target Lun:
Target LUN ID:
--------------
1
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-if (vnic-iscsi) |
|
scope eth-if (vnic-iscsi) |
|
enter eth-if (vnic-iscsi) |
|
show eth-mon-session
To display the Ethernet traffic monitoring session, use the show eth-mon-session command.
show eth-mon-session [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Name of the Ethernet traffic monitoring session. |
| expand | Displays additional information on all Ethernet traffic monitoring sessions, in list format. |
| detail | Displays information on all Ethernet traffic monitoring session, in list format. |
Command Default
Displays information on all Ethernet Traffic monitoring sessions.
Command Modes
Fabric (/eth-traffic-mon/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You can use the show command without any options to view all the Ethernet traffic monitoring sessions.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information on a specific Ethernet traffic monitoring session:
Switch-A # scope eth-traffic-mon Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric # show eth-mon-session Default detail Ether Traffic Monitoring Session: Name: Default Admin State: Disabled Oper State: Error Oper State Reason: Session Admin Shut Switch-A /eth-traffic-mon/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-mon-session |
|
delete eth-mon-session |
|
show eth-profile
To display Ethernet profile information, use the show eth-profile command.
show eth-profile [ profile-name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| profile-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific Ethernet profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all Ethernet profiles. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all Ethernet profiles. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet profile information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show eth-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Ethernet profiles.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of Ethernet profiles:
switch# scope org org10
switch /org # show eth-profile
Eth Profile:
Name
----
org10/ep10
org10/ep11
org10/ep12
switch /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
show eth-target
To display information on the Ethernet target endpoint, use the show eth-target command.
show eth-target { name | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) To view information on a specific Ethernet target endpoint. |
| detail | (Optional) To view detailed information on all configured Ethernet target endpoints. |
| expand | (Optional) To view expanded information on all Ethernet target endpoints. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays expanded information on the Ethernet target endpoints.
Command Modes
Interface (/eth-storage/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, Ethernet target endpoints must be configured for a fabric interface.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on a specific Ethernet target endpoint.
Switch-A # scope eth-storage Switch-A /eth-storage # scope fabric a Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric # scope interface 1 2 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface # show eth-target Test Ethernet Target Endpoint: Name Target MAC Address ---- ------------------ Test 11:22:33:44:55:66 Switch-A /eth-storage/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create eth-target |
|
create interface |
|
show eth-uplink
To display Ethernet uplink information, use the show eth-uplink command.
show eth-profile [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays some detail about the Ethernet uplink. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays all details about the Ethernet uplink. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays the finite state machine. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet uplink information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Ethernet uplink information:
switch# show eth-uplink expand
Ethernet Uplink:
Mode: End Host
Fabric:
Id: A
Id: B
Stats Threshold Policy:
Full Name: fabric/lan/thr-policy-default
VLAN:
Name VLAN ID Fabric ID Native VLAN
---------- ---------- --------- -----------
default 1 Dual Yes
switch#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show event
To display event information, use the show event command.
show event [ event-id | detail ]
Syntax Description
| event-id | (Optional) Displays a specific event. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays all events. |
Command Default
Displays event information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show event command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of events.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of events:
switch-A# show event
Creation Time ID Description
-------------------- -------- -----------
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33117 [FSM:STAGE:END]: unprovisioning the Virtual
media bootable device for blade 1/1(
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33118 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Disconnect pre-boot environment
agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33119 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Disconnect pre-boot environment
agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33120 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep
discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33121 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep
discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33122 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Invoke post-discovery policies
on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33123 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Invoke post-discovery policies
on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fault |
|
show sel |
|
show execute-disable
To view execute-disable information, use the show execute-disable command.
show execute-disable { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays information on execute-disable options in an expanded form. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information. |
Command Default
Displays expanded form of information.
Command Modes
BIOS Policy (/org/bios-policy)
BIOS Settings for a server (/chassis/server/bios/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view expanded execute-disable information for a BIOS Policy.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope bios-policy sample Switch-A /org/bios-policy # show execute-disable expand Execute Disable Bit --- Enabled Switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set execute-disable bit |
|
show extension-key
To display extension key information, use the show extension-key command in vmware mode.
show extension-key [ detail | | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Specifies detailed extension key information, in list format. |
| fsm status | Specifies the extension key finite state machine status. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display extension key information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show extension-key detail
Extension Key:
Key: Cisco-UCSM-DOC-TEAM-EXT-KEY
Current Task: Busy
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
show ext-eth-if
To display external Ethernet interface information, use the show ext-eth-if command.
show ext-eth-if [ interface-id | detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| interface-id | (Optional) Displays a specific interface. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all interfaces. |
| expand | Displays a list of interfaces. |
Command Default
Displays information about the external Ethernet interfaces.
Command Modes
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show ext-eth-if command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of interfaces:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # show ext-eth-if
Ext Interface:
Adapter Id Id Mac Fabric ID Oper State
---------- ---------- ----------------- --------- ----------
1 1 00:23:04:C6:A2:8C A Link Up
1 2 00:23:04:C6:A2:8D B Link Up
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show host-eth-if |
|
show host-fc-if |
|
show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
To display IPv6 RSS hash profile information, use the show ext-ipv6-rss-hash command.
show ext-ipv6-rss-hash [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile. |
Command Default
Displays information about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile.
Command Modes
Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the external IPv6 RSS hash profile:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if # show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
External IPv6 RSS Hash Profile:
IP Hash: Disabled
TCP Hash: Disabled
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ipv4-rss-hash |
|
show ipv6-rss-hash |
|
show fabric
To display fabric interconnect information, use the show fabric command.
fc-uplink modeshow fabric [ a | b | detail | expand ]
chassis modeshow fabric [ detail ]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
| b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fabric interconnect.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Chassis (/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fabric command in chassis mode, without any arguments or keywords, to display a list of fabrics.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of fabrics:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # show fabric
Locale:
Id Name C Type Transport Side Slot Id Locale Type
-- ---------- -------------- --------- ----- ---------- -------- ----
A Mux To Host Ether Left 1 Server Lan
B Mux To Host Ether Right 1 Server Lan
A Mux To Host Ether Left 2 Server Lan
B Mux To Host Ether Right 2 Server Lan
A Mux To Host Ether Left 3 Server Lan
B Mux To Host Ether Right 3 Server Lan
A Mux Fabric Ether Left 1 Chassis Lan
B Mux Fabric Ether Right 2 Chassis Lan
switch-A /fc-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show pin-group |
|
show fabric-interconnect
To display fabric interconnect information, use the show fabric-interconnect command.
show fabric-interconnect [ a | b ] [ detail | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
| b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fabric interconnect.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of fabric interconnects:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect
Fabric Interconnect:
ID OOB IP Addr OOB Gateway OOB Netmask Operability
-- --------------- --------------- --------------- -----------
A 10.193.66.91 10.193.64.1 255.255.248.0 Operable
B 10.193.66.92 10.193.64.1 255.255.248.0 Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect inventory |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode |
|
show fabric-interconnect inventory
To display fabric interconnect hardware information, use the show fabric-interconnect inventory command.
show fabric-interconnect inventory [ id { a | b } ] [expand] [detail]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
| b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect hardware. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect hardware. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fabric interconnect hardware.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of fabric interconnect hardware:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect inventory ID PID Vendor Serial (SN) HW Revision Total Memory (MB) -------- --------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------- ----------------- A N10-S6100 Cisco Systems, In SSI12480266 0 3549 B N10-S6100 Cisco Systems, In SSI12520C81 0 3549 switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode
To display the fabric interconnect mode, use the show fabric-interconnect mode command.
show fabric-interconnect mode
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the fabric interconnect mode:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect mode Ethernet switching mode: Mode: End Host FC switching mode: Mode: End Host switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show fabric-port-channel
To display information on the fabric port channels, use the show fabric-port-channel command.
show fabric-port-channel [port channel id] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| port channel id | (Optional) The ID of the port channel interface. It must be a value between 1024 and 4096. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on the port channel interface, including member port information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the port channel interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric within the Ethernet server mode (/eth-server/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The fabric port channels must be available to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on the fabric port channels available in fabric A in the Ethernet server mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-server
UCS-A /eth-server # scope fabric a
UCS-A /eth-server/fabric # show fabric-port-channel
Fabric Port Channel:
Port Channel ID Chassis ID Admin State Oper State State Reason
--------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -------------
1123 1 Enabled Up
UCS-A /eth-server/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fabric-port-channel |
|
show host-port-channel |
|
show failover
To display failover timeout information, use the show failover command.
show failover [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the failover timeout.
Command Modes
Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed failover timeout information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth # show failover
Ethernet Failover Profile:
Timeout (sec): 5
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show fault |
|
show fan
To display fan information, use the show fan command.
capability modeshow fan [ vendor model hardware-rev | detail | expand ]
fan-module modeshow fan [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| vendor | (Optional) Displays the vendor name. |
| model | (Optional) Displays the model number. |
| hw-rev | (Optional) Displays the hardware revision number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed fan information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded fan information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fan.
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Fan module (/chassis/fan-module)
Fabric interconnect (any command mode)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fan command without any arguments or keywords, in capability mode, to display a list of fans.
Examples
This command shows how to display a list of fans:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope capability
switch-A /system/capability # show fan
Fan Module:
Vendor Model HW Revision
------------------------ ------------------------ -----------
Cisco 73-11624-02 04
Cisco Systems N5K-C5010-FAN 0
Cisco Systems N5K-C5020-FAN 0
Cisco Systems Inc N10-FAN1= 0
Cisco Systems Inc N10-FAN2= 0
Cisco Systems Inc N20-FAN5 0
N/A N10-FAN1 0
N/A N10-FAN2 0
switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show fan-module
To display fan module information, use the show fan-module command.
show fan [ traymodule ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
Syntax Description
| tray module | (Optional) Displays a specific module in a specific tray. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about all fans. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited information about all fans. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fan module.
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fan-module command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of fan modules.
Examples
This command shows how to display a list of fan modules:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /system/capability # show fan-module
Fan Module:
Tray Module Overall Status
---------- ---------- --------------
1 1 Operable
1 2 Operable
1 3 Operable
1 4 Operable
1 5 Operable
1 6 Operable
1 7 Operable
1 8 Operable
switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fan |
|
show iom |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control for the fault policy, use the show fault-policy-ctrl command.
show fault-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the fault policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the fault policy control. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the fault policy control.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show fault-policy-ctrl expand DNS Policies Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault policy
To display fault policy information, use the show fault policy command.
show fault policy [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the fault policy. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fault policy.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the fault policy:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy
Fault Policy:
Clear Action: Retain
Retention Interval: 00:01:00:00
Flap Interval (sec): 10
switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fault |
|
show syslog |
|
show fault-suppress-task
To display details of the fault suppress task of an organization, use the show fault-suppress-task command.
show fault-suppress-task [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Name of the fault suppress task. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on the fault suppress tasks. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the fault suppress tasks. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists all the fault suppress tasks that are configured in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Fabric Extender (/fex)
IOM (/chassis/iom)
Server (/chassis/server)
Organization (/org)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one fault suppress task must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information on all configured fault suppress tasks for an organization.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show fault suppress-task detail Fault Suppress Task: Name: Sample Status: None Schedule: Sample_policy Suppress Policy Name: Current task: Name: Test Status: None Schedule: sample Suppress Policy Name: testing_policy Current Task: UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fault-suppress-task |
|
enter fault-suppress-task |
|
scope fault-suppress-task |
|
delete fault-suppress-task |
|
show fc
To display Fibre Channel class information, use the show fc command.
show fc [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel class information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the Fibre Channel class.
Command Modes
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Fibre Channel class information:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos # show fc
FC Class:
Priority: 1
Cos: 3
Weight: 5
Bw Percent: 50
Drop: No Drop
Mtu: Fc
Admin State: Enabled
switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
show fcoeinterface
To display information on the FCoE interface, use the show fcoeinterface command.
show fcoeinterface [expand] [detail]
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the FCoE interface. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the FCoE interface. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all configured interfaces in the tabular format.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fabric within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE interface must exist to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on FCoE interfaces of a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # show fcoeinterface expand Slot ID Plot ID Admin State Operational State State Reason Lic State ------- ------- ----------- ----------------- ------------ --------- 1 22 Enabled Unknown Unknown License OK 2 32 Enabled Unknown Unknown License OK 3 38 Enabled Unknown Unknown License OK UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoeinterface |
|
enter fcoeinterface |
|
scope fcoeinterface |
|
delete fcoeinterface |
|
show fc-if
To display Fibre Channel interface information, use the show fc-if command.
show fc-if [ detail ] [ expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel interface information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded Fibre Channel interface information. |
Command Default
Displays information about Fibre Channel interfaces.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Fibre Channel interface information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba10
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # show fc-if
Fibre Channel Interface:
Name: default
vSAN ID: 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vhba |
|
show fc-profile
To display Fibre Channel profile information, use the show fc-profile command.
show fc-profile [ profile-name ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
Syntax Description
| profile-name | (Optional) Displays a specific Fibre Channel profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays limited details about all Fibre Channel profiles. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information about all Fibre Channel profiles. |
Command Default
Displays information about Fibre Channel profiles.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fc-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org/ # show fc-profile
FC Profile:
Name
----
org10/fcp10
org10/fcp11
switch-A /org/ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show org |
|
show fc-storage
To display information on the Fibre Channel storage device, use the show fc-storage command.
show fc-storage { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) To view additional information about the Fibre Channel storage device. |
| detail | (Optional) To view detailed information about the Fibre Channel storage device. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays the Fibre Channel over Ethernet native VLAN ID.
Command Modes
Any command mode.
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view expanded information on the Fibre Channel storage device.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # show fc-storage expand FC Storage: FCoE Storage Native VLAN: 44 VSAN: Name: VSAN100_storage ID: 100 FCoE VLAN ID: 100 Default zoning: disabled Overall status: ok Member Port: Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Oper State State Reason Oper Speed --------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------ ---------- A 2 3 Down Administratively down Indeterminate Name: test ID: 200 FCoE VLAN ID: 200 Default zoning: disabled Overall status: ok Member Port: Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Oper State State Reason Oper Speed --------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------ ---------- A 3 4 Down Administratively down Indeterminate Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fc-storage |
|
create vsan |
|
create vlan |
|
show fc-zone
To display information on the Fibre Channel zone, use the show fc command.
show fcdetail | storage-target | zone-name | vhba
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information |
| storage-target | Displays information on all zones configured with filtering on storage targets. |
| vhba | Displays information on all zones configured with filtering on VHBAs. |
| zone-name | Displays information on all zones configured with filtering on zone names. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists all zones configured for the service profile.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows the zone information configured for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # show fc-zone Service profile: Sample Server: 1/3 Fabric ID VSAN Initiator Name Zone Name Storage Target --------- ---- -------------- --------- --------------- A 2 vhba1 ucs_sam_A_2_sample_vhba1 50:11:12:33:44:55:11 A 3 vhba2 ucs_sam_A_3_sample_vhba1 40:11:23:34:55:66:77 UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set zoning-type |
|
show fcoe-member-port
To display information on FCoE member ports for an FCoE port channel, use the show fcoe-member-port command.
show fcoe-member-port slot ID port IDfsm statusdetail expand
Syntax Description
| slot ID | Slot identification number |
| port ID | Port identification number. |
| fsm status | FSM status |
| detail | Displays detailed information on FCoE member port. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on FCoE member port. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all FCoE member ports in a tabular format.
Command Modes
FCoE port channel (/fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one FCoE member port must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on FCoE member ports.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope fcoe-port-channel 1 UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel # show fcoe-member-port FCoE member port: Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Membership Admin State --------- ------- ------- ---------- --------- A 1 22 Down Enabled A 2 10 Down Enabled B 3 15 Down Enabled B 4 40 Down Enabled UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/fcoe-port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-member-port |
|
enter fcoe-member-port |
|
scope fcoe-member-port |
|
delete fcoe-member-port |
|
show fcoe-port-channel
To display information on FCoE port channels for a fabric, use the show fcoe-port-channel command.
show fcoe-port-channel fcoe-port-channel ID detail expand
Syntax Description
| fcoe-port-channel ID | The FCoE port channel ID. It is a number between 1 and 256. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the port channel. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on the port channel. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all configured FCoE port channels for the fabric in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one FCoE port channel must be available to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on a specific FCoE port channel for a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # show fcoe-port-channel 2 FCoE Port Channel: FCoe port channel ID Name Operational State State Qual -------------------- ----- ----------------- ----------- 2 sample Indeterminate UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoe-port-channel |
|
create fcoe-member-port |
|
create mon-src |
|
set direction |
|
delete fcoe-port-channel |
|
show fcoeinterface
To display information on the FCoE interface, use the show fcoeinterface command.
show fcoeinterface [expand] [detail]
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the FCoE interface. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the FCoE interface. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all configured interfaces in the tabular format.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Fabric within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An FCoE interface must exist to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on FCoE interfaces of a fabric.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # show fcoeinterface expand Slot ID Plot ID Admin State Operational State State Reason Lic State ------- ------- ----------- ----------------- ------------ --------- 1 22 Enabled Unknown Unknown License OK 2 32 Enabled Unknown Unknown License OK 3 38 Enabled Unknown Unknown License OK UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create fcoeinterface |
|
enter fcoeinterface |
|
scope fcoeinterface |
|
delete fcoeinterface |
|
show feature
To display information on a feature, use the show feature command.
show feature [ name vendor version ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the feature. The name can include a maximum of 64 characters. |
| vendor | Name of the vendor. The name can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
| version | Version of the feature. The version can include a maximum of 510 characters. |
| detail | (Optional) To display detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays the license feature information in a tabular format.
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display detailed information on a license feature.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # show feature detail License feature: Name: ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Vendor: cisco Version: 1.0 Type: Counted Grace Period: 120 Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
clear file |
|
show file
To view licenses installed on a fabric interconnect, use the show file command.
show file license file name detail
Syntax Description
| license file name | (Optional) The name of a license file. Use this option to view the details of a specific license file. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays the licenses installed on the fabric interconnect with the level of detail specified in the command. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
1.4(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the licenses details installed on a fabric interconnect.
Switch-A # scope license
Switch-A /license # show file detail
License file: UCSFEAT20100928112305377.lic
ID : 1212121212121212
Version: 1.0
Scope: A
State: Installed
Features
Feature names:ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG
Vendor: cisco
Version: 1.0
Quantity: 24
Lines:
Line ID: 1
Type: Increment
Expiry Date: Never
Pak:
Quantity: 24
Signature: B10101010101
License file: UCSFEAT20100928112332175.lic
ID : 1313131313131313
Version: 1.0
Scope: B
State: Installed
Features
Feature names:ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG
Vendor: cisco
Version: 1.0
Quantity: 24
Lines:
Line ID: 1
Type: Increment
Expiry Date: Never
Pak:
Quantity: 24
Signature: F302020202020
Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
install file |
|
show usage |
|
show host-port-channel
To display information on host port channels, use the show host-port-channel command.
show host-port-channel [port channel id] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| port channel id | (Optional) ID of the port channel. It must be a value between 1024 and 4096. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on the host port channel, including member port information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the host port channel. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric within the Ethernet server mode (/eth-server/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Host port channels must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on host port channels within a fabric in the Ethernet server mode:
UCS-A # scope eth-server UCS-A /eth-server # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-server/fabric # show host-port-channel Host Port channel: Port Channel ID Chassis ID Oper State State Reason --------------- ---------- ---------- ------------- 1125 2 Up UCS-A /eth-server/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-port-channel |
|
scope host-port-channel |
|
show identity iqn
To display the IQN information for a system, use the show identity iqn command.
show identity iqn { detail | Word }
Syntax Description
| detail | To display detailed information on the IQN identities. |
| Word | To display information on a specific IQN identity. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists information on all IQN identities configured for an IQN pool.
Command Modes
IQN Pool (/org/iqn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
IQN pools and prefixes must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on IQN identities for an IQN pool.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope iqn-pool sample UCS-A /org/iqn-pool # show identity iqn IQN Prefix IQN Name Assigned Pool DN ---------- -------- -------- -------- test1 sample:1 No org-root/iqn-pool-sample test2 sample:2 No org-root/iqn-pool-sample test3 sample:3 No org-root/iqn-pool-sample UCS-A /org/iqn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iqn-pool |
|
create block |
|
set iqn-prefix |
|
show identity (server)
To display identity information for a server, use the show identity command.
show identity
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display identity information for a server:
switch-A# scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show identity
Server 1/1:
Burned-In UUID: 6bf4c501-d3a9-11dd-b4d9-000bab01bfd6
Dynamic UUID: 6bf4c501-d3a9-11dd-b4d9-000bab01bfd6
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:24:97:1F:5B:F2
1 2 00:24:97:1F:5B:F3
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show identity (service-profile)
To display identifier information for a service profile, use the show identity command.
show identity
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display identifier information for a service profile:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # show identity Service Profile Name: org100/sp100 UUID Suffix Pool: Dynamic UUID: Derived switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show identity mac-addr
To display the MAC address identity information for a system, use the show identity mac-addr command.
show identity mac-addr [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
Syntax Description
| id | Displays identity information for a specific MAC address. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. |
| pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
| profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the MAC address identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity mac-addr MAC Address Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 00:25:B5:00:00:00 Yes Pool org-root/ls-Blade6-Default/ether-eth1 00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool 00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool 00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool --More-- switch-A /org # show identity mac-addr pool-info MAC Address Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------- -------- --------- ------- 00:25:B5:00:00:00 Yes Pool org-root/mac-pool-default/00:25:B5:00:00:00 00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:01 00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:02 00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:03 --More-- switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show identity uuid
To display the universally unique identifier (UUID) identity information for a system, use the show identity uuid command.
show identity uuid [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
Syntax Description
| id | Displays identity information for a specific UUID. Specify a UUID in the form NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
| profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the UUID identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity uuid UUID Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 0000-000000000001 No Pool switch-A /org # show identity uuid pool-info UUID Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------- -------- --------- ------- 0000-000000000001 No Pool org-root/uuid-pool-p100/0000-000000000001 switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show identity wwn
To display the world-wide name (WWN) identity information for a system, use the show identity wwn command.
show identity wwn [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
Syntax Description
| id | Displays identity information for a specific WWN. Specify a unique WWN in the form HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. |
| pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
| profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the WWN identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity wwn WWN Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool --More-- switch-A /org # show identity wwn pool-info WWN Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------------- -------- --------- ------- 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-p44/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-oneWWtwoNN/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-default/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-default/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 --More-- switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl
To display information on the control source for the Infra pack policy, use the show infra-pack-ctrl command.
show infra-pack-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the Infra pack policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the Infra pack policy control. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Control endpoint policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control endpoint policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the Infra pack policy control.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show infra-pack-ctrl expand Infra Pack Policy Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show initiator-group
To display information on an initiator-group of a service profile or SAN connectivity policy, use the show initiator-group command.
show initiator-group [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) To display information on a specific initiator group. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on all configured initiator groups. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on all configured initiator groups. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all configured initiator groups.
Command Modes
SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Initiator groups must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on all configured initiator groups for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # show initiator-group detail Initiator Group: Name: Test Protocol: derived Oper Protocol: fc Storage-connection-policy: default Remote disk name: Fc Zoning Type: Sist Name: Sample Protocol: Fc Oper Protocol: fc Storage-connection-policy: default Remote disk name: Fc Zoning Type: Sist UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create initiator-group |
|
enter initiator-group |
|
scope initiator-group |
|
delete initiator-group |
|
create initiator |
|
create storage-connection-policy |
|
show interface
To display information about one or more interfaces on a fabric interconnect, use the show interface command.
show interface show interface [ slot-id port-id|fsm ] [ expand|detail ]
Syntax Description
| slot-id | (Optional) Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port-id | (Optional) Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
| fsm | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the interface. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the interface, including the admin state, operating state, and port mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about one or more interfaces on a fabric interconnect.
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information about interfaces on a fabric interconnect:
switch-A# scope eth-storage
switch-A# /eth-storage # scope fabric b
switch-A# /eth-storage/fabric # show interface expand
Storage Ethernet Interface:
Slot ID: 2
Port Id: 7
Admin State: Enabled
Oper State: Sfp Not Present
State Reason: Unknown
Slot ID: 3
Port Id: 15
Admin State: Enabled
Oper State: Sfp Not Present
State Reason: Unknown
switch-A /eth-storage/fabric #
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information about a specific interface:
switch-A# scope eth-storage
switch-A# /eth-storage # scope fabric b
switch-A# /eth-storage/fabric # show interface 2 7 detail
Storage Ethernet Interface:
Slot ID: 2
Port Id: 7
User Label:
Admin State: Enabled
Oper State: Sfp Not Present
Port mode: Trunk
Pin group name:
State Reason: Unknown
Current Task:
switch-A /eth-storage/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create interface |
|
show inventory
To display the configuration of the Call Home periodic system inventory message, use the show inventory command.
show inventory [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Display additional configuration details. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
/exec/monitoring/callhome
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the configuration of the Call Home periodic system inventory message.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display the configuration of the Call Home periodic system inventory message:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # show inventory detail
Callhome periodic system inventory:
Send periodically: Off
Interval days: 14
Hour of day to send: 17
Minute of hour: 30
Time last sent: Never
Next scheduled: Never
Send Now: No
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory (fabric-interconnect)
To display the physical inventory information for a fabric interconnect, use the show inventory command.
show inventory { detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays summary information in a list. |
| expand | Displays details of the physical components of the fabric interconnect such as ports and the transceivers in them, the power supply unit and FAN components. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays ID, PID, vendor, serial number, hardware revision, and total memory of the fabric interconnect in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display expanded information for a fabric interconnect.
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect a UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # show inventory expand A: Fabric Card: Slot Description Num Ports State PID Serial(SN) ---- ----------- --------- ------ --- ---------- 1 02 16 port flexible GEM 16 Online UCS-FI-6248UP JAF1453BNBL Ether Port: Slot Port Oper State MAC Role Xvcr ---- ---- ---------- --- ---- ---- 1 1 Up 00:05:73:CB:64:E8 Network N/A 2 8 Sfp Not Present 00:05:73:B0:07:CF Server N/A FAN: ID PID Serial(SN) Overall Status --- --- ---------- -------------- 1 UCS-FAN-6248UP N/A Operable PSU: PSU PID Serial(SN) Overall Status --- --- ---------- -------------- 1 UCS-PSU-6248UP-AC ART1452X0BR Operable UCS-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show ipmi-user
To display IPMI user information, use the show ipmi-user command.
show ipmi-user [ ipmi-user-name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| ipmi-user-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific IPMI user. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all end-point users. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all end-point users. |
Command Default
Displays IPMI user information.
Command Modes
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced as show epuser. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was renamed as show ipmi-user. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show ipmi-user command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of IPMI users.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of IPMI users:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # show ipmi-user
IPMI user:
User Name End point user privilege Password
---------- ------------------------ --------
epu10 Readonly
epu11 Readonly
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ipmi-user |
|
scope ipmi-user |
|
enter ipmi-user |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
show iqn-pool
To display information on the IQN pools, use the show iqn-pool command.
show iqn-pool { name | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| name | To display information on a specific IQN pool. |
| detail | To display detailed information on a specific IQN pool or on all IQN pools. |
| expand | To display expanded information on a specific IQN pool or on all IQN pools. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all configured IQN pools.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
IQN pools must be configured before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view expanded information for a configured IQN pool.
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show iqn-pool Sample1 expand
IQN Pool:
Name: Sample1
IQN prefix: example
Size: 3
Assigned: 0
Block of IQN Names:
Suffix From To
------ ---- --
trial 0 2
Pooled:
Name Assigned Assigned To Dn
---- ---------- ---------------
Test:0 No
Test:1 No
Test:2 No
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iqn-pool |
|
scope iqn-pool |
|
enter iqn-pool |
|
delete iqn-pool |
|
show iscsi-policy
To display information on the iSCSI policy, use the show iscsi-policy command.
show iscsi-policy [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) To display information on a specific iSCSI policy. |
| expand | To display expanded information on all available iSCSI policies. |
| detail | To display detailed information on all available iSCSI policies. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists the iSCSI policies that are available.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information on the iSCSI policy.
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show iscsi-policy detail
Iscsi adapter Policy:
Name: sample
Description: sample iscsi adapter policy
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi-policy |
|
set descr |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item |
|
show iscsi-protocol-profile
To display information on the iSCSI protocol items, use the show iscsi-protocol-profile command.
show iscsi-protocol-profile { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | To display expanded information. |
| detail | To display detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
ISCSI Adapter policy (/org/iscsi-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The iSCSI protocol items must be defined for an ISCSI adapter policy to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view expanded information on the iSCSI protocol items.
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # scope iscsi-policy sample
UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy # show iscsi-protocol-profile expand
Iscsi protocol item:
Connection timeout (secs): 255
Lun Busy Retry Count: 50
TCP Time Stamp: yes
DHCP Timeout: 90
UCS-A /org/iscsi-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set iscsi-protocol-item connection-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item dhcp-timeout |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item lun-busy-retry-count |
|
set iscsi-protocol-item tcp-time-stamp |
|
show iscsi
To display information on the boot iSCSI, use the show iscsi command.
show iscsi { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | To display information on the boot iSCSI. |
| detail | To display detailed information on the boot iSCSI. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Boot Policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An iSCSI for a boot policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the boot iSCSI.
UCS-A # scope org test
UCS-A /org # scope boot-policy default
UCS-A /org/boot-policy # show iscsi expand
Boot ISCSI:
Order: 4
ISCSI Image Path:
iscsivnicname: sample
UCS-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create iscsi |
|
create path |
|
set iscsivnicname |
|
show lan-connectivity-policy
To display information on the vNIC LAN connectivity policy, use the show lan-connectivity-policy command.
show lan-connectivity-policy [name] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays information on a specific vNIC LAN connectivity policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on all vNIC LAN connectivity policies that are configured. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists all the vNIC LAN connectivity policies that are configured for an organization.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on the vNIC LAN connectivity policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show lan-connectivity-policy sample vNIC LAN Connectivity Policy: Name Description ---- ----------- Sample sample_description UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create lan-connectivity-policy |
|
scope lan-connectivity-policy |
|
enter lan-connectivity-policy |
|
delete lan-connectivity-policy |
|
show ldap-group
To display information on LDAP groups, use the show ldap-group command.
show ldap-group [Group DN] [detail]
Syntax Description
| Group DN | (Optional) Name of the LDAP group. |
| detail | (Optional) To view detailed information of all the LDAP groups. |
Command Default
By default, this command will list the LDAP groups on the system.
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
An LDAP group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on all LDAP groups on the system:
Switch-A # scope security
Switch-A /security # scope ldap
Switch-A /security/ldap # show ldap-group detail
LDAP group Default
Roles:
Name: server-profile
Name: server-security
Name: storage
Locales:
Name: Sample
LDAP group Example
Roles:
Name: sample
Locales:
Name: Sample
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope ldap-group |
|
create ldap-group |
|
enter ldap-group |
|
delete ldap-group |
|
show ldap-group-rule
To display information on the LDAP group rules, use the show ldap-group-rule command.
show ldap-group-rule [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays additional information on the LDAP group rules. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists the LDAP group rule that is enabled.
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
To use this command in the LDAP server mode, an LDAP server must be created.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view the LDAP group rules information for an LDAP server.
Switch-A # scope security Switch-A /security # scope ldap Switch-A /security/ldap # scope server Default Switch-A /security/ldap/server # show ldap-group-rule detail Ldap group rules: Group traversal: Non Recursive Check user's ldap group: Enable attribute holding parent DNS: up Switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create ldap-group-rule |
|
scope ldap-group-rule |
|
enter ldap-group-rule |
|
delete ldap-group-rule |
|
show license brief
To display a list of license files, use the show license brief command.
show license brief
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command has been deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
This command was deprecated. Use the showfile command in the License mode (/license).
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display a list of license files:
switch-A# show license brief Enterprise.lic FibreChannel.lic switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license default
To display services using the default license, use the show license default command.
show license default
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show usage command in the License mode (/license).
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the services using the default license:
switch-A# show license default Feature Default License Count ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- FM_SERVER_PKG - ENTERPRISE_PKG - FC_FEATURES_PKG - ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG 8 ETH_MODULE_ACTIVATION_PKG 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license file
To display the contents of a license file, use the show license file command.
show license file [license-file-name]
Syntax Description
| license-file-name | Displays the contents of the specified file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show filecommand in the License mode (/license).
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the contents of a license file:
switch-A# show license file enter.lic
enter.lic:
SERVER this_host ANY
VENDOR cisco
INCREMENT ENTERPRISE_PKG cisco 1.0 permanent uncounted \
VENDOR_STRING=<LIC_SOURCE>UCS_SWIFT</LIC_SOURCE><SKU>ENTERPRISE_PKG=</SKU> \
HOSTID=VDH=FLC12360025 \
NOTICE="<LicFileID>20090519230254773</LicFileID><LicLineID>1</LicLineID> \
<PAK></PAK>" SIGN=134D2848E9B0
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license host-id
To display the ID of this host for licensing, use the show license host-id command.
show license host-id
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show server-host-id command in the License mode (/license).
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the ID of this host for licensing:
switch-A# show license host-id License hostid: VDH=FOX064317SQ switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license usage
To display the usage of some or all license packages, use the show license usage command.
show license usage [ enterprise-pkg | eth-module-activation-pkg | eth-port-activation-pkg | fc-features-pkg | fm-server-pkg ]
Syntax Description
| enterprise-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Enterprise package license files. |
| eth-module-activation-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Ethernet module activation package license files. |
| eth-port-activation-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Ethernet port activation package license files. |
| fc-features-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Fibre Channel features package license files. |
| fm-server-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Enterprise package license files. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
This command has been deprecated. Use the show usage command in the License mode (/license).
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the usage of the license packages:
switch-A# show license usage
Feature Ins Lic Status Expiry Date Comments
Count
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FM_SERVER_PKG No - Unused -
ENTERPRISE_PKG Yes - Unused Never -
FC_FEATURES_PKG Yes - Unused Never -
ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Yes 25 Unused Never -
ETH_MODULE_ACTIVATION_PKG No 0 Unused -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show local-disk
To display information on the disk drive status, use the show local-disk command.
show local-disk [ ID ] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| ID | (Optional) ID of the local disk drive. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the disk drive status. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on the disk drive status. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all the disk drives.
Command Modes
RAID controller (/chassis/server/raid-controller)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is supported on blade servers that use the LSI1064E firmware.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information on a specific disk drive:
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope server 2 UCS-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 sas UCS-A /chassis/server/raid-controller # show local-disk 1 detail Local disk: ID: 1 Block size: 512 Blocks: 143374744 Size (MB): 70007 Technology: HDD Operability: Operable Presence: Equipped Product Name: 73GB 3Gbps SAS 15K RPM SSF HDD/hot plug/drive sled mounted PID: N20-D073GB VID: V01 Vendor: Seagate Technology Vendor Description: Serial: 3PD1LXP80000098455K4W HW: 0 UCS-A /chassis/server/raid-controller #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope raid-controller |
|
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy
To display local disk configuration policy information, use the show local-disk-config-policy command.
show local-disk-config-policy [ name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific local disk configuration policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about boot policies. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about boot policies. |
Command Default
Displays local disk configuration policy information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show local-disk-config-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of boot policies.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of boot policies:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # show local-disk-config-policy
Local Disk Config Policy:
Name Mode Protect Configuration
-------------------- ------------------- ----------------
org10/bp10 Any Configuration No
org10/bp11 Any Configuration Yes
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show maint-policy
To display information on the maintenance policies, use the show maint-policy command.
show maint-policy [name] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Name of the maintenance policy. This option will display information only on the specified policy. |
| detail | (Optional) This option displays information on all the maintenance policies that are created. |
Command Default
By default, this command will list the maintenance policies that are created, and the respective scheduler information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view detailed information on the maintenance policies.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # show maint-policy detail Maintenance Policy: Name: Default Scheduler: Timed Uptime Disruptions: Immediate Name: Sample Scheduler: Test Uptime Disruptions: Immediate
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope maint-policy |
|
enter maint-policy |
|
create maint-policy |
|
delete maint-policy |
|
show mcast-policy
To display information on a multicast policy, use the show mcast-policy command.
show mcast-policy [name] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) To display information on a specific multicast policy. |
| detail | (Optional) To display detailed information on all multicast policies. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists all the multicast policies that are configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one multicast policy must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on a specific multicast policy.
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show mcast-policy sample
Multicast Policy:
Name IGMP snooping state IGMP snooping querier state IGMP snooping querier IPv4 addresses
---- ------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------------------
sample enabled enabled 1.2.3.4
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set querier |
|
set querierip |
|
enter mcast-policy |
|
show mcast-policy |
|
delete mcast-policy |
|
show member-fcoe-port-channel
To display information on the member FCoE port channel, use the show member-fcoe-port-channel command.
show member-fcoe-port-channel [expand] [detail]
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the FCoE port channel. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the FCoE port channel. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all configured interfaces in the tabular format.
Command Modes
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A member FCoE port channel must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on member FCoE port channels.
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan sample UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # show member-fcoe-port-channel expand Slot ID Admin State Operational State State Reason ------- ----------- ----------- ----------------- 1 Enabled Unknown Unknown 2 Enabled Unknown Unknown 3 Enabled Unknown Unknown UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
enter member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
scope member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
delete member-fcoe-port-channel |
|
show member-port-channel
To display information on configure member port channels, use the show member-port-channelcommand.
show member-port-channel [ { a | b } port channel id ] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| port channel id | ID of the port channel. |
| expand | Displays expanded information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays information on all configured member port channels.
Command Modes
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within fabric (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/fabric/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet uplink mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create a VSAN or a VLAN and member port channels before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on the member port channels:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan sample UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # show member-port-channel Member Port Channel: Fabric ID Port Channel ID Oper State State reason --------- --------------- ---------- ------------ A 2 Indeterminate Unknown B 3 Indeterminate Unknown UCS-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port-channel |
|
enter member-port-channel |
|
scope member-port-channel |
|
delete member-port-channel |
|
show member-port
To display information on configured member ports, use the show member-port command.
show member-port [ { a | b } slot-id port-id ] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot id | Slot identification number. |
| port id | Port identification number. |
| expand | Displays expanded information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all configured member ports.
Command Modes
VLAN within Ethernet storage (/eth-storage/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within a fabric in the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within the fabric interconnect mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command is not available in the Port Channel mode within /eth-uplink/switch mode. This command can be used in the VLAN mode within Ethernet Storage. (/eth-storage/vlan). |
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced in the following command modes: |
Usage Guidelines
You must configure member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on member ports:
UCS-A # scope fc-uplink UCS-A /fc-uplink # scope vsan sample UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan # show member-port b 2 16 Member Port: Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Oper State State Reason Oper Speed --------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------ ---------- B 2 16 SFP not present SFP not present Indeterminate UCS-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port |
|
enter member-port |
|
scope member-port |
|
delete member-port |
|
show member-port fc
To display information on the Fibre Channel member ports, use the show member-port fc command.
show member-port fc [ { a | b } slot-id port-id ] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
| expand | Displays expanded information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all the Fibre Channel member ports that have been configured.
Command Modes
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must configure Fibre Channel member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on the Fibre Channel member ports:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage
UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # show member-port fc a 1 22
FC Member Port:
Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Oper State State Reason Oper Speed
--------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------ ----------
A 1 22 Admin Down Administratively Down Indeterminate
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fc |
|
enter member-port fc |
|
scope member-port fc |
|
delete member-port fc |
|
show member-port fcoe
To display information on the Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports, use the show member-port fcoe command.
show member-port fcoe [ { a | b } slot-id port-id ] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
| expand | Displays expanded information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all the Fibre channel over Ethernet member ports.
Command Modes
VSAN within the Fibre Channel storage command mode (/fc-storage/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within a fabric in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.1 | This command was introduced in the Fibre Channel uplink command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create Fibre Channel over Ethernet member ports before you use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on Fibre channel over Ethernet member ports:
UCS-A # scope fc-storage
UCS-A /fc-storage # scope vsan sample
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan # show member-port fcoe a 1 223
FCOE Member Port:
Fabric ID Slot ID Port ID Oper State State Reason Oper Speed
--------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------ ----------
A 1 223 Admin Down Administratively Down Indeterminate
UCS-A /fc-storage/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create member-port fcoe |
|
enter member-port fcoe |
|
scope member-port fcoe |
|
delete member-port fcoe |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control for the managed end point log policy, use the show mep-policy-ctrl command.
show mep-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the managed end point log policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the managed end point log policy control. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Control end point policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control end point policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the managed end point log policy control.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show mep-policy-ctrl expand Managed End Point Log Policy Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show mgmt-if-mon-policy
To display information on the management interface monitor settings, use the show mgmt-if-mon-policy command.
show mgmt-if-mon-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on the management interface monitor settings.
Switch-A # scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # show mgmt-if-mon-policy Admin status: Disabled Polling interval: 90 Max Failure Reports: 3 Monitoring mechanism: Mii Status MII Status Settings: -------------------- Mii Status Retry Interval: 5 Mii Status Retry Count: 3 Ping Gateway Settings: ---------------------- Number of ping requests: 3 Deadline time to wait for ping responses: 15 Arp Target Settings: ------------------- Number of arp requests: 3 Deadline time to wait for arp responses: 10 Arp IP Target1: 0.0.0.0 Arp IP Target2: 0.0.0.0 Arp IP Target3: 0.0.0.0 Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mgmt-if-mon-policy |
|
show mon-src
To display information on a monitor source session, use the show mon-src command.
show mon-src [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Use this option to view information on a specific monitor source session. |
| expand | Use this option to view detailed information on all monitor source sessions. |
| detail | Use this option to view information on the monitor source sessions |
Command Default
By default, this command lists the monitor source session, and the direction of the session in a tabular format.
Command Modes
External Ethernet Interface (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-eth-if)
Fibre Channel interface within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/fabric/fc)
Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface within fabric (/fc-storage/fabric/fcoe)
Interface within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Interface within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/interface)
Port channel within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Port channel within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
VHBA within service profile (/org/service-profile/vhba)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/vlan)
VLAN within Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
VNIC within service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel Storage (/fc-storage/fabric/vsan)
VSAN within Fibre Channel storage (/fc-storage/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A monitor source session must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display the monitor source session information for a VNIC in a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic example Switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # show mon-src Testing Monitor Source: Name Direction ----- ---------- Testing Both
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set direction |
|
create mon-src |
|
enter mon-src |
|
scope mon-src |
|
delete mon-src |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control for the monitoring policy, use the show monitoring-policy-ctrl command.
show monitoring-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the monitoring policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the monitoring policy control. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Control end point policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control end point policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the monitoring policy control.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show monitoring-policy-ctrl expand Monitoring Policies Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show nw-ctrl-policy
To display network control policy information, use the show nw-ctrl-policy command.
show nw-ctrl-policy [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the network control policy. This option displays information on the specified network control policy. |
| expand | (Optional) Lists all the network control policies that are configured, along with additional information. |
| detail | (Optional) Lists all the network control policies along with information on CPD and the uplink fail action. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all the configured network control policies along with CDP and uplink fail action specifications.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Ethernet storage (/eth-storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Ethernet storage command mode. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was deprecated from the Organization command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
A network control policy must be configured to use this command.
To use the detail or expand option, the uplink fail action must be configured to use this command.
Examples
This example shows how to display network control policy information:
UCS-A # scope org org10 UCS-A /org # show nw-ctrl-policy nCP100 Network Control Policy: Name CDP Uplink fail action ---- ----- ------------------- nCP100 Enabled Warning UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create nw-ctrl-policy |
|
scope nw-ctrl-policy |
|
enter nw-ctrl-policy |
|
delete nw-ctrl-policy |
|
set uplink-fail-action |
|
show occurrence one-time
To display information on the one-time occurrence schedules that are configured, use the show occurrence one-time command.
show occurrence one-time [name] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the one time schedule occurrence. This option will display information on the specified one-time schedule. |
| detail | (Optional) This option displays information on all one time occurrence schedules that have been configured. It also displays additional information on each schedule. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays the name, the start date, and the executed tasks of the schedule.
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule and one-time occurrence schedule must be created prior to using this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view detailed information on the one-time occurrence schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # show occurrence one-time detail One-Time Occurrence: Name: Sample Start Date: 2010-11-02 T12:23:00:00 Max Duration (dd:hh:mm:ss):None Max Concur Tasks: Unlimited Max Tasks: Unlimited Min Interval (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Executed Jobs: 0 Switch-A /system/schedule #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence one-time |
|
scope occurrence one-time |
|
enter occurrence one-time |
|
delete occurrence one-time |
|
show occurrence recurring
To display information on the recurring occurrence of a schedule, use the show occurrence recurring command.
show occurrence recurring [name] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the recurring occurrence of a schedule. This option displays information on the specified recurring occurrence of the schedule. |
| detail | (Optional) This option displays information on all recurring occurrences that have been created. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all recurring occurrences of the schedule in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Schedule (/system/schedule)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A schedule policy and a recurring occurrence for the schedule must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information on the recurring occurrence of a schedule.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope schedule Default Switch-A /system/schedule # show occurrence recurring detail Recurring Occurrence: Name: Trial Day: Every day Hour: Every hour Minute: Every Minute Max Duration (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Max Concur Tasks: 0 Max Tasks: 4 Min Interval (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Executed Tasks: 0 Name: Sample Day: Monday Hour: Every hour Minute: Every Minute Max Duration (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Max Concur Tasks: 2 Max Tasks: 4 Min Interval (dd:hh:mm:ss): None Executed Tasks: 1
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create occurrence recurring |
|
scope occurrence recurring |
|
enter occurrence recurring |
|
delete occurrence recurring |
|
show password-profile
To display information on the password profile, use the show password-profile command.
show password-profile [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the password profile. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays if changing passwords during an interval is enabled or not.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be an administrator user or have aaa privileges to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information on the password profile:
UCS-A # scope security
UCS-A /security # show password-profile detail
Password Profile:
Password history count: 0
No password changes allowed: 24
Password change during interval: Enable
Password change interval (in Hours) : 48
Password change count: 2
UCS-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope password-profile |
|
set clear password-history |
|
set change-count |
|
set change-interval |
|
set no-change-interval |
|
set change-during-interval |
|
set history-count |
|
show pending-changes
To view the changes that are pending for a service profile, use the show pending-changes command.
show pending-changes { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) To view expanded information on the changes that are pending. |
| detail | (Optional) To view detailed information on the changes that are pending. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays expanded information on a service profile.
Command Modes
Service Profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view detailed information on a service profile.
Switch-A # scope org Test Switch-A /org # scope service-profile sample Switch-A /org/service-profile # show pending-changes detail Pending Changes: ---------------- Scheduler: Test Changed by: admin Acked by: user Modified date: 2011-10-03 T09:47:32.618 State: Untriggered Admin State: Untriggered Pending Changes: 1 Pending Disruptions: 0 Switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
show pooled
To display information on the pools, use the show pooled command.
IP pool configurationshow pooled a.b.c.d detail expand
UUID Suffix pool, and MAC pool configuration show pooled ID detail expand
IQN pool configuration show pooled suffix detail expand
Syntax Description
| a.b.c.d | The IPv4 address of the IP pool. |
| ID | The name of the UUID suffix pool. You should have configured this name to use this option. |
| Suffix | To display information on a specific IQN pool. You should have configured a suffix for an IQN pool to use this option. |
| detail | To display detailed information on the configured pools. |
| expand | To display expanded information on the configured pools. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists all the pools that are available.
Command Modes
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
IQN pool (/org/iqn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced in the IQN pool command mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Pools must be configured before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display pools configured for an UUID suffix pool.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool Sample1 UCS-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # show pooled expand Pooled: ID Assigned Assigned to dn -- -------- -------------- 0000-000000000001 No 0000-000000000002 No 0000-000000000003 No UCS-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create block |
|
show port-channel
To view information on a port channel, use the show port-channel command.
show port-channel [port-channel-id] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| port-channel-id | (Optional) Specify a port channel ID to view information on a specific port channel. |
| detail | (Optional) Use this option to view information on all port channels that are created. |
| expand | (Optional) Use this option to view detailed information on all port channels that are created and the associated member port channels. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays information on all configured port channels in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect within the Ethernet Uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect within the Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric)
Fabric interconnect within the Fibre Channel Uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric Interconnect mode within the Ethernet uplink mode (/eth-uplink/fabric). |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced in the Fabric Interconnect mode within the Fibre Channel uplink mode (/fc-uplink/fabric) and Ethernet storage mode (/eth-storage/fabric). |
Usage Guidelines
You must create port channels before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view detailed information on all port channels:
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric # show port-channel detail Port Channel: Channel ID: 1 Name: Sample Admin State: Enabled Oper State: Up Admin Speed: Auto Oper Speed (Gbps): 8 Switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create port-channel |
|
scope port-channel |
|
enter port-channel |
|
delete port-channel |
|
show ports
To display information on ports configured for a fabric interconnect or a switch card, use the show ports command.
show ports
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Card (/fabric-interconnect/card)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(3) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example displays the ports configured for a fabric-interconnect.
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect a UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # show ports Ether Port: Slot Port Oper State MAC Role Xcvr ---- ---- ---------- --- ---- ---- 1 1 Up 54:7F:EE:4C:58:E8 Server H10gb Culm 1 2 Up 54:7F:EE:4C:58:F9 Server H10gb Culm 1 3 Sfp not present 54:7F:EE:4C:58:G1 Unknown N/A FC Port: Slot Port Oper State Wwn ---- ---- ---------- --- 2 1 Sfp not present 20:41:54:7F:EE:4C:58:00 2 2 Sfp not present 21:42:55:8F:FF:5C:69:00 UCS-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope card |
|
show power-budget
To display the committed power usage level of a server, use the show power-budget command.
show power-budget [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the committed power usage level of a server.
Examples
Example
The following example displays the power usage level setting for server 4 in chassis 2:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4
UCS-A /chassis/server # show power-budget
Power Budget:
Committed (W): 1000
Oper Committed (W): Disabled
UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set power-budget committed |
|
show power-control-policy
To display information on the configured power policies, use the show power-control-policy command.
show power-control-policy [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the power control policy. This option displays information on the specified power control policy. |
| expand | This option lists all the power control policies and the organization for which they have been created. |
| detail | This option lists all the power control policies and lists additional information on the priorities configured for each power control policy. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists all the power control policies that have been configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information on the power control policies.
Switch-A # scope org Switch-A /org # show power-control-policy detail Power Policy: Name: Sample Admin Priority: 5 Oper Priority: 5 Name: Test Admin Priority: 2 Oper Priority: 2 Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-control-policy |
|
scope power-control-policy |
|
enter power-control-policy |
|
set power-control-policy |
|
delete power-control-policy |
|
show power-group
To view information on power groups, use the show power-group command.
show power-group [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the power group. This option displays information on the specified power group. |
| expand | This option lists all the power groups that are configured along with additional information such as configured chassis. |
| detail | This option lists all the configured power groups and provides detailed information on each power group. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists the configured power groups in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Power Capping Management (/power-cap-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Power groups must be created and a chassis must be associated with each power group to view complete information on the power groups.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view detailed information of the power groups.
Switch-A # scope power-cap-mgmt
Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt # show power-group expand
Group:
Name: Default
Peak (W): Unbound
Operstate: Cap ok
Chassis:
ID Status
-- ------
1 Cap OK
Name: Sample
Peak (W): Unbound
Operstate: Cap ok
Chassis:
ID Status
-- ------
1 Cap OK
Switch-A /power-cap-mgmt #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create power-group |
|
scope power-group |
|
enter power-group |
|
delete power-group |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control for the power management policy, use the show powermgmt-policy-ctrl command.
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the power management policy control. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the power management policy control. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information.
Command Modes
Control end point policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control end point policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the power management policy control.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show powermgmt-policy-ctrl expand Power Mgmt Policy Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show pre-login-banner
To view the pre-login banner message of the switch, use the show pre-login-banner command.
show pre-login-banner [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | To view detailed display of the pre-login banner. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Banner (/security/banner)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A pre-login banner message must be set to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the pre-login banner message.
UCS-A # scope security UCS-A /security # scope banner UCS-A /security/banner # show pre-login-banner Pre login banner: Message: -------- Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set message |
|
clear message |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control source for the PSU policies, use the show psu-policy-ctrl command.
show psu-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the control source for the PSU policy. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the control source for the PSU policy. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information on the control source.
Command Modes
Control end point policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control end point policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the control source for the PSU policies.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show security-policy-ctrl expand PSU Policy Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show security-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy
To display PSU policy information, use the show psu-policy command in org mode.
show psu-policy [ detail ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays the full policy, in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the full policy:
switch-A # scope org org100
switch-A /org # show psu-policy psup100
PSU Policy:
Redundancy: n-plus-1
Description: psup100
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set redundancy |
|
show psu |
|
show rackserver-disc-policy
To display information on the rack server discovery policy, use the show rackserver-disc-policy command.
show rackserver-disc-policy [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) To view detailed information on a rack server discovery policy. |
Command Default
Displays information on the rackserver disc policy in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view detailed information on the rack server disc policy.
Switch-A # scope org Sample Switch-A /org # show rackserver-disc-policy detail Rack Server Discovery Policy: Action: Immediate Scrub Policy: Default Description: Sample policy Switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope rackserver-disc-policy |
|
show raid-battery
To display information on the battery backup unit (BBU), use the show raid-battery command.
show raid-battery detail
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays detailed information on the RAID battery. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
RAID controller (/chassis/server/raid-controller)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view information on the batter backup unit of a server:
UCS-A # scope chassis 1 UCS-A /chassis # scope server 3 UCS-A /chassis/server # scope raid-controller 1 sas UCS-A /chassis/server/raid-controller # show raid-battery detail UCS-A /chassis/server/raid-controller #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
|
show scheduler
To display information on a scheduler policy, use the show scheduler command.
show scheduler [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) The name of the scheduler. This option displays information on the specified scheduler. |
| expand | (Optional) Lists all the schedulers and the maintenance policies that have been configured for each policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Lists all the schedulers that have been configured. |
Command Default
By default, this command only lists the schedulers that have been configured.
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A scheduler policy must be created to use this command.
The one-time and periodic maintenance window policies must be configured to use the expand option with this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to view information of a scheduler.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # show scheduler expand Name: Default One-time Maintenance Window: Name Start Date Executed Jobs ---- ----------- -------------- Test 2010-09-04 T03:00:00:000 2 Periodic Maintenance Window: Name Day Hour Minute Executed Jobs ----- --- ---- ------- ------------- Trial Monday 2 30 3
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create scheduler |
|
scope scheduler |
|
enter scheduler |
|
set scheduler |
|
delete scheduler |
|
show security-policy-ctrl
To display information on the control source for the security policies, use the show security-policy-ctrl command.
show security-policy-ctrl [detail] [expand]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the control source for the security policy. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the control source for the security policy. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays detailed information on the control source.
Command Modes
Control end point policy (/system/control-ep policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A control end point policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the control source for the security policies.
UCS-A # scope system UCS-A /system # scope control-ep policy UCS-A /system/control-ep # show security-policy-ctrl expand Security Policies Control: Policy Source: -------------- Global UCS-A /system/control-ep #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup-policy-ctrl |
|
show communication-policy-ctrl |
|
show datetime-policy-ctrl |
|
show dns-policy-ctrl |
|
show fault-policy-ctrl |
|
show infra-pack-ctrl |
|
show mep-policy-ctrl |
|
show monitoring-policy-ctrl |
|
show powermgmt-policy-ctrl |
|
show psu-policy-ctrl |
|
show security fsm status
To display security-related finite state machine information, use the show security fsm status command.
show security fsm status
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display security-related finite state machine information:
switch-A# show security fsm status
FSM 1:
Remote Result: Not Applicable
Remote Error Code: None
Remote Error Description:
Status: Nop
Previous Status: Update User Ep Success
Timestamp: 2010-02-18T05:19:05.705
Try: 0
Progress (%): 100
Current Task:
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show sel
To display the contents of the system event log (SEL) of a server, use the show sel command.
show sel server-id
Syntax Description
| server-id | The server identifier, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the contents of the SEL for server 1 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show sel 1/1
1 | 02/15/2010 17:23:27 | BIOS | System Event #0x83 | Timestamp clock synch | SEL timestamp clock updated, event is first of pair | Asserted
2 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Drive slot(Bay) SAS0_LINK_STATUS #0x21 | Transition to Degraded | Asserted
3 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Drive slot(Bay) SAS0_LINK_STATUS #0x21 | Transition to On Line | Deasserted
4 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is blinking fast | Asserted
5 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is on | Deasserted
6 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_FPID #0x5b | LED is on | Asserted
7 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_FPID #0x5b | LED is off | Deasserted
8 | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Entity presence MAIN_POWER #0x52 | Device Absent | Asserted
9 | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Entity presence MAIN_POWER #0x52 | Device Present | Deasserted
a | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is on | Asserted
b | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED color is green | Asserted
--More--
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server actual-boot-order
To display the actual boot order of a server, use the show server actual-boot-order command.
show server actual-boot-order [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays the actual boot order for a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays the actual boot order for a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the actual boot order of server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server actual-boot-order 1/3
Server 1/3:
Last Update: 2010-02-18T05:20:33.603
Network Device
(1) Cisco NIC 11:0.0
(2) Cisco NIC 12:0.0
CD/DVD
(1) Cisco Virtual CD/DVD 1.19
HDD
(1) #0100 ID00 LUN0 FUJITSU MBC207
FDD
(1) Cisco Virtual HDD 1.19
(2) Cisco Virtual Floppy 1.19
Internal EFI Shell
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server boot-order |
|
show server adapter
To display information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter command.
show server adapter [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter 1/3
Server 1/3:
Adapter PID Vendor Serial Overall Status
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ --------------
1 N20-AC0002 Cisco Systems Inc QCI13110017 Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
show server adapter status |
|
show server adapter identity
To display identity information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter identity command.
show server adapter identity [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays identity information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays identity information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display identity information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter identity 1/3
Server 1/3:
Burned-In UUID: 12345678-abcd-ef12-3456-0123456789ab
Dynamic UUID: 12345678-abcd-ef12-abcd-0000000015d9
Adapter 1:
Product Name: Cisco UCS VIC M81KR Virtual Interface Card
PID: N20-AC0002
VID: V01
Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc
Serial: QCI13110017
Revision: 0
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:24:97:1F:5C:34
1 2 00:24:97:1F:5C:35
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
show server adapter status |
|
show server adapter inventory
To display inventory information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter inventory command.
show server adapter inventory [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays inventory information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays inventory information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display inventory information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter inventory 1/3
Server 1/3:
Adapter PID Vendor Serial Overall Status
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ --------------
1 N20-AC0002 Cisco Systems Inc QCI13110017 Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
show server adapter status |
|
show server adapter layer2
To display Layer 2 information about the network adapters, use the show server adapter layer2 command.
show server adapter layer2 [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display Layer 2 information about the network adapters:
switch-A# scope server 1/5
switch-A /chassis/server # show server adapter layer2
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:26:51:0A:A3:0C
1 2 00:26:51:0A:A3:0D
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter status |
|
show server adapter status
To display status information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter status command.
show server adapter status [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays status information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays status information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display status information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter status 1/3
Server 1/3:
Overall Status
--------------
Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server adapter identity |
|
show server adapter inventory |
|
show server adapter layer2 |
|
show server boot-order
To display the boot order of a server, use the show server boot-order command.
show server boot-order [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays the boot order for a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays the boot order for a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the boot order of server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server boot-order 1/5
Boot Definition:
Full Name: sys/chassis-1/blade-5/boot-policy
Reboot on Update: No
Boot LAN:
Order: 1
LAN Image Path:
Type: Primary
VNIC: default
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server actual-boot-order |
|
show server cpu
To display information about the CPUs in a server, use the show server cpu command.
show server cpu [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays information about the CPUs in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays information about the CPUs in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information about the CPUs in server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server cpu 1/5
Server 1/5:
ID Presence Architecture Socket Cores Speed (GHz)
--- -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------- -----------
1 Equipped Xeon CPU1 4 2.666000
2 Equipped Xeon CPU2 4 2.666000
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server actual-boot-order |
|
show adapter |
|
show server boot-order |
|
show server identity |
|
show server inventory |
|
show server identity
To display identity information about a server, use the show server identity command.
show server identity [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays identity information about a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays identity information about a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display identity information about server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server identity 1/5
Server 1/5:
Burned-In UUID: 0d05e5b2-0707-11df-b252-000bab01c0fb
Dynamic UUID: 0d05e5b2-0707-11df-b252-000bab01c0fb
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:26:51:0A:A3:0C
1 2 00:26:51:0A:A3:0D
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server cpu |
|
show server adapter |
|
show server-host-id
To view the host ID of a Fabric Interconnect, use the show server-host-id command.
show server-host-id a b detail
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional). The identifier for server A. |
| b | (Optional). The identifier for server B. |
| detail | This option will display the host ID for all fabric interconnects that are available. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
1.4(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the host ID of all fabric interconnects.
Switch-A # scope license Switch-A /license # show server-host-id Server host id: Scope Host ID ----- ------ A VDH=SSI13420MRJ B VDH=FLCI2360018 Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show file |
|
show usage |
|
show server status
To display information on the status of a server, use the show server status command.
show server status { ID | detail | chassis id /blade id | UUID }
Syntax Description
| ID | The server ID. The value must be a number between 1 and 255. |
| detail | To display detailed status information on the server. |
| chassis ID / blade ID | The chassis and blade ID of the server. |
| UUID | The UUID of the server. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists status information on all servers.
Command Modes
Server (chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display status information for a specific server using the chassis and blade ID.
UCS-A # scope server 1/1 UCS-A /chassis/server # show server status 1/1 Server Slot Status Availability Overall Status Discovery ------ ----------- ------------ -------------- --------- 1/1 Equipped Available Unassociated Complete UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope server |
|
show service-profile assoc
To display information on the service profile association, use the show service-profile assoc command.
show service-profile assoc { detail | org | server | UUID }
Syntax Description
| detail | To display detailed information on the service profile. |
| org | To display service profile information associated with a specific organization. |
| server | To display service profile information associated with a specific server. |
| uuid | To display service profile information associated with a UUID. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all service profiles that are created.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Service profiles must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display service profile associations.
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show service-profile assoc
Service Profile Name Association Server Server Pool
-------------------- ----------- ------- -----------
Trial Associated 1/1 default
Sample Associated 2/1 default
Example Associated 2/2 default
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile status |
|
show service-profile circuit |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile detail |
|
show service-profile expand |
|
show service-profile fsm |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
show service-profile inventory |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show service-profile circuit
To display information on the service profile circuit, use the show service-profile circuit command.
show service-profile circuit { detail | name | org | server | UUID }
Syntax Description
| detail | To display detailed information on the service profile. |
| name | To display information on a specific service profile. |
| org | To display service profile information associated with a specific organization. |
| server | To display service profile information associated with a specific server. |
| uuid | To display service profile information associated with a UUID. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all service profiles that are created.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Service profiles must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display service profile circuit information
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show service-profile circuit Service Profile: Example Server: 1/1 Service Profile: Sample Server: 1/2 Service Profile: Trial Server: 2/2 UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc |
|
show service-profile status |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile detail |
|
show service-profile expand |
|
show service-profile fsm |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
show service-profile inventory |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show service-profile detail
To display detailed information on the status of the service profile, use the show service-profile detail command.
show service-profile detail
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display detailed information on all service profiles:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show service-profile detail
Service Profile:
Service Profile Name: Sample
Type: Instance
Server: 1/2
Selected Server: 1
User Label:
Description:
Assignment: Assigned
Association: Associated
Power State: On
Op State: Config Failure
Oper Qualifier:
Conf State: Failed
Config Qual: Insufficient resources, System UUID Assignment
Dynamic UUID: Derived
Server Pool: default
Source Template:
UUID Suffix Pool: Default
Oper UUID Suffix Pool: org-root/uuid-pool-default
Boot Policy:
Oper Boot Policy: org-root/boot-policy-default
BIOS Policy:
Oper BIOS Policy:
Host f/w Policy:
Oper Host f/w Policy:
Dynamic vNIC Connectivity Policy:
Oper Dynamic vNIC Connectivity Policy:
Local Disk Policy: default
Oper Local Disk Policy: org/local-disk-config-default
Maintenance Policy:
Oper Maintenance Policy: org-root/maint-default
Mgmt f/w Policy:
Oper Mgmt f/w Policy:
IPMI access Policy:
Oper IPMI access Policy:
Power Policy: default
Power Operational Policy: org-root/power-policy-default
SQL Policy:
Oper SQL Policy:
Stats Policy: default
Oper Stats Policy: org-root/thr-policy-default
Scrub Policy:
Oper Scrub Policy: org-root/scrub-default
vNIC/vHBA Placement Policy:
Oper vNIC/vHBA Placement Policy:
External Management IP State: None
Migration Restriction:
Assignment Status:
Assignment Issues:
Current Task 1:
Current Task 2:
Current Task 3: Resolving and applying identifiers
Pending Changes:
Scheduler:
Changed by:
Acked By:
modified date: 1970:01:01T00:00:00
State: untriggered
Admin State: untriggered
Pending changes: 0
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc |
|
show service-profile circuit |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile expand |
|
show service-profile fsm |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
show service-profile inventory |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile status |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show service-profile expand
To display detailed information on the status of the service profile, use the show service-profile expand command.
show service-profile expand
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display expanded information on all service profiles:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show service-profile expand
Service Profile:
Service Profile Name: Sample
Type: Instance
Server: 1/2
Assignment: Assigned
Association: Associated
Pending Changes:
State Pending Changes Pending Disruptions
----- --------------- -------------------
Untriggered 0 0
Boot Definition:
Full name: org-root/ls-test/boot-policy
Reboot on Update: No
vNIC:
Name: test
Fabric ID: A
Dynamic MAC Addr: Derived
Ethernet Interface:
Name: Sample
Dynamic MAC Addr: Derived
Default Network: No
VLAN ID: 1
Operational VLAN: fabric/lan/net-default
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc |
|
show service-profile circuit |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile detail |
|
show service-profile fsm |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
show service-profile inventory |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile status |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show service-profile fsm
To display information on the finite state machine (FSM) of a service profile, use the show service-profile fsm command.
show service-profile fsm { status | name }
Syntax Description
| fsm status | To display information on the FSM status of the service profile. |
| name | To display information on the FSM status of a specific service profile. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays information on all service profiles that are created.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Service profiles must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display FSM information for a specific service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show service-profile fsm status sample Service Profile Name: sample FSM 1: Remote Result: Remote Error Code: Remote Error Description: Status: Previous Status: Timestamp: Try: Flags: Progress (%): Current Task: FSM 2: Status: NoP Previous Status: NoP Timestamp: Never Try: 0 Flags: 0 Progress (%): 100 Current Task: Resolving and applying identifiers UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc |
|
show service-profile status |
|
show service-profile circuit |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile detail |
|
show service-profile expand |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
show service-profile inventory |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show service-profile identity
To display the identity information of all service profiles, use the show service-profile identity command.
show service-profile inventory { name | org | server | uuid }
Syntax Description
| name | To display identity information on a specific service profile. |
| org | To display identity information on service profiles associated with a specific organization. |
| server | To display identity information of the service profiles associated with a specific server. |
| uuid | To display UUID identity information on the service profiles. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays identity information on all configured service profiles.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display identity information for a specific service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show service-profile identity name sample1 Service Profile Name: sample1 UUID Suffix Pool: default Dynamic UUID: Derived vNIC FC Node: 1 WWN Pool: node-default Dynamic WWNN: Pool Derived UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc |
|
show service-profile circuit |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile detail |
|
show service-profile expand |
|
show service-profile fsm |
|
show service-profile inventory |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile status |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show service-profile inventory
To display the inventory information of all service profiles, use the show service-profile inventory command.
show service-profile inventory { adapter | bios | board | cpu | detail | expand | memory | mgmt | name | org | server | storage | uuid }
Syntax Description
| adapter | To display information on the adapters associated with the service profiles. |
| bios | To display information on the BIOS associated with the service profiles. |
| board | To display information on the boards associated with the service profiles. |
| cpu | To display information on the CPUs associated with the service profiles. |
| detail | To display detailed inventory information on the service profiles. |
| expand | To display expanded information on the service profiles. |
| memory | To display information on the memory usage associated with the service profiles. |
| mgmt | To display information on the management details associated with the service profiles |
| name | To display inventory information on a specific service profile. |
| org | To display inventory information on service profiles associated with a specific organization. |
| server | To display server inventory information of the service profiles. |
| storage | To display storage inventory information of the service profiles. |
| uuid | To display UUID inventory information on the service profiles. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all service profiles, along with information on the type of template used, the server it is associated with, and the association status.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created before you use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display inventory information of all configured service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show service-profile inventory adapter Service Profile Name: Sample Type: Initial Template Server: 1/1 Description: Assignment: Assigned Association: Associated Service Profile Name: Example Type: Initial Template Server: Description: Assignment: Unassigned Association: Unassociated UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile assoc |
|
show service-profile circuit |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile detail |
|
show service-profile expand |
|
show service-profile fsm |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile status |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show service-profile status
To display information on the status of the service profile, use the show service-profile status command.
show service-profile status { detail | expand | name | org | power | server | Thermal | UUID | voltage }
Syntax Description
| detail | To display detailed information. |
| expand | To display expanded information. |
| name | To display information on a specific service profile. |
| org | To display information on service profiles associated with a particular organization. |
| power | To display power status information. |
| server | To display information on the servers that the service profile is associated with. |
| thermal | To display thermal power status information. |
| UUID | To display UUID information. |
| voltage | To display voltage information. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists the status of all the service profiles that are configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display the power status of all service profiles:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show service-profile status Service Profile Name Server Assignment Association Power State Op State -------------------- ------ ---------- ----------- ----------- --------- Trial 1/1 Assigned Associated On OK Sample 1/2 Assigned Associated On OK Example 2/1 Assigned Associated On OK UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create service-profile |
|
show service-profile assoc |
|
show service-profile circuit |
|
show service-profile connectivity |
|
show service-profile detail |
|
show service-profile expand |
|
show service-profile fsm |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
show service-profile inventory |
|
show service-profile path |
|
show service-profile name |
|
show snmp-user
To display SNMPv3 user information, use the show snmp-user command.
show snmp-user [user-name]
Syntax Description
| user-name | User name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display SNMPv3 user information:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show snmp-user
switch-A /monitoring # SNMPv3 User:
Name Authentication type
------------------------ -------------------
su100 Md5
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
show sol-policy
To display SoL policy information, use the show sol-policy command.
show sol-policy [ sol-policy-name | detail ]
Syntax Description
| sol-policy-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific SoL policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all SoL policies. |
Command Default
Displays information about SoL policies.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show sol-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of policies.
Examples
This example shows how to display details about all SoL policies:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # show sol-policy detail
SOL Policy:
Name: org10/sol-p10
Admin State: Disable
Speed: 9600
Description:
Name: org10/sol-p11
Admin State: Disable
Speed: 9600
Description:
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show qos-policy |
|
show sshkey
To display the SSH public key of the host, use the show sshkey command in local management mode.
show sshkey
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the SSH public key of the host.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to display the SSH public key of the host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# show sshkey ******************* SSH RSA Public Key ******************* ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAxlYfe7GDtmCdgZ2TfQivPrQmXh6E808oOofhqgMBA72b ACu/QJxYeR+S7yqfHJYl1P/Uu+XC3GPueAk5sC3aMMbocwYVt58BsmXeeRubaoO51t1GCQjwwEivQRgI JGK2dyu1ZWzfiGgaYku3gCYqC59PS7F2TYIoJCWnXwIRI58= root@ switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show static-target-if
To display information on the static target interface priority, use the show static-target-if command.
show static-target-if [priority] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| priority | (Optional) To display information on a specific target interface priority. |
| expand | To display expanded information. |
| detail | To display detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays information on the static target interface priority in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Ethernet Interface within the iSCSI VLAN (/org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A static target interface priority must be set to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed information on the static target interface priority.
UCS-A # scope org Test
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample
UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic-iscsi trial
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi # scope eth-if
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if # show static-target-if detail
Static target:
Priority: 1
Name: testing
Port: 3260
IP address: 10.0.0.0
Auth Name: example
UCS-A /org/service-profile/vnic-iscsi/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create static-target-if |
|
show stats
To display the power usage of a server, use the show stats command.
show stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the power usage of a server.
Examples
Example
The following example displays the power usage for server 4 in chassis 2:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4
UCS-A /chassis/server # show stats
Mb Power Stats:
Time Collected: 2010-04-20T08:45:31.209
Monitored Object: sys/chassis-2/blade-4/board
Suspect: No
Consumed Power (W): 116.653679
Input Voltage (V): 12.051000
Input Current (A): 9.680000
Thresholded: Input Voltage Min
Mb Temp Stats:
Time Collected: 2010-04-20T08:45:31.209
Monitored Object: sys/chassis-2/blade-4/board
Suspect: No
Fm Temp Sen Io (C): 19.000000
Fm Temp Sen Rear (C): 18.000000
Fm Temp Sen Rear L (C):: N/A
Fm Temp Sen Rear R (C): N/A
Thresholded: 0
UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set power-budget committed |
|
show storage-connection-def
To display information about the storage connection definition, use the show storage-connection-def command.
show storage-connection-def { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | Displays expanded information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Initiator group of SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group)
Initiator group of service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A storage connection definition must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the storage connection definition:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # scope initiator-group default UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group # show storage-connection-def Storage Connection Definition: Full Name: org-root/ls-sample/grp-default/fc-group/storage-conndef UCS-A /org/service-profile/initiator-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-def |
|
enter storage-connection-def |
|
scope storage-connection-def |
|
delete storage-connection-def |
|
show storage-connection-policy
To display information about storage connection policies, use the show storage-connection-policy command.
show storage-connection-policy [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Name of the storage connection policy. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on all configured policies. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on all configured policies. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists all the storage connection policies that are configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on a specific storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org
UCS-A /org # show storage-connection policy scPolicyZone1 expand
Storage Connection Policy:
Name: scPolicyZone1
storage-target: 20:10:20:30:40:50:60:70
target-path: A
target-vsan:
Name: default
vSAN ID: 45
Operational VSAN: fabric/san/net-vsanSample
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-target |
|
show storage-controller
To display information on storage controllers, use the show storage-controller command.
show storage-controller [ vendor model hw-rev ] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| vendor | (Optional) Vendor name of the storage controller. |
| model | Model number of the storage controller. You must specify the model number if you have specified the vendor name. |
| hw-rev | Hardware revision number of the storage controller. You must specify the hardware revision number if you have specified the vendor name. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the available storage controllers. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the available storage controllers. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists all the storage controllers that are configured.
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on all storage controllers:
UCS-A # scope system
UCS-A /system # scope capability
UCS-A /system/capability # show storage-controller expand
Storage Controllers:
Vendor Model HW Revision
------ ----- ------------
Intel Corp. 82801JIR (ICHIOR) SATA RAID Controller 0
LSI Corp. LSI 1064E 0
LSI Corp. LSI SAS30813E-R 0
UCS-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope storage-controller |
|
show storage-target
To display information on the storage target endpoint, use the show storage-target command.
show storage-target [wwn] { expand | detail }
Syntax Description
| wwn | (Optional) World Wide Name of a specific target endpoint. |
| expand | Displays expanded information about all configured target endpoints. |
| detail | Displays detailed information about all configured target endpoints. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays the configured target endpoints, along with the WWN and target fabric paths.
Command Modes
Storage connection policy (/org/storage-connection-policy)
Storage connection definition within a service profile (/org/service-profile/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Storage connection definition within a SAN connectivity policy (/org/san-connectivity-policy/initiator-group/storage-connection-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Storage target endpoints for the policy must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information about target endpoints of a storage connection policy:
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope storage-connection-policy scPolicyZone1 UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy # show storage-target 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:20 expand storage target: WWN: 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:20 target-path: B target-vsan: Name: default VSAN ID: 45 Operational VSAN: fabric/san/net-vsanDefault UCS-A /org/storage-connection-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create storage-connection-policy |
|
create storage-target |
|
show storage-connection-policy |
|
show tech-support
To view technical information on the chassis, fabric extender module (fex), server and the UCS Manager, use the showtech-support command.
show tech-support chassis fex server ucsm
Syntax Description
| chassis | The ID of the chassis. The ID must be a numeric value between 1 and 255. |
| fex | The ID of the Fabric extender module. The ID must be a numeric value between 1 and 255. |
| server | The rack ID of the server. The value must be a numeric value. |
| ucsm | To view information on the Unified Computing System Manager software. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local Management (/local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A fabric must be specified to enter the Local Management command mode.
The chassis and Fabric extender module ID must be values between 1 and 255.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view information on the Unified Computing System Manager software on a switch.
Switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Switch-A (local-mgmt) # show tech-support ucsm Brief Technical Support Information for Fabric A ************************************************* System Version and Platform Information ************************************************* 'show system uptime' System Start time: Wed Nov 10 23:39:22 2010 System uptime: 84 days, 9 hours, 10 minutes, 7 seconds Kernel uptime: 84 days, 9 hours, 10 minutes, 7 seconds Active supervisor uptime: 84 days, 9 hours, 10 minutes, 7 seconds 'show system resources' Load average: 1 minute:1.49 5 minutes: 0.68 15 minutes: 0.48 Processes: 456 total, 3 running CPU states: 0.0% user, 2.0% kernel, 98.0% idle Memory usage: 3634760K total, 1971160K used, 1663600K free, OK buffers, 1493404K cache Switch-A (local-mgmt) #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cli |
|
show clock |
|
show cluster |
|
show file |
|
show license |
|
show mgmt-ip-debug |
|
show open-network-ports |
|
show pmon |
|
show processes |
|
show sel |
|
show sshkey |
|
show version |
|
show usage
To view license usage for a fabric interconnect, use the show usage command.
show usage a b detail Feature
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Use this option to view the license usage for scope A. |
| b | (Optional) Use this option to view the license usage for scope B. |
| detail | (Optional) Use this option to view the complete details of the license usage for scope A and B. |
| Feature | (Optional) Use this option to view the license usage based on a feature name. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays license usage information according to a feature name in a tabular format.
Command Modes
License (/license)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view detailed license usage information for a fabric interconnect:
Switch-A # scope license
Switch-A /license # show usage detail
License instace: ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG
Scope : A
Default: 8
Total Quant: 8
Used Quant: 5
State: License OK
Peer Status: Matching
Grace Used: 0
License instace: ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG
Scope : B
Default: 8
Total Quant: 8
Used Quant: 5
State: License OK
Peer Status: Matching
Grace Used: 0
Switch-A /license #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show file |
|
show server-host-id |
|
show vcenter
To display VCenter information, use the show vcenter command in vmware mode.
show vcenter [ vcenter-name | | detail | | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
| detail | Displays all VCenter information, in list format. |
| fsm status | Displays all VCenter finite state machine information, in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display VCenter information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show vcenter vc10
vCenter:
Name: vc10
Description: test
Hostname or IP address:
Certificate:
vCenter Server Version:
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
show vcon
To display vCon information, use the show vcon command.
show vcon [ 1 | | 2 | detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| 1 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 1. |
| 2 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 2. |
| detail | Displays all vCons. |
| expand | Displays all vCons. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display vCon information:
UCS-A # scope org org100
UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sp100
UCS-A /org/service-profile* # show vcon 1
Virtual Network Interfaces:
Virtual Network Interfaces ID: 1
Selection Preference: All
UCS-A /org/service-profile* #
show vcon (/service-profile)
To display information on the virtual network interfaces associated with a service profile, use the show vcon command.
show vcon { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 1. |
| 2 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 2. |
| 3 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 3. |
| 4 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 4. |
| detail | Displays all vCon information. |
| expand | Displays expanded vCon information. |
Command Default
By default, this command lists all the vCons associated the service profile.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile, and the virtual network interfaces must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on virtual network interfaces associated with a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # show vcon expand Virtual Network Interface: vCON ID: 1 Selection Preference: All vCON ID: 2 Selection Preference: All vCON ID: 3 Selection Preference: All vCON ID: 4 Selection Preference: All UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vcon |
|
create vcon-assign |
|
show vhba-beh-policy
To display information on the VHBA behavior policies, use the show vhba-beh-policy command.
show vhba-beh-policydetail | expand
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the VHBA behavior policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the VHBA behavior policy. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists the VHBA behavior policies that are configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be in the root organization command mode to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the VHBA behavior policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show vhba-beh-policy expand vHBA Behavior policy: Type Name Action Template Name ---- ---- ------ ------------- VHBA vhba-default None UCS-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
vnic-beh-policy |
|
show vcon-assign
To display information on the virtual network interface assignment for a service profile, use the show vcon-assign command.
show vcon-assign ethernet { fc | vNIC/vHBA name } fc { ethernet | vNIC/vHBA name } detail expand
Syntax Description
| ethernet | The Ethernet virtual network interface. |
| fc | The Fibre Channel virtual network interface. |
| vNIC/vHBA name | The name of the virtual network interface card (vNIC) or the virtual host bus adapter (vHBA). The name can include a maximum of 32 characters. |
| detail | Displays detailed information. |
| expand | Displays expanded information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A service profile must be created, and a vCONs must be assigned to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on the vCON assignment for a service profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # show vcon-assign fc ethernet sample_vnic_name expand Service Profile: Sample Virtual Network Interface Virtual Network Interfaces ID: 1 vNIC/vHBA name: sample_vnic_name Order: unspecified UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vcon-assign |
|
set admin-vcon |
|
set order |
|
show vcon-mapping
To display information on the virtual network interface mapping for a service-profile, use show vcon-mapping command.
show vcon-mapping detail
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays detailed information on the virtual network interface mapping. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on the virtual network interface mapping for a service-profile.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # scope service-profile Sample UCS-A /org/service-profile # show vcon-mapping Service profile: Sample Virtual Network Interface VconID Assigned Equipment ------ ------------------ 1. sys/chassis-1/blade-7/adapter-1 2. sys/chassis-2/blade-5/adapter-2 UCS-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope service-profile |
|
create vcon |
|
create vcon-assign |
|
show vcon-policy
To display vCon policy information, use the show vcon-policy command.
show vcon-policy [ policy-name | | detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. Displays the specified vCon policy. |
| detail | Displays the vCon policy that is associated with the service profile that you entered. |
| expand | Displays all vCon policies. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display vCon policy information:
UCS-A # scope org org100
UCS-A /org # show vcon-policy vcp100
vNIC/vHBA Placement Profile:
Name
----
org100/vcp100
UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
show vif-ns
To display VIF namespace information, use the show vif-ns command.
show vif-ns [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) To view detailed VIF namespace information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display VIF namespace information.
UCS-A # scope server 1/1
UCS-A /chassis/server # show vif-ns
Server: 1/1
Adapter: sys/chassis-1/blade-1/adaptor-1/
Fabric ID Side VIF NS Size VIf used Allocation Status
--------- ---- ----------- -------- ------------------
A Left 61 1 Available
B Left 61 1 Available
UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vif |
|
show virtual-machine
To display virtual machine information, use the show virtual-machine command in vmware mode.
show virtual-machine [ uuid | | detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| uuid | The UUID of the virtual machine. |
| detail | Specifies detailed virtual machine information, in list format. |
| expand | Specifies expanded virtual machine information, in table format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display virtual machine information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show virtual-machine switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show vlan
To display VLAN information, use the show vlan command.
show vlan [name] { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays information on a specific VLAN. |
| expand | Displays expanded information. |
| detail | Displays detailed information. |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all configured VLANs in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric within Ethernet Uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Fabric within Ethernet Storage (eth-storage/fabric)
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced for a fabric in the Ethernet storage command mode and the Port profiles command mode. |
| 2.1 | The command output was modified to display information on the multicast policy that is set for the VLAN. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on the VLAN that is configured in the Ethernet uplink command mode.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric # show vlan VLAN: Name VLAN ID Fabric ID Native VLan Sharing Type Primary Vlan Multicast Policy Name ---- ------- --------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ---------------------- Test 13 A No none Default sample-policy UCS-A /eth-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan |
|
show vlan-group
To display information on configured VLAN groups for an Ethernet uplink, use the show vlan-group command.
show vlan-group name detail expand
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the VLAN group. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the VLAN groups. |
| expand | Displays expanded information on the VLAN groups |
Command Default
By default, this command displays all configured VLAN groups for the Ethernet uplink in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one VLAN group must be created to use this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display information on all configured VLAN groups.
UCS-A # scope eth-uplink UCS-A /eth-uplink # show vlan-groups Network groups: Name Size Native VlAN Name Native VLAN ---- ---- ---------------- ------------ Sample 0 sample_vlan_name sample_native_vlan default 1 default_vlan_name default_native_vlan UCS-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-group |
|
enter vlan-group |
|
scope vlan-group |
|
delete vlan-group |
|
show vlan-group-permit
To display information on the VLAN group permit, use the show vlan-group-permit command.
show vlan-group-permit { name | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) To display information on a specific VLAN group permit. |
| detail | (Optional) To display detailed information on the configured VLAN group permits. |
| expand | (Optional) To display expanded information on the configured VLAN group permits. |
Command Default
By default, a list of all configured VLAN group permits is displayed.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN group permit must be created to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on a VLAN group permit.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show vlan-group-permit sample1 VLAN Group Permit: Name: ----- sample1 UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-group-permit |
|
enter vlan-group-permit |
|
delete vlan-group-permit |
|
show vlan-permit
To display information on the VLAN permit, use the show vlan-permit command.
show vlan-permit { name | detail | expand }
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) To display information on a specific VLAN permit. |
| detail | (Optional) To display detailed information on all VLAN permits. |
| expand | (Optional) To display expanded information on all VLAN permits |
Command Default
By default, the command lists all VLAN permits that are configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A minimum of one VLAN permit must be configured to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display information on a specific VLAN permit
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show vlan-permit sample1 detail VLAN Permit Name ---- sample1 UCS-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create vlan-permit |
|
enter vlan-permit |
|
delete vlan-permit |
|
show vnic-beh-policy
To display information on the VNIC behavior policy, use the show vnic-beh-policy command.
show vnic-beh-policydetail | expand
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the VNIC behavior policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the VNIC behavior policy. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists the VNIC behavior policies that are configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be in the root organization command mode to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the VNIC behavior policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show vnic-beh-policy expand vNIC Behavior policy: Type Name Action Template Name ---- ---- ------ ------------- VNIC vnic-default HW Inherit UCS-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-beh-policy |
|
show vlan-port-count
To view the Virtual LAN port count for a Fabric interconnect module, use the show vlan-port-count command.
show vlan-port-count { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | Displays expanded information on the VLAN port count. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the VLAN port count |
Command Default
Displays the Virtual LAN port count for a Fabric interconnect module.
Command Modes
Fabric Interconnect module (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.4(1) | The number of VLAN port instances that you can configure for a fabric is reduced from 8000 to 6000. |
| 2.1(1) | The command options expand and detail were introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must select a fabric to use this command.
You can configure a maximum of 6000 VLAN port instances for a given fabric-interconnect.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view the Virtual LAN port counts for Fabric A.
UCS-A # scope fabric-interconnect a UCS-A /fabric-interconnect # show vlan-port-count expand VLAN-Port Count: VLAN-Port Limit Access VLAN-Port-Count Border VLAN-Port Count Alloc Status --------------- ------ --------------- ---------------------- ------------ 2000 0 210 - Available UCS-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope fabric-interconnect |
|
show activate |
|
show environment |
|
show event |
|
show fan |
|
show fault |
|
show file |
|
show firmware |
|
show fsm |
|
show image |
|
show inventory |
|
show psu |
|
show stats |
|
show storage |
|
show version |
|
show vm-life-cycle-policy
To display information on the virtual machine life cycle policy, use the show vm-life-cycle-policy command.
show vm-life-cycle-policy { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | Displays additional information on the VM life cycle policy. |
| detail | Displays detailed information on the VM life cycle policy. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays additional information on the VM life cycle policy.
Command Modes
Virtual Machine Management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
Example
This example shows how to display detailed information on the VM lifecycle policy.
Switch-A # scope system Switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # show vm-life-cycle-policy detail VM Life Cycle Policy: VM Retention Time (Minutes): 15 vNIC Retention Time (Minutes): 15 Switch-A /system/vm-mgmt #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope vm-life-cycle-policy |
|
show vnic-beh-policy
To display information on the VNIC behavior policy, use the show vnic-beh-policy command.
show vnic-beh-policydetail | expand
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information on the VNIC behavior policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information on the VNIC behavior policy. |
Command Default
By default, the command lists the VNIC behavior policies that are configured.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 2.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must be in the root organization command mode to use this command.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded information on the VNIC behavior policy.
UCS-A # scope org UCS-A /org # show vnic-beh-policy expand vNIC Behavior policy: Type Name Action Template Name ---- ---- ------ ------------- VNIC vnic-default HW Inherit UCS-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-beh-policy |
|
show web-session-limits
To view information on the configured Web session limits, use the show web-session-limits command.
show web-session-limits detail
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Use this option to view detailed information on all Web session limits that have been configured. |
Command Default
By default, the command displays information on the configured Web session limits in a tabular format.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.4(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Web session limits should have been configured prior to using this command.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to view information on the configured Web session limits.
Switch-A # scope system
Switch-A /system # scope services
Switch-A /system/services # show web-session-limits detail
Web Sessions:
Maximum logins for single user: 32
Maximum sessions: 256
Switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope web-session-limits |
|
set peruser |
|
set total |
|
ssh
To log in to a host that supports SSH, use the ssh command.
ssh host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to log in to a host that supports SSH.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to open an SSH connection to a host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# ssh 192.0.2.111 samdme@192.0.2.111's password:
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
tail-mgmt-log
To display the last ten lines of a management log file and monitor new entries, use the tail-mgmt-log command in local management command mode.
tail-mgmt-log filebase
Syntax Description
| filebase | Base name of a management log file. See Usage Guidelines for valid base names. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the ten most recent lines of a management log file and monitor new entries.
Using the filebase argument, this command accesses the management log file at /var/sysmgr/sam_logs/ filebase .log , displaying the ten most recent lines of the log file. After displaying the stored lines, the command remains open, displaying any new lines until you press the Ctrl-C key combination.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to monitor the most recent entries of a management log file:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# tail-mgmt-log svc_sam_cliD [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 6 13:36:56.216][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/0(11908) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 14:48:28.072][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 9512 [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 14:48:28.073][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 11908 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 6 16:34:14.019][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/1(23013) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 17:01:28.100][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 23013 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 12 16:07:28.315][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/2(8612) [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 12 16:09:45.404][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/3(8794) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 12 16:09:58.073][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 8612 [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 12 16:17:58.072][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 8794 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 13 09:41:08.052][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/4(8618) Ctrl-C switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
telnet
To log in to a host that supports Telnet, use the telnet command in local management command mode.
telnet host-name [port-num]
Syntax Description
| host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
| port-num | (Optional) TCP port number. The default is 23. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to log in to a host that supports Telnet.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to open a Telnet connection to a host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# telnet 10.193.66.111 Trying 10.20.30.111... Connected to 10.20.30.111. Escape character is '^]'. SanJose login:
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
terminal length
To set the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window, use the terminal length command.
terminal length lines
Syntax Description
| lines | Specifies the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window. The range for lines is 0 to 511 lines. Enter 0 to eliminate pausing.
Examples
This example shows how to set the terminal length to 12 lines:
switch-A# terminal length 12 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
terminal width |
|
terminal monitor
To enable the display of syslog messages in the terminal window, use the terminal monitor command.
terminal [ no ] monitor
Syntax Description
| no | Disables the display of syslog messages in the terminal window. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display syslog messages in the terminal window. To prevent the display of syslog messages in the terminal window, enter the terminal no monitor command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the display of syslog messages in the terminal window:
switch-A# terminal monitor switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set syslog monitor |
|
terminal session-timeout
To configure an inactivity timeout for terminal window sessions, use the terminal session-timeout command.
terminal session-timeout minutes
Syntax Description
| minutes | Specifies the number of minutes of inactivity before the terminal session disconnects. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the inactivity timeout for terminal window sessions. The range of minutes is 0 to 525600 minutes. To prevent the session from disconnecting due to inactivity, enter 0 minutes.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an inactivity timeout of 60 minutes for a terminal window session:
switch-A# terminal session-timeout 60 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
terminal width
To set the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window, use the terminal width command.
terminal width characters
Syntax Description
| characters | Specifies the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window. The range for characters is 24 to 511 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to set the terminal display width to 40 characters per line:
switch-A# terminal width 40 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
terminal length |
|
top
To enter root from any mode, use the top command.
top
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to enter root from any mode:
switch /system/services # top
switch#
traceroute
To view the route to a network host, use the traceroute command in local management command mode.
traceroute host-name [ source source ]
Syntax Description
| host-name | The host name or IP address of the destination network host. |
| source source | (Optional) Specifies the IP address to be used as the source address in outgoing probe packets. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to trace the route of IP packets to a network host.
You can use the optional source keyword to force the source address of the probe packets to be another IP address of the sending host.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to trace the route to a network host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# traceroute 64.102.255.44 traceroute to 64.102.255.44 (64.102.255.44), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets 1 10.19.64.1 (10.19.64.1) 2.243 ms 3.317 ms 4.054 ms 2 10.19.15.1 (10.19.15.1) 4.003 ms 3.823 ms 4.042 ms 3 172.28.177.129 (172.28.177.129) 4.022 ms 3.824 ms 4.051 ms 4 172.16.152.13 (172.16.152.13) 4.023 ms 3.815 ms 4.063 ms 5 192.168.241.162 (192.168.241.162) 4.026 ms 3.839 ms 4.075 ms 6 192.168.241.254 (192.168.241.254) 3.969 ms 3.801 ms 4.043 ms 7 10.112.4.157 (10.112.4.157) 4.007 ms 3.846 ms 4.044 ms 8 10.112.4.162 (10.112.4.162) 77.778 ms 77.646 ms 77.852 ms 9 10.112.4.110 (10.112.4.110) 77.851 ms 77.612 ms 77.848 ms 10 192.0.2.158 (192.0.2.158) 77.908 ms 77.553 ms 77.810 ms 11 64.102.241.134 (64.102.241.134) 77.851 ms 77.583 ms 77.807 ms 12 64.102.244.14 (64.102.244.14) 77.854 ms 77.534 ms 77.838 ms 13 64.102.255.44 (64.102.255.44) 77.874 ms 77.590 ms 77.800 ms switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
up
To move up one mode, use the up command.
up
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to move up one mode:
switch-A /org/service-profile # up switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
top |
|
update catalog
To update and apply the capability catalog, use the update catalog command.
update catalog url
Syntax Description
| url | Specifies the URL of a capability catalog update file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If the remote host requires a username and password, use the URL format for the specific protocol, such as ftp:// user:password@ hostname/path for FTP.
When a username is specified without a password, you are prompted for a password.
Examples
Example
This example shows how to update and apply the capability catalog using SCP:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope capability UCS-A /system/capability # update catalog scp://user1@192.0.2.111/catalogs/ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin Password: UCS-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope cat-updater |
|
update firmware
To update the firmware, use the update firmware command.
update firmware version activate [force] set-startup
Syntax Description
| version | Version number. |
| activate | (Optional) Specifies activation of firmware. |
| force | (Optional) Specifies force of firmware update. |
| set-startup | (Optional) Specifies set the firmware update on startup. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Input/output module (/chassis/iom)
BIOS (/chassis/server/bios)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 2.0(2) | This command was introduced in the BIOS command mode. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to update the firmware:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope iom 2
switch-A# /chassis/iom # update firmware 1.0(0.988)
switch-A# /chassis/iom* # activate firmware 1.0(0.988)
switch-A# /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer
switch-A# /chassis/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show image |
|
where
To determine where you are in the CLI, use the where command.
where
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
Examples
This example shows how to determine where you are in the CLI:
switch-A /org/service-profile # where
Mode: /org/service-profile
Mode Data:
scope org
enter org org10
enter service-profile sp10 instance
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Feedback